WO2022100705A1 - 处理盒 - Google Patents

处理盒 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022100705A1
WO2022100705A1 PCT/CN2021/130424 CN2021130424W WO2022100705A1 WO 2022100705 A1 WO2022100705 A1 WO 2022100705A1 CN 2021130424 W CN2021130424 W CN 2021130424W WO 2022100705 A1 WO2022100705 A1 WO 2022100705A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
process cartridge
driving unit
photosensitive drum
power receiving
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/130424
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
罗琴
曾丽坤
丁戈明
曹建新
戴曙春
贾志铮
吴连俊
虞文俊
刘卫臣
梁祺杰
马海龙
张为志
彭庆菲
Original Assignee
纳思达股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110519128.9A external-priority patent/CN115480470A/zh
Application filed by 纳思达股份有限公司 filed Critical 纳思达股份有限公司
Priority to EP21891225.1A priority Critical patent/EP4235313A4/en
Publication of WO2022100705A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022100705A1/zh
Priority to US18/316,903 priority patent/US20230350341A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G21/00—Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
    • G03G21/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
    • G03G21/18—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements using a processing cartridge, whereby the process cartridge comprises at least two image processing means in a single unit
    • G03G21/1839—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body
    • G03G21/1842—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for guiding and mounting the process cartridge, positioning, alignment, locks
    • G03G21/1853—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for guiding and mounting the process cartridge, positioning, alignment, locks the process cartridge being mounted perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive member
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G21/00—Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
    • G03G21/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
    • G03G21/18—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements using a processing cartridge, whereby the process cartridge comprises at least two image processing means in a single unit
    • G03G21/1839—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body
    • G03G21/1857—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for transmitting mechanical drive power to the process cartridge, drive mechanisms, gears, couplings, braking mechanisms
    • G03G21/186—Axial couplings
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G21/00—Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
    • G03G21/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
    • G03G21/18—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements using a processing cartridge, whereby the process cartridge comprises at least two image processing means in a single unit
    • G03G21/1839—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body
    • G03G21/1842—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for guiding and mounting the process cartridge, positioning, alignment, locks
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G21/00—Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
    • G03G21/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
    • G03G21/18—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements using a processing cartridge, whereby the process cartridge comprises at least two image processing means in a single unit
    • G03G21/1839—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body
    • G03G21/1857—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for transmitting mechanical drive power to the process cartridge, drive mechanisms, gears, couplings, braking mechanisms
    • G03G21/1864—Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body for transmitting mechanical drive power to the process cartridge, drive mechanisms, gears, couplings, braking mechanisms associated with a positioning function
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2221/00—Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
    • G03G2221/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
    • G03G2221/1651—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts for connecting the different parts
    • G03G2221/1654—Locks and means for positioning or alignment
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2221/00—Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
    • G03G2221/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
    • G03G2221/1651—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts for connecting the different parts
    • G03G2221/1657—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts for connecting the different parts transmitting mechanical drive power

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of image formation, and in particular, to a process cartridge.
  • an electronic imaging device generally includes a driving unit for outputting a rotational driving force
  • a process cartridge can be detachably mounted on the electronic imaging device and cooperate with the driving unit to receive the rotational driving force output by the driving unit.
  • a process cartridge includes a power receiving unit, a developing unit, a developer, a powder control unit, and a housing for accommodating the above-mentioned units
  • the power receiving unit is disposed at one end of the process cartridge along the axial direction of the developing unit, and according to different kinds of processes
  • some process cartridges may also include a photosensitive unit, a charging unit, a cleaning unit, and a stirring unit.
  • the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device are engaged with each other, so that the rotational driving force output by the driving unit is transmitted to the process cartridge to drive the rotary unit (such as the developing unit) inside the process cartridge. , photosensitive unit, stirring unit, etc.) rotate, and then participate in the development work of the electronic imaging device.
  • the rotary unit such as the developing unit
  • the initial state of the drive unit is in an inclined state, that is, the drive unit and the power receiving unit are not coaxial, and in the process of contacting and engaging the power receiving unit and the drive unit, the two will cause structural interference, As a result, it is difficult or impossible for the power receiving unit and the driving unit to mesh with each other accurately and transmit the driving force, so that it takes a certain time for the power receiving unit and the driving unit to mesh, which affects the working efficiency of the process cartridge.
  • the main purpose of the present application is to provide a process cartridge capable of improving work efficiency.
  • the present application provides a process cartridge that is detachably installed in an electronic imaging device, the process cartridge comprising:
  • the photosensitive drum is rotatably arranged on the box body;
  • a developing roller which is rotatably arranged on the box body
  • the power receiving unit is disposed at one end of the box body, and is used for engaging with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to receive the driving force output by the driving unit;
  • the pressing member is fixedly arranged on the box body and is located at the same end of the box body as the power receiving unit, and is used for pressing the driving unit to make the driving unit swing the positive position, and the distance of the pressing member relative to the axis of the photosensitive drum does not change in displacement during the engagement of the power receiving unit with the driving unit.
  • the present application can make the contact and meshing process of the photosensitive drum or the developing roller of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device smoother, greatly save the time for the contacting and meshing of the photosensitive drum or the developing roller and the driving unit, and improve the efficiency of the process.
  • the working efficiency of the processing box is improved.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are schematic structural diagrams of a drive unit in which a process cartridge is not installed in an electronic imaging device in the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • 4 to 6 are schematic diagrams of contact and engagement between the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the first embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the process cartridge being installed in the mounting rail of the electronic imaging device according to the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIGS. 9 and 10 are schematic diagrams of the working principle of the pressing member of the process cartridge in the third embodiment of the application.
  • 11 and 12 are schematic diagrams of the engagement process of the pressing member and the driving unit in the third embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13-14b are schematic diagrams of the installation process of the process cartridge according to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • 15a and 15b are schematic diagrams of the process cartridge in the fourth embodiment of the present application during installation
  • 16a and 16b are schematic diagrams of the process cartridge in the fourth embodiment of the present application after being installed in place;
  • 17a is a schematic diagram of the movement of the process cartridge in the fifth embodiment of the present application during the installation process
  • Fig. 17b is a schematic diagram of the process cartridge with the pressing action of the pressure rod in the fifth embodiment of the application after being installed in place;
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 6 of the present application.
  • 20 is a schematic structural diagram of one side of the pressing member of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application.
  • 21 is a schematic structural diagram of the control mechanism of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application.
  • 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a movable part of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application.
  • 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the hub of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application when it is at the initial position;
  • 26 is a cross-sectional view of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is in the initial position;
  • 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the sixth embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is located at the second position;
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of a disengagement process of the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the process cartridge in Embodiment 6 of the application;
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 7 of the present application.
  • 31 is a schematic structural diagram of one side of the pressing member of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a power receiving unit of a process cartridge in Embodiment 7 of the present application.
  • 35 is a schematic structural diagram of the control mechanism of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application.
  • 36 is a schematic structural diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is at the initial position;
  • FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is in the initial position;
  • 38 is a schematic structural diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is located at the second position;
  • 39 is a cross-sectional view of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application when the power receiving unit is in the second position;
  • 40 is a schematic structural diagram of the power transmission between the photosensitive drum and the developing roller of the process cartridge in the seventh embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 41a is a schematic partial structural diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device according to the eighth embodiment of the present application.
  • 41b is another partial structural schematic diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device in the eighth embodiment of the present application:
  • 41c is another partial structural schematic diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device in the eighth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 8 of the present application.
  • 46 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the first guide rail of the electronic imaging device in the early stage of the installation process of the eighth embodiment of the application;
  • 47 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the second guide rail of the electronic imaging device in the later stage of the installation process of the eighth embodiment of the present application;
  • 48 and 49 are diagrams of the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the electronic imaging device in the eighth embodiment of the application when the process cartridge is installed in place;
  • Figure 50 is an enlarged view of place A in the eighth embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram of a first pressing surface and a second pressing surface during the process of installing the process cartridge in Embodiment 8 of the present application;
  • 52a is a partial schematic diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device according to the ninth embodiment of the present application.
  • 52b is another partial schematic diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device according to the ninth embodiment of the present application.
  • 53 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the process cartridge according to the ninth embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 55 is a diagram of the cooperation relationship between the early stage and the electronic imaging device in the process of installing the process cartridge according to the ninth embodiment of the application;
  • 57 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the electronic imaging device in the final stage of the installation process of the ninth embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 58 is a diagram of the cooperation relationship between the last stage of the process cartridge installation process and another perspective of the electronic imaging device according to the ninth embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 59a is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the restriction portion and the pendulum rod in the process of taking out the process cartridge according to the ninth embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 59b is a diagram of the cooperation relationship between the restricting part and the pendulum rod when viewed from another perspective during the process of taking out the process cartridge according to the ninth embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 59c is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the restriction portion and the pendulum rod in the process of taking out the process cartridge according to the ninth embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a process cartridge according to Embodiment 10 of the present application.
  • 61 is a schematic structural diagram of one end of the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application.
  • FIG. 63 provides the minimum value of S1 and the minimum value of S3 provided by Embodiment 12 of the present application;
  • FIG. 64 provides the minimum value of S2 and the minimum value of S4 provided by Embodiment 12 of the present application;
  • FIG. 65 is a structural position diagram of S5 and S6 provided in Embodiment 12 of the present application.
  • Figure 66 provides the minimum value of S5 and S6 in Embodiment 12 of the present application.
  • FIG. 67 is a schematic partial structure diagram of an electronic imaging device provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application.
  • 68 is a schematic diagram of the cooperation relationship between the door cover, the link member, the cam, and the driving unit in the electronic imaging device provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the application;
  • 69 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the drive unit when the process cartridge provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the application is installed in the electronic imaging device and the door cover is not closed;
  • FIG. 70 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application.
  • 71 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application when viewed from the first end;
  • FIG. 72 is a schematic structural diagram viewed from another angle provided by Embodiment 14 of the present application.
  • 73 is a schematic exploded schematic diagram of a partial structure of the first end of the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application;
  • Fig. 74 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 75 is a schematic diagram of the cooperation relationship between the pressing member, the driving unit, and the photosensitive drum when the process cartridge provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the application is installed on the electronic imaging device and the door cover is not closed;
  • 76 is a schematic diagram of the cooperation relationship between the pressing member, the driving unit, and the photosensitive drum when the process cartridge provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the application is installed on the electronic imaging device and the door cover is closed;
  • FIG. 77 is a schematic partial structure diagram of the electronic imaging device according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 78 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 79 is a schematic structural diagram of a cover according to the fifteenth embodiment of the application.
  • 80 is a schematic structural diagram of a supporting side plate, a driving unit and a cam according to the fifteenth embodiment of the application;
  • 81 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit according to Embodiment 15 of the present application.
  • 82 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in the fifteenth embodiment of the application.
  • 83 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge when viewed from one side of the process cartridge in Embodiment 15 of the present application;
  • Fig. 84 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member provided in the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 85 is a schematic diagram of the operation of installing the process cartridge in the image forming apparatus according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 86 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the image forming apparatus in the fifteenth embodiment of the application when the process cartridge is in the first position;
  • FIG. 87 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the image forming apparatus in the fifteenth embodiment of the application when the process cartridge is in the second position;
  • FIG. 88 is another diagram of the cooperation relationship between the process cartridge and the image forming apparatus in the fifteenth embodiment of the application when the process cartridge is in the second position;
  • FIG. 89 is a diagram of the cooperation relationship between the cover and the drive unit in the fifteenth embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 90 is a diagram of the cooperation relationship between the pressing member and the driving unit in the process of installing the process cartridge in the fifteenth embodiment of the application;
  • Fig. 91 is another diagram of the cooperation relationship between the pressing member and the driving unit in the process of installing the process cartridge in the fifteenth embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 92 is a position distribution diagram of the pressing member relative to the driving unit on the process cartridge when the process cartridge is in the first position in the fifteenth embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 97 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 98 is a schematic exploded view of the structure of the process cartridge in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 99 is a schematic diagram of the support of the process cartridge in the eighteenth embodiment of the application.
  • 100 is a schematic diagram of a control mechanism of a process cartridge in Embodiment 18 of the present application.
  • Figure 101a is an exploded view of the installation of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the photosensitive drum in the eighteenth embodiment of the application;
  • Figure 101b is a partial view of the photosensitive drum and the developing roller of the process cartridge in the eighteenth embodiment of the application;
  • 102 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit in an electronic imaging device according to an eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 103 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit in the retracted state in the eighteenth embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 104 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit in the extended state in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 105 and 106 are schematic diagrams of the structure of the process cartridge in the nineteenth embodiment.
  • 107 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device being in contact but not engaged in the twentieth embodiment;
  • FIG. 108 is a schematic diagram of the contact engagement between the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the twentieth embodiment
  • 109 is a schematic diagram of a power receiving unit of the process cartridge in Embodiment 21;
  • FIG. 110 is a schematic diagram illustrating that the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device are in contact and are not engaged in the twenty-first embodiment
  • 111 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit pressing member of the process cartridge extending out to contact and pressing the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-first embodiment;
  • 112 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit pressing member of the process cartridge forcing the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to be straightened in the twenty-first embodiment
  • 113 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device being in contact and engaging in the twenty-first embodiment;
  • 114 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 22;
  • 115 is a schematic structural diagram of the force receiving portion of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment
  • 116 is a schematic structural diagram of the force transmitting portion of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment
  • Figure 117 is a schematic structural diagram of the flange of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • 118 is a schematic structural diagram of a carrier in Embodiment 22;
  • Fig. 119 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit in the initial state in the twenty-second embodiment
  • Fig. 120 is an enlarged schematic view of the force receiving portion viewed along the length direction of the process cartridge in Fig. 119;
  • Fig. 121 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit in the second state in the twenty-second embodiment
  • Fig. 122 is a schematic diagram of the power receiving unit in the third state in the twenty-second embodiment
  • FIG. 123 is an enlarged schematic view of the force receiving portion viewed along the length direction of the process cartridge in FIG. 122;
  • FIG. 125 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • Embodiment 126 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 24;
  • Figure 127 is a schematic diagram of the support of the process cartridge in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • Figure 128 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • Figure 129 is a schematic structural diagram of the urging member installed on the bracket in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • Figure 130 is a partial view of the pendulum rod in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • 131 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • 132a is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the initial position in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • 132b is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the straightened position in the twenty-fourth embodiment
  • 133 is a schematic diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 25;
  • Figure 134 is a schematic diagram of the pressing member in the initial state in the twenty-fifth embodiment
  • 135 is a schematic diagram of interference between the pressing member and the protective cover of the driving unit in the twenty-fifth embodiment
  • Figure 136 is a schematic diagram of the process cartridge being installed in place in the twenty-fifth embodiment
  • 137 is an enlarged schematic view of the pressing member and the protective cover when the process cartridge is taken out in the twenty-fifth embodiment
  • Embodiment 138 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 26;
  • 139 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit in an electronic imaging device
  • 140-142 are schematic diagrams of the process cartridge in Embodiment 26 in which the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device are not in contact with each other;
  • 143-145 are schematic diagrams of the process cartridge in which the power receiving unit is in contact and engaged with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-sixth embodiment;
  • Figure 146 is a state diagram of the pressing member in the contact position and the non-contact position in the twenty-sixth embodiment
  • FIG. 147 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • Figure 149 is another schematic diagram of the structure of the process cartridge in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • Figure 150 is a partial view of the photosensitive drum and the developing roller in Embodiment 27;
  • Figure 151 is a partial view of the stent in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Figure 152 is a partial view of the pendulum rod in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Figure 153a is a schematic diagram of the urging member of the process cartridge being disposed on the bracket in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Figure 153b is another schematic diagram of the urging member of the process cartridge disposed on the bracket in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • 154a is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the initial position in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Figure 154b is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in a straightened position in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Figure 154c is a schematic diagram of the structure of the cooperation between the first gear and the drive unit in the twenty-eighth embodiment
  • Figure 155 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge in Embodiment 29;
  • Figure 156 is a partial schematic view of the first gear in the twenty-ninth embodiment
  • 157 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit in an electronic imaging device
  • 158a is a schematic diagram of a process cartridge in which the power receiving unit and the driving unit in the electronic imaging device are not in contact and engaged in the twenty-ninth embodiment;
  • Figure 158b is a schematic diagram of the process cartridge in which the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit in the electronic imaging device in the twenty-ninth embodiment;
  • 159 is a schematic diagram of the contact force between the driving unit and the first gear in the electronic imaging device in the twenty-ninth embodiment
  • FIG. 160 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic imaging device provided in Embodiment 30 of the present application before the pressing member is installed;
  • Fig. 161a is a partial enlarged view of area A shown in Fig. 160;
  • Figure 161b is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 162 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing member provided in Embodiment 30 of the present application.
  • 163 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic imaging device provided by the application after the pressing member is installed;
  • Fig. 164 is a partial enlarged view of region B shown in Fig. 163;
  • Figure 165 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure between the pressing member and the drive unit protective cover provided by the application;
  • 166 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of an electronic imaging device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 167 is a partial enlarged view of region C shown in Fig. 166;
  • Fig. 169 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the pressing member provided in Embodiment 30 of the present application when it is in the second state;
  • FIG. 170 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing assembly provided in Embodiment 31 of the present application.
  • Fig. 171 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing assembly provided by the thirty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 172 is a partial enlarged view of the area AA shown in Fig. 171;
  • Figure 173 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the pressing assembly and the process cartridge provided in the thirty-second embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 174 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing assembly and the processing cartridge provided in the thirty-second embodiment of the present application after mating;
  • Figure 175 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle after the pressing assembly and the process cartridge are matched according to the thirty-second embodiment of the present application;
  • 176 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge and the drive unit provided in Embodiment 32 of the present application before assembly;
  • 177 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge and the drive unit provided in Embodiment 32 of the present application after being assembled;
  • Figure 178a is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge provided in Embodiment 33;
  • Fig. 178b is a schematic structural diagram of the second side wall and the second mounting portion of the waste toner box in Fig. 178a;
  • Fig. 179 is a schematic structural diagram of the second mounting slide of the powder container and the guide unit in Fig. 177;
  • Figure 180 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the first positioning part of the powder container and the positioning unit in Figure 177;
  • Figure 181 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the pressing member and the second box body wall in Figure 177;
  • Figure 182 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the movable part in Figure 181;
  • Fig. 183 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the printer provided in the thirty-third embodiment.
  • Figure 184 is a schematic structural diagram of the initial position of the printer drive head and the printer drive head protective cover (blocking wall) of the printer in Figure 183;
  • Figure 185 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the printer drive head, the printer drive head protective cover (blocking wall) and the printer drive head ejector in the printer in Figure 183;
  • Figure 186 is a schematic structural diagram of the protective cover (blocking wall) of the printer drive head in Figure 185;
  • FIG. 187 is a schematic diagram of the completed installation state of the process cartridge and the printer provided in the thirty-third embodiment.
  • Fig. 189 is a flowchart of another installation method of the process cartridge provided in the thirty-fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 190 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle waste toner box of another process cartridge provided in Embodiment 35;
  • Figure 191 is a schematic structural diagram of a medium powder box of another process cartridge provided in Embodiment 35;
  • Figure 192 is a schematic diagram of the partially exploded structure of the powder container and the pressing part in Figure 191;
  • Figure 193 is a schematic diagram of a process in which the waste toner box provided by the thirty-fifth embodiment is first assembled with the printer drive head in the printer, and then assembled with the toner box;
  • Fig. 194 is another flow chart of installation and installation of the process cartridge provided by the thirty-fifth embodiment
  • Figure 195 is a schematic diagram of a partial explosion structure between the pressing member and the second box body wall provided in the thirty-sixth embodiment
  • Figure 196 is a schematic diagram of the explosion structure of the pressing member in Figure 195;
  • Figure 197 is a schematic diagram of a partial explosion structure between the pressing member and the second box body wall provided in Embodiment 37;
  • Figure 198 is a schematic diagram of the explosion structure of the pressing unit in Figure 197;
  • 199 is a schematic diagram of the completed installation structure of the process cartridge and the pressing member provided in the thirty-eighth embodiment
  • Figure 200 is a schematic diagram of a partial explosion structure of a pressing member and a powder container provided in Embodiment 38;
  • Figure 201 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member in Figure 200;
  • Figure 202 is a schematic structural diagram of another pressing member provided in Embodiment 38;
  • FIG. 203 is a schematic diagram of the completed assembly state of the waste toner box and the toner box body in a process box structure provided in Embodiment 40, and a partially enlarged schematic diagram of a corresponding position on the waste toner box;
  • Figure 204 is a schematic diagram of the partially enlarged structure of the waste toner box and the partial exploded structure of the waste toner box and the position of the corresponding waste toner box in Figure 203;
  • Figure 205 is a schematic diagram of the forced pushing unit provided on the waste toner box in Figure 204, a schematic diagram of a partial explosion structure of the first installation part, and a partial enlarged schematic diagram of a corresponding position of one of the first installation parts;
  • Figure 206 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the waste toner box and a schematic diagram of a partial exploded structure of the second installation part in Figure 204;
  • Figure 207 is a schematic structural diagram of the powder container and the pressing member in Figure 203;
  • Figure 208 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the powder container, the first installation slide and the exploded structure of the pressing part in Figure 207;
  • Figure 209 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the movable part in Figure 208;
  • Figure 210 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the powder container and the structure of the second installation slide in Figure 207;
  • Figure 211 is a schematic diagram of a partial exploded structure of a waste toner box and a toner box in a process cartridge provided by Embodiment 41;
  • Fig. 212 is a schematic diagram of the completed assembly state of the waste toner box and the toner box in Fig. 201 and a partially enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position on the waste toner box;
  • 213 is a schematic diagram of the completed assembly state of the waste toner box and the toner box in the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 42 and a partially enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position;
  • Figure 214 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the waste toner box and the toner box in Figure 213 and a partial enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position;
  • Fig. 215 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of the forcing unit, the second forcing action portion and the first mounting portion in Fig. 214, and a partially enlarged schematic view of the corresponding position of the first mounting portion;
  • Figure 216 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second forcing action part and a schematic diagram of a partial explosion structure of the second installation part in Figure 214;
  • Figure 217 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the second forcing action part and the second installation part in Figure 216;
  • Figure 218 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the powder box, the second installation unit structure, the matching part and the explosion structure of the pressing unit in Figure 214;
  • Figure 219 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the powder box part, the second installation unit and the matching part in Figure 214;
  • 220 is a schematic diagram 1 of the contact state between the photosensitive drum and the developing roller under the installation state of the waste toner box and the toner box in Embodiment 42;
  • 221 is a schematic diagram 2 of the contact state between the photosensitive drum and the developing roller under the installation state of the waste toner box and the toner box in Embodiment 42;
  • 222 is a schematic diagram of the completed assembly state of the waste toner box and the toner box in the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 43 and a partially enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position;
  • Fig. 223 is a schematic diagram of the completed assembly state of the waste toner box and the toner box in Fig. 222 and a partially enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position;
  • 225 to 227 are schematic structural diagrams of the process of contacting and engaging the process cartridge power receiving unit and the driving unit in FIG. 244;
  • 230 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge provided by Embodiment 46 of the present application.
  • Fig. 231 is a schematic diagram of the process of installing the process cartridge in Fig. 230 into the installation guide rail of the printer;
  • FIG. 232 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing member in a process cartridge provided in Embodiment 47 of the present application.
  • Figure 233 is a schematic structural diagram of the process of contacting and engaging the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the process cartridge in Figure 232;
  • 235a is a schematic structural diagram of a process of contacting and engaging a power receiving unit and a driving unit of a process cartridge according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 235b and 235c are respectively schematic structural diagrams of a drive unit and a drive unit protective cover in an electronic imaging device according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 236 is a schematic diagram of the end cap structure in Figure 234;
  • Figure 237a is a schematic front view of the structure of the force applying unit in the process cartridge of Figure 234;
  • Fig. 237b is a schematic view of the reverse side of the structure of the force applying unit in the process cartridge of Fig. 234;
  • Figure 238 is a schematic structural diagram of a part of a printer provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 239 is a schematic diagram of the contact process between the force applying member and the driving unit pushing member in the process cartridge provided in Figure 234;
  • Figure 240 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the process cartridge provided in Figure 234 when the power receiving unit and the driving unit are in an engaged state;
  • Fig. 241 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the process cartridge provided in Fig. 234 being engaged and locked;
  • Figure 242 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the contact state between the force applying member and the driving unit pushing member in the process cartridge provided in Figure 234;
  • Figure 243 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the disengagement state of the power receiving unit and the drive unit of the process cartridge provided in Figure 234;
  • 244 is a schematic diagram of the pre-installation state of the force applying unit in the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 49 of the present application;
  • Fig. 245a, Fig. 245b, Fig. 245c are schematic structural diagrams of different angles of the force applying unit in Fig. 244;
  • Figure 246 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembly part of the force applying unit and the end cap provided in Figure 234 and a partial enlarged schematic diagram of the corresponding position;
  • Figure 247 is a partial structural schematic diagram and a partial enlarged schematic diagram of a corresponding position when the force applying unit exerts a force on the driving unit pushing member provided in Figure 234;
  • Fig. 248 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the process cartridge provided in Fig. 234 in an engaged state;
  • Fig. 249 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the process cartridge provided in Fig. 234 being engaged and locked;
  • Figure 250 is a partial structural schematic diagram and a partial enlarged schematic diagram of a corresponding position where the force applying unit and the driving unit pushing member of the process cartridge are in a disengaged state provided in Figure 234;
  • Figures 251 and 234 provide a partial structural schematic diagram of the disengagement state of the power receiving unit and the drive unit of the process cartridge;
  • FIG. 252 and FIG. 253 are schematic diagrams of the working principle when the pressing member in the process cartridge provided in Embodiment 50 of the present application is used as the force applying unit;
  • Figure 254 and Figure 255 are schematic diagrams of the working principle when the pressing member in the process cartridge provided by the fifty-first embodiment of the application is used as the force applying unit;
  • Figure 256 is a schematic diagram of the process cartridge observing the working process of the pressing member along the length direction;
  • Figure 257 is another schematic diagram of the working process of the pressing member provided in Figure 254;
  • Figure 258 is another schematic diagram of the working process of the pressing member provided in Figure 254;
  • Figure 259 is another schematic diagram of the process cartridge observing the working process of the pressing member along the length direction;
  • Figure 260 is a schematic diagram of the working state before the power receiving unit and the driving unit in the process cartridge provided in Figure 254 are engaged;
  • Fig. 261 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a main assembly of an electronic imaging device of the prior art
  • Fig. 262 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the main assembly of the electronic imaging device of the prior art
  • Figure 263 is a schematic diagram of the fifty-two process cartridges of the present application being mounted on an electronic imaging device
  • Figure 264 is a schematic structural diagram of the first movable part of the fifty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 265 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the process cartridge according to the fifty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 266 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force-applying member according to the fifty-second embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 267 is another structural schematic diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member of the fifty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 268 is a diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the force-applying member and the first movable member in the process of installing the process cartridge according to the fifty-second embodiment of the present application to the electronic imaging device;
  • FIG. 269 is another diagram of the cooperation relationship between the force-applying member and the first movable member in the process of installing the process cartridge according to the fifty-second embodiment of the present application to the electronic imaging device;
  • Fig. 270 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member according to the fifty-third embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 271 is another structural schematic diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member according to the fifty-third embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 272 is another structural schematic diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member according to the fifty-third embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 273 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force-applying member according to the fifty-fourth embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 274 is another structural schematic diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member of the fifty-fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 275 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force-applying component before installation in the fifty-fifth embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 276 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force-applying component in the installation process of the fifty-fifth embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 277 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force-applying member in the process of the fifty-sixth embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 278 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force applying component before installation in the fifty-seventh embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 279 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force applying component before installation in the fifty-seventh embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 280 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force applying component before installation in the fifty-eighth embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 281 is a schematic structural diagram of the first end cap and the force applying member in the installation process of the fifty-eighth embodiment of the present application.
  • connection can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral Connection, or electrical connection; either directly or indirectly through an intermediary.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are schematic structural diagrams of a drive unit in which a process cartridge is not installed in an electronic imaging device in the prior art.
  • the electronic imaging device (not shown in the figure) is provided with a driving unit 1080 , wherein the driving unit 1080 has a power transmission member 1080e for transmitting rotational driving force to the process cartridge.
  • the driving unit 1080 is supported by the supporting portion 1085 a of the supporting member 1085 , and further, the first contacted portion 1080 h abuts against the first contact protrusion 1004 provided in the electronic imaging device, and the pressing member 1003 is driven by the spring 1006 at the same time.
  • the pressed portion 1080i of the unit 1080 exerts a pushing force FF2, so that the second contacted portion 1080j is in contact with the second contact protrusion 1005.
  • the driving unit 1080 is in the initial position, viewed along the direction parallel to the axis of the support member 1085, that is, the direction of the arrow HH , the axis direction EE of the driving unit 1080 is inclined with respect to the center RR of the support portion 1085a.
  • the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit 1080 will come into contact, so that the driving unit 1080 is transformed from the inclined state in the initial position to be parallel to the axis direction of the support member 1085 so as to be in line with the power
  • the receiving unit is successfully matched and engaged to transmit the driving force.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic imaging device, the electronic imaging device includes a process cartridge 1 , a driving unit 1080 and a driving unit protective cover 1081 , the driving unit protective cover 1081 is covered outside the driving unit 1080 .
  • the electronic imaging device may be a printer, a copier, an all-in-one scanning and copying machine, etc., which is not limited herein.
  • the following takes a printer as an example to describe the solution.
  • the process cartridge may be a toner cartridge, an ink cartridge, or the like.
  • the process box is generally composed of a powder bin unit and a waste toner bin unit.
  • the powder bin unit includes a developing roller, a powder knife, a powder feeding roller and a stirring frame, etc.
  • the waste toner bin unit includes a photosensitive drum, a charging roller, and a cleaning blade, etc.
  • the process cartridge usually also contains developer, and a power receiving unit for receiving external driving force, and the power receiving unit includes a driving head and a driving gear arranged at one end of the photosensitive drum. Further, the process cartridge is also provided with a positioning part matched with the machine.
  • the rotation of the developing roller under the driving action can drive the developer to transfer to the photosensitive drum.
  • the powder knife can adjust the uniformity of the developer on the developing roller.
  • the stirring frame can loosen the developer in the toner container unit.
  • the charging roller charges the photosensitive drum, and the cleaning blade cleans the excess developer on the photosensitive drum after developing.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge in the present application.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body A10 , a photosensitive drum 20 , a developing roller 30 and a power receiving unit 21 , the cartridge body A10 contains developer, and the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are rotatably disposed in the cartridge body A10.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is disposed at one end of the box body A10 and connected to the photosensitive drum 20 for engaging with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to receive the driving force output by the driving unit of the electronic imaging device.
  • the box body A10 includes a bracket A11, which may be a photosensitive drum frame, the bracket A11 includes a first fixing column A111 and a through hole A112, and the power receiving unit 21 is fixed on the bracket A11 through the through hole A112 and exposed in the through hole A112 external to receive the driving force output by the driving unit 1080 .
  • the first fixing column A111 is provided above and/or in front of the power receiving unit 21 with respect to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing member A40, which is fixedly arranged on the box body A10 and is connected with the power receiving unit 21 is located at the same end of the cartridge body, and is used to press the drive unit 1080 during the installation of the process cartridge 1, so that the drive unit 1080 is oriented.
  • the pressing member A40 is detachably mounted on the first fixing column A111 to be fixed to the bracket A11 , and at least a part of the pressing member A40 is located outside the power receiving unit 21 in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the pressing member A40 is set as a roller, and the outer surface of the roller is a guiding pressing surface, and the guiding pressing surface can guide and press the driving unit, so that the driving unit can be aligned.
  • the outer surface of the roller can be covered with a layer of rubber coating, which can prevent the driving unit from being worn due to structural interference when the pressing member A40 contacts the driving unit 1080 .
  • FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 are schematic diagrams of the contact and engagement process of the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the present application.
  • the pressing member A40 fixed on the bracket also gradually approaches the driving unit 1080 with the movement of the process cartridge.
  • the driving unit 1080 contacts to form structural interference the pressing member A40 applies a pressing force F to the driving unit 1080.
  • the driving unit 1080 moves in a direction close to the power receiving unit 21, so that the driving unit 1080 contacts the pressing member A40. Then, the pressing member A40 is driven to rotate.
  • the pressing member A40 is fixedly installed on the bracket, the pressing member A40 is always kept parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 during the engagement between the power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080. , that is, the distance of the pressing member A40 relative to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 does not change in displacement.
  • the driving unit 1080 moves from the initial position to a position parallel to the axial direction of the supporting member A1085, and at this time the pressing member A40 is disposed above the power receiving unit 21 relative to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 And/or in the front, the driving unit 1080 and the power receiving unit 21 are finally successfully engaged, so that the driving unit 1080 transmits the driving force to the power receiving unit 21, thereby driving the photosensitive drum 20 to rotate.
  • a pressing member is provided on the process cartridge, and the pressing member A40 forces the driving unit 1080 to move from the initial inclined position to a position substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, and is perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the projection of the pressing member and the projection of the photosensitive drum do not coincide completely, which can make the process of contacting and engaging the power receiving unit and the driving unit smoother, which greatly saves the time for the contacting and engaging of the power receiving unit and the driving unit, and improves the performance of the process cartridge. work efficiency.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a movable positioning member B50.
  • the positioning member B50 is movably arranged on the bracket B11 and is located at the same end as the power receiving unit 21, and the positioning member B50 can be positioned at the first position relative to the bracket B11. Displacement occurs in one direction, wherein the first direction is the height extension direction of the process cartridge (Z direction in FIG. 8 ).
  • the bracket B11 is provided with a chute B15, and the chute B15 may be a rectangular chute or a circular chute, or other regular or irregular structure chute, which is not limited herein.
  • the positioning member B50 is slidably disposed on the chute B15, so that the positioning member B50 can move relative to the box along the chute B15.
  • the positioning member B50 When the process cartridge 1 is installed into the electronic imaging apparatus along the forward direction (the installation direction of the process cartridge) through the mounting rail B900 on the inner side of the electronic imaging apparatus, the positioning member B50 is supported by the mounting rail B900 on the inner side of the electronic imaging apparatus and Move forward along the mounting rail B900. Since the positioning member B50 can move relative to the box body, and during the installation process, the positioning member B50 is supported on the mounting rail B900, so during the installation process of the process cartridge 1, the box body of the process cartridge 1 can be relative to the electronic imaging device.
  • the mounting rail B900 of the electronic imaging device produces a certain displacement
  • the pressing member B40 located at the end of the box body also moves with the overall movement of the process cartridge 1 relative to the driving unit 1080 inside the electronic imaging device or the mounting rail B900 of the electronic imaging device to achieve a certain movement
  • the pressing member B40 can achieve a certain upward displacement relative to the driving unit 1080, and after the process cartridge is installed in place, it can move downward to press the driving unit 1080 down, so that the The driving unit 1080 is substantially coaxially engaged with the power receiving unit 900 to transmit the driving force.
  • the pressing member B40 forces the driving unit 1080 to move from the initial inclined position to a position substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, and on a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, the projection of the pressing member and the projection of the photosensitive drum do not coincide at all. .
  • the pressing member B40 is installed in the process cartridge 1 into the electronic imaging device, and the positioning member B50 can move relative to the box body along the chute B15, and drive the positioning member B50 to be installed on the box body.
  • the pressing member B40 moves relative to the box body, that is, the pressing member B40 can obtain a certain amount of movement, so that the pressing member B40 installed on the process cartridge 1 can more easily press down the driving unit 1080 and avoid mutual interference.
  • the technical solutions of the first embodiment and the second embodiment can also be used in combination with each other.
  • the movable positioning member of the second embodiment is applied to the process box of the first embodiment to increase the function and make the processing of the first embodiment
  • the cassette makes it easier to achieve engagement between the power receiving unit and the drive unit, and the embodiments are not mutually exclusive.
  • This embodiment provides another pressing member, which is a further improvement on the basis of the second embodiment, and the unexplained parts are the same as those in the previous embodiments, and are not repeated for brevity.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a movable positioning member C50 and an elastic telescopic member C60.
  • the positioning member C50 is arranged on the bracket C11 and is located at the same end of the box body as the power receiving unit 21, and the positioning member C50
  • the elastic retractable member F60 is connected to the bracket C11, so that the positioning member C50 can move relative to the process cartridge body.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing member C40, and the pressing member C40 is connected to the bracket C11 through a connecting rod C70.
  • the pressing member C40 is a gear, and the outer surface of the gear is a guide pressing surface.
  • the positioning member C50 When the process cartridge 1 is installed into the electronic imaging device through the mounting rails C900 on the inner side of the electronic imaging device along the forward direction (the installation direction of the process cartridge) into the electronic imaging device, the positioning member C50 is supported by the mounting rails C900 on the inner side of the electronic imaging device. Move forward along the mounting rail C900. Since the positioning member C50 can move relative to the process cartridge 1, and during the installation process, the positioning member C50 is supported on the mounting rail C900, so the process cartridge 1 can be installed relative to the electronic imaging device during the installation process of the process cartridge 1.
  • the guide rail C900 produces a certain amount of movement.
  • the pressing member C40 will first touch the blocking wall 1081 provided on the outer periphery of the driving unit 1080, so that the entire process cartridge moves upward relative to the mounting rail C900, Avoid the high point during the assembly process, and when the process cartridge is completely installed in place, the process cartridge also moves down to the specified position.
  • the pressing member C40 set in front of it also follows the process.
  • the overall movement of the process cartridge is relative to the drive unit 1080 inside the electronic imaging device or the mounting rail C900 of the electronic imaging device to achieve a certain amount of movement (at least up and down movement can be achieved).
  • the gear portion C40a of the pressing member C40 is connected to the driving unit 1080 .
  • the gear portion C1081b of the unit 1080 forms structural interference and meshes, and since the gear module of the pressing member C40 is slightly different from the gear module of the driving unit 1080, after the two are engaged for several tooth shapes, the pressing member C40 and the The driving unit 1080 will generate top teeth, and at the same time, because the pressing member C40 is fixed relative to the process cartridge, when the top teeth are generated, the driving unit 1080 can move from the initial inclined position by engaging with the pressing member C40 To a position approximately parallel or coaxial with the axial direction of the power receiving unit 21, and on a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, the projection of the pressing member completely does not coincide with the projection of the photosensitive drum, and finally the drive unit 1080 and the power receiving Unit 21 is successfully
  • the driving unit 1080 after the driving unit 1080 is rotated, the driving unit 1080 can be smoothly engaged with the power receiving unit 21 .
  • a block-shaped protrusion D1010 is provided on the side wall of the electronic imaging device, and the block-shaped protrusion D1010 is located above the driving unit 1080 or the mounting rail 900 (part) and is located in the installation of the process cartridge 1 in the electronic imaging device space (refer to the installation space of the process cartridge 1 in FIG. 31 ).
  • the block-shaped protrusion D1010 is located above the driving unit 1080 or the mounting rail 900 (part) and is located in the installation of the process cartridge 1 in the electronic imaging device space (refer to the installation space of the process cartridge 1 in FIG. 31 ).
  • this embodiment provides another pressing member in the process cartridge.
  • the pressing member D40 is fixedly arranged on the processing cartridge 1 or the pressing member D40 is integrated with the processing cartridge. It is formed, and is located on the same side as the power receiving unit 21. On a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, the projection of the pressing member D40 does not coincide with the projection of the photosensitive drum at all.
  • the pressing member D40 includes a guiding pressing surface D40a1 (inclined surface or arc surface), and the guiding pressing surface D40a1 is disposed at the front end of the pressing member D40 (the mounting direction of the process cartridge 1) toward the side of the power receiving unit 21, and the guiding pressing surface D40a1
  • the pressing surface D40a1 is provided corresponding to the block protrusion D1010.
  • the front end of the pressing member D40 corresponds to the block-shaped protrusion D1010 on the side wall of the electronic imaging device. 1 continues to install and move, the guiding pressing surface D40a1 of the pressing member D40 is in contact with the block-shaped protrusion D1010, and the pressing member D40 moves upward and forward under the action of the guiding pressing surface D40a1 and the block-shaped protrusion D1010, Since the pressing member D40 is fixed on the process cartridge 1 or the pressing member D40 is integrally formed with the process cartridge, the upward movement of the pressing member D40 will also drive the front end of the process cartridge 1 to move up, so that the entire process cartridge 1 is in a counterclockwise direction. Rotation (viewed from the axial direction of the power receiving unit 21).
  • the pressing member D40 moves upward over the block-shaped protrusion D1010 and then moves to the top of the blocking wall 1081. At this time, the front end of the pressing member D40 is about to cross the blocking wall. Above 1081, enter the opening position of the blocking wall 1081 to contact the driving unit 1080, as shown in FIG. 15a.
  • the pressing member D40 is located above the driving unit 1080 .
  • one end 1A of the process cartridge 1, that is, the end where the power receiving unit 21 is located is higher in the electronic imaging device than the other end 1B of the process cartridge 1 (the process cartridge 1 is partially upturned) .
  • the process cartridge can also make the front end of the pressing member D40 press down on the driving unit 1080 under the action of its own gravity, so that the driving unit 1080 moves down substantially coaxially with the power receiving unit 21 to receive power.
  • the process cartridge further includes a limit guide E40b, an elastic member ( (not shown in the figure) and the guide control part E40c, the limit guide E40b is movably arranged on the end cover of the process cartridge 1 and is located at the same end of the box body as the power receiving unit 21, and the limit guide E40b can be located at the same end of the box body.
  • the photosensitive drum shaft is displaced upward.
  • the limiting guide E40b may be a protrusion disposed on the end cover of the process cartridge 1, for example, may be a cylindrical structure.
  • the elastic piece is sleeved on the limiting guide piece E40b, and the two ends of the elastic piece press against the limiting guide piece E40b and the inner wall of the end cover respectively, and the limiting guide piece E40b is applied with an elastic force directed to the inside of the end cover through the elastic piece. force.
  • the limiting guide E40b is kept in a retracted state on the end cap, so that the end cap of the process cartridge 1 will not interfere with the inner wall of the electronic imaging device during the process cartridge installation.
  • the guide control part E40c can be a swing rod, which can be arranged inside the end cover of the process cartridge 1, the receiving part of the swing rod is located at the rear of the process cartridge, and the receiving part of the swing rod receives the pressure rod E1020 (Fig. 18) force (described later), and transmit the received external force to the limit guide E40b, for example, by means of bevel fitting, etc., push the limit guide E40b out of the end cover to be in a protruding state .
  • This embodiment is the same as the fourth embodiment in that the pressing member E40 is fixed on the box body or the pressing member E40 is integrally formed with the process cartridge, and when the process cartridge 1 is installed in the electronic imaging device, the pressing member E40 Above the drive unit 1080 .
  • the pressing rods E1020 on the inside of the door cover press down the upper surfaces 1C on the left and right sides of the back of the casing of the process cartridge 1, so that the entire process cartridge 1 is stressed.
  • the front end of the process cartridge 1 moves down accordingly and drives the pressing member E40 to move downward.
  • the front end of the pressing member E40 presses down the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 moves down to be substantially coaxial with the power receiving unit 21, so as to Receive momentum.
  • the urging member E40 urges the driving unit 1080 to move from the initial inclined position to a position substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the pressing rod E1020 will also press the guide control part E40c, so that the guide control part E40c moves in the end cover in the direction of the arrow R, and then the limit that is originally in the retracted end cover state is made by means of bevel fitting or the like.
  • the guide member E40b protrudes from the end cover (the limit guide member E40b protrudes perpendicular to the paper in the figure).
  • the extended limit guide E40b can be buckled into a limit groove E1011 located in the electronic imaging device, thereby limiting the installed process cartridge. The position makes it not easy to shake and participates in printing stably.
  • the door cover is opened, and the pressing rod E1020 is lifted up. Then, with the disappearance of the force exerted on the guide control member E40c, it is connected to the limit guide member E40b elastically.
  • the elastic restoring force of the parts makes the limiting guide E40b retract into the end cover, and at the same time, the guide control part E40c returns to its state before installation.
  • the pressing rod E1020 first presses the upper surface 1C of the process cartridge 1 to make the process cartridge straighten, and then the pressing rod E1020 exerts force on the guide control member E40c, so that the limit guide member E40b can be extended to be buckled into the in the limit groove E1011.
  • This process can be achieved by setting different stepped surfaces on the pressing rod E1020 along its traveling direction, for example, sequentially setting a first stepped surface E1021 and a second stepped surface E1022 in the traveling direction (arrow M) of the pressing rod E1020.
  • the upper surface 1C of the process cartridge is first pressed by the first step surface E1021, so that the process cartridge can be straightened, and then the second step is pressed with the further pressing of the pressing rod E1020.
  • the surface E1022 begins to contact the force-receiving surface of the pressing and guiding control member E40c, thereby enabling the limiting guide E40b to protrude into the limiting groove E1011.
  • the guide control member E40c is not limited to be provided inside the end cap, but can also be provided outside the process cartridge, which is not limited here.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a power receiving unit 21, a bracket F11, a pressing member F40 and a control mechanism F30.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is movably arranged at one end of the box body for receiving the driving of the electronic imaging device. force, the control mechanism F30 is used to control the displacement of the power receiving unit 21 in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the pressing member F40 is fixed on the box body or the pressing member F40 is integrally formed with the process cartridge and is located at the same end as the power receiving unit 21.
  • the driving unit 1080 can be pressed by the pressing member F40 (as shown in FIG.
  • the drive unit is in the straightened position.
  • the pressing member F40 forces the driving unit 1080 to move from the initial inclined position to a position substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the projection of the pressing member F40 completely does not coincide with the projection of the photosensitive drum.
  • the bracket F11 is disposed at one end of the box body, and the bracket F11 is provided with a long groove F110 and a plurality of mounting holes F113, and the groove F110 has a first end F111 and a second end F112.
  • the control mechanism F30 includes a fixing member F31 and a pressing member F32.
  • the fixing member F31 is provided with a plurality of fixing holes F311 and ribs F312, one end of the pressing member F32 is provided with a connecting column F321, and the other end of the pressing member F32 is provided There is a pressing portion F323, the pressing portion F323 has an inclined surface, and the middle portion F322 of the pressing member F32 is a chamfered structure, so that there is a height displacement difference between the connecting column F321 and the pressing portion F323 in the width direction of the pressing member F32.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a hub F60 , a movable part F50 , a connecting part F70 and a first elastic part F90 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is provided with an engaging portion F213 for engaging with the driving unit 1080 and a connecting hole F211, and an abutting surface F212 extending outward along the axis of the power receiving unit 21 is provided between the engaging portion F213 and the connecting hole F211.
  • the movable member F50 is a cylindrical structure. Specifically, the movable member F50 includes an upper surface F53, a lower surface F54, a through hole F52 and a protrusion F51.
  • the protrusion F51 is arranged on the upper surface F53, and the protrusion F51 is in a direction away from the upper surface F53. protrudes and has an inclined surface.
  • the outer circumference of the hub F60 is provided with a gear portion, and the interior of the hub F60 is further provided with two supporting portions F61 arranged at intervals.
  • the assembly relationship of the above-mentioned parts is as follows: the movable part F50 is movably arranged in the hub F60, so that the lower surface F54 of the movable part F50 is in contact with the support part F61 of the hub F60; the power receiving unit 21 passes through The through hole F52 of the movable member F50 is installed into the movable member F50. At this time, the abutting surface F212 (FIG. 22) of the power receiving unit 21 is in contact with the upper surface F53 of the movable member F50, so that the power receiving unit 21 is fixedly supported on the movable member F50.
  • the connecting piece F70 passes through the connecting hole F211 of the power receiving unit 21, and the two ends of the connecting piece F70 are placed into the supporting part F61 built in the wheel hub F60 to After the power receiving unit 21 receives the driving force from the driving unit 1080, the wheel hub F60 is driven to rotate; the first elastic member F90 is arranged in the wheel hub F60, and one end of the first elastic member F90 abuts on the bottom surface of the wheel hub F60, and the first elastic member F90 abuts on the bottom surface of the wheel hub F60. The other end of the piece F90 abuts at both ends of the connecting piece F70.
  • the bracket F11 covers the movable member F50 and exposes the power receiving unit 21 and the protrusion F51 on the movable member F50 to the outside through the bracket F11.
  • the pressing member F32 and the bracket F11 are movably connected through the second elastic member F80.
  • the pressing member F32 and the second elastic member F80 are respectively installed in the groove F110 of the bracket F11, and one end of the second elastic member F80 is connected to the groove F110.
  • the first end F111 of the groove F110 is connected, and the other end of the second elastic member F80 is connected with the connecting column F321 of the pressing member F32.
  • the second elastic member F80 can be a spring or a compression spring.
  • the fixing member F31 is installed into the groove F110 through the rib F312 and covers a part of the pressing member F32, and a plurality of screws (not shown in the figure) pass through the plurality of fixing holes F311 in sequence and a plurality of mounting holes F113 , so as to fix the fixing member F31 and the bracket F11 to the cartridge body, so as to prevent the control mechanism F30 and the power receiving unit 21 from coming out of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the elastic force of the second elastic member F80 makes the pressing member F32 in an extended state, and the pressing portion F323 of the pressing member F32 and the movable member F50
  • the protrusion F51 is abutted, and a force toward the interior of the photosensitive drum 20 is applied to the protrusion F51, so that the movable member F50 together with the power receiving unit 21 is compressed in the bracket F11 against the elastic force of the first elastic member F90, and the power receiving unit 21
  • the engaging portion F213 of the 1 does not protrude from the bracket F11, and the power receiving unit 21 is at the initial position at this time.
  • the front end of the pressing member F40 abuts against the blocking wall 1081, and as the process cartridge 1 continues to be installed, the pressing The member F40 is inserted into the opening of the blocking wall 1081 and contacts with the driving unit 1080. Since the front end of the process cartridge 1 moves down and drives the pressing member F40 to move downward, the front end of the pressing member F40 presses the driving unit 1080 down, so that the The driving unit 1080 moves downward to be substantially coaxial with the power receiving unit 21 to receive power.
  • the pressing member F32 in contact with the protrusion F51 moves to a position in contact with the blocking wall 1081, and with the installation of the process cartridge, the pressing member F32 is affected by the blocking wall 1081.
  • the force of the second elastic member F80 overcomes the elastic force of the second elastic member F80 and moves in the opposite direction to the installation direction X6.
  • the pressing member F32 is no longer in contact with the protrusion F51, and the movable member F50 loses the force of the pressing member F32 and drives the power.
  • the receiving unit 21 moves together in the Y6 direction (ie, the direction away from the interior of the photosensitive drum), and the lower surface F54 of the movable member F50 is no longer in contact with the support portion F61 of the hub F60, and the power receiving unit 21 is in the second position.
  • the pressing member F40 successfully aligns the driving unit 1080 and the power receiving unit 21 protrudes from the bracket F11 to engage with the driving unit 1080, thereby realizing the transmission of driving force.
  • the user can first pull out one end 1B of the process cartridge 1, so that one end 1B of the process cartridge is opposite to the other end 1A of the process cartridge 1 (ie, the power The end where the receiving unit 21 is located) is inclined.
  • the process cartridge 1 is in a relatively inclined state, a certain clearance space is created between the power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080.
  • the pressing member F32 gradually moves along the X6 direction until it is in contact with the protrusion F51 again.
  • the movable member F50 drives the power receiving unit 21 to move in the direction pointing to the inside of the photosensitive drum 20, and finally the power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080 are disengaged, so that the process cartridge is successfully removed from the electronic imaging device.
  • the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1 is further provided with a guide surface F44, the guide surface F44 is located at the rear side of the pressing member F40, and the process cartridge 1 can be installed and removed through the guide surface F44. Avoid interference with the block-shaped protrusions D1010.
  • the guide surface F44 can be set as an inclined surface or a curved surface inclined to the rear of the process cartridge. During the process of installing and disassembling the process cartridge, the block protrusion D1010 can slide against the surface of the guide surface F44 to avoid The process cartridge interferes with the block-shaped protrusion D1010, thereby affecting the installation of the process cartridge.
  • the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1 is further provided with a guided portion F41.
  • the guided portion F41 may protrude outward from the end surface of the process cartridge, so as to be able to communicate with electronic devices during the process of installing the process cartridge.
  • the guide rails on the image forming apparatus abut, thereby guiding the installation of the process cartridge.
  • the guided portion F41 can also be set at other positions on the first end, as long as it can abut with the guide rail on the electronic imaging device and be guided. Of course, in some embodiments, the guided portion F41 can also be got canceled.
  • this embodiment provides another processing cartridge.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a bracket G11, a photosensitive drum 20, a pressing member G40, a movable member G50, a supporting member G60, a power receiving unit G21, and an elastic member (not shown).
  • the pressing member G40 in this embodiment has the same structure as the pressing member in the sixth embodiment, and the pressing member G40 is fixedly arranged on the box body, and is located at the same end of the box body with the power receiving unit G21.
  • the power receiving unit G21 includes a cylindrical main body G212, one end of the main body G212 is provided with an engaging portion G211 that engages with the driving unit 1080, and a plurality of connecting posts G213 are evenly spaced on the circumferential surface of the main body G212.
  • the number is not limited. In this embodiment, the number of the connecting columns G213 is three.
  • the outer circumference of the movable member G50 is provided with a gear portion.
  • the movable member G50 is further provided with a limiting portion G51, and a plurality of protrusions G52 are provided on one side of the limiting portion G51.
  • the support member G60 is a cylindrical structure, and the support member G60 includes an upper cylinder G63 and a lower cylinder G64, the radius of the upper cylinder G63 is smaller than that of the lower cylinder G64, and the outer circumferential surface of the upper cylinder G63 is provided with a plurality of There are grooves G65 corresponding to the number of protrusions G52, and the lower cylinder G64 is further provided with a support surface G61.
  • the support surface G61 is provided with a plurality of outwardly protruding inclined surfaces G62 corresponding to the number of protrusions G52.
  • the connection relationship of the above-mentioned parts is: the movable member G50 is sleeved on the upper cylinder G63 of the support member G60 to be installed in the support member G60, the protrusion G52 is located on the support surface G61, and is movable
  • the member G50 is capable of rotation and translational movement relative to the support member G60.
  • the power receiving unit G21 is passed through the movable member G50 and the support member G60, and the connecting column G213 is passed through the groove G65.
  • the connecting column G213 is supported by the limiting portion G51 of the movable member G50, so that the power receiving unit G21 and the The support member G60 is articulated, and the power receiving unit G21 can move together with the movable member G50.
  • An elastic member (not shown in the figure) is disposed between the power receiving unit G21 and the support member G60, one end of the elastic member abuts on the power receiving unit G21, and the other end abuts on the bottom surface of the support member G60.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a control mechanism G30, which cooperates with the movable member G50 for controlling the movable member.
  • the G50 is rotated so that the power receiving unit G21 can be displaced in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the control mechanism G30 includes a connecting member G31, an intermediate gear G32 and a driving gear G80.
  • the intermediate gear G32 is connected to the connecting member G31.
  • the intermediate gear G32 and the connecting member G31 are integrally formed.
  • the driving gear G80 can be sleeved on the other end of the connecting piece G31, and optionally, the driving gear G80 can also be a rubber wheel.
  • the control mechanism G30 When the control mechanism G30 is installed on the box body, the end of the connecting member G31 with the intermediate gear G32 is set close to the developing roller 30, and the intermediate gear G32 can mesh with the gear portion of the movable member G50, and can be driven by the rotation of the control mechanism G30.
  • the movable member G50 moves in a direction away from the inside of the photosensitive drum 20 together with the power receiving unit G21.
  • the power receiving unit G21 is located in the bracket G11, and the power receiving unit G21 and the movable member G50 are arranged close to the photosensitive drum 20, the power receiving unit G21 at this time is The receiving unit G21 is in the initial position.
  • the front end of the pressing member G40 abuts against the blocking wall 1081 , and as the process cartridge 1 continues to be installed, the pressing member G40 is inserted into the blocking member G40
  • the opening of the wall 1081 is in contact with the driving unit 1080.
  • the front end of the process cartridge 1 moves down and drives the pressing member G40 that is relatively fixed to the process cartridge to move down, the front end of the pressing member G40 presses the driving unit 1080 down, so that the driving unit 1080 is pressed down.
  • the driving unit 1080 moves down to be substantially coaxial with the power receiving unit G21 to receive power.
  • the projection of the pressing member G40 does not coincide completely with the projection of the photosensitive drum.
  • the driving unit 1080 moves downward, it comes into contact with the driving gear G80.
  • the outer circumference of the driving unit 1080 is provided with the external gear portion (see FIG. 1), the The external gear part is a helical tooth structure, and the external gear part of the driving unit 1080 meshes with the driving gear G80, so that the driving gear G80 transmits the received driving force to the intermediate gear G32, and then transmits the driving force to the meshing gear G32 through the intermediate gear G32.
  • the gear part of the movable member G50 drives the movable member G50 to rotate, and with the rotation of the movable member G50, the protrusion G52 moves to a position in contact with the inclined surface G62, and moves from its low position to a high position along the inclined surface G62, so that the movable member G50 and the power receiving unit G21 relatively and fixedly connected with the movable member G50 move in a direction away from the photosensitive drum 20, so that the power receiving unit G21 is protruded from the bracket G11.
  • the power receiving unit G21 is in the second position, and finally The power receiving unit G21 is successfully engaged with the driving unit 1080 to realize the transmission of driving force.
  • a photosensitive drum gear G25 is also provided on the end of the photosensitive drum 20 away from the movable member G50, and a developing roller gear G26 is also provided on the end of the developing roller 30 away from the movable member G50.
  • the developing roller gear G26 and the photosensitive drum gear G25 Meshing enables the movable member G50 to transmit the driving force received from the power receiving unit G21 to the photosensitive drum gear G25, and then to the developing roller gear G26 meshed with the photosensitive drum gear G25, thereby driving the developing roller 30 to rotate.
  • the method for taking out the process cartridge from the electronic imaging device in this embodiment is similar to that of the sixth embodiment, and the relative inclination of the process cartridge during the process of taking out also makes it easier for the user to take out the process cartridge from the electronic imaging device.
  • an elastic restoring member G27 is provided at one end of the power receiving unit G21 away from the engaging portion G211 , and the elastic restoring member G27 may be a compression spring.
  • the driving unit 1080 stops rotating since the elastic force of the elastic restoring member G27 is greater than the force between the driving unit 1080 and the power receiving unit G21, the power receiving unit G21 can be pulled back to the initial position by the elastic restoring member G27. With the arrangement of this structure, the process cartridge can be smoothly taken out without tilting the cartridge.
  • the shape and structure of the process cartridge 1 and the electronic imaging device of the present embodiment are basically the same as those of the process cartridge and the electronic imaging device of the fourth embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated.
  • the electronic imaging apparatus includes a main assembly H100 in which the process cartridge 1 is detachably accommodated, and the main assembly H100 is provided with a first side wall H101 in the longitudinal direction Y of the process cartridge 1
  • the second side wall H102 , the first side wall H101 and the second side wall H102 are both provided with guide rails for guiding the installation of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the second side wall H102 is provided with a first guide rail H103 and a second guide rail H104 for guiding the installation of the process cartridge 1.
  • the first guide rail H103 includes a first guide section H1031 and a second guide section H1032.
  • the first guide section H1031 The second guide section H1032 is continuous with the second guide section H1032, and the second guide section H1032 is located on the lower side of the first guide section H1031 in the mounting direction of the process cartridge 1 to the electronic image forming apparatus.
  • both the first guide section H1031 and the second guide section H1032 are inclined planes, and both the first guide section H1031 and the second guide section H1032 are inclined toward the rear of the process cartridge installation direction.
  • the included angle between the second guide section H1032 and the horizontal plane is greater than the included angle between the first guide section H1031 and the horizontal plane.
  • first guide segment H1031 and the second guide segment H1032 may also be configured as curved surfaces, or one of them may be an inclined surface, and the other may be a curved surface.
  • first guide section H1031 and the second guide section H1032 may also be inclined guide grooves.
  • the second half of the first guide rail H103 forms a concave portion, that is, the second guide section H1032 is concave relative to the first guide section H1031.
  • the second guide rail H104 is disposed close to the blocking wall 1081, and the downstream end of the second guide rail H104 extends to the upper side of the blocking wall 1081. In the installation direction of the process cartridge 1, the second guide rail H104 is disposed on the downstream side of the first guide section H1031. .
  • the second guide rail H104 includes a third guide section H1041, a fourth guide section H1042 and a fifth guide section H1043.
  • the third guide section H1041, the fourth guide section H1042 and the fifth guide section The segments H1043 are arranged in sequence, and each guide segment is continuous.
  • the third guide segment H1041, the fourth guide segment H1042 and the fifth guide segment H1043 are configured as inclined planes, and the angle between the third guide segment H1041, the fourth guide segment H1042 and the fifth guide segment H1043 and the horizontal plane is the size Increasing in sequence, the fourth guide segment H1042 and the fifth guide segment H1043 are disposed close to the blocking wall 1081 .
  • the first side wall H101 is provided with a third guide rail H1012 for guiding the installation and positioning of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the third guide rail H1012 is composed of inclined surfaces.
  • the third guide rail H1012 may also be composed of a curved surface, or the third guide rail H1012 may also be a guide groove.
  • the electronic imaging device further includes a first identification mechanism and a second identification mechanism for preventing misinstallation of the process cartridge 1, the first identification mechanism is provided on the second side wall H102 of the electronic imaging device, and the first identification mechanism includes a first identification mechanism.
  • a movable member H1033, the first movable member H1033 can move between a first position restricting the installation of the process cartridge 1 and a second position allowing the process cartridge 1 to be installed.
  • the first movable part H1033 is supported on the second side wall H102 of the main assembly, the first movable part H1033 can rotate around a rotation axis parallel to the installation direction X of the process cartridge 1, and the first movable part H1033
  • the part H1033 protrudes from the second side wall H102 in the first position to be able to interfere with the process cartridge 1 mounted on the main assembly H100 and restrict the installation of the process cartridge 1. In this position, the process cartridge 1 will be blocked by the first movable part H1033 and cannot be installed in place to receive driving force from the electronic imaging device.
  • the first movable part H1033 is retracted relative to the first position in the second position, that is, deflected closer to the second side wall H102, in which the process cartridge 1 can be installed in place, so that the process cartridge can be removed from the electronic device.
  • the imaging device receives the driving force and performs a normal print job.
  • the term "installed in place" referred to here means that the process cartridge 1 can normally receive the driving force to perform a printing job after being installed.
  • the first movable part H1033 is a bump.
  • the second identification mechanism is provided on the first side wall H101 of the electronic imaging device, and is configured as a swing rod H1013 that can swing around a rotating shaft parallel to the longitudinal direction Y of the process cartridge 1.
  • the free end of the swing rod H1013 is located on the downstream side, and the end hinged with the rotating shaft is located on the upstream side, that is, the swing rod is in an inclined state as a whole, and the swing rod H1013 can extend to the third guide rail H1012.
  • the pendulum rod H1013 needs to be pushed to rotate so that the process cartridge 1 can be installed smoothly, otherwise the process cartridge 1 cannot be installed.
  • the process cartridge 1 of this embodiment further includes a first guided portion H41 and a second guided portion H42 , and both the first guided portion H41 and the second guided portion H42 are provided on the process cartridge.
  • the first end 1A (the end provided with the power receiving unit), specifically, the first guided portion H41 is provided on the photosensitive drum frame and is located on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 20 in the installation direction of the process cartridge.
  • the first guided portion H41 is configured as a protrusion, which protrudes outward from one end of the process cartridge 1 along the length direction Y of the process cartridge 1, so as to be able to connect with the first guide rail in the early stage of the installation process.
  • the first guided portion may also be the lower outer edge of the process cartridge housing.
  • the second guided portion H42 can abut against the second guide rail H104 at a later stage in the process of installing the process cartridge 1, and the second guided portion H42 of this embodiment is located at the position of the first guided portion H41 in the installed state of the process cartridge 1.
  • the upper side is located on the downstream side of the first guided portion H41 in the mounting direction of the process cartridge, and is fixedly connected to the pressing member H40.
  • the second guided portion H42 and the pressing member H40 are integrally formed, and the second guided portion H42 is located above the pressing member H40 in the installation direction of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the second guided portion H42 is located on the upper side of the outer periphery of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the second guided portion H42 is configured as a protrusion that protrudes outward from one end of the process cartridge 1 along the length direction of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a third guided portion H43 provided at the second end 1B of the process cartridge 1 (the end opposite to the power receiving unit), and the third guided portion H43
  • the H43 can abut and cooperate with the third guide rail H1012 during the process of installing the process cartridge 1 .
  • the third guided portion H43 is formed as a protrusion, and the protrusion protrudes outward from one end of the process cartridge 1 along the length direction of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the third guided portion H43 is provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 in the axial direction, and is configured as a circular guide post, and the third guided portion H43 may also be provided on the end cover (not shown in the figure). superior.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a first guide surface H44, the first guide surface H44 is disposed at the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1, and the first guide surface H44 is used to guide the first movable part H1033. to avoid interference with the first movable part H1033 when the process cartridge 1 is disassembled, that is, the first movable part H1033 can be smoothly disengaged from the first guide surface H44.
  • the first guide surface H44 is located on the upper side of the process cartridge 1 as a whole. In the mounting direction of the process cartridge 1, the first guide surface H44 is located on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 20 and on the upstream side of the abutment portion where the pressing member H40 and the driving unit 1080 abut each other.
  • the first guide surface H44 is configured to face upward and forward, but it can also be configured as a curved surface. In the state where the process cartridge 1 is mounted on the electronic imaging device, the first guide surface H44 can be pressed by the first movable part H1033 to restrict the rotation of the process cartridge 1 and play a positioning role for the process cartridge 1. In this case, the first guide surface H44 may also be configured as a non-inclined surface structure. Compared with the non-inclined surface structure, the inclined structure of the first guide surface H44 can prevent the process cartridge 1 from interfering with the first movable part H1033 during installation and removal, and avoid affecting the installation and removal operations of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the pressing member H40 further includes a guiding pressing surface H45, and the guiding pressing surface H45 is provided on the lower side of the pressing member H40, and the pressing member H40 is pressed by the guiding
  • the arrangement of the surface H45 can avoid the interference between the pressing member H40 and the blocking wall 1081 when the process cartridge 1 is disassembled, thereby affecting the disassembly of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the pressing member H40 protrudes into the blocking wall 1081 and presses the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 moves from the initial inclined position to the support member 1085 (as shown in FIG. 2 ). ) where the axis directions coincide. And on a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, the projection of the pressing member is outside the projection range of the photosensitive drum.
  • the guide pressing surface H45 on the pressing member H40 abuts on the outer wall of the blocking wall 1081. Specifically, since the pressing member H40 extends into the opening 10813 provided on the upper side of the blocking wall 1081, the guiding pressing surface H45 is pressed against the outer wall of the blocking wall 1081. At the outer edge 10814 of the opening portion 10813 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a first pressing surface H46 and a second pressing surface H47, the first pressing surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 are located at the second end 1B of the process cartridge 1, and the first pressing surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 are located at the second end 1B of the process cartridge 1.
  • the surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 are higher than the upper surface of the process cartridge, the first pressing surface H46 is used for unlocking the pendulum H1013 during the process cartridge installation, and the second pressing surface H47 is used for removing the electronic device from the process cartridge 1. Unlock the lever H1013 during disassembly of the imaging unit.
  • the second pressing surface H47 and the first pressing surface H46 are distributed in steps, that is, they have a height difference, and the second pressing surface H47 and the first pressing surface H46 are distributed in steps.
  • the pressing surface H47 is located above the first pressing surface H46.
  • the first pressing surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 are configured as curved surfaces or inclined surfaces. Specifically, both the first pressing surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 are inclined toward the rear of the installation direction of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the height difference between the first pressing surface H46 and the second pressing surface H47 is in the range of H1 ⁇ H ⁇ H2, the value of H1 is 3.37mm, and the value of H2 is 10.05mm
  • the height difference value range H3 of the surface where the first pressing surface H46 cooperates with the pendulum rod H1013 is preferably less than 2.72mm
  • the height difference value of the surface where the second pressing surface H47 cooperates with the pendulum rod H1013 is a value.
  • the H4 range is preferably less than 4.06 mm. Within the above range, it has a better cooperation effect with the pendulum rod.
  • the stage before the second guided portion H42 is not supported by the second guide rail H104 is referred to as the early stage (or the pre-installation section) in the process of installing the process cartridge 1, and the second guided portion H42 is the first stage in the process of installing the process cartridge 1.
  • the stage in which the two guide rails H104 are supported is called the later stage (or post-installation section) in the process of installing the process cartridge 1 .
  • the user holds the handle (not shown in the figure) of the process cartridge 1 and places the process cartridge into the electronic imaging device, and makes the first guided portion H41 and the third guided portion H43 embedded in the first guided portion H41 and the third guided portion H43 respectively.
  • the guide rail H103 and the third guide rail H1012 push the process cartridge 1 along the installation direction of the process cartridge 1.
  • the first guided portion H41 of the process cartridge 1 can abut on the first guide section H1031 of the first guide rail H103, and the first guided portion H41 of the process cartridge 1
  • the third guided portion H43 abuts on the third guide rail H1012, that is, the process cartridge is supported by the first guide section H1031 and the third guide rail H1012 of the first guide rail H103.
  • the second guided portion H42 abuts on the third guide section H1041
  • the third guided portion H43 abuts on the third guide rail H1012
  • the process cartridge is supported by the second guide rail H104 and the third guide rail H1012 .
  • the process cartridge 1 As the process cartridge 1 continues to move forward in the installation direction X of the process cartridge, the second guided portion H42 abuts against the third guide segment H1041 and enters the fourth guide segment H1042; the second guided portion H42 abuts against the fourth guide segment H42 During the movement of the segment H1042, the process cartridge 1 rotates in the W direction with the contact point between the second guided portion H42 and the fourth guide segment H1042 and the contact point between the third guided portion H43 and the third guide rail H1012 as fulcrums. The cartridge 1 moves forward in the manner of moving along the guide rail while rotating, and the pressing member H40 is lifted along the W direction. This movement method can avoid the interference between the pressing member H40 and the blocking wall 1081; It can advance under the action of external force, or it can advance under the action of its own gravity.
  • the second guided portion H42 is finally separated from the second guide rail H104 from the fifth guide section H1043, and the pressing member H40 protrudes into the blocking wall 1081
  • the driving unit 1080 is pressed in the upper opening 10813, and the pressing surface H45 is guided to press against the outer edge 10814 of the opening 10813. So far, the installation of the process cartridge 1 is completed.
  • the first movable part H1033 is pressed against the first guide surface H44 to restrain the process cartridge 1 from rotating, so that the state of the process cartridge 1 is more stable.
  • the process cartridge may advance under the action of external force or under the action of its own gravity.
  • the process cartridge 1 can avoid contact with the first possible connection during the process of installing the process cartridge 1.
  • the moving part H1033 interferes.
  • the first pressing surface H46 provided on the second end 1B of the process cartridge 1 first touches the pushed portion H1014 on the upper side of the swing rod H1013, and pushes the swing rod H1013 to rotate, thereby avoiding the first
  • the third guided portion H43 is blocked by the free end of the pendulum rod H1013.
  • the user holds the handle of the process cartridge 1 and takes out the process cartridge 1 from the electronic imaging device in a direction opposite to the X direction of the process cartridge installation direction.
  • the second guided portion H42 abuts on the second guide rail H104 and moves along the second guide rail H104, and is supported by the first guided portion H41 of the process cartridge 1 in the later stage of disassembly That is, the second guided portion H42 abuts on the first guide rail H103 and moves along the first guide rail H103, while the third guided portion H43 is always supported by the third guide rail H1012.
  • the pressing member H40 When the second guided portion H42 abuts against the fourth guide section H1042, the pressing member H40 has been retracted from the opening portion 10813, and the process cartridge can be rotated in the reverse direction of the W direction to a preset angle under the action of external force, and the process cartridge
  • the second pressing surface H47 of 1 first touches the pushed portion H1014 of the swing lever H1013, and pushes the swing lever H1013 to rotate, so as to prevent the third guided portion H43 from being affected by the swing lever when the process cartridge 1 is removed from the electronic imaging device. Blocking of the free end of the H1013.
  • the shape and structure of the process cartridge and the electronic imaging device of this embodiment are basically the same as those of the eighth embodiment, and the part that has been described in the eighth embodiment will not be repeated in this embodiment, and the following only focuses on the above-mentioned eighth embodiment The differences are explained.
  • the second side wall I102 of the main assembly I100 of the electronic imaging device is provided with a fourth guide rail I105.
  • the fourth guide rail I105 is at least partially located on the second guide rail.
  • the lower side of the I104 is closer to the first side wall I101 of the main assembly I100 than the second guide rail I104 along the Y direction.
  • the fourth guide rail I105 is located at least partially on the upstream side of the second guide rail I104 in the mounting direction of the process cartridge.
  • the fourth guide rail I105 is inclined toward the rear side of the main assembly I100, and the fourth guide rail I105 may be configured as an inclined surface, a curved surface or a guide groove.
  • the first side wall I101 is provided with a third guide rail I1012 for guiding the installation and positioning of the process cartridge 1.
  • the third guide rail I1012 is composed of inclined surfaces; alternatively, the third guide rail I1012 It can also consist of curved surfaces or guide grooves.
  • the third guide rail I1012 includes a sixth guide section I1015 and a seventh guide section I1016.
  • the seventh guide section I1016 is located at the sixth guide section I1015 downstream side.
  • the seventh guide section I1016 is parallel to the bottom surface of the main assembly I100, and the sixth guide section I1015 is connected with the seventh guide section I1016 and is inclined to the rear side of the main assembly I100.
  • the first guided portion is not provided in this embodiment, and the process cartridge in this embodiment further includes a fourth guided portion I41 , and the fourth guided portion I41 is provided on the process cartridge 1 (downstream of the process cartridge 1 in a state where the process cartridge 1 is mounted to the electronic image forming apparatus), and is located at the first end 1A of the process cartridge.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 is provided on the end cap I102b of the developing frame I101b.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 is configured as an arc-shaped surface, and the fourth guided portion I41 is located on the lower side of the second guided portion I42 when the process cartridge 1 is mounted to the electronic imaging device.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 is located on the upstream side of the second guided portion I42 in the mounting direction of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the fourth guided portion I41 may also be provided at other positions at the end of the developing frame I101b or configured as a component extending from other positions of the process cartridge, as long as it can be matched with the fourth guide rail I105 during the installation process. Can.
  • the second end 1B of the process cartridge 1 in this embodiment is also provided with a first pressing surface I46 for unlocking the pendulum rod I1013 (second identification mechanism) during the installation process, and a
  • the second pressing surface I47 of the swing lever I1013 is unlocked, and the first pressing surface I46 and the second pressing surface I47 are higher than the upper surface of the process cartridge.
  • the second pressing surface I47 and the first pressing surface H46 are distributed in steps, that is, they have a height difference, and the second pressing surface H47 is located on the side of the first pressing surface H46. upper side.
  • the first pressing surface I46 and the second pressing surface I47 are configured as curved surfaces or inclined surfaces. Specifically, the first pressing surface I46 and the second pressing surface I47 are inclined toward the opposite direction of the cartridge mounting direction (X direction).
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a restricting portion I471, and the restricting portion I471 can restrict the position of the process cartridge 1 when the process cartridge is disassembled, so as to avoid excessive rotation of the process cartridge 1 and cause the process cartridge Disassembly is not smooth.
  • the process cartridge will rotate as a whole during the removal process, and the rotation of the process cartridge 1 beyond a certain range will affect the removal effect. Therefore, it is necessary to limit the movement of the process cartridge 1 during the removal process. Avoid excessive rotation of the process cartridge.
  • the restricting portion I471 is disposed on the second pressing surface I47, the restricting portion I471 is restricted by the swing rod I1013 when the process cartridge is rotated, thereby restricting the rotation of the process cartridge.
  • the stage before the second guided portion I42 is not supported by the second guide rails I104 is referred to as the early stage (or the pre-installation section) in the process of installing the process cartridge 1, and the second guided portion I42 is The stage in which the second guide rail I104 is supported is referred to as the later stage (or post-installation section) in the process of installing the process cartridge 1 .
  • the user holds the handle (not shown in the figure) of the process cartridge 1, puts the process cartridge into the electronic imaging device, and sets the fourth guided portion I41 and the third The guided parts I43 are respectively embedded in the positions of the fourth guide rail I105 and the third guide rail I1012, and the process cartridge 1 is pushed along the installation direction (X direction) of the process cartridge 1.
  • the fourth guided part I41 of the process cartridge 1 can touch the Connected to the surface of the fourth guide rail I105, the second guided portion I42 does not abut with the second guide rail I104, and the third guided portion I43 can abut on the surface of the sixth guide segment I1015 of the third guide rail I1012, and also That is, the process cartridge 1 can be supported by the fourth guide rail I105 and the third guide rail I1012 without being supported by the second guide rail I104.
  • the unlocking of the pendulum rod I1013 is also included, so that the process cartridge can be installed accurately; that is, the first pressing surface I46 first touches the pendulum rod I1013 and pushes the pendulum rod I1013 Swing from the locked position to the unlocked position to avoid installation interference caused by the third guided portion I43 touching the swing rod I1013.
  • the second guided portion I42 abuts on the second guide rail I104, and the fourth guided portion I41 and the fourth guided portion I41
  • the guide rail I105 comes out of abutment.
  • the second guided portion I42 abuts on the third guide segment I1041
  • the third guided portion I43 abuts on the surface of the third guide rail I1012 (specifically, it abuts on the sixth guide segment I1015 surface)
  • the process cartridge 1 is supported by the second guide rail I104 and the third guide rail I1012.
  • the process cartridge 1 may use the contact point between the second guided portion I42 and the fourth guiding segment I1042 and the third guided portion I43 and the first guided portion I43.
  • the contact point of the three guide rails I1012 is that the fulcrum rotates along the W direction, that is, the process cartridge 1 moves forward in the manner of moving along the guide rails while rotating, and the pressing member I40 is lifted along the W direction. It interferes with the blocking wall 1081 in the advancing direction; during this process, the process cartridge 1 may advance under the action of external force, or may advance and rotate under the action of its own gravity.
  • the second guided portion I42 is finally separated from the second guide rail I104 from the fifth guide section I1043 , the pressing member I40 protrudes into the opening 10813 above the blocking wall 1081 (as shown in FIG. 41b ) to press the driving unit 1080, and the second guide surface I45 presses against the outer edge 10814 of the opening 10813 (as shown in FIG. 41b ) ), so far, the process cartridge 1 is installed.
  • the first movable part I1033 is pressed against the first guide surface I44 to restrain the process cartridge 1 from rotating, so that the state of the process cartridge 1 is more stable.
  • the process cartridge 1 may advance under the action of an external force, or may advance under the action of its own gravity.
  • the second guided portion I42 of the process cartridge when the second guided portion I42 of the process cartridge is in contact with the third guide segment I1041 or the fifth guide segment I1043, it can be rotated in the W direction, so as to avoid interference and ensure smooth operation of the process cartridge. Install.
  • the installation process of the process cartridge 1 further includes a final installation stage.
  • the installation process after the second guided portion I42 of the process cartridge 1 is separated from the second guide rail I104 is referred to as the final installation stage (or the final stage of installation).
  • Installation section at the end of the installation, as shown in FIG. 57, the second guided portion I42 is separated from the second guide rail I104, the free end of the pressing member I40 is pressed against the upper side of the blocking wall 1081, and the first end of the process cartridge 1 1A is lifted by a preset distance (as shown in FIG.
  • the pressing member I40 extends into the opening 10813 above the blocking wall 1081 to press the drive unit 1080, and the first The end 1A also sinks down as a whole, and can force the drive unit 1080 to rotate to a position coincident with the axis of the blocking wall 1081 when the door cover of the imaging device is closed, and at this time, the power receiving unit provided on the process cartridge 1 engages with the drive unit 1080 .
  • the projection of the pressing member is outside the projection range of the photosensitive drum.
  • the process of disassembling the process cartridge refers to the matching process of each component in the process of installing the process cartridge.
  • the design of this structure can make the disassembly and installation of the process cartridge smoother.
  • the process cartridge 1 when the process cartridge 1 is disassembled, the user holds the handle of the process cartridge 1 and takes out the process cartridge 1 from the electronic imaging device along the opposite direction of the process cartridge installation direction X direction.
  • the rear of the process cartridge can be lifted to rotate the process cartridge by a predetermined angle to reduce interference; as the process cartridge moves, the second guided portion I42 abuts on the second guide rail I104 and moves along the second guide rail I104.
  • the second pressing surface I47 first touches the pushed portion I1014 of the pendulum rod I1013 and pushes the pendulum rod I1013 to swing from the locking position to the unlocking position, avoiding the third guided portion I43 and the pendulum rod I1013 touch to avoid interference when taking out the box.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 of the process cartridge 1 In the later stage of disassembly, it is supported by the fourth guided portion I41 of the process cartridge 1, that is, the fourth guided portion I41 abuts on the fourth guide rail I105 and moves along the fourth guide rail I105, while the third guided portion I43 is always
  • the third rail I1012 supports.
  • the process cartridge during the process of taking out the process cartridge, the process cartridge will rotate, and the reasons for the rotation of the process cartridge are caused by the direction of the user's pulling force or the special structural design of the process cartridge.
  • the second pressing surface I47 and the pendulum rod I1013 Touch and push the swing lever I1013 to swing up to unlock the swing lever I1013.
  • the process cartridge can be rotated along the W2 direction by a preset angle, the restricting portion I471 is in contact with the pushed portion I1014 of the swing rod I1013, and the swing rod I1013 is upward Swing to the upper limit position (for example, in some embodiments, when the swing rod I1013 is at the upper limit position, it touches the side wall or other restricting parts of the electronic imaging device, so that it cannot only continue to swing), because the restricting part I471 and the swing rod I1013 are pushed The abutment of the part I1014 makes the process cartridge unable to continue to rotate, thereby making the disassembly of the process cartridge smoother.
  • the setting of the restricting portion I471 prevents the process cartridge from rotating excessively at the preset position, thereby preventing the pressing member I40 from interfering with the blocking wall or the side wall of the electronic imaging device.
  • the restricting portion I471 abuts against the pushed portion I1014 of the pendulum rod I1013 and makes the pendulum rod I1013 at the upper limit position, that is, when the third guided portion I43 is located in the sixth guiding section I1015, or when the The third guided portion I43 is located at the intersection of the sixth guide segment I1015 and the seventh guide segment I1016, and of course, the third guided portion I43 may be located at the seventh guide segment I1016.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 is supported by the fourth guide rail I105, and the second guided portion I42 is supported by the second guide rail I104. For example during the transition between pre-installation and post-installation.
  • the second guided portion I42 is supported by the second guide rail I104 and the pressing member I40 is supported by the blocking wall 1081 at the same time, for example, during installation During the transition between late and late installation.
  • the fourth guided portion I41 of the process cartridge abuts on the surface of the fourth guide rail I105
  • the third guided portion I43 abuts on the third guide rail I1012.
  • the process cartridge is supported by two fulcrums, so that it can be deflected around these two fulcrums during the installation process, so as to avoid interference with some structures in the electronic imaging device, so that the process cartridge is Installation is smoother.
  • This embodiment is an improvement made on the basis of the eighth and ninth embodiments, the similarities will not be repeated, and the main differences will be mainly introduced below.
  • the main assembly of the electronic imaging device further includes a fifth guide rail K1017.
  • the fifth guide rail K1017 is located on the first side wall I101 and the second side wall of the main assembly I100 of the electronic imaging device Between I102 and constructed as a slope, the optional can also be a curved surface or a guide groove.
  • the process cartridge in this embodiment further includes a fifth guided portion K41 matched with the fifth guide rail K1017, and the first guided portion is eliminated.
  • the fifth guided portion K41 is provided on the lower side of the process cartridge, specifically the lower side of the developing frame 101b, so as to be supported by the fifth guide rail K1017 during the process of installing or removing the process cartridge.
  • the fifth guided portion K41 is provided at a position where the middle portion of the process cartridge is biased toward the second end 1B.
  • the fifth guided portion K41 may also be provided in the middle portion or the first end portion 1A, as long as it can cooperate with the fifth guide rail K1017.
  • the process of installing or disassembling the process cartridge of this embodiment is basically the same as the process of the eighth and ninth embodiments.
  • the main difference is that in the early stage of installation of the process cartridge 1 of this embodiment, the process cartridge is driven by the fifth guide rail K1017 For support, that is, the fifth guided portion K41 cooperates with the fifth guide rail K1017.
  • the process cartridge may retain the fourth guided portion I41 and the fifth guided portion K41 at the same time.
  • the process cartridge In the early stage of installation or the late/late stage of disassembly of the process cartridge, the process cartridge is the first guided portion I41 and the fifth guided portion K41. If the four guide rails I105 and the fifth guide rail K1017 are supported at the same time, that is, in the early stage of installation or the later stage of disassembly of the process cartridge, the fourth guided portion I41 can abut against the fourth guide rail I105, and the fifth guided portion K41 can abut with the fifth guided portion K41. The guide rail K1017 abuts.
  • This embodiment is an improvement made on the basis of the previous embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated, and the main differences will be mainly introduced below.
  • the unlocking member L47 is set to be movable relative to the cartridge body, so as to increase the flexibility of the process cartridge during installation and/or disassembly from the electronic imaging device, and reduce the generation of the process cartridge during installation and disassembly. possibility of interference.
  • the process cartridge further includes an elastic member L47b, the elastic member L47b is disposed between the photosensitive drum frame 12 and the unlocking member L47, and there is a space between the unlocking member L47 and the photosensitive drum frame 12
  • the unlocking member L47 can move in the L direction and in the opposite direction of the L direction in the preset movable space.
  • the elastic member L47b may be a compression spring, a tension spring or an elastic arm integrally formed with the unlocking member.
  • the unlocking member L47 touches the swing lever I1013 (as shown in FIG. 59c ) and unlocks the swing lever I1013.
  • the unlocking member L47 remains in contact with the swing rod I1013, that is, the unlocking member L47 is still in contact with the swing rod I1013 when the process cartridge is installed in place.
  • the unlocking member L47 still abuts against the swing rod I1013 when the process cartridge is installed in place, and makes the swing rod I1013 in the unlocked position.
  • This embodiment is a further improvement made on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated, and the improvements will be mainly introduced below.
  • the process cartridge includes a photosensitive drum 20 and a charging roller M20a, and the photosensitive drum 20 and the charging roller M20a are rotatably supported on the photosensitive drum frame.
  • Fig. 62 shows the projection of the process cartridge on a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis of the photosensitive drum. On the projection plane, the rotation center of the photosensitive drum is taken as Q1 and the rotation center of the charging roller M20a as Q2.
  • the straight line passing through Q1 and perpendicular to the straight line a1 is a2; taking the vertical distance from the point on the first pressing surface M46 to the straight line a1 as S1, taking the point on the second pressing surface M47 to the straight line a1
  • the vertical distance is S2
  • the horizontal distance from the point on the first pressing surface M46 to the straight line a2 is S3
  • the horizontal distance from the point on the second pressing surface M47 to the straight line a2 is S4.
  • S1, S2, S3 and S4 are too large or too small, which will affect the installation and removal of the process cartridge and the cooperation with the pendulum I1013.
  • S1 and S3 are: 25mm ⁇ S1 ⁇ 27mm, 18mm ⁇ S3 ⁇ 32mm, S1 and S3 satisfying the above value requirements can ensure smoother installation of the process cartridge, and the first pressing surface M46 It works better with the pendulum rod I1013.
  • Figure 63 shows the combination of the minimum value of S1 and the minimum value of S3. This structural design makes the process cartridge more smoothly installed, and the first pressing surface M46 and the pendulum rod I1013 cooperate better. .
  • the process cartridge can be taken out from the electronic imaging device more smoothly, and the second pressing surface M47 and the pendulum rod I1013 cooperate better.
  • Figure 64 shows the combination of the minimum value of S2 and the minimum value of S4. This structural design makes the process cartridge more smoothly installed, and the effect of the cooperation between the first pressing surface 47 and the pendulum rod I1013. better.
  • This embodiment is a further improvement made on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated, and the improvements will be mainly introduced below.
  • the process cartridge includes the photosensitive drum 20 and the charging roller M20a.
  • FIG. 65 shows the projection of the process cartridge on a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis of the photosensitive drum.
  • the rotation center of the photosensitive drum 20 is taken as Q1
  • the center of rotation of the charging roller M20a is Q2
  • a straight line passing between Q1 and Q2 is a1
  • a straight line passing through Q1 and perpendicular to the straight line a1 is a2.
  • the vertical distance from the free end of the pressing member M40 to the straight line a1 is S5
  • the vertical distance from the free end of the pressing member M40 to the straight line a2 is S6.
  • Too small/too large S5 and/or too large/too small S6 will make the loading/unloading of the box not smooth, and the cooperation with the drive unit 1080 is also not good. For example, in some embodiments, if S5 is too large and/or S6 is too small, the driving unit 1080 may not be pressed effectively, that is, the driving unit 1080 may not be forced to straighten well. In some embodiments, too small S5 and/or too large S6 may cause interference with the printer during loading or unloading.
  • the process cartridge can be installed or removed from the electronic imaging device smoothly, and can effectively press the drive unit 1080.
  • the present embodiment provides a method for installing and dismounting the process cartridge to and from the electronic imaging device on the basis of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the installation method of the process cartridge includes the following specific steps:
  • Step A1 Open the electronic imaging unit door cover.
  • Step A2 Insert the process cartridge into the main assembly of the electronic imaging device along the mounting direction.
  • Step A3 When the process cartridge is moved to the later stage of installation, the process cartridge rotates along the W direction under the action of an external force.
  • the method for disassembling the process cartridge from the electronic imaging device specifically includes the following specific steps:
  • Step B1 Open the electronic imaging unit door cover.
  • Step B2 Pull the process cartridge in the opposite direction of installation, and rotate the process cartridge by a preset angle in the opposite direction of W under the action of external force.
  • Step B3 Continue to pull the process cartridge until the process cartridge is completely detached from the electronic imaging unit.
  • the process cartridge can be installed and removed more smoothly, and unnecessary interference can be avoided.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 includes a main assembly N101 capable of accommodating the process cartridge 1 , a driving unit 1080 , a door cover 102 that can be opened and closed, a link member 103 that cooperates with the door cover 102 , and a cylinder connected to the link member 103 Shaped cam N104.
  • the main assembly N101 is provided with an accommodating portion N105 for accommodating the process cartridge 1, and the accommodating portion N105 is provided with a first side wall N106 and a second side wall N107 along the length direction of the process cartridge 1, and the first side wall N106 and the second side wall
  • the N107 are respectively provided with guide rails N108 for guiding the installation or removal of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the driving unit 1080 is provided on the second side wall N107 of the accommodating portion N105 for transmitting the driving force to the process cartridge 1 .
  • the driving unit 1080 is generally composed of three cylindrical bodies with different diameters and sizes.
  • the driving transmission part N1082 of the driving unit 1080 is disposed on the small diameter columnar body N1083 closest to the accommodating part N105, and the driving transmission part N1082
  • the portion N1082 can protrude out of the second side wall N107 or retract relative to the second side wall N107 of the accommodating portion N105.
  • the door cover 102 is rotatably provided on the main assembly N101 to be able to open or close the accommodating portion N105.
  • the link member 103 , the cam N104 and the drive unit 1080 are located on the same side of the accommodating portion N105 , and the link member 103 , the cam N104 and the door cover 102 form a linkage relationship, so that the drive unit can be closed or opened when the door cover 102 is closed or opened. 1080 to lock or unlock.
  • the driving unit 1080 When the driving unit 1080 is in a locked state, the driving unit 1080 cannot move and is in an inclined state, and the driving transmission part N1082 is in a retracted position relative to the second side wall N107 of the accommodating part N105, which can avoid the driving transmission part N1082 It interferes with the power receiving portion N211 of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the driving unit 1080 When the driving unit 1080 is in the unlocked state, the driving unit 1080 can move under the action of the external force, that is, the driving unit 1080 can change from the inclined position to the straightened position (that is, the non-inclined state) under the action of the external force and can be moved from The second side wall N107 protrudes so as to be able to stably transmit the driving force to the process cartridge 1 .
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body N10 , a photosensitive drum 20 , a developing roller 30 and a power receiving unit N21 , and in this embodiment, the cartridge body N10 includes a drum frame 12 for supporting the photosensitive drum 20 With the developing frame 11 for supporting the developing roller 30 , the drum frame 12 and the developing frame 11 are connected rotatably relative to each other during operation, and can move synchronously together during the process of installing the process cartridge 1 .
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is mounted on the drum frame 12
  • the developing roller 30 is mounted on the developing frame 11
  • the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are located on the front side of the process cartridge 1 in the mounting direction, and face each other for development and other operations.
  • the box body N10 further includes an end cover N202 , and the end cover N202 is located at one end of the drum frame 12 .
  • the power receiving unit N21 is provided at the first end N50 of the box body N10, and the power receiving unit N21 includes a power receiving part N211, which can be engaged with the driving transmission part N1082 of the driving unit 1080 to receive the driving force, thereby being able to drive the development The roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20 rotate.
  • the drive unit 1080 in order to transform the drive unit 1080 from the inclined state of the initial position (the state in which the rotational axis NL1 of the drive unit 1080 is inclined with respect to the rotational axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 ) to the straightened state (this state) in which the drive unit 1080 can be engaged with the power receiving unit N21 .
  • the rotation axis of the state driving unit 1080 coincides with the rotation axis of the photosensitive drum 20), as shown in FIG. 70 to FIG.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing member N40, and the pressing member N40 is arranged at the first end N50 for
  • the driving unit 1080 exerts a force so that the driving unit 1080 is in a straightened position, and the distance between the pressing member N40 and the axis of the photosensitive drum does not change in displacement during the process of installing the process cartridge 1 to the electronic imaging device.
  • the pressing member N40 is fixedly mounted on the end cover N202 to form a fixed connection with the drum frame 12 .
  • the pressing member N40 includes mounting protrusions N401.
  • there are two mounting protrusions N401 and one mounting protrusion N401 is located on the upper side of the other mounting protrusion N401.
  • the end cover N202 is provided with a mounting hole, which is set corresponding to the mounting protrusion N401. During assembly, the mounting protrusion N401 is snapped into the mounting hole so that the pressing member N40 is fixed to the end cover N202 or the drum frame 12. , so that the pressing member N40 can move with the movement of the drum frame 12 .
  • the pressing member N40 is located outside the end of the power receiving portion N211 so as to be able to cooperate with the driving unit 1080 when the process cartridge is mounted. Further, the pressing member N40 includes a cantilever arm N402 for pressing the driving unit 1080, the cantilever arm N402 is located at the front side of the pressing member N40, and on a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis of the photosensitive drum 20, the projection of the cantilever arm N402 is at least partly The projections of the photosensitive drums 20 are coincident. That is to say, at least a part of the pressing member N40 is located within the range of the projected cross section of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the end cap can also be eliminated, and the pressing member N40 can be directly disposed on the drum frame 12, as long as the pressing member N40 is in the radial direction of the photosensitive drum 20, the pressing member N40 and the rotation axis of the photosensitive drum 20 are in the same direction. The distance does not change.
  • the position of the pressing member N40 can be set on the outer side of the outer circumferential surface of the photosensitive drum 20, or can be set on the inner side of the photosensitive drum 20, as long as it can cooperate with the driving unit 1080. Can.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a guide protrusion N704 and a guided portion N70 capable of moving relative to the drum frame 12.
  • the guided portion N70 is disposed on the end cover N202 of the first end N50, and the guided portion N70 is connected to the second end cover N202.
  • the guide rail N108 of the side wall N107 is matched.
  • the guided portion N70 includes a first protrusion N701 protruding from the end face of the end cover N202, and the first protrusion N701 can be inserted into the second protrusion of the accommodating portion N105 when the process cartridge 1 is installed in the accommodating portion N105. In the guide rail N108 on the side wall N107, the installation of the process cartridge 1 can be guided.
  • the guide protrusion N704 is disposed at one end of the box body N10 away from the guided portion N70 , and the guide protrusion N704 cooperates with the guide rail N108 of the first side wall N106 to guide the installation of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the guide protrusion N704 is fixedly connected with the drum frame 12 and can move synchronously with the drum frame 12 .
  • a groove N80 is provided on the end surface of the end cover N202.
  • the groove N80 is provided with guide grooves N801 on the front and rear side walls opposite to each other along the installation direction NY1 of the process cartridge 1.
  • the groove N801 extends along the first direction.
  • the guided portion N70 includes a second protrusion N702 matched with the guide groove N801, and the second protrusion N702 is embedded in the guide groove N801, so that the guided portion N70 can move in the first direction relative to the drum frame 12, that is, , the drum frame 12 of the process cartridge 1 or the entire cartridge body N10 can move relative to the guided portion N70 in the first direction.
  • the guided portion N70 may also be provided with a guide groove N801, and the drum frame 12 may be provided with a second protrusion N702 matched with the guide groove N801.
  • the guided portion N70 may also be arranged to be fixedly connected with the developing frame 11 .
  • the first direction is a direction intersecting the rotational axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 and the mounting direction NY1 of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the guided portion N70 further includes an elastic member.
  • the elastic members are compression springs N90, and there are two compression springs N90.
  • the first protrusion N701 is respectively provided with spring mounting parts N703 on both sides of the direction in which it moves relative to the drum frame 12, and two compression springs N90 are respectively provided on the upper and lower sides of the first protrusion N701.
  • the other end of the spring mounting portion N703 of the guide portion N70 is in contact with the upper and lower side walls of the groove N80, so that the first protrusion N701 is supported by the compression spring N90 and maintained at the preset position.
  • the protrusion N701 has a preset distance from the upper and lower side walls of the groove N80 in the moving direction relative to the drum frame 12 or the developing frame 11, so that when the process cartridge 1 is installed in the accommodating part N105, the first protrusion N701 can
  • the guide rail N108 located on the second side wall N107, and the drum frame 12 or the developing frame 11 has a sufficient space for movement relative to the first protrusion N701.
  • the elastic member can be eliminated or only one elastic member can be used, which also enables the first protrusion N701 to move relative to the drum frame 12 or the developing frame 11 , or to move relative to the entire process cartridge 1 .
  • multiple guided portions N70 may be provided, or the same guided portion N70 may be provided on the other end of the process cartridge 1, so that both ends of the process cartridge can move relative to the guide rail N108.
  • the process cartridge 1 When the process cartridge 1 is installed in the electronic imaging device 100 along the NY1 direction, the first protrusion N701 is embedded in the guide rail N108 of the second side wall N107 of the accommodating portion N105, and the guide protrusion N704 on the other side of the process cartridge 1 is embedded in the first side In the guide rail N108 of the wall 106, the process cartridge 1 is guided and installed along the NY1 direction. In this state, the first end N50 of the process cartridge 1 can intersect the installation direction NY1 and the photosensitive drum axis NL2 relative to the guided portion N70. move in the direction. As the process cartridge 1 moves, the pressing member N40 fixed on the drum frame 12 gradually approaches the driving unit 1080 as the process cartridge 1 moves.
  • the pressing member N40 is finally pressed on the outer circumferential surface of the small-diameter cylindrical body N1083 of the driving unit 1080 , at this time the driving unit 1080 is in an inclined state, and the driving transmission portion N1082 is on the second side of the accommodating portion N105
  • the wall N107 is in a retracted state, and the rotational axis NL1 of the driving unit 1080 and the rotational axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 are in a crossed state.
  • the cam N104 releases the locking of the driving unit 1080. Since the cantilever N402 of the pressing member N40 is pressed on the driving unit 1080, the pressing member N40 exerts a pressing force on the driving unit 1080, and the driving unit 1080 receives the The pressure moves in a direction close to the power receiving unit 21 until the rotational axis NL1 of the driving unit 1080 coincides with the rotational axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20. In this state, when the electronic imaging device 100 is started, the power receiving unit 21 of the process cartridge 1 The driving unit 1080 can be engaged with and stably receive the driving force to rotate.
  • the pressing member N40 since the pressing member N40 is fixedly arranged on the drum frame 12, its position relative to the axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 remains unchanged, that is, the distance of the pressing member N40 relative to the axis NL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 is not changed. Displacement changes occur.
  • the force exerted by the pressing member N40 on the drive unit 1080 to straighten the drive unit 1080 may be the gravity of the process cartridge 1 itself, or may be the force applied to the process cartridge 1 through the door cover 102 when the door cover 102 is closed.
  • the pressing member N40 may also be other parts of the pressing driving unit 1080, as long as it can be forced to be straightened.
  • the guided portion N70 may also be disposed at other positions on the cartridge body N10 as long as it can move relative to the cartridge body N10 and avoid interference between the process cartridge 1 and the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is installed.
  • the guided portion N70 can be eliminated in this case.
  • the pressing member N40 may also be other positions for pressing the driving unit 1080, as long as it can be straightened.
  • the process cartridge is provided with a pressing member, which can make the process of contact and engagement between the power receiving unit and the driving unit smoother, greatly save the time for the contact and engagement of the power receiving unit and the driving unit, and improve the working efficiency of the process cartridge.
  • the electronic imaging device is further provided with a biasing device, the biasing device is provided on the lower side of the driving unit 1080 and presses the driving unit 1080 to keep the driving unit 1080 in a tilted state.
  • the pressing member N40 can resist the biasing force of the biasing device so that the driving unit 1080 is straightened.
  • the deformation of the electronic imaging device is not limited thereto, and the biasing device may also be provided on the upper side of the driving unit 1080 .
  • Some electronic imaging apparatuses also cancel the cam N104.
  • the process cartridge 1 can be installed to the electronic imaging apparatus without closing the door cover 102 to make the drive unit 1080 straighten.
  • the 77-80 are schematic diagrams of partial structures of the electronic imaging device of the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 77 , there is an existing electronic imaging device 100 , and the process cartridge 1 can be detachably installed in the electronic imaging device 100 .
  • the electronic imaging device 100 includes a main assembly O101 capable of accommodating the process cartridge 1, a drive unit 1080, a door cover O102 that can be opened and closed, a link member O103 that cooperates with the door cover O102, and a link member O103 and the door cover O102 A cylindrical cam O104 that is interlocked is formed.
  • the side where the drive unit is located is the front, and the opposite side is the rear; along the length direction OY2 of the process cartridge, the side where the drive unit is located is the right side, The side opposite to the right is left.
  • the main assembly O101 is provided with an accommodating portion O105 for accommodating the process cartridge 1, and the accommodating portion O105 is provided with a first side wall O106 and a second side wall O107 along the length direction of the process cartridge 1, and the first side wall O106 and the second side wall
  • the O107 are respectively provided with guide rails O108 for guiding the installation or removal of the process cartridges 1 .
  • the driving unit 1080 is provided on the second side wall O107 of the accommodating part O105 for transmitting the driving force to the process cartridge 1 .
  • the electronic imaging device 100 further includes a cover member 1081, the cover member 1081 is disposed on the second side wall O107, and the cover member 1081 protrudes from the second side wall O107 along the length direction of the process cartridge toward the direction of the first side wall O106 , and at least a part of the cover 1081 covers the driving unit 1080 .
  • the cover 1081 includes a front panel 109a, a first side panel 109b and a second side panel 109c, and the first side panel 109b and the second side panel 109c are respectively connected with the front panel 109a.
  • the front plate 109a is provided with a first hole 1090a through which the driving unit 1080 extends.
  • the first hole 1090a is a circular hole, so that one end of the driving unit 1080 can be extended from the first hole 1090a.
  • the first side plate 109b is located on the upper side of the front plate 109a
  • the second side plate 109c is located on the rear side of the front plate 109a
  • a second hole 1090b is formed between the first side plate 109b and the second side plate 109c, so that the driving unit A part of 1080 may be exposed to the rear side of the cover 1081 through the second hole 1090b.
  • a door cover O102 is rotatably provided on the main assembly O101 to be able to open or close the accommodating portion O105.
  • the door cover O102 is installed on the main assembly O101 in a way of rotating around a rotation axis, and then the accommodating part O105 can be opened or closed in a way of rotating.
  • a box pressing member O1020 is respectively provided on both sides of the door cover O102 along the axial direction of the rotating shaft. Each of the two cartridge pressing parts O1020 is movable relative to the door cover O102 within a predetermined range.
  • the cartridge pressing member O1020 can press a force receiving portion O10a (described in detail later) provided on the process cartridge 1, so that the process cartridge can be installed and installed in the main assembly O101 in a stable posture. position.
  • link member O103, the cam O104 and the driving unit 1080 are located on the same side of the accommodating portion O105, and the link member O103, the cam O104 and the door cover O102 form a linkage relationship, so that when the door cover O102 performs a closing or opening action
  • the drive unit 1080 is locked or unlocked.
  • FIG. 80 is an exploded perspective view of the support structure of the drive unit.
  • FIG. 81 is a configuration diagram of a drive unit.
  • the electronic imaging device further includes a supporting side plate O82, which is disposed on the main assembly O101, and includes a first protrusion O82b and a second protrusion O82c.
  • the driving unit 1080 includes a sliding portion 1080a that is rotatably supported by a supporting hole O82a of the supporting side plate O82.
  • the driving unit 1080 includes a cylindrical portion 1080b, a small diameter portion 1080f and a power output portion 1080e, the small diameter portion 1080f is connected to the end of the cylindrical portion 1080b, and the diameter of the small diameter portion 1080f is smaller than that of the photosensitive drum, the cylindrical portion 1080b An outer surface near one end of the small diameter portion 1080f is provided with an input gear portion 1080d, and a power output portion 1080e is provided on the small diameter portion 1080f for engaging with the power receiving unit 21 of the process cartridge 1 to transmit driving force.
  • the cylindrical cam O104 moves together with the door cover O102, as a result, the cylindrical cam O104 contacts the drive unit 1080, and the drive unit 1080 and the cylindrical cam O104 move along the arrow H along the Then, the abutting surface 1080c of the driving unit 1080 comes into contact with at least one of the first protrusion O82b or the second protrusion O82c of the supporting side plate O82, so that the driving unit 1080 is inclined in the direction of arrow N.
  • the driving unit 1080 is in a tilted and locked state. In this state, the driving unit 1080 is in a retracted position relative to the front panel 109a, that is, the power output part 1080e is retracted to the cover 1081 internal.
  • the drive unit 1080 When the door cover O102 is closed, the drive unit 1080 is in an unlocked state, and the drive unit 1080 can move under the action of an external force, that is, it can change from a tilted state to a straight state (that is, a non-tilted state) and It can protrude from the cover 1081 to enable stable transmission of driving force to the process cartridge 1 .
  • the structure of the electronic imaging device is not limited to this, and some electronic imaging devices are also provided with a biasing device, which is located on the lower side or the lower side of the driving unit 1080 and presses the upper or lower side of the driving unit 1080 to The drive unit 1080 is kept in a tilted state.
  • FIG. 82 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge of this embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body O10, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30, and a power receiving unit 21.
  • the cartridge body O10 includes a drum frame 12 for supporting the photosensitive drum 20 and a drum frame 12 for supporting the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the developing frame 11 supporting the developing roller 30 , the drum frame 12 and the developing frame 11 are connected rotatably relative to each other during the working process, and can move synchronously together during the process of installing the process cartridge 1 .
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is mounted on the drum frame 12 and the developing roller 30 is mounted on the developing frame 11 .
  • the box body O10 further includes an end cover O202 , and the end cover O202 is mounted on one end of the drum frame 12 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is provided at the first end 1A of the case O10, and the power receiving unit 21 includes a power receiving portion O211 that can engage with the power output portion 1080e to receive a driving force, thereby being able to drive the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive The drum 20 rotates.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing member O40, which is arranged at the first end 1A and is used for the driving unit 1080 Pressure is applied to bring the drive unit 1080 into a straightened position.
  • the pressing member O40 is fixedly mounted on the end cover O202 to form a fixed connection with the drum frame 12 .
  • the pressing member O40 is located outside the end of the power receiving portion O211, so as to be able to cooperate with the driving unit 1080 during installation.
  • the pressing member O40 is located outside the end of the power receiving portion O211, so as to be able to cooperate with the driving unit 1080 during installation.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a charging roller O60, which is provided in the cartridge body O10, and which can rotate while being in contact with the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the charging member is not limited to such a rotatable contact roller structure, for example, a charging member fixed to the photosensitive drum with a certain interval may be used.
  • the pressing member O40 is partially located inside the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 20 , and the pressing member O40 is located above the line connecting the rotation center of the charging roller O60 and the rotation center of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the pressing member O40 includes a fixed part O41 and a cantilever O42, the fixed part O41 is connected to the case O10, and the cantilever O42 is connected to the fixed part O41 and extends toward the photosensitive drum side.
  • the fixing portion O41 includes mounting protrusions O401. In this embodiment, there are two mounting protrusions O401, and one mounting protrusion O401 is located on the upper side of the other mounting protrusion O401.
  • the end cover O202 is provided with a mounting hole, which is set corresponding to the mounting protrusion O401. During assembly, the mounting protrusion O401 is snapped into the mounting hole so that the pressing member O40 is fixed to the end cover O202 or the drum frame 12.
  • the pressing member O40 can move with the movement of the drum frame 12 .
  • the cantilever O42 passes through the second hole 1090b on the cover 1081 to be able to press the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device.
  • the shape and structure of the fixing portion is not strictly limited, as long as the pressing member O40 can be immovable relative to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the cantilever O42 is substantially in the shape of a cuboid, which includes an upper end surface O42a located on the upper side of the cantilever O42 and a lower end surface O42b located on the lower side of the cantilever in the installed state, and the upper end surface O42a and the lower end surface O42b are arranged to be parallel to each other A plane, in which the lower end surface O42b portion of the free end of the cantilever O42 is configured to press the driving unit 1080 so that the driving unit 1080 is squared.
  • the end of the cantilever O42 away from the fixing portion O41 is further provided with an arc-shaped guide surface, the guide surface connects the upper end surface O42a and the lower end surface O42b, which can guide the cantilever O42 along the direction of the door cover O102 of the electronic imaging device during the closing process. It moves along the circumferential outer surface of the small diameter portion 1080f of the drive unit 1080 to prevent the cantilever O42 from interfering with the drive unit during the installation of the process cartridge 1 .
  • the two opposite sides of the cantilever O42 along the axis OL2 of the photosensitive drum 20 are configured as planes, and the maximum distance between the two sides is smaller than the width of the second hole 1090b (that is, along the photosensitive drum when the process cartridge is installed in place).
  • the thickness B of the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 can be set between 0.6 mm and 3.5 mm. Meanwhile, if the thickness of the cantilever O42 is less than 0.6 mm, its structure is too thin. During the process of installing the process cartridge 1, the cantilever O42 is easily broken or broken by the internal structure of the electronic imaging device.
  • the thickness of the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 is too large (greater than 3.5 mm), it is also easy to be limited by the distance between the input gear portion 1080d of the driving unit 1080 and the front plate 109a and cannot achieve the straightening effect on the driving unit 1080 .
  • a force receiving portion O10a is also provided on the rear side of the first end 1A of the box body O10, and the force receiving portion O10a is used to receive the force of the box pressing member O1020 when the door cover O102 is closed, so that the process cartridge 1 is installed in place.
  • the door cover O102 is opened. Since the door cover O102 is in an open state, the drive unit 1080 is in a locked state, and the guide protrusions located on both sides in the length direction of the process cartridge 1 are aligned with the accommodating portion O105.
  • the guide rails O108 on the first side wall and the second side wall further push the process cartridge 1 in along the OY1 direction, and the pressing member O40 fixed on the end cover O202 also gradually approaches the driving unit 1080 with the movement of the process cartridge 1 , until the pressing member O40 contacts the driving unit 1080 .
  • the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 abuts the upper side of the small diameter portion 1080f of the drive unit 1080 when the process cartridge 1 is installed in the accommodating portion O105 in the electronic imaging apparatus and the door O10 is not closed.
  • the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1 that is, the end where the power receiving unit 21 is located, is higher in the electronic image forming apparatus than the other end 1B of the process cartridge 1 (the upper part of the process cartridge 1). tilted), the installation position of the process cartridge at this position is called the first position. At this time, the other end 1B of the process cartridge may be in the installed position.
  • the door cover O102 of the electronic imaging device is then closed.
  • the cam O104 unlocks the drive unit 1080
  • the pressing member O1020 inside the door cover O102 pushes the process cartridge 1
  • the force receiving portion O10a on the rear side causes the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1 to be stressed, so as to move downward and drive the pressing member O40 to move downward.
  • the front end of the pressing member O40 presses the driving unit 1080 downward.
  • the driving unit 1080 moves from the initial position to a position where it can engage with the power receiving unit 21, so that the driving unit 1080 transmits the driving force to the power receiving unit 21, thereby driving the photosensitive drum 20 to rotate,
  • the installation position of the process cartridge at this position is called the second position.
  • the force applied by the pressing member O40 to the driving unit 1080 in order to straighten the driving unit 1080 may be the force applied to the process cartridge 1 through the pressing member O1020 of the door cover O102 when the door cover O102 is closed, or it may be is the gravity of the process cartridge 1 itself.
  • the pressing member O40 may align the driving unit 1080 through the second hole 1090b.
  • the driving unit 1080 Before the process cartridge is installed, the driving unit 1080 is in an inclined state, and the rotation axis OL1 of the driving unit 1080 forms an included angle ⁇ with the central axis OL2 of the first hole.
  • the rotation axis OL1 of the driving unit 1080 is substantially coincident with the central axis OL0 of the cover member 1081 .
  • the lower end surface O42b of the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 presses the small diameter portion 1080f of the driving unit 1080 . Since the abutment surface 1080c of the driving unit 1080 is in contact with at least one of the first protrusion O82b or the second protrusion O82c of the supporting side plate O82, the driving unit 1080 is inclined in the direction of arrow N, that is, the driving unit 1080 is still in the position of being locked state.
  • the cylindrical cam O104 releases the locking of the drive unit 1080, and the cartridge pressing member O1020 inside the door cover O102 presses the force receiving portion O10a of the process cartridge 1 to force the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1.
  • both sides of the box body O10 may be simultaneously subjected to the force of the box pressing member O1020.
  • the first end 1A of the process cartridge 1 moves down accordingly and drives the pressing member O40 to move downward.
  • the lower end surface O42b of the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 presses the small diameter portion 1080f of the driving unit 1080.
  • the driving unit The driving unit 1080 is moved in the opposite direction of the arrow N to be straightened by the action of the first protrusion O82b or the second protrusion O82c of the supporting side plate O82.
  • the connecting line of the fulcrum of the first protrusion O82b and the second protrusion O82c supporting the driving unit 1080 is defined as OL3, and the axis parallel to OL3 and passing through the center of the rotational axis of the driving unit 1080 is defined as the axis OL4, an axis perpendicular to the axis OL4 and passing through the center of the rotational axis of the drive unit 1080 is defined as the axis OL5.
  • the arrangement position of the pressing member O40 can be changed in many ways. As shown in FIG. 92, when viewed along the left and right directions of the mounting portion, in the first position, the angle between the lower end surface O42b of the cantilever O42 of the pressing member O40 and the axis OL5 is is ⁇ , preferably, 78° ⁇ 113°, the position of the pressing member O40 on the process cartridge satisfies this condition, and the installation with the electronic imaging device can be realized, if the included angle ⁇ is less than 78° or greater than 113°, Then, when the process cartridge 1 is installed in the electronic imaging device 100, interference will be caused, so that the process cartridge cannot be installed or the driving unit 1080 cannot be straightened.
  • the process cartridge of the above structure can make the process of contacting and engaging the power receiving unit and the driving unit smoother, greatly saving the time of contacting and engaging the power receiving unit and the driving unit, the transmission of the driving force is more stable, and the working efficiency of the process cartridge is improved.
  • the process cartridge of this embodiment can also be applied to the electronic imaging apparatus of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the projection of the cantilever O42 at least partially coincides with the projection of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the cantilever O42 is pressed against the small diameter portion 1080f of the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 is positioned That is, the cantilever O42 is closer to the rotational axis of the photosensitive drum, so that the driving unit 1080 can be better aligned with the power receiving unit.
  • the cantilever portion of the pressing member exerts a force on the small diameter portion of the drive unit
  • the force applied by the cantilever portion is smaller and more precise, so that the drive unit can be adjusted from an inclined position to a position that is nearly coaxial with the photosensitive drum. Therefore, the contact and meshing process of the photosensitive drum or developing roller of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device can be more smoothly, which greatly saves the contact and meshing time of the photosensitive drum or developing roller and the driving unit, and improves the working efficiency of the process cartridge.
  • the structure of the process cartridge in this embodiment is basically the same as the shape, structure, installation and disassembly method of the process cartridge in the fifteenth embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated.
  • the process cartridge cancels the power receiving provided at the first end 1A in the length direction of the photosensitive drum 20 (ie, the end close to the drive unit 1080 in the installed state).
  • the developing roller gear P301 provided at the first end in the length direction of the developing roller 30 (that is, the end close to the drive unit 1080 in the state of being mounted to the electronic imaging device) is used as a power receiving unit, and by making the developing roller gear P301 It meshes with the gear portion 1080d of the driving unit 1080 to receive the driving force.
  • the developing roller gear P301 is coaxially disposed with the developing roller 30 and rotates synchronously, and the developing roller gear P301 may be a bevel tooth or a single tooth structure arranged in a spiral.
  • the upper teeth can be designed as helical teeth, so as to better engage with the helical teeth of the driving unit 1080 .
  • the power receiving unit described in the above embodiment and the developing roller gear P301 described in this embodiment may be used together to receive the driving force from the driving unit 1080 .
  • the process cartridge also includes a force transmission gear P302 and a photosensitive drum gear P201, the force transmission gear P302 is arranged at the first end of the developing roller 30 in the length direction or the other end opposite to the first end, and the photosensitive drum gear P201 is arranged at the photosensitive drum gear P201.
  • the first end of the drum 20 or the other end opposite to the first end, and the photosensitive drum gear P201 can mesh with the force transmission gear P302, so that the photosensitive drum 20 can receive the driving force through the photosensitive drum gear P201 and the force transmission gear P302.
  • the process cartridge can receive the driving force from the electronic image forming apparatus and drive rotating members such as the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20 to rotate.
  • the developing roller gear P301 may include a helical tooth portion for meshing with the gear portion 1080d of the driving unit 1080 to receive a driving force, and a spur tooth portion for transmitting driving to the photosensitive drum gear P201 force.
  • one end of the photosensitive drum 20 may be provided with a photosensitive drum gear for meshing with the spur tooth portion of the developing roller gear 301 so that the photosensitive drum 20 can receive the driving force.
  • the developing roller gear P301 provided at one end of the developing roller 30 can also be canceled, while the power receiving unit provided at the first end of the photosensitive drum 20 is retained, and the power receiving unit can be engaged with the driving unit 1080 to receive the driving force, and similarly Yes, a photosensitive drum gear can be set at the first end of the photosensitive drum 20 or at the end opposite to the first end, and a developing roller gear can be set at the first end of the developing roller 30 or at the other end opposite to the first end, and make the The developing roller gear meshes with the photosensitive drum gear so that the developing roller 30 receives the driving force.
  • a friction wheel such as a rubber wheel
  • the gear for engaging with the driving unit 1080 and receiving the driving force may be provided on the end of the developing roller, or may be provided separately from the developing roller 30, for example, on the end cover, which can be connected with the driving unit 1080.
  • the gear portion 1080d of the gear portion 1080d meshes to receive the driving force, which in turn transmits the driving force to the rotating members such as the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the structure of the process cartridge in this embodiment is basically the same as the shape, structure, installation and disassembly method of the process cartridge in the fifteenth embodiment, and the similarities will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 94 shows a modified structure of the pressing member Q40 in this embodiment.
  • the upper end surface Q42a and the lower end surface Q42b of the cantilever Q42 of the pressing member Q40 are both set as curved surfaces.
  • the lower end face Q42b of the present embodiment is concave upward and the upper end face Q42a is convex upward, as compared with the above-described embodiments.
  • the design of this structure enables the lower end surface Q42b to better pass over the second side plate 109c of the electronic imaging device during the process of installing the process cartridge, so as to avoid interference with the second side plate 109c.
  • FIG. 95 is another modified structure of the pressing member Q40 of this embodiment.
  • the upper end surface Q42a and the lower end surface Q42b of the cantilever Q42 of the pressing member Q40 are both set to be curved surfaces.
  • the lower end face Q42b of the present embodiment protrudes downward, and the upper end face Q42a is concave downward, as compared with the above-described embodiments.
  • the lower end surface Q42b of the cantilever Q42 has a curved surface structure, which can play a certain guiding role.
  • the deformation of the shape and structure of the cantilever is not limited to this, and other deformations are also possible, for example, the upper end surface is set to protrude upward, and the lower end surface is set to protrude downward; or, the upper end surface is set to downward Concave, the lower end face is set to be concave from bottom to top; or the cantilever is set to be cylindrical, conical or prismatic, etc., as long as the drive unit can be pressed.
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in this application. As shown in FIG. 96 , there is an electronic imaging apparatus 100 in which the process cartridge 1 is detachably accommodated.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 includes a door cover R101 that can be opened and closed, a pressing portion R102 that cooperates with the door cover R101 , and a driving unit 1080 ( FIG. 102 ), which is a driving force output component.
  • FIG. 97 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge in the application.
  • FIG. 98 is a schematic exploded view of the structure of the process cartridge in the application.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body R10 , a photosensitive drum 20 , a developing roller 30 and a power receiving unit 21 .
  • the cartridge body R10 contains developer, and the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are rotatable respectively. Set in the box body R10.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is disposed at one end of the box body R10 and connected to the photosensitive drum 20, and the power receiving unit 21 includes a power receiving portion R21a, and the power receiving portion R21a is used for receiving the driving force output by the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device, thereby The photosensitive drum 20 is rotated.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing member R40, which can apply pressure to the driving unit during the process of engaging the power receiving unit 21 with the driving unit 1080, so as to make the driving unit straighten its position.
  • the box body R10 includes a bracket R11, a pressing member R40 is fixedly mounted on the bracket R11, and at least a part of the pressing member R40 is located inside the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 20, where the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device During the engaging process, the pressing member R40 can contact with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device so as to realize the straightening of the driving unit.
  • the bracket R11 includes a chute R111, a mounting portion R112, a concave portion, and a protrusion R11a.
  • the protrusion R11a is arranged in the chute R111 for fixing one end of the elastic member R511, and the concave portion R113 For installation of pressing piece R40.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a control mechanism R50 that cooperates with the power receiving unit 21 to control the telescopic state of the power receiving unit 21 through the control mechanism 50 , that is, to control the power receiving unit 21 along the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • a control mechanism R50 that cooperates with the power receiving unit 21 to control the telescopic state of the power receiving unit 21 through the control mechanism 50 , that is, to control the power receiving unit 21 along the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is located at the mounting portion R112, and the control mechanism R50 includes a push rod R51, an elastic member R511, a linking member R52 and a restricting member R53.
  • the push rod R51 is movably installed on the chute R111 , the linkage member R52 and the limiting member R53 cooperate with each other and are sleeved on the power receiving unit 21 , and the linkage member R52 and the push rod R51 are movably connected.
  • the elastic member R511 is disposed on the push rod R51 and one end is connected with the protrusion R11a, so as to reset the push rod R51.
  • the elastic member R511 is a spring.
  • the elastic member R511 can also be other elastic materials, such as rubber, silicone, sponge, and the like.
  • the push rod R51 includes a first protrusion R51a and a second protrusion R51b, wherein the second protrusion R51b is used to connect with the other end of the elastic member R511.
  • the linkage R52 includes a connecting portion R52a and a first protrusion R52b, and the connecting portion R52a is movably connected with the first protrusion R51a of the push rod R51.
  • the restricting member R53 includes a second convex portion R53a and a flat surface R53b. As the process cartridge 1 is in different states, the linking member R52 can move between the second convex portion R53a and the flat surface R53b of the restricting member R53. The specific actions will be detailed later. described.
  • Fig. 101a is an exploded view of the installation of the power receiving unit and the photosensitive drum.
  • the power receiving unit 21 includes a power receiving portion R21a, a power output portion R21b, an intermediate member R23, and an elastic member R22.
  • the middle piece R23 is arranged on one end of the photosensitive drum 20, and the power receiving part R21a is movably arranged on the middle piece R23 and passes through the linking piece R52 and the restricting piece R53, and is used for contacting and engaging with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to receive the electronic imaging device.
  • the driving force output by the device is a power receiving portion R21a, a power output portion R21b, an intermediate member R23, and an elastic member R22.
  • the middle piece R23 is arranged on one end of the photosensitive drum 20
  • the power receiving part R21a is movably arranged on the middle piece R23 and passes through the linking piece R52 and the restricting piece R53, and is used for contacting and engaging with the driving unit of the electronic
  • the power output portion R21b is connected to the power receiving portion R21a for inputting a driving force to the photosensitive drum 20 so that the photosensitive drum 20 can rotate with the rotation of the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the elastic member R22 is disposed on the power receiving unit 21 and the middle member R23 , and one end of the elastic member R22 is connected with the middle member R23 , and the other end of the elastic member R22 is connected with the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the elastic member R22 is a spring.
  • the elastic member R22 can also be made of other elastic materials, such as rubber, silicone, sponge, and the like.
  • Figure 101b is a partial view of the photosensitive drum and developing roller in this application.
  • the process cartridge further includes an intermediate gear R301 and a photosensitive drum gear R201, the intermediate gear R301 is provided at the end of the developing roller 30, the photosensitive drum gear R201 is provided at the end of the photosensitive drum 20, and the photosensitive drum gear R201 is connected with the photosensitive drum gear R201.
  • the intermediate gear R301 is meshed, so that the developing roller 30 can receive the driving force through the intermediate gear R301 and the photosensitive drum gear R201, thereby making the developing roller 30 rotate.
  • FIG. 102 is a schematic structural diagram of the driving unit of the electronic imaging device in this application.
  • the driving unit 1080 includes a gear portion 1080d, a small diameter portion 1080f, and a coupling portion 1080e.
  • the pressing member R40 presses the small diameter portion 1080f of the driving unit 1080, thereby achieving The role of the driving unit 1080 for aligning, the detailed aligning process will be described in detail below.
  • Fig. 103 is a partial schematic view of the power receiving unit in the retracted state in this application.
  • the pressing member R40 presses the small diameter portion 1080f of the driving unit 1080, but this The driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device 100 is still in a tilted state.
  • the elastic member R511 in the push rod R51 of the control mechanism R50 is in an initial state (not deformed), and the first convex portion R52b of the linking member R52 is in contact with the second convex portion R53a of the restricting member R53, so that the power receiving unit 21 and the The elastic member R22 between the intermediate members R23 is compressed, and the compression amount is called the first compression amount.
  • the plane of the power receiving portion R21a of the power receiving unit 21 is located inside the plane of the linkage member R52 or is flush with the plane of the linkage member R52, or can be in a protruding state, which does not cause interference during the installation process. In this state, the power receiving unit 21 is not coupled with the driving unit 1080 .
  • Fig. 104 is a partial schematic view of the power receiving unit in the extended state in the application.
  • the pressing member R40 has completed the rectifying action on the driving unit 1080, and the driving unit 1080 is in the rectifying state.
  • the door cover R101 is completely closed, and the push rod R51 of the control mechanism R50 is acted by the pressing portion R102 to compress the elastic member R511, thereby driving the linkage member R52 to rotate.
  • the first convex portion R52b of the linking member R52 changes from being in contact with the second convex portion R53a of the restricting member R53 to being in contact with the flat portion R53b, and the elastic member R22 disposed between the power receiving unit 21 and the intermediate member R23 is compressed.
  • the The compression amount is called the second compression amount. Since the linkage R52 has the function of axial movement, the first compression amount is greater than the second compression amount. Therefore, in this state, the power receiving unit 21 is in the extended state, that is, the power receiving The plane of the power receiving portion R21a of the unit 21 protrudes from the plane of the link R52. Since the driving unit 1080 has been oriented at this time, the power receiving portion R21a of the power receiving unit 21 is connected with the engaging portion 1080e of the driving unit 1080 to complete the engagement.
  • the process cartridge includes a cartridge body, a photosensitive drum, a developing roller, a power receiving unit and a pressing member.
  • the photosensitive drum and the developing roller are rotatably arranged on the cartridge body, and the power receiving unit is connected to the photosensitive unit. drum.
  • the pressing member is arranged on the box body and is located at the same end of the box body as the power receiving unit, and the pressing member can be displaced relative to the box body to correct the position of the driving unit of the electronic imaging device, so that the driving unit and the power receiving unit can be engage to transmit the output driving force of the drive unit to the photosensitive drum and developing roller.
  • the power receiving unit is connected to the photosensitive drum. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the power receiving unit may also be connected to the developing roller, or two power receiving units are provided, and one power receiving unit is connected to the photosensitive drum. The drum, another power receiving unit is connected to the developing roller.
  • the pressing member S40 is a retractable member. Specifically, the pressing member S40 is detachably connected to the processing cartridge 1, and the processing cartridge further includes an elastic member S60 (such as a spring, a magnet, an elastic sponge, etc.), and the pressing member S40 is connected to the end of the box body through the elastic member S60, The pressing member S40 can be moved relative to the cartridge body in a direction parallel or substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum under the action of the elastic member S60, so as to press the driving unit 1080.
  • the direction substantially parallel to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum may be a direction forming a certain angle with the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, and the included angle may be within ⁇ 5°.
  • the pressing member S40 comprises a rod body arranged coaxially with the photosensitive drum 20 and a protrusion S41 formed by bending and extending from one end of the rod body, the rod body is connected to the box body through the elastic member S60, and the protrusion S41 is set close to the power receiving unit 21, It is used to push down the driving unit of the electronic imaging device, so that the driving unit and the power receiving unit 21 are substantially coaxially engaged to transmit power.
  • the pressing member S40 When the elastic member S60 is in a compressed state, the pressing member S40 can move along the length direction of the process cartridge 1 or the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 , so that the pressing member S40 is away from the driving unit 1080 . When the elastic member S60 is in a relaxed state, the pressing member S40 can move along the length direction of the process cartridge 1 or the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20, so that the pressing member S40 is close to the driving unit 1080 and drives the driving unit 1080 to press down.
  • the pressing member S40 can move along the length direction of the process cartridge 1 or the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 and press the driving unit, thereby making the pendulum swing.
  • the position of the driving unit 1080 of the positron imaging device is such that the driving unit 1080 is coaxial or substantially coaxial with the power receiving unit 21, and then the driving unit 1080 is engaged with the power receiving unit 21 to transmit power, and the driving force output by the driving unit 1080 is transmitted. to the photosensitive drum and developing roller.
  • the pressing member in the process cartridge of this embodiment is sleeved outside the power receiving unit and rotates coaxially with the photosensitive drum.
  • the process cartridge further includes a telescopic mechanism T70 and a pressing member T40
  • the power receiving unit 21 is connected to one end of the photosensitive drum 20
  • the telescopic mechanism T70 is provided inside the photosensitive drum 20
  • the power The receiving unit 21 is connected to the photosensitive drum 20 via the telescopic mechanism T70 , so that the power receiving unit 21 can move in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the telescopic mechanism T70 is an elastic member
  • the elastic member may be a spring, a magnet, an elastic sponge, etc., or other components with elastic force, which are not limited herein.
  • the elastic member is a spring
  • a groove 20 a is provided at the end of the photosensitive drum 20
  • the spring is accommodated in the groove 20 a at the end of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the pressing member T40 is sleeved on the outer side of the power receiving unit 21 away from the telescopic mechanism T70, and the pressing member T40 can rotate coaxially with the photosensitive drum 20, so that the pressing member T40 can follow the power receiving unit 21 in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20. move up.
  • the pressing member T40 is a rotatable sleeve, the sleeve can be a hollow cylindrical shape, and the power receiving unit 21 is accommodated in the sleeve and can move along the sleeve.
  • one end of the telescopic mechanism T70 abuts against the inner wall of the groove 20 a, and the other end of the telescopic mechanism T70 (elastic member) abuts against the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 can use the friction force between the power receiving unit 21 and the pressing member T40 to resist the elastic force of the telescopic mechanism T70, and is retracted and accommodated in the pressing member T40.
  • the drive unit 1080 is in an inclined state at this time, that is, the axis of the drive unit 1080 is not parallel to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20, and because the pressing member T40 is sleeved on the power receiving unit 21 Outside, the pressing member T40 and the driving unit 1080 form structural interference, and at this time, the driving unit 1080 starts to rotate and drives the pressing member T40 to rotate.
  • the centrifugal force generated by the pressing member T40 causes the driving unit 1080 to gradually move from the original inclined state to a position where the axis of the driving unit 1080 coincides with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the driving unit 1080 is coaxial with the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the frictional force between the power receiving unit 21 and the pressing member T40 is reduced, and the elastic force of the telescopic mechanism T70 is used to drive the power receiving unit 21 along the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the axial direction moves toward the direction close to the driving unit 1080.
  • the power receiving unit 21 protrudes from the pressing member T40, thereby successfully engaging with the driving unit 1080 and realizing the connection between the driving unit 1080 and the photosensitive member. Power transmission between the drums 20 .
  • the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 are respectively disposed at one end of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • Both the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 can move relative to the box body in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20, and the pressing member U23 can also be relative to the power receiving unit U22 in the first plane area, along a direction perpendicular to the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the position of the driving unit 1080 can be corrected by the pressing member U23, and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device can be engaged by the power receiving unit U22.
  • the projection of the first plane area at least partially coincides with the projection of the photosensitive drum.
  • the process cartridge further includes a first elastic member U211 and a second elastic member U231, the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 are connected to the photosensitive drum 20 through the first elastic member U211, and the power receiving unit U22 is given to the power receiving unit U22 through the first elastic member U211 And the ability of the pressing member U23 to translate along the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20, the pressing member U23 is connected to the power receiving unit U22 through the second elastic member U231, and the second elastic member U231 gives the pressing member U23 a vertical direction to the photosensitive drum 20 through the second elastic member U231. The ability to translate in the axial direction.
  • the driving gear is arranged on the photosensitive drum 20
  • one end of the first elastic member U211 is arranged on the inner wall U2100 of the driving gear, and the other end is directly or indirectly arranged on the inner side of the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 facing the inner wall of the driving gear. on U210.
  • the first elastic member U211 is deformed by force (for example, compressed)
  • the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 can translate in the direction of extending into the process cartridge along the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the first elastic member U211 releases the elastic force (eg stretching) the power receiving unit U22 and the urging member U23 can be translated along the axial direction of the photosensitive shaft toward the direction protruding from the process cartridge.
  • the initial state of the first elastic member U211 is that the power receiving unit U22 and the pressing member U23 are in a compressed state extending into the process cartridge.
  • the second elastic member U231 only acts on the pressing member U23.
  • the second elastic member U231 gives the pressing member U23 the ability to expand and contract in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, so that the pressing member U23 can be perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive drum.
  • the setting method of the second elastic member U231 can be similar to that of the first elastic member U211, and one end of the second elastic member U231 can be set on the inner wall of the driving gear or on the power receiving unit U22. In this embodiment, it is set on a wall U220 inside the power receiving unit U22.
  • the initial state of the second elastic member U231 is the state where the pressing member U23 is compressed in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, when the second elastic member U231 releases the elastic
  • the pressing member U23 can translate along the direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum to the direction away from the power receiving unit U22.
  • the pressing member The U23 can be translated in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum in a direction close to the power receiving unit U22.
  • a limiting portion U2311 which is a block-shaped or strip-shaped member fixedly arranged on the box body for limiting the position of the pressing member U23 .
  • the limiting method is that the limiting portion U2311 of the strip member “supports” the pressing member U23, that is, the second elastic member U231 is compressed and the pressing member U23 abuts against the limiting portion U2311, and the pressing member U23 and/or the second elastic member U231 can move relative to the limiting portion U2311.
  • the way of this movement can be that the pressing member U23 and/or the second elastic member U231 are on the limiting portion U2311 slide.
  • the process cartridge further includes a control lever U810 and a rotatable buckle U820, the control lever U810 is used to receive an external force such as when the door cover 13 of the electronic imaging device is closed, and then control the above-mentioned power receiving unit
  • the U21 extends out of the process cartridge along the photosensitive drum axis, and the buckle U820 is disposed on the box body, which can rotate around the rotation axis U821.
  • the drive unit 1080 is in a tilted state, that is, the axis of the drive unit 1080 is not parallel to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the restriction can be released by the limiting portion U2311.
  • the way of releasing the restriction is that the pressing member U23 and/or the second elastic member U231 slide out of the limiting portion U2311 during the movement process, for example It can be separated from the limiting portion U2311 and not in contact with it, so as to escape from the restriction of the limiting portion U2311.
  • the pressing member U23 protrudes outward to be able to abut on the driving unit 1080, and the pressing member U23 pushes against the driving unit 1080.
  • the driving unit 1080 forms a certain pressing force, and guides the driving unit 1080 to rotate and straighten gradually until the state shown in FIG. 112 is formed.
  • the unit 1080 moves from the inclined state to a position where its axis is substantially parallel or coaxial with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20, and at this time, the power receiving unit U21 and the driving unit 1080 are not fully engaged. Further, as shown in FIG. 113 , when the buckle U820 of this embodiment is triggered or automatically rotated, its blocking effect on the power receiving unit U22 is released, so that the power receiving unit U22 has a stretching effect on the first elastic member U211 The power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080 are completely engaged in this state.
  • an inclined surface U2312 may also be provided on the limiting portion U2311 (eg, a free end) for assisting the pressing member U23 to return in the direction of the photosensitive drum axis and the direction perpendicular to the photosensitive drum axis.
  • the present embodiment may not rely on the buckle U820 to block the movement of the power receiving unit U22 in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum, but pass the driving unit 1080 or the driving unit 1080
  • the outer driving unit protective cover 1081 plays a blocking role, that is, the power receiving unit U22 is directly blocked by the end of the driving unit 1080 or the driving unit protective cover 1081, and further extends outwards after being straightened to complete the engagement. The purpose of this embodiment can be accomplished.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a control mechanism V30.
  • the control mechanism V30 can be fixed to the process cartridge 1 by being provided on a guide rail (not shown in the figure) of the end cover, and the control mechanism V30 can be along the The guide rail moves in a direction perpendicular to the lengthwise direction of the process cartridge.
  • the control mechanism V30 is provided with a first end V31 and a second end V32, wherein a slope V322 is further provided at the end of the second end V32.
  • a push rod may be used as the control mechanism in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 115 is a schematic structural diagram of the force receiving portion of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • 116 is a schematic structural diagram of the force transmission portion of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • FIG. 117 is a schematic structural diagram of the flange of the power receiving unit in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • the power receiving unit 21 includes a force receiving portion V22 , a force transmitting portion V23 and a flange V24 .
  • the force receiving portion V22 is provided with a convex portion V221 for receiving a driving force from the electronic imaging device, a protrusion V222, and two first fixing posts V223 disposed on both sides of the protrusion V222.
  • the force transmitting portion V23 includes a connecting portion V232, a groove V231 provided at one end of the connecting portion V232 for engaging with the force receiving portion V22, a limiting surface V234 provided at the other end of the connecting portion V232, and a notch V235, wherein the groove V235 is provided at the other end of the connecting portion V232.
  • Two sides of the groove V231 are respectively provided with second fixing posts V233.
  • the flange V24 is a circular part, and the flange V24 is provided with a accommodating portion V242, wherein a positioning post V243 and an elastically deformable swinging member V244 are arranged in the accommodating portion V242.
  • An abutting portion V241 is extended around the circumference, and an abutting surface V2411 is provided at one end of the abutting portion V241.
  • the abutting surface V2411 is an inclined surface.
  • FIG. 118 is a schematic structural diagram of the carrier in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • the carrier V50 includes a carrier portion V51 , a through hole V52 , and a plurality of first protrusions V53 arranged circumferentially outside the carrier portion V51 .
  • the assembly relationship between the power receiving unit 21 and the bearing member V50 is that the force receiving portion V22 is mounted on the groove V231 of the force transmitting portion V23 through the protrusion V222, thereby being fixed to the force transmitting portion V23 up and make the force receiving part V22 slide along the LL direction (the direction parallel to the groove V231 in FIG.
  • the two first fixing posts V223 of the force receiving part V22 and the two second fixing posts V233 of the force transmitting part V24 are connected by the first elastic member V61, so that when the force receiving part V22 no longer receives the driving force able to reset.
  • the force receiving portion V22 protrudes toward the outside of the process cartridge 1 relative to the force transmitting portion V23.
  • the force transmission part V23 is arranged in the accommodating part V242 of the flange V24, at this time, the limiting surface V234 of the force transmission part V23 is in contact with the accommodating part V242, and the positioning post V243 in the flange V24 transmits the force through the second elastic member V63
  • the connecting portion V232 of the V23 is connected so that the force receiving portion V22 movably connected with the force transmitting portion V23 can be biased in a predetermined phase, and the swinging member V244 is used for receiving the power from the force receiving portion V22 at the force transmitting portion V23 During the rear rotation, the second elastic member V63 is brought into contact with the second elastic member V63 during the movement to prevent it from being unable to reset.
  • the various parts of the power receiving unit 21 can be installed in the carrier V50 after they are installed in sequence.
  • the force transmission portion V23 passes through the through hole V52 of the carrier V50 so that the power receiving unit 21 is fixed in the carrier V50, and at the same time
  • the third elastic member V64 is sleeved on one end of the force transmission portion V23 passing through the through hole V52, one end of the third elastic member V64 is in contact with the bearing portion V53 of the bearing member V50, and the other end is abutted with the clutch member V80, wherein
  • the clutch member V80 is connected to the force transmission part V23 through a shaft pin (not shown in the figure) through the notch V235, and a plurality of second protrusions V81 arranged in a circumferential arrangement are arranged on one end of the clutch member V80 facing the carrier member V50.
  • After the above-mentioned parts cooperate with each other, they can be assembled in the photosensitive drum 20 as a whole, see FIG. 119 .
  • the pressing member is integrated in the power receiving portion, and the power receiving portion V22 can move in the first plane area and along the first direction for engaging with the driving unit 1080 and correcting the position of the driving unit.
  • the projection of the first plane area at least partially coincides with that of the photosensitive drum, and the first direction intersects and is not perpendicular to the photosensitive drum axis, that is, the LL direction in FIG. 119 .
  • the following describes the process of engaging and disengaging the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic image forming apparatus.
  • the power receiving unit 21 at this time is in the initial state, that is, the force receiving portion V22 Under the action of the first elastic member V61, it protrudes relative to the flange V24 along the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the limiting surface V234 of the portion V23 is in contact with the accommodating portion V242 of the flange V24, and the clutch member V80 is movably connected to the force transmitting portion V23, so after the flange V24 receives a force, the force transmitting portion V23, together with the force receiving portion V22 and The clutch member V80 moves together along the Y4 direction (that is, the direction toward the driving unit 1080 ), and at this time, the force receiving portion V22 moves along the Y4 direction and protrudes to a position where it abuts with the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device, that is, the force receiving portion
  • the bump V221 of the portion V22 is snapped into the drive unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device, at this time the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device is still in a tilted state, and at the same time as the control mechanism V30 continues to move along the X direction, the flange V24 drives the force transmission part V23 to move along the Y4 direction together,
  • the groove V231 and the force transmitting portion V23 move relatively, that is, relative to the flange V24, and at the same time the force receiving portion V22 translates in the drive unit 1080, and the translation is a radial direction relative to the drive unit 1080
  • the driving unit 1080 is driven to move, so that the driving unit 1080 moves from the initial inclined state to the axis of the driving unit 1080 and the photosensitive drum 20.
  • a position where the axes are substantially parallel or coaxial.
  • the clutch member V80 also overcomes the elastic force of the third elastic member V64 at this time. Move to the position where it is in contact with the carrier V50, the second protrusion V81 of the clutch V80 and the first protrusion V53 of the carrier V50 are successfully engaged. At this time, the force receiving part V22 also drives the driving unit 1080 to move to the coaxial with the photosensitive drum 20. position, so as to realize the transmission of the driving force between the driving unit 1080 and the photosensitive drum.
  • This embodiment provides another control mechanism, which is a further improvement on the basis of the twenty-second embodiment.
  • the unexplained parts are the same as those in the foregoing embodiments, and are not repeated for brevity.
  • the control mechanism W30 is movably disposed on the end of the box body.
  • the control mechanism W30 includes a first end W31, a second end W32 and a shaft hole W33, wherein, at the second end W32 The end is provided with an inclined surface W322.
  • the control mechanism W30 can be movably connected with the end cover (not shown in the figure) through the shaft hole W33 to be fixed on the box body, so that the control mechanism W30 can swing on a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20. .
  • control mechanism on the process cartridge can also be a power source.
  • the control mechanism is a power source
  • an instruction can be obtained through the action of closing the door cover of the electronic imaging device, so as to operate the flange, the force receiving portion and the force transmitting portion toward the driving unit. It can be controlled to extend in the direction of the power receiving unit 21 and stop after a certain stroke.
  • the power source may be a motor, light power, or the like.
  • the process in which the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge has not been installed in the electronic imaging device or does not receive an external force after being installed in the electronic imaging device, the power receiving unit 21 is in the initial state, that is, the force receiving part
  • the V22 protrudes relative to the flange V24 in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 under the action of the first elastic member V61.
  • the control mechanism W30 on the process cartridge is subjected to an external force to swing on a plane perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the second end of the control mechanism W30 The inclined surface W322 on the W32 moves to the position where it contacts the abutting surface V2411 of the flange V24.
  • the inclined surface W322 successfully abuts the abutting surface V2411 and gives the flange V24 a force in the X direction.
  • the flange V24 receives the force with the force transmission part V23 together with the force
  • the receiving portion V22 and the clutch member V80 move together along the Y4 direction (ie, the direction toward the driving unit 1080 ), and at this time, the force receiving portion V22 moves along the Y4 direction and protrudes to a position where it abuts against the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device , that is, the protrusion V221 of the force receiving portion V22 is snapped into the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device, at this time the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device is still in a tilted state, and with the continuous movement of the control mechanism W30, the convex The edge V24 drives the force transmission part V23 to move along the Y4 direction together, but the force receiving part V22 at this moment
  • the groove V231 of the V23 moves relative to the force transmitting portion V23, that is, the flange V24, and at the same time, the force receiving portion V22 translates in the driving unit 1080, and the translation is a radial direction relative to the driving unit 1080.
  • the driving unit 1080 is driven to move, so that the driving unit 1080 moves from the initial inclined state to its axis and the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the axes are substantially parallel or coaxial.
  • the clutch member V80 also overcomes the elastic force of the third elastic member V64 and moves to the position where it contacts the bearing member V50.
  • the second protrusion V81 of the clutch member V80 is successfully engaged with the first protrusion V53 of the carrier member V50.
  • the force receiving portion V22 also drives the driving unit 1080 to move to the coaxial position with the photosensitive drum 20, so as to realize the driving unit 1080 and the photosensitive drum 20. Transmission of driving force between drums.
  • FIG. 125 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-fourth embodiment. As shown in the figure, there is an electronic imaging apparatus 100 in which the process cartridge 1 is detachably accommodated.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 includes a door cover 101 that can be opened and closed, a pressing portion 102 that cooperates with the door cover 101 , and a driving unit 1080 ( FIG. 131 ), which is a driving force output component.
  • FIG. 126 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body X50, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30, a bracket X51, a pressing member X40 and a power receiving unit.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are rotatably arranged on the cartridge body X50, and the bracket X51 is arranged at the end of the box body X50.
  • the pressing member X40 can correct the driving unit 1080, and the power receiving unit is used for engaging with the driving unit 1080 to receive the driving force output by the driving unit in the electronic imaging device, wherein the cartridge X50 contains the developer.
  • FIG. 127 is a schematic diagram of the support of the process cartridge in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the bracket X51 is provided on one side of the box body X50 for installing the pressing member X40, and the bracket X51 includes a sliding slot X51a, an installation portion X51b and a communication hole X51c.
  • the push rod X41 is installed in the chute X51a, and the telescopic rod 43 is sleeved on the installation part X51b.
  • FIG. 128 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the pressing member includes a push rod X41, a connecting member X42, a telescopic member X43, a first elastic member X41a and a second elastic member X43a.
  • the retractable member X43 is movably arranged on the bracket X51 and can be axially arranged along the photosensitive drum Moving, the push rod X41 is movably installed on the bracket X51, and the push rod X41 is connected to the telescopic piece X43 through the connecting piece X42, and the push rod X41 can drive the telescopic piece X43 to move along the axial direction of the photosensitive drum.
  • the first elastic member X41a is sleeved on the push rod X41 for restoring the push rod X41.
  • One end of the second elastic member X43a is connected to the telescopic member X43, and the other end of the second elastic member X43a is connected to the inner wall of the mounting portion X51b for restoring the retractable member X43.
  • the push rod X41 includes a first connecting portion X41b, and the first connecting portion X41b is used for connecting with one end of the connecting member X42.
  • the telescopic member X43 includes a second connecting portion X43b, and the second connecting portion X43b is used for connecting with the other end of the connecting member X42.
  • first elastic member X41a and the second elastic member X43a are springs, and may also be other elastically deformable components, and the connecting member X42 may be a flexible and deformable material.
  • the double-spring structure can make the retraction of the retractable element X43 more effective, and reduce the possibility of interference when the process cartridge is taken out.
  • FIG. 129 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the urging member installed on the bracket according to the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the push rod X41 is installed in the chute X51a of the bracket X51
  • the telescopic piece X43 is sleeved in the mounting part X51b of the bracket
  • one end of the connecting piece X42 is installed on the first connecting part X41b of the push rod X41
  • the other One end is connected to the second connecting portion X43b of the telescopic element X43 through the communication hole X51c of the bracket X51.
  • a fixing part for installing one end of the second spring X43a and a cutout for extending the second connecting part X43b are opened.
  • the connecting portion X43b can slide in the cutout.
  • Fig. 130 is a partial view of the pendulum rod in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is disposed at the end of the developing roller 30 , and is used to engage with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device to receive the driving force output by the driving unit, thereby causing the developing roller 30 to rotate.
  • an intermediate gear X32 is provided on the developing roller 30, and a photosensitive drum gear X211 is provided at the end of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the photosensitive drum gear X211 meshes with the intermediate gear X32 and receives a driving force, so that the photosensitive drum 20 can pass through the developing roller.
  • 30 receives the driving force output by the driving unit, enabling the photosensitive drum and the developing roller to perform rotational movement.
  • the power receiving unit is a gear.
  • FIG. 131 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the driving unit 1080 includes a gear portion 1080a, a small diameter portion 1080b, and an inclined portion 1080c, wherein the gear portion 1080a is engaged with the power receiving unit 21 while the pressing member X40 is in contact and meshing with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device.
  • the telescopic rod X43 extends out and presses the inclined portion of the driving unit 1080, so as to achieve the effect of straightening the driving unit 1080. The detailed straightening process will be described in detail below.
  • Fig. 132a is a schematic diagram showing the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the initial position in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 is installed in the electronic imaging device (not shown), when the door cover 101 of the electronic imaging device has not been closed, the pressing member X40 of the process cartridge 1 is in the initial state, and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device 100 is at this time. 1080 is still in an inclined state, as shown in Figure 132a, and the telescopic rod X43 is also in a retracted state at this time.
  • This schematic structural diagram can also be used to describe the process change diagram of taking out the process cartridge 1 from the electronic imaging device.
  • the pushing portion 102 no longer pushes the push rod X41, because the first elastic member X41a recovers its elasticity Deformed, the push rod X41 is reset, and the connecting member X42 is driven to restore the telescopic rod X43, and the elastic deformation of the second spring member X43a is restored, so that the telescopic rod X43 can be reset more effectively. Since the front end of the telescopic rod X43 no longer presses the inclined portion 1080c of the drive unit 1080, the drive unit 1080 returns to the inclined state.
  • FIG. 132b is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the straightened position in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • the pushing portion 102 acts on the push rod X41 of the process cartridge 1
  • the push rod X41 moves forward, compresses the first spring X41a, and drives the connecting member X42 to move at the same time, and the telescopic rod connected with the connecting member X42
  • the X43 is under the action of tension, and starts to slide out along the notch of the mounting part X51b, and at the same time, the spring is stretched and deformed.
  • the driving unit 1080 When the front end of the telescopic rod X43 presses the inclined portion X1080c of the driving unit 1080, the driving unit 1080 is aligned with the movement of the pendulum rod X43. As shown in Fig. 132b, the axis of the drive unit 1080 is vertical with respect to the bracket X51, that is, in a straightened state.
  • the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit 1080 meshes with the power receiving unit 21, and the power receiving unit 21 transmits the driving force to the photosensitive drum through the intermediate gear X32 and the photosensitive drum gear X211 . It should be noted that, in the process of engaging the power receiving unit 21 with the driving unit 1080, the displacement of the straightening member relative to the rotational center axis of the photosensitive drum does not change.
  • this embodiment provides another pressing member Y40 in the process cartridge 1.
  • the pressing member Y40 is connected to the box body through the elastic member Y60, and is located in the same part of the box body as the power receiving unit 21.
  • the front end of the pressing member Y40 (the installation direction of the process cartridge 1) is also provided with a guide surface Y41 (inclined surface or arc surface) facing downward.
  • one end of the elastic member Y60 is fixed on the bracket Y51, and the other end is fixed on the pressing member Y40, so that the pressing member Y40 can return to the initial state after losing the external force. spring or tension spring.
  • one end of the pressing member Y40 is sleeved on the photosensitive drum 20, so that the pressing member Y40 can rotate around the axis of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the pressing member Y40 is at least partially The distance between the structure and the axis of the photosensitive drum does not change in displacement.
  • the pressing member Y40 contacts with the driving unit protective cover 1081 located above the driving unit 1080 in the electronic imaging device to form interference, so that the The pressing member Y40 is moved in the opposite direction to the YI direction by the force of the drive unit protective cover 1081, and then squeezes the elastic member Y60, and at the same time, the side end of the process cartridge moves up there so that the process cartridge is inclined, as shown in Figure 135 As shown, as the process cartridge 1 continues to be installed, the pressing member Y40 moves upward over the driving unit protective cover 1081 and then moves to the opening above the driving unit protective cover 1081.
  • the guiding surface Y41 of the pressing member Y40 and the driving unit The protective cover 1081 abuts, and the pressing member Y40 is smoothly inserted into the opening of the protective cover 1081 of the driving unit under the guidance of the guide surface Y41 to contact the driving unit 1080. Since the front end of the process cartridge 1 moves down accordingly, the pressing member Y40 is driven down. At this time, the front end of the pressing member Y40 presses the driving unit 1080 to move down substantially coaxially with the power receiving unit 21 to receive power, and the process cartridge 1 is successfully installed in the electronic imaging device at this time.
  • the user can first press down the handle Y70 of the process cartridge (counterclockwise as indicated by the arrow in Fig. 136 ), and the process cartridge will wind around the photosensitive
  • the drum 20 rotates counterclockwise, and the pressing member Y40 fixed relative to the process cartridge also moves accordingly, so that the pressing member Y40 can avoid the interference of the driving unit protective cover 1081 and successfully escape from the driving unit protective cover 1081, as shown in Figure 137 As shown, continue to pull out the process cartridge in a direction opposite to the installation direction, so that the process cartridge can be smoothly removed from the electronic imaging device.
  • FIG. 138 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge in the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body Z50, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30, a pressing member Z40, and a bracket Z51 provided on one side of the cartridge body.
  • the cartridge Z50 contains developer, and the power receiving unit 21 is disposed at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 for receiving the driving force of the driving unit 1080 to rotate the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • a developing roller gear 31 is further provided for receiving the output driving force of the driving unit to rotate the developing roller 30 .
  • the bracket Z51 includes a fixing column Z511, and the pressing member Z40 is mounted on the bracket Z51 through the fixing column Z511. Meanwhile, in the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20, at least a part of the pressing member Z40 is located inside the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 20, When the power receiving unit 21 is in contact with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device, the pressing member Z40 may contact the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device in the first plane area to correct the position of the driving unit.
  • the urging member is a torsion spring.
  • the urging member can be of other materials and structures, as long as it can be movably installed on the bracket, and the urging member is in the process of engaging the power receiving unit with the driving unit. At least part is always located in the first plane area, not limited to the materials and structures of the present application, wherein the projection of the first plane area at least partially coincides with the projection of the photosensitive drum.
  • FIG. 139 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit in an electronic imaging device.
  • the driving unit 1080 includes a gear part 1080a and a driving output part 1080b, wherein the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device is in contact with the power receiving unit 21 in the process of contacting and engaging with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device. While meshing, the gear portion 1080a meshes with the developing roller gear 31 of the process cartridge 1 .
  • 140-142 are schematic diagrams of a process cartridge in which the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device are not in contact with each other in the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • the pressing member Z40 installed on the bracket also gradually approaches the driving unit 1080 with the movement of the process cartridge.
  • the pressing member Z40 is affected by the Due to the limitation of the structure of the electronic imaging device (structure not shown), the pressing member Z40 has an upwardly lifted state, as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 141 the pressing member Z40 is away from the driving unit 1080 , and the driving unit 1080 is still in an inclined state.
  • FIG. 140-142 are schematic diagrams of a process cartridge in which the power receiving unit and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device are not in contact with each other in the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • the driving output portion 1080b of the driving unit 1080 is not aligned with the power receiving unit, that is, the power receiving unit of the process cartridge is not engaged with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device.
  • Figures 143-145 are schematic views of the process cartridge in which the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit of the electronic image forming apparatus according to the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • the pressing member Z40 contacts with the driving unit 1080 to form structural interference, the pressing member Z40 exerts a straightening force on the drive output part 1080b, and the driving unit 1080 moves in a direction close to the power receiving unit 21 after receiving the straightening force, pressing
  • the pressing member Z40 has a downward state, and the pressing member Z40 is in a position close to the axis of the power receiving unit 21 , as shown in FIG. 143 .
  • FIG. 143 As shown in FIG.
  • the pressing member Z40 and the driving unit 1080 are in a close state, and the driving unit 1080 is in a straightened state.
  • the axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 and the photosensitive drum The axis L2 of 20 is in a parallel state, which can also be said to be in a coaxial state.
  • the driving output part 1080b of the driving unit 1080 is aligned with the power receiving unit 21, that is, the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device, so that the driving unit 1080 transmits the driving force to the power receiving unit 21, and then The photosensitive drum 20 is driven to rotate, and the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit 1080 is aligned and engaged with the developing roller gear 31, thereby transmitting the driving force to the developing roller gear, so that the developing roller 30 rotates.
  • Fig. 146 is a state diagram of the pressing member in the contact position and the non-contact position in the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • the dotted line of the pressing member Z40 indicates that the process cartridge 1 is inserted into the electronic imaging device. Due to the limitation of the structure of the electronic imaging device (not shown), the pressing member Z40 has a raised upwards. A state in which the power receiving unit of the process cartridge and the driving unit of the electronic image forming apparatus are not in contact with each other.
  • the solid line of the pressing member Z40 indicates that the pressing member Z40 is in contact with the driving unit 1080 to form structural interference.
  • the pressing member Z40 is partially located inside the projected cross section of the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 20, that is, the pressing member Z40 is located closer to the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the position of the axis of the drum 20 is not limited.
  • FIG. 147 is a schematic diagram of the electronic imaging device in the twenty-seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 147 , there is an electronic imaging apparatus 100 in which the process cartridge 1 is detachably accommodated.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 includes a door cover 101 that can be opened and closed, a pressing portion 102 that cooperates with the door cover 101 , and a driving unit (not shown in the figure), which is a driving force output component.
  • FIG. 148 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the process cartridge in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • FIG. 149 is another schematic diagram of the structure of the process cartridge in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body AA50, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30, a bracket AA51, a power receiving unit 21 and a pressing member AA40, and the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are rotatably provided on the
  • the box body AA50 and the bracket AA51 are arranged at the end of the box body AA50.
  • the pressing member AA40 is used for engaging with the driving unit 1080 to be able to straighten the driving unit
  • the power receiving unit 21 is used for receiving the driving force output by the driving unit in the electronic imaging device, wherein the cartridge AA50 contains the developer .
  • Fig. 150 is a partial view of the photosensitive drum and the developing roller in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is provided at the end of the developing roller, and is engaged with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to receive the driving force outputted by the driving unit, so as to make the developing roller 30 rotate.
  • the developing roller 30 is provided with an intermediate gear AA32, and the end of the photosensitive drum 20 is provided with a photosensitive drum gear AA211.
  • the photosensitive drum gear AA211 meshes with the intermediate gear AA32 to receive driving force, thereby enabling the photosensitive drum 20 to rotate.
  • the power receiving unit is a developing roller gear.
  • Figure 151 is a partial view of the stent in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • a bracket AA51 is provided at one end of the box body AA50 for mounting the pressing member AA40.
  • the bracket AA51 includes a chute AA51a and an installation portion AA51b
  • the pressing member AA40 includes a push rod AA41, a connecting piece AA42 and a swing rod AA43
  • the push rod AA41 is movably installed in the chute AA51a
  • the swing rod AA43 is rotatably arranged in the installation portion AA51b
  • the push rod AA41 is connected with the pendulum rod AA43 through the connecting piece AA42, and the pendulum rod AA43 can be driven to swing by the push rod AA41, so that the pendulum rod AA43 can correct the position of the driving unit in the first plane area.
  • the projection of the first plane area at least partially coincides with the projection of the projection of the
  • Fig. 152 is a partial view of the pendulum rod in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the swing rod AA43 includes a first connecting portion AA43a, a second connecting portion AA43b and an abutting portion AA43c, wherein the first connecting portion AA43a is connected to the mounting portion AA51b of the bracket AA51, and the second connecting portion AA43b is connected to the mounting portion AA51b of the bracket AA51.
  • One end of the connecting piece AA42 is connected, and the abutting portion AA43c can realize the straightening of the driving unit 1080 during the movement process.
  • Fig. 153a is a schematic diagram of the pressing member of the process cartridge disposed on the bracket in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • Fig. 153b is another schematic diagram of the pressing member of the process cartridge disposed on the bracket in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the process cartridge further includes a first connecting portion AA43a, the first connecting portion AA43a of the swing rod AA43 is mounted on the bracket AA51, and one of the second connecting portions AA43b is connected to the mounting portion AA51b through the first elastic member AA51a.
  • the swing rod AA43 can be reset by the first elastic piece AA51a, that is, the swing rod AA43 can be returned to the initial position from the straightened position.
  • the process cartridge further includes a second elastic member AA42, another second connecting portion AA43b is connected to one end of the connecting member AA42, the connecting member AA42 is connected to the push rod AA41 through the second elastic member AA42a, and the second elastic member AA42a is used as a buffer to prevent the push rod AA41 from being too strong and affecting the alignment.
  • the push rod AA41, the connecting member AA42 and the swing rod AA43 are connected together to form the pressing member AA40, and the action change process of the pressing member AA40 will be described in detail later.
  • Fig. 154a is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the initial position in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the door cover 101 of the electronic imaging device has not been closed.
  • the pressing member AA40 of the process cartridge 1 is in the initial state
  • the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device 100 is still in the initial state.
  • the pendulum rod AA43 is also in the inclined state at this time.
  • FIG. 154b is a schematic diagram of the state of the pressing member and the driving unit of the electronic imaging device when the process cartridge is in the straightened position in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • the pushing portion 102 acts on the push rod AA41 of the process cartridge 1, the push rod AA41 moves forward, and drives the connecting piece AA42 to move.
  • the pendulum rod AA43 connected with the connecting piece AA42 is under tension , starts to protrude outwards, when the abutting portion AA43c abuts against the recess 1080a of the driving unit 1080, the driving unit 1080 is aligned with the movement of the pendulum rod AA43, as shown in FIG.
  • the driving unit 1080 is relative to the bracket AA51 is vertical, that is, in a straightened state.
  • the gear portion 1080b of the drive unit meshes with the power receiving unit 21, which transmits the driving force to the photosensitive drum through the intermediate gear AA32 and the photosensitive drum gear AA211.
  • the pressing member AA40 is partially located inside the projected cross section of the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the process cartridge of this embodiment includes a cartridge body, a developing roller 30, a photosensitive drum 20 and a first gear CC32, the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20 are rotatably arranged on the cartridge body, and the first gear
  • the CC 32 is provided at one end of the developing roller 30 , and the gear provided at one end of the developing roller 30 meshes with the gear provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the first gear CC32 abuts on the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit of the electronic image forming apparatus, so that the developing roller 30 is engaged with the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit via the first gear CC32, thereby passing through the two
  • the engagement enables the driving unit of the electronic imaging device to transmit the driving force to the developing roller 30 obliquely, so that the developing roller 30 rotates, and then the developing roller 30 drives the photosensitive drum 20 to rotate, without the need to make the driving unit of the electronic imaging device tilt from the initial tilt.
  • the state moves to a position where its axis is substantially parallel or coaxial with the axis of the photosensitive drum. Wherein, in the axial direction of the developing roller 30 , at least a part of the first gear CC32 protrudes from the end of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the first gear CC32 is disposed at the end of the developing roller 30 and rotates coaxially with the developing roller 30.
  • the first gear CC32 may be a bevel tooth structure, (as shown in Figure 154c).
  • its upper teeth are designed as helical teeth, Meshing with the helical teeth of the driving unit of the electronic imaging device can be better adapted.
  • the power receiving unit at the end of the photosensitive drum does not need to engage and drive with the driving unit of the electronic imaging device, so the structure of the power receiving unit can also be eliminated.
  • the photosensitive drum and the developing roller are meshed with each other in the form of cooperating transmission gears at the ends of the photosensitive drum and the developing roller, so that the photosensitive drum can receive the drive from the electronic imaging device received by the first gear through the developing roller.
  • the driving force of the unit output.
  • the process cartridge further includes a second gear 31 and a third gear CC211, the second gear 31 is arranged at one end of the developing roller 30, the third gear CC211 is arranged at one end of the photosensitive drum 20, and the third gear CC211 is connected to the second gear CC211.
  • the gears 31 are meshed so that the driving force received by the first gear CC32 can be transmitted to the photosensitive drum 20 via the second gear 31 and the third gear CC211.
  • the first gear CC32 is provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20, so that the photosensitive drum can receive the driving force output by the inclined driving unit through the first gear, and further transmit the driving force in the form of the above-mentioned transmission gear to the developing roller.
  • the photosensitive drum is engaged with the driving unit in the electronic imaging device via the first gear, so that the photosensitive drum and the developing roller can receive the driving force output by the electronic imaging device.
  • FIG. 155 is a schematic structural diagram of the process cartridge in the twenty-ninth embodiment
  • FIG. 156 is a partial schematic diagram of the first gear in the twenty-ninth embodiment.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a case body CC50, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30, a pressing member CC40, a power receiving unit 21, a first gear CC32 and a case body CC50, and the case body CC50 accommodates developer, and the cartridge body CC50 includes the bracket CC51.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are rotatably provided in the case CC50.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is disposed at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 and has a power receiving portion CC21a for receiving the driving force output by the electronic imaging device driving unit 1080 to rotate the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the first gear CC32 is disposed at the end of the developing roller 30 and is located at the same end of the casing CC50 as the power receiving unit 21, and is used to engage with the gear portion of the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device, thereby driving the driving unit 1080 toward the power receiving unit 21 moves so that the driving unit 1080 is in contact with the power receiving unit 21 , wherein at least a part of the first gear CC32 protrudes from the end of the photosensitive drum 20 in the axial direction of the developing roller 30 .
  • the pressing member CC40 is fixedly installed on the bracket CC51 and is located at the same end of the box body CC50 as the power receiving unit 21. In the projection plane of the photosensitive drum axial direction, at least a part of the pressing member CC40 is located in the photosensitive drum 20 axial direction.
  • the pressing member CC40 can be brought into contact with the driving unit 1080 so as to realize the straightening of the driving unit, that is, the pressing member CC40 can correct the driving unit of the electronic imaging device.
  • the driving unit, wherein, correcting the position of the driving unit refers to the position where the axis of the driving unit and the axis of the photosensitive drum are substantially parallel or coaxial.
  • the pressing member CC40 is integrally formed with the bracket. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the pressing member can also be movably connected to the bracket and fixed on the bracket, and the pressing member CC40 can The drive unit 1080 is moved between a tilted position and a straightened position. That is, when the process cartridge is just installed in the electronic imaging device, the driving unit 1080 is inclined relative to the axis of the photosensitive drum, and the pressing part of the pressing member CC40 abuts the driving unit 1080.
  • the pressing part of the pressing member CC40 exerts a force on the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 reaches the straightened position, so that the pressing member CC40 has a certain displacement relative to the photosensitive drum.
  • the first gear CC32 has protrusions CC32a, and the protrusions CC32a are helically distributed.
  • the first gear CC32 can drive the driving unit 1080 to move toward the power receiving unit 21, so that the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device is in contact with the power receiving unit 21. mesh.
  • FIG. 157 is a schematic structural diagram of a driving unit in an electronic imaging device.
  • the drive unit 1080 of the electronic image forming apparatus includes a gear portion 1080a, a small diameter portion 1080b, and a drive output portion 1080c, wherein, during the gear portion 1080a meshes with the first gear CC32 of the process cartridge 1 and rotates, the power receiving The unit 21 is in contact engagement with the drive output portion 1080c of the drive unit 1080 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a third gear CC211 and a second gear 31, the third gear CC211 is provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20, the second gear 31 is provided at one end of the developing roller 30, and the second The gear 31 meshes with the third gear CC211, so that the power receiving unit 21 receives the driving force of the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device and can transmit it to the third gear CC211, and then the third gear CC211 transmits the driving force to the second gear 31. , thereby driving the developing roller 30 to rotate.
  • the third gear CC211 is integrally formed with the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the pressing member CC40 installed on the bracket will gradually approach the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device with the movement of the process cartridge, but it is not close to the driving unit.
  • the small diameter part of 1080 is in contact, as shown in Figure 158a, at this time, the pressing member CC40 is in a far away state from the driving unit 1080, the driving unit 1080 is still in an inclined state, and the gear part 1080a of the driving unit 1080 is not connected to the first gear CC32.
  • the bump CC32a contacts.
  • the axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 and the axis L2 of the photosensitive drum 20 are in a non-parallel state. Specifically, the driving output part of the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device 1080b is not aligned with the power receiving unit, that is, the power receiving unit 21 of the process cartridge is not in contact with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device.
  • the pressing member CC40 When continuing to install, when the pressing member CC40 contacts the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device to form structural interference, the pressing member CC40 exerts a straightening force on the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device, and the pressing member CC40 has a downward state, Press the driving unit 1080 to straighten, as shown in FIG. 158b, at this time, the pressing member CC40 is in a close state with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device, and the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device is in a straightening state. In the positive state, the axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 and the axis L2 of the photosensitive drum 20 are in a parallel state, which can also be said to be in a coaxial state.
  • the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit 1080 meshes with the first gear CC32.
  • the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit 1080 is helical teeth, and the protrusions CC32a of the first gear CC32 are also distributed in a helical manner. Therefore, when the driving unit 1080 and the first gear CC32 are engaged and rotated, the driving unit 1080 moves along the direction close to the power receiving unit 21. directional movement.
  • the driving output part 1080c of the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device is aligned with the power receiving part CC21a of the power receiving unit 21, that is, the power receiving unit is in contact with the driving unit, so that the driving unit 1080 transmits the driving force to the power receiving unit.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is driven to rotate, and then the driving force is transmitted to the developing roller 30 through the third gear CC211 and the second gear 31 to realize the rotation of the developing roller 30 .
  • FIG. 159 is a schematic diagram of the contact force between the driving unit and the first gear in the electronic imaging device in the twenty-ninth embodiment.
  • the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device and the first gear CC32 are in a meshing and rotating state, the meshing of the helical teeth of the gear portion 1080a of the driving unit 1080 with the protrusion CC32a of the first gear CC32 generates an axial force F1, the driving unit 1080 tends to move to the side close to the power receiving unit 21 under the action of the axial force F1, that is, the driving unit 1080 approaches and contacts the power receiving portion CC21a of the power receiving unit 21.
  • the first gear CC32 is subjected to the action of the axial force F2 due to the meshing, so that the first gear CC32 tends to move to the side away from the power receiving unit 21, and because the first gear CC32 is restricted by the structure of the process cartridge 1, it will not Axis movement occurs.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic imaging device, the electronic imaging device includes a process cartridge, a driving unit, and a driving unit protective cover, and the driving unit protective cover is provided outside the driving unit.
  • the electronic imaging device may be a printer, a copier, an all-in-one scanning and copying machine, etc., which is not limited herein.
  • the following takes a printer as an example to describe the solution.
  • the process cartridge may be a toner cartridge, an ink cartridge, or the like.
  • FIG. 160 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic imaging device provided by the embodiment of the present application before the pressing member is installed, and FIG. 161a is a partial enlarged view of the area A shown in FIG. 160 .
  • the drive unit protective cover 1081 is provided outside the drive unit 1080 .
  • the driving unit 1080 is supported by the driving head pushing member (not shown) in the electronic imaging device and is in an inclined state, and the rotation axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 is formed with the central axis L2 of the driving unit protective cover 1081 An included angle ⁇ .
  • FIG. 161b is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body A10 , a photosensitive drum 20 , a developing roller 30 , a bracket A11 and a power receiving unit 21 , wherein the developer is contained in the cartridge body A10 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is drivingly connected with the driving unit 1080. In this embodiment, the power receiving unit 21 is engaged with the driving unit 1080 to receive the driving force of the driving unit.
  • the end of the process cartridge 1 with the power receiving unit is defined as the drive end
  • the end of the process cartridge 1 with the conductive unit (not shown) is defined as the power end.
  • the bracket A11 includes a first fixing column A111 and a through hole A112, and the power receiving unit 21 is fixed on the bracket A11 through the through hole A112 and exposed outside the through hole A112 to receive an electronic imaging device (not shown in the figure)
  • the driving force of the driving unit (ie, the driving unit) 1080, and the first fixing column A111 is disposed above and/or in front of the power receiving unit 21 with respect to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a pressing member of the electronic imaging device, which is used in cooperation with the process cartridge.
  • the pressing member is detachably installed in the electronic imaging device, which can be used alone in the electronic imaging device, and can also work in the electronic imaging device in cooperation with process cartridges of different structures.
  • FIG. 162 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing member provided in an embodiment of the application.
  • the pressing member DD40 can be independently and detachably installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the pressing member DD40 includes a first main body portion DD41, a deformable portion DD42 connected to the first main body portion DD41, and a pressing portion DD44.
  • the overall shape of the pressing member DD40 may be in the shape of a circular ring, and in other embodiments, the pressing member DD40 may also be in other shapes as long as it does not hinder the installation and operation of the process cartridge.
  • each structure included in the pressing member DD40 may be integrally formed, and may also be connected as a whole through a snap connection structure or welding or other connection methods, which is not limited herein.
  • the driving unit protective cover 1081 has an arc-shaped side wall, the first main body portion DD41 of the pressing member DD40 is in the shape of a ring, and the first main body portion DD41 can cooperate with the side wall of the driving unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the first main body part DD41 may be a thin sheet metal part or a plastic part, and the application does not limit its material as long as it does not affect its installation and the deformation and recovery of the deformable part DD42.
  • the deformable portion DD42 is connected to the first main body portion DD41.
  • the deformable portion DD42 can deform and drive the driving unit 1080 to be adjusted from the inclined state to the straightened state.
  • the rotation axis L1 of the drive unit 1080 and the central axis L2 of the drive unit protective cover 1081 are substantially coincident, that is, the angle of the included angle ⁇ is zero or close to zero .
  • the deformable portion DD42 is an arc-shaped elastic piece.
  • the deformation of the deformable portion DD42 may be generated by its own flexible force, or may be achieved by arranging an elastic member on the pressing member DD40.
  • the elastic member may be a spring or a magnet with a certain elastic force (which can drive the driving unit 1080 to be oriented).
  • the elastic member is an elastic sheet, one end of the elastic sheet is connected with the main body DD42, and the other end is connected with the deformable portion DD42, so that the deformable portion DD42 can be deformed.
  • the deformable portion DD42 is connected with a pressing portion DD44, and the pressing member DD40 is in contact with the driving unit 1080 through the pressing portion DD44.
  • the pressing portion DD44 may be a surface structure or a wire structure provided on the deformable portion DD42 .
  • the pressing portion DD44 may be an arc-shaped surface protruding toward the driving unit 1080 .
  • the pressing member DD40 abuts on the driving unit 1080 through the pressing portion DD44, so that the driving unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straightening state.
  • the deformable portion DD42 is deformed.
  • the pressing member DD40 drives the driving unit 1080 to adjust from the inclined state to The straightened state is restored, and the deformation of the deformable portion DD42 is recovered.
  • the pressing member DD40 further includes an abutting portion DD43, and the abutting portion DD43 is located at an end of the deformable portion DD42 away from the first main body portion DD41.
  • the contact portion DD43 may be formed by bending one end of the deformable portion DD42.
  • the abutting portion DD43 can abut against the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the abutting portion DD43 abuts against the driving unit protective cover 1081, so that the pressing portion DD44 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 is not in contact with the pressing force when rotating.
  • Parts DD40 produce friction or even interference. Therefore, the pressing member DD40 provided in the present application will not affect the rotational work of the driving unit 1080, and can avoid frictional damage between the pressing member DD40 and the driving unit 1080, and can improve the service life of the pressing member DD40.
  • the pressing member DD40 further includes a fixing portion, and the pressing member DD40 is detachably mounted on the on the drive unit protective cover.
  • the fixing portion includes a first fixing end DD45 and a second fixing end DD46 formed by bending along both ends of the first main body portion DD41, and the pressing member DD40 is clamped by the first fixing end DD45 and the second fixing end DD46. It is arranged on the side wall of the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the first fixed end DD45 and the second fixed end DD46 may be hook structures.
  • Fig. 163 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic imaging device provided by the application after the pressing member is installed
  • Fig. 164 is a partial enlarged view of the area B shown in Fig. 163
  • Fig. 165 is the space between the pressing member provided by the application and the drive unit protective cover Schematic diagram of the assembly structure.
  • the drive unit protective cover 1081 is recessed along the axial direction to form a groove.
  • the groove includes a first groove 1081a and a second groove 1081b arranged at intervals.
  • a groove 1081a includes a first end wall 10811
  • a second groove 1081b includes a second end wall 10812
  • the first fixed end DD45 abuts against the first end wall 10811
  • the second fixed end DD46 abuts against the first end wall 10812 , so that the pressing member is installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the first fixed end DD45 and the second fixed end DD46 are both hook structures, and are detachably connected to the drive unit protective cover 1081 through the hook structures, which facilitates installation and replacement.
  • first end wall 10811 and the second end wall 10812 may also be provided with clamping ribs, and correspondingly, the first fixed end DD45 and the second fixed end DD46 may be provided with protrusions or recesses The slot makes the snap connection more stable.
  • first end wall 10811 and the second end wall 10812 may also be walls extending in the axial direction of the drive unit protective cover 1081, or other optional side walls, which are not limited herein.
  • the fixing of the pressing member DD40 on the drive unit protective cover 1081 in the direction of the axis L2 may not be limited. A tight fit is sufficient to avoid axial shaking of the pressing member DD40 on the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the door of the printer is in an open state, and the drive unit 1080 is not oriented by external force but remains inclined.
  • the pressing member DD40 can be manually installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the pressing member DD40 is sent into the printer in the direction of arrow M in Fig. 163, and when it touches the top of the drive unit protective cover 1081, a certain pressing force is applied to the pressing member DD40 to make the first A fixed end DD45 is clamped with the first end wall 10811 of the driving unit protective cover 1081 , and the second fixed end DD46 is clamped with the second end wall 10812 of the driving unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the pressing member DD40 is in contact with the driving unit 1080 through the pressing portion DD44. Since the door cover is not closed, the pressing member DD40 abuts on the driving unit 1080 in the inclined state.
  • the driving unit 1080 Since the driving unit 1080 is inclined upward The part offset from the periphery of the drive unit protective cover 1081 abuts against the pressing part DD44, so that the deformable part DD42 is adaptively deformed and maintains the deformed state. At this time, the deformation restoring force generated by the deformation of the deformable part DD42 is always When applied to the driving unit 1080, the overall state of the pressing member DD40 is the first state, and the driving unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straightened state.
  • the process cartridge provided by the present application further includes a cartridge pressing member AB40, and the cartridge pressing member AB40 is disposed at one end of the processing cartridge.
  • FIG. 166 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of a printer provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 167 is a partial enlarged view of area C shown in FIG. 166
  • FIG. 168 is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process cartridge provided by the present application may be any process cartridge that can cooperate with the pressing member, and the specific structure of the process cartridge is not limited in the present application.
  • the process cartridge has a swingable cartridge pressing member AB40.
  • the process cartridge according to this embodiment may not have any pressing structure such as the cartridge pressing member AB40, so the present invention
  • the pressing member in the embodiment has universal applicability in cooperation with the process cartridge.
  • the installed process cartridge is located at the position of the pressing member DD40, and the cartridge pressing member AB40 on it can be directly above the pressing member DD40, for example, overlapped on the pressing member DD40, at this time, Since the thickness of the pressing member DD40 of the present embodiment in the direction of the vertical axis L2 is sufficiently small, the pressing member DD40 will not affect the cartridge pressing member AB40 on the process cartridge and its function, that is, it can be applied to various Structure of the processing box.
  • the drive unit 1080 enters a state in which it can be swung by an external force.
  • the deformation restoring force drives the driving unit 1080 and adjusts it from a tilted state to a straight state, and with the straightening of the driving unit 1080, the photosensitive drum force receiving head (not shown) on the process cartridge can gradually be in good contact with the driving unit 1080. mesh.
  • the recovery of the deformable portion DD42 moves the abutting portion DD43 to abut against the driving unit protective cover 1081, so that the pressing portion DD44 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 is not in contact with the driving unit 1080 when rotating.
  • the pressing member DD40 produces friction or even interference, it is the second state of the pressing member DD40. So far, the subsequent normal printing work can be performed.
  • This embodiment also provides a pressing component, which is a further improvement on the basis of Embodiment 30.
  • Unexplained parts are the same as those in the foregoing embodiments, and are not repeated for brevity.
  • FIG. 170 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing component provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the pressing component EE90 of this embodiment is detachably installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 to press
  • the assembly EE90 includes a frame EE91 and a pressing member EE40 connected to the frame EE91.
  • the frame EE91 includes a first end EE92 and a second end EE93, the first end EE92 of the frame EE91 is connected with the pressing member EE40, and the first end EE92 of the frame EE91 is connected to the pressing member EE40.
  • the two ends EE93 are detachably connected to the end wall (not shown) of the process cartridge accommodating cavity of the electronic imaging device.
  • the pressing assembly EE90 is adapted to the width of the accommodating cavity of the process cartridge in the main body of the printer.
  • the first end EE92 and the second end EE93 of the frame EE91 are respectively connected with two end walls of the cartridge accommodating cavity of the electronic imaging device (eg, printer).
  • the frame may be mounted on corresponding structures on both end walls of the cartridge receiving cavity of the printer.
  • the structure of the pressing member EE40 is the same as that of the pressing member DD40 described in Embodiment 1, and is installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 located at one side of the inner part of the printer body by the same installation method. No longer.
  • the first end EE92 of the frame EE91 is bent to form a first fixing portion EE921
  • the second end EE93 of the frame EE91 is bent to form a second fixing portion EE931
  • the (second end) may be stepped.
  • the frame EE91 may be a plastic part, a sheet metal part, or an elastically deformable member, and its thickness preferably does not affect the process cartridge installation and coexistence work with the process cartridge.
  • the installation of the process cartridge can play an avoidance role, and at the same time, it will not affect the work of the process cartridge.
  • the first end EE92 of the frame EE91 may be connected with the pressing part EE40 through the first fixing part EE921.
  • the second end EE93 of the frame EE91 can be detachably connected to the connecting structure on the end wall of the electronic imaging device through the second fixing portion EE931, and the connecting structure can be a guide rail, a sidewall step or the like.
  • the connection manner of the second fixing portion EE931 and the connection structure may be snap connection, abutment, plug connection, etc., which is not limited herein.
  • the pressing member can be detachably installed in the printer alone, or can be detachably installed in the printing together with the frame.
  • the pressing member can be individually and detachably installed in the printer, the pressing member can be installed in the printer first, then the process cartridge can be installed in the printer, and then the pressing member can be taken out from the printer. It is applicable but not limited to removing the pressing member during the operation of closing the door cover, and is not limited to using other structural cooperation on the process cartridge to adjust the drive unit 1080 from a tilted state to a straightened state.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a pressing assembly that is detachably installed in a printer, which can be used in a printer alone, or can work in a printer in cooperation with process cartridges of different structures.
  • the driving unit 1080 is supported by the driving head pushing member in the printer and is in a tilted state, the rotation axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 and the central axis of the driving unit protective cover 1081 L2 forms an included angle ⁇ .
  • FIG. 171 is another schematic structural diagram of the pressing component provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the pressing component FF90 can be independently and detachably installed on the drive unit protective cover 1081 .
  • the pressing component FF90 includes a second main body portion FF91, a pressing member FF40 mounted on the second main body portion FF91, and a deformable member FF92.
  • the pressing member FF40 is connected to the second main body portion FF91 through the deformable member FF92, and the pressing member FF40 reciprocates under the deformation action of the deformable member FF92.
  • the second main body part FF91 can be made of thinner plastic parts, sheet metal parts, etc.
  • the application does not limit its material as long as it does not affect its installation and the deformation and recovery of the pressing part FF40 and the deformable part FF92.
  • the two sides of the second main body part FF91 are provided with positioning structures, and the positioning structures are cooperatively connected with the connecting structures on both sides of the printer. When the second main body portion FF91 is mounted on the printer using the positioning structure, the positioning structure is snapped with the connecting structure of the printer.
  • FIG. 172 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing assembly provided by the embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 172 , the second main body portion FF91 may also be provided with a handle, which is used to facilitate the installation and holding of the pressing assembly.
  • the second main body portion FF91 is provided with a positioning structure, and the pressing assembly can be detachably installed in the process cartridge mounting cavity of the electronic imaging device through the positioning structure.
  • a first protrusion FF911 and a second protrusion FF912 are provided at one end of the second main body portion FF91 close to the pressing member, and the first protrusion FF911 and the second protrusion FF912 can be used as the above-mentioned positioning structure to be connected with the printer.
  • the connection method can be clip connection, abutment connection, plug connection, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the deformable member FF92 can deform and drive the driving unit 1080 to adjust from the inclined state to the straight state.
  • the pressing member FF40 drives the driving unit 1080 to adjust from the inclined state to the straightened state, and the deformation of the deformable member FF92 is restored.
  • the pressing member FF40 includes an abutting portion FF43 and a pressing portion FF44.
  • the abutting portion FF43 is used for abutting against the protective cover 1081 of the driving unit, and the pressing portion FF44 is used for driving the driving unit 1080 to be adjusted from the inclined state to the straightening state.
  • the rotation axis L1 of the drive unit 1080 and the central axis L2 of the drive unit protective cover 1081 are substantially coincident, that is, the angle of the included angle ⁇ is zero or close to zero.
  • the deformable member FF92 may be a spring, a torsion spring, an elastic sheet, etc., which is not limited herein.
  • the pressing member FF40 is provided with a connecting shaft FF431, and the pressing member FF40 is detachably connected to the second main body portion FF91 through the connecting shaft FF431.
  • the second main body portion FF91 is provided with a connecting shaft FF431.
  • the deformable member FF92 is sleeved on the connecting shaft FF431, and the deformable member FF92 is a torsion spring, which can improve the stability of the pressing member during the moving process.
  • the pressing member FF40 is connected to the second main body portion FF91 through a torsion spring.
  • the deformation of the deformable member FF92 is not only generated by its own elastic force, but also can be achieved by arranging an elastic member on the pressing member FF40.
  • the elastic member may have a certain elastic force or a flexible force (which can drive The steel sheet and other components of the drive unit 1080.
  • the abutting portion FF43 abuts the driving unit protective cover 1081, so that the pressing portion FF44 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 is not in contact with the pressing force when rotating.
  • the pressing portion FF44 of the member FF40 produces friction or even interference.
  • the pressing member FF40 provided in the present application will not affect the rotational work of the driving unit 1080, and can avoid frictional damage between the pressing member FF40 and the driving unit 1080, and can improve the service life of the pressing member FF40.
  • FIG. 173 is a schematic assembly diagram of the pressing assembly and the process cartridge provided by the embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 174 is another schematic assembly diagram of the pressing assembly and the processing cartridge provided by the embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 175 is the pressing assembly provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • Another schematic diagram of the assembly of the pressing assembly and the process cartridge, as shown in Figures 173-175, the pressing assembly provided by the present application works in the printer in cooperation with the process cartridge.
  • the process cartridge 1 may be a process cartridge having a structure matching the respective embodiments of the pressing assembly FF90 described above.
  • the overall shape of the pressing member FF90 is preferably such that it does not interfere with the attachment, detachment and operation of the process cartridge.
  • the driving end of the process cartridge 1 is provided with a first protrusion FF913 and a second protrusion FF914, and the end of the second main body FF91 close to the pressing member FF40 is provided with a first protrusion FF911 and a second protrusion FF912.
  • the protrusions and the protrusions are matched and connected to each other, so that the pressing assembly FF90 can be matched and connected to the process cartridge 1 .
  • the first protrusions FF911 on the second main body portion FF91 are matched and connected with the first protrusions FF913 on the process cartridge 1 to form a positioning structure; on the second main body portion FF91
  • the second protrusion FF912 of the 1 is matched and connected with the second protrusion FF914 on the process cartridge 1 to form a positioning structure.
  • the process cartridge 1 is matched and connected with the pressing assembly FF90.
  • the process cartridge provided by the embodiment of the present application may not have any pressing structure such as a cartridge pressing member, and the pressing member FF40 of the pressing component FF90 has universal applicability in cooperation with the processing cartridge 1 .
  • its installation direction can be the same as that of the above-mentioned pressing assembly FF90, that is, it is fed into the printer in the direction of arrow M (shown in FIG. 69 ).
  • each structure included in the pressing member can be integrally formed, which can improve the overall stability.
  • the process cartridge 1 is installed in the printer (not shown) first, and then the pressing member FF40 is installed in the printer alone; before the pressing member is not connected with the process cartridge, the drive unit 1080 is installed in the printer It is supported by the pushing member of the driving head and is in an inclined state, that is, the driving unit 1080 will not be straightened by an external force at this time.
  • the installed process cartridge 1 is located below the position of the pressing assembly FF90.
  • the pressing assembly FF90 of this embodiment is vertically and axially above the waste toner container of the process cartridge 1
  • the thickness in the direction is small enough so that the pressing component FF90 will not affect the disassembly and function of the process cartridge 1, that is, the process cartridge 1 can be independently and freely installed or removed from the printer.
  • the pressing assembly FF90 can also be installed in the printer, so that the abutting part FF43 of the pressing part FF40 first passes through the drive unit protective cover 1081 of the printer, and then the pressing part FF44 is first The drive unit 1080 is forced to be adjusted from the tilted state to the straightened state. Then install the process cartridge 1 into the printer. At this time, the process cartridge 1 and the accessory FF90 are fitted inside the printer.
  • the pressing assembly FF90 can also be installed in the developing chamber, and the developing chamber does not include the parts of the photosensitive unit, the charging unit, and the cleaning unit.
  • the pressing assembly FF90 is integrally formed with a process cartridge that does not include a photosensitive unit, a charging unit, and a cleaning unit.
  • the printer when installing into the printer, the printer can be installed first, so that the abutting portion FF43 of the pressing member FF40 of the pressing component FF90 first passes through the driving unit protective cover 1081 of the printer, and then the pressing portion FF44 first forces the driving unit to drive.
  • Unit 1080 is squared. Then put another part including the photosensitive unit, charging unit and cleaning unit into the printer.
  • the door of the printer is closed, and the drive unit 1080 enters a state where the external force of the pressing member FF40 is adjusted to be straightened. Therefore, with the straightening of the drive unit 1080, the power receiving unit 21 on the process cartridge can be gradually adjusted. Being well engaged with the driving unit 1080, the power receiving unit 21 of the process cartridge 1 will eventually receive the driving force of the driving unit 1080 in a substantially coaxial state.
  • the contact portion FF43 moves to abut against the driving unit protective cover 1081, so that the pressing portion FF44 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 is in contact with the driving unit 1080.
  • the pressing member DD40 is in the second state. So far, the subsequent normal printing work can be performed.
  • Figure 178a is a schematic structural diagram of a process cartridge provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a cartridge body 10, a photosensitive drum 20, a developing roller 30 and a power receiving unit 21, wherein the cartridge body 10 includes a waste
  • the powder box 12 and the powder box 11 and the waste toner box 12 and the powder box 11 can be independently assembled and connected.
  • the toner cartridge 11 contains developer, and the toner cartridge 10 is provided with a developing roller 30.
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided with a photosensitive drum 20 and a power receiving unit 21 connected to the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is provided at one end of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is configured to engage and connect with the driving unit 1080 provided in the electronic imaging device, so as to receive the driving force of the driving unit 1080 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is preferably configured as a twisted protrusion structure.
  • the waste toner box 12 includes a first side wall GG110 and a second side wall GG120 , and the first side wall GG110 and the second side wall GG120 are oppositely disposed on the waste toner box 12 along its length direction.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is rotatably supported between the first side wall GG110 and the second side wall GG120 , that is, the rotational axis direction of the photosensitive drum 20 also extends along the length direction of the waste toner box 12 .
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided with a waste toner box GG150 at a position adjacent to the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the first side wall GG110 and the second side wall GG120 cover both side surfaces of the waste toner box GG150.
  • the cleaning device (not shown in the figure) provided in the waste toner box 12 scrapes off the residual developer adhering to the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 and transports it to the waste toner bin GG150.
  • the waste toner box 12 further includes installation units, and the installation units are respectively disposed on the outer surfaces of the first side wall GG110 and the second side wall GG120 in a fixed manner.
  • the mounting unit includes a first mounting portion GG131 and a second mounting portion GG132.
  • the first mounting portion GG1311 is preferably configured to include two parts, a first mounting protrusion GG1311 and a second mounting protrusion GG1312, the first mounting protrusion GG1311 and the second mounting protrusion GG1312 are disposed adjacently on the first side wall GG110, and The first mounting protrusion GG1311 and the second mounting protrusion GG1312 are disposed on the first side wall GG110 adjacent to the power receiving unit 21, wherein the second mounting protrusion GG1312 is on the first side wall GG110 relative to the first mounting protrusion GG1311 The position is set closer to the power receiving unit 21 . Both the first mounting protrusion GG1311 and the second mounting protrusion GG1312 are protruded from the outer surface of the first side wall GG110 in a direction away from the first side wall GG110 .
  • the second mounting portion GG132 is preferably configured as a cylindrical boss structure.
  • the second mounting portion GG132 is provided on the second side wall GG120 at a position adjacent to the photosensitive drum 20, and is configured to protrude from the outer surface of the second side wall GG120 toward the opposite direction away from the second side wall GG120.
  • the first mounting portion GG131 and the second mounting portion GG132 can also be configured as movable parts, that is, the first mounting protrusion GG1311, the second mounting protrusion GG1312 and the second mounting portion GG132 are configured As the movable parts, the first mounting protrusion GG1311 , the second mounting protrusion GG1312 and the second mounting portion GG132 are respectively disposed on the outer surfaces of the first side wall GG110 and the second side wall GG120 in a detachable manner.
  • the first mounting portion GG131 and the second mounting portion GG132 are also configured as other structures for adapting to different waste toner boxes 12 , toner boxes 11 , process cartridges 1 , and electronic image forming apparatuses 100 .
  • the powder container 11 includes a developing roller gear 31 and a developing roller 30 , and the developing roller gear 31 is connected to the developing roller 30 .
  • the developing roller gear 31 is preferably a helical gear structure.
  • the powder container 11 includes a first box body wall GG210 and a second box body wall GG220, and the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220 are oppositely arranged on two sides of the powder box 11 along its length direction.
  • the developing roller 30 is rotatably supported between the first casing wall GG210 and the second casing wall GG220 , that is, the rotational axis direction of the developing roller 30 also extends along the length direction of the powder container 11 .
  • the powder container 11 is provided with a powder container GG260 at a position adjacent to the developing roller 30.
  • the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220 cover the two side surfaces of the powder container GG260.
  • the powder container GG260 is used for storing developer and storing the developer.
  • the developer is transported to the photosensitive drum 20 through the powder feeding roller (not shown) and the developing roller 30, so that the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 is developed and transformed into a developed image.
  • the powder container 11 further includes a guide unit, which is fixedly arranged on the inner surfaces of the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220 of the powder box 11 respectively.
  • the installation unit of the waste toner box 12 is detachably connected to the powder box 11 along the guide unit.
  • the guide unit includes a first mounting guide GG231 and a second mounting guide GG232.
  • the first installation slideway GG231 is preferably configured to be perpendicular to the axis of the developing roller 30 on the first casing wall GG210, from the end of the first casing wall GG210 away from the developing roller 30 toward the end close to the developing roller 30. One end extends.
  • the width of the first mounting slide GG231 is adapted to the size between the first mounting protrusion GG1311 and the second mounting protrusion GG1312 provided on the first side wall GG110 of the waste toner box 12 .
  • the first mounting protrusion GG1311 and the second mounting protrusion GG1312 are respectively abutted with the upper and lower rails of the first mounting chute GG231, while extending along the first mounting chute GG231 In the direction of sliding from the end corresponding to the first box body wall GG210 away from the pressing unit 40 disposed on the first box body wall GG210, toward the other end of the first box body wall GG210 in the direction close to the pressing unit 40.
  • the second installation slideway GG232 is preferably configured to be perpendicular to the axis of the developing roller 30 on the second casing wall GG220, from the end of the second casing wall GG220 away from the developing roller 30 toward the An end close to the developing roller 30 extends.
  • a stopper GG2321 is further provided at one end of the second installation guide GG232 close to the developing roller 30; the stopper GG2321 is used to limit the movement range of the second installation part GG132 on the second installation guide GG232.
  • the width of the second mounting slide GG232 is adapted to the outer circumference of the second mounting portion GG132 provided on the second side wall GG120 of the waste toner box 12, and the size of the stopper portion GG2321 is compatible with the size of the second mounting portion GG132.
  • the outer circumference size is suitable.
  • first installation slideway GG231 and the second installation slideway GG232 can also be configured as movable parts, and then the first installation slideway GG231 and the second installation slideway GG232 use Removable manners are respectively provided on the inner surfaces of the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220.
  • first mounting slideway GG231 and the second mounting slideway GG232 may also be configured as other structures for adapting to different powder cartridges 11 , process cartridges 1 and electronic imaging devices 100 .
  • the powder box 11 also includes a positioning unit, and the positioning units are respectively arranged on the outer surfaces of the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220 of the powder box 11; for matching with the mounting rails in the electronic imaging device 100 .
  • the positioning unit includes a first positioning portion GG251 and a second positioning portion GG252, and the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 are respectively arranged on the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall GG220 in a fixed manner.
  • the outer surface The outer surface.
  • the first positioning portion GG251 includes a first positioning protrusion GG2511 and a second positioning protrusion GG2512.
  • the first positioning protrusion GG2511 and the second positioning protrusion GG2512 are adjacently arranged on the outer surface of the first box body wall GG210, and the first positioning protrusion GG2511 and the second positioning protrusion GG2512 are adjacent to each other.
  • the positioning protrusions GG2511 and the second positioning protrusions GG2512 are away from the developing roller gear 31 at the installation positions of the first casing wall GG210. Both the first positioning protrusion GG2511 and the second positioning protrusion GG2512 protrude from the outer surface of the first box body wall GG210 in a direction away from the first box body wall GG210.
  • the second positioning portion GG252 is provided on the outer surface of the second box body wall GG220, and the second positioning portion GG252 protrudes from the second box body wall 210 toward the direction away from the second box body wall GG220. the outer surface.
  • the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 are respectively matched with the mounting rails GG50 (as shown in FIG. 187 ) provided inside the electronic imaging device 100 to realize the installation of the powder container 11 into the electronic imaging device 100 .
  • first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 may also be configured as other structures, for adapting to different powder cartridges 11 , process cartridges 1 and electronic imaging devices 100 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a pressing unit 40, and the pressing unit 40 is arranged at the end position of the first box body wall GG210 on the powder container 11 close to the upper side of the developing roller 30 , one end of the pressing unit 40 is assembled with the powder container 11 in a detachable manner, and the other end extends toward the direction of the developing roller 30 .
  • the toner cartridge 11 is installed in the printer, make sure that the other end of the pressing unit 40 can contact with the driving unit 1080 provided in the printer and exert a force to force the driving unit 1080 provided in the electronic imaging device 100 and the power receiving unit 21 Contact engagement.
  • the pressing unit 40 includes a pressing part GG310 and a deformable part GG320, and the pressing part GG310 and the deformable part GG320 are assembled with each other in a detachable manner.
  • a fitting part GG270 is provided at the end of the first box body wall GG210 on the powder container 11 close to the upper side of the developing roller 30, and a fitting cavity GG271 is opened on the body of the fitting part GG270 for accommodating the pressing part GG310 and the deformable Part GG320, two opposite side walls of the assembly cavity GG271 are symmetrically provided with mounting holes GG272.
  • the pressing member GG310 includes a pressing portion GG314 and a connecting portion GG311 connected to the pressing portion GG314.
  • the connecting portion GG311 and the powder container 11 are close to the first box body wall on the upper side of the developing roller gear 31.
  • the ends of the GG210 are detachably connected, and the deformable part GG320 is sleeved on the connecting part GG311.
  • the pressing portion GG314 is used to press the driving unit 1080 .
  • the pressing member GG310 reciprocates under the deformation action of the deformable member GG320, and drives the driving unit 1080 to adjust from the inclined state to the straightening state.
  • a first protruding portion GG312 and a second protruding portion GG313 are symmetrically provided on both side surfaces of the connecting portion GG311.
  • the first protruding portion GG312 and the second protruding portion GG313 protrude from the surface of the connecting portion GG311 in opposite directions.
  • a protruding portion GG312 and a second protruding portion GG313 extend in a direction away from the connecting portion GG311, respectively.
  • the first protruding part GG312 and the second protruding part GG313 are arranged on the connecting part of one end of the pressing part GG310, the deformable part GG320 is sleeved on the first protruding part GG312, and the other end of the pressing part GG310 is provided with a pressing part GG314 , the pressing portion GG314 is closer to the developing roller 30 than the first protruding portion GG312 and the second protruding portion GG313.
  • first protruding portion GG312 and the second protruding portion GG313 are respectively adapted to a corresponding mounting hole GG272.
  • the first protrusions GG312 and the second protrusions GG313 are preferably configured as cylindrical structures, that is, the outer surfaces of the first protrusions GG312 and the second protrusions GG313 are circular, and the first protrusions GG312 and the second protrusions GG312 and the second protrusions
  • the diameter of the outer circumferential surface of the GG313 is adapted to the diameter of the installation holes GG272 symmetrically opened on the two opposite side walls of the assembly cavity GG271.
  • the user when installing, the user first sets the deformable part GG320 on the second protrusion GG313 to complete the assembly between the deformable part GG320 and the pressing part GG310, and then Taking the two as a whole, using the first protruding part GG312 and the second protruding part GG313 provided on the pressing part GG310 to be inserted into the two opposite side walls of the assembly cavity GG271 in a symmetrical manner, a mounting hole GG272 is opened.
  • the assembly cavity GG271 can limit the deformable part GG320 and the pressing part GG310 between its two opposite side walls, preventing the deformable part GG320 and the pressing part GG310 from falling off, position deviation, etc. during repeated movements Affect the working effect of the pressing piece GG310.
  • the drive unit 1080 is installed on the printer, and a drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 for limiting the movement range of the drive unit 1080 is provided along the outer circumference of the drive unit 1080 .
  • the drive unit protective cover (block wall) 1081 is provided with a connection cavity GG33, the drive unit 1080 is arranged in the connection cavity GG33, and the drive unit protective cover (block wall) 1081 is also provided with a drive unit pusher 1090, the drive unit pushes One end of the component 1090 is connected to the main body of the printer through a spring (not shown in the figure), and the other end is inserted into the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 through the slot GG32 provided on the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 , the drive unit pusher 1090 reciprocates along the radial direction of the drive unit 1080 , while providing a supporting force to the drive unit 1080 to force the drive unit 1080 to maintain an inclined state relative to the axis direction of the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 .
  • the process cartridge 1 is not installed in the electronic imaging device 100 , and the driving unit 1080 is supported by the driving unit pusher 1090 and is located on the axis relative to the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081
  • the direction is inclined, that is, the rotation axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 and the central axis L2 of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 form an included angle ⁇ .
  • the driving unit 1080 is preferably a power take-off head, which is used to provide driving force to the process cartridge 1 to drive the process cartridge 1 to work.
  • an engaging cavity (not shown in the figure) is provided on the outer circumferential side of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 to provide a space for engaging and connecting the power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080 .
  • This embodiment provides a method for installing a process cartridge 1.
  • the method for installing a process cartridge 1 includes the following steps:
  • Step S1 put the powder box 11 into the electronic imaging device 100;
  • Step S2 the pressing unit 40 of the powder container 11 applies a force to the driving unit 1080, forcing the driving unit 1080 to be adjusted from the inclined state to the straight state;
  • Step S3 Load the waste toner box 12 into the powder box 11, forcing the drive unit 1080 to contact and cooperate with the power receiving unit 21;
  • the first positioning part GG251 and the second positioning part GG252 provided on the first box body wall GG210 and the second box body wall 220 of the powder container 11 are respectively connected to the inner side of the electronic imaging device.
  • the mounting rails GG50 on both sides of the wall are in contact, and the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 forcing the powder cartridge 11 to pass through the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 are directed toward the electronic imaging device along the mounting rail GG50 due to the thrust from the user towards the mounting direction of the process cartridge 1.
  • the user continues to push the powder container 11 along the installation direction of the process cartridge 1, so that the toner container 11 continues to move to the designated installation position of the printer.
  • the pressing portion GG314 of the first contact with the driving unit 1080 begins to abut, and the deformable member GG320 is deformed around the second protruding portion GG313, so that the pressing portion GG314 continuously exerts a force toward the installation direction of the process cartridge 1 to the driving unit 1080;
  • the force is greater than the elastic force provided by the spring connected to one end of the driving unit pushing member 1090, so that the driving unit pushing member 1090 cannot be kept in the original position and is gradually pressed down.
  • the driving unit 1080 will also gradually move towards the driving unit along the direction of gravity.
  • the protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 is dropped in the axial direction.
  • the pressing portion GG314 of the pressing member GG310 completely abuts against the driving unit 1080, and the force applied to it is the largest, and the deformable member GG320 gradually recovers the deformation, and the driving unit 1080
  • the pusher 1090 is completely pressed down until the axis of the drive unit 1080 can completely coincide with the axis of the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 , and the drive unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straight state.
  • the user uses the first handle GG140 provided on the waste toner box 12 to move the waste toner box 12 along the installation direction of the process cartridge 1 through the first mounting slide GG231 and the second mounting slide GG232 provided on the inner side wall of the toner box 11 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 can directly contact and engage with the driving unit 1080.
  • the driving unit 1080 is in a straightened state due to the external force of the pressing unit 40, thereby realizing the driving unit 1080 and the power receiving unit. 21 contacts and engages, the power receiving unit 21 provided on the waste toner box 12 will eventually receive the driving force of the driving unit 1080 in a substantially coaxial state, and another gear part provided on the driving unit 1080 is engaged with the developing roller gear 31 .
  • the deformable member GG320 restores elastic deformation, forcing one side of the pressing portion GG314 of the pressing member GG310 to move to abut against the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, so that the pressing portion GG314 is no longer in contact with the driving unit. 1080 is in contact with each other, so the driving unit 1080 does not rub or even interfere with the pressing member GG310 during the rotating operation, and the subsequent normal printing work can be performed.
  • This embodiment provides another method for installing the process cartridge 1.
  • the method for installing the process cartridge 1 includes the following steps:
  • Step S111 Load the waste toner box 12 into the toner box 11;
  • Step S222 Load the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 into the body of the electronic imaging device 100 as a whole;
  • Step S333 The pressing unit 40 disposed on the second box body 100 applies a force to the driving unit 1080 to force the driving unit 1080 to be adjusted from the inclined state to the straightening state;
  • the user passes the first handle GG140 provided on the waste toner box 12 to the waste toner box 12 through the first mounting slide GG231 provided on the inner side wall of the powder box 11 and the second installation slide GG232 along the process cartridge installation direction (as shown in Figure 187) to install it inside the toner box 11, at this time the waste toner box 12 is located on the upper side of the toner box 11, and then the waste toner box 12 and the powder
  • the box 11 is installed into the device body as a whole, and the user can install the powder box 11 along the installation direction of the process cartridge through the mounting rail GG50 provided on the inner wall of the electronic imaging device 100 through the second handle GG240 provided on the powder box 11.
  • the first box body wall GG210 of the powder container 11 and the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252 provided on the powder box 11 are respectively installed on both sides of the inner side wall of the electronic imaging device 100 .
  • the track GG50 is in contact with the first positioning portion GG251 and the second positioning portion GG252, which are forced to pass through the cartridge 11 due to the push force from the user toward the installation direction of the process cartridge, along the mounting track GG50, toward the designated installation position in the electronic imaging device 100 Sliding, the user continues to push the powder container 11 along the process cartridge installation direction, so that the powder container 11 continues to move to the designated installation position of the electronic imaging device 100.
  • the part GG314 starts to abut against the driving unit 1080, and the deformable part GG320 is deformed around the second protruding part GG313, so that the pressing part GG314 continuously exerts a force toward the installation direction of the process cartridge to the driving unit 1080; since the force is greater than that of the driving unit
  • the elastic force provided by the spring connected to one end of the pushing member 1090 prevents the driving unit pushing member 1090 from being kept in the original position and is gradually pressed down.
  • the driving unit 1080 will also gradually approach the driving unit protective cover (blocking) in the direction of gravity.
  • the wall) 1081 falls in the axial direction.
  • the pressing portion GG314 of the pressing member GG310 completely abuts against the driving unit 1080, and the force applied to it is the largest, and the deformable member GG320 gradually recovers its deformation.
  • the unit pusher 1090 is completely pressed down until the axis of the drive unit 1080 can be completely coincident with the axis of the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, the drive unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straight state, and the drive unit 1080 is installed at the same time.
  • the power receiving unit 21 provided on the waste toner box 12 inserted into the device body contacts and engages.
  • the first mounting portion HH131 provided on the outer surface of the first side wall HH110 of the waste toner box 12 and the second mounting portion HH132 provided on the outer surface of the second side wall HH120 can be directly Installed inside the device body.
  • the first mounting portion HH131 and the second mounting portion HH132 can enable the waste toner box 12 to be mounted inside the electronic imaging device 100 body along the mounting slide provided on the inner wall of the electronic imaging device 100 and then be fixed on the electronic imaging device 100 body.
  • the first mounting slideway HH231 provided on the inner surface of the first box body wall HH210 of the powder container 11 and the second mounting slideway HH232 provided on the inner surface of the second box body wall HH220 can be omitted.
  • the waste toner box 12 is directly mounted inside the apparatus body through the first mounting portion HH131 and the second mounting portion HH132 , and the mounting position of the waste toner box 12 is located on the upper side of the mounting position of the powder box 11 .
  • the ends of the first side wall HH110 and the second side wall HH120 of the waste toner box 12 away from the photosensitive drum 20 are provided with a first abutting portion HH160; the first box body wall HH210 and The end of the second box body wall HH220 away from the developing roller 30 is provided with a second abutting portion HH211; when the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 are both installed inside the device body, the first abutting portion HH160 and the second abutting portion HH160 The connecting parts HH211 are in contact with each other tightly.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 are brought close to each other when working, so that the developer can be transferred from the developing roller 30 to the photosensitive drum 20, so as to realize developing printing.
  • Embodiment 2 As the description of Embodiment 2 provided in this application, only the differences from Embodiment 1 corresponding to the above-mentioned process cartridge installation method will be described below.
  • This embodiment provides a method for installing a process cartridge 1.
  • the method for installing a process cartridge 1 includes the following steps:
  • Step S11 Load the waste toner box 12 into the body of the electronic imaging device 100;
  • Step S22 installing the powder box 11 into the body of the electronic imaging device 100; and the installation position of the waste toner box 12 is located on the upper side of the installation position of the powder box 11;
  • Step S33 the pressing unit 40 applies a force to the driving unit 1080 to force the driving unit 1080 to be adjusted from the inclined state to the straightening state, and the driving unit 1080 is in contact with the power receiving unit 21;
  • the waste toner box 12 passes through the mounting rail GG50 ( 187) in the process of installing the process cartridge inside the electronic imaging device 100 along the installation direction (shown in FIG. 187), since the powder cartridge 11 has not been installed in the electronic imaging device 100 at this time, the electronic imaging The drive unit 1080 of the device 100 is still supported by the drive unit pusher 1090 because there is no external force, so it still remains inclined relative to the axis direction of the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081. The user installs the waste toner box 12 into the electronic device. The designated installation position in the imaging device 100 , at which time the power receiving unit 21 has been coaxial with the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 .
  • the powder container 11 During the process of installing the powder container 11 inside the electronic imaging device 100 along the installation direction of the process cartridge through the mounting rail GG50 provided on the inner wall of the electronic imaging device 100 by the user through the second handle HH240 provided on the powder container 11, the powder container 11
  • the first positioning portion HH251 and the second positioning portion HH252 provided on the first box body wall HH210 and the powder container 11 are respectively in contact with the mounting rails GG50 on both sides of the inner side wall of the electronic imaging device 100, and due to the orientation given by the user.
  • the thrust in the installation direction of the process cartridge forces the first positioning part HH251 and the second positioning part HH252 through which the powder container 11 passes to slide along the installation track GG50 toward the designated installation position in the electronic imaging device 100, and the user continues to align the powder container along the installation direction of the process cartridge. 11.
  • the pressing unit 40 starts to abut against the driving unit 1080 through the pressing portion HH314 provided on the pressing member HH310, and can be deformed.
  • the member HH320 is deformed around the second protruding portion HH313, so that the pressing portion HH314 continuously applies a force to the drive unit 1080 toward the installation direction of the process cartridge; because the force is greater than the elastic force provided by the spring connected to one end of the push member 1090 of the drive unit , so that the driving unit pushing member 1090 cannot be kept in the original position and is gradually pressed down, and at this time, the driving unit 1080 will gradually drop toward the axis of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 along the direction of gravity.
  • the pressing part HH314 of the movable part HH310 completely abuts against the driving unit 1080, and the force applied to it is the largest, and the deformable member HH320 gradually recovers its deformation.
  • the pusher 1090 is completely pressed down until the axis of the drive unit 1080 can be completely coincident with the axis of the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, the drive unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straight state, and the drive unit 1080 and the electronic imaging device installed
  • the power receiving unit 21 provided on the waste toner box 12 in the device 100 contacts and engages.
  • the process cartridge further includes a pressing unit 40 .
  • the pressing unit 40 is arranged at the end of the first box body wall II 210 on the toner cartridge 11 close to the upper side of the developing roller gear 31 .
  • One end is assembled with the powder container 11 in a detachable manner, and the other end extends toward the direction of the developing roller 30 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 is shown in FIG. 196 , the pressing unit 40 includes a pressing part II310 and a deformable part II320 , and the pressing part II310 and the deformable part II320 are assembled with each other in a detachable manner.
  • the process cartridge further includes a fixing member II330, which can be independently detachably connected to the end of the first box body wall II210 on the powder container 11 near the upper side of the developing roller gear 31.
  • the pressing unit 40 is detachably connected to the fixing member II330.
  • the body of the fixing member II330 is provided with an accommodating cavity II331 for accommodating the pressing member II310 and the deformable member II320 of the pressing unit.
  • Two opposite side walls of the accommodating cavity II331 are provided with mounting holes II332 in a symmetrical manner.
  • the pressing member II310 includes a pressing portion II314 and a connecting portion II311 connected to the pressing portion II314.
  • the two sides of the connecting portion II311 are symmetrically provided with a first protruding portion II312 and a second protruding portion II312. Protruding parts (not shown in the figure), the first protruding part II312 and the second protruding part protrude from the surface of the connecting part II311 in opposite directions, and the first protruding part II312 and the second protruding part respectively extend towards the direction away from the connecting part II311 .
  • the first protruding portion II312 and the second protruding portion are preferably configured as cylindrical structures, that is, the outer surfaces of the first protruding portion II312 and the second protruding portion are circular, and the first protruding portion II312 and the second protruding portion are The diameters of the outer circumferential surfaces of the two protrusions are adapted to the diameters of the mounting holes II332 symmetrically opened on the two opposite side walls of the accommodating cavity II331.
  • the user When installing, the user first sets the deformable part II320 on the first protruding part II312 to complete the assembly between the deformable part II320 and the pressing part II310, and then uses the two as a whole pressing unit 40, The first protrusion II312 and the second protrusion provided on the pressing member II310 are inserted into the installation holes II332 symmetrically opened on the two opposite side walls of the accommodating cavity II331.
  • the deformable member II320 and the pressing A part of the piece II310 is installed in the accommodating cavity II331, thereby completing the assembly between the deformable piece II320, the pressing piece II310 and the fixing piece II330, and the accommodating cavity II331 can confine the deformable piece II320 and the urging piece II310 to two of them.
  • the deformable member II 320 and the pressing member II 310 are prevented from falling, position deviation, etc. during repeated movement, which affects the working effect of the pressing unit 40 .
  • the deformable member II320 is preferably a torsion spring, and the deformable member II320 can also be configured as other deformable structures or components for adapting to different pressing units 40 and process cartridges 1 .
  • the end wall II333 of the fixing member II330 is provided with at least one mounting member II334 protruding along the axial direction of the developing roller 30 .
  • the number of mounting pieces II334 is preferably two, and the two mounting pieces II334 are symmetrically arranged on the two end walls II333 of the fixing piece II330, respectively, and the ends of the two mounting pieces II334 are also provided with facing end walls. Hook portion II3341 formed by bending in the direction of II333.
  • At least one mounting projection II335 is protruded on the side wall II336 of the fixing member II330 along a direction parallel to the axis of the developing roller 30 .
  • the number of mounting bumps II335 is preferably one, and one mounting bump II335 is protruded and disposed on the side wall II336 at a position corresponding to between the two mounting pieces II334.
  • the mounting bump II335 protrudes from the outer surface of the sidewall II336 in a direction away from the sidewall II336.
  • the mounting bump II335 is preferably configured as a cylindrical shape, and the diameter of the outer circumferential surface of the mounting bump II335 body is gradually decreasing toward the direction away from the side wall II336, that is, the mounting bump II335 fixed on the side wall II336
  • the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of one end is larger than the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of the other end of the mounting projection II335 away from the side wall II336.
  • the hook portion II3341 has elasticity, and/or the two mounting pieces II334 have elasticity, and/or the mounting protrusion II335 has elasticity.
  • At least one mounting groove II280 and mounting holes II290 are opened on the first box body wall II210 on the powder box 11 near the upper side of the developing roller gear 31 .
  • the number of the installation grooves II280 is preferably two, and the user uses the two installation parts II334 and the installation bumps II335 provided on the fixing part II330 and the two installation grooves provided on the first box body wall II210 The II280 and the mounting hole II290 are assembled, so that the pressing unit 40 is mounted on the body of the first box body wall II210 through the fixing member II330.
  • the two mounting pieces II334 are inserted into the two mounting slots II280 respectively, and the elastic hook portion II3341 is snap-connected with the mounting slot II280 to achieve locking;
  • the mounting bump II335 is inserted into the mounting hole II290, because the The diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of the other end of the mounting bump II335 away from the side wall II336 is configured to be smaller than the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of one end of the mounting bump II335 fixed to the side wall II336, which can make the mounting of the bump II335 easier Inserted into the mounting hole II290, and since the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface at one end of the mounting bump II335 fixed on the side wall II336 matches the diameter of the mounting hole II290, it can ensure that the mounting bump II335 is closer to the mounting hole 120. Solid assembly.
  • the user simultaneously applies a force to the two hooks II3341 toward the direction of the two hooks II3341 approaching each other, so that the ends of the two hooks II3341 can pass through the two installation slots II280, and then move toward the two hooks II3341.
  • the part II3341 exerts a thrust in the direction away from the two installation grooves II280, and pushes the two hook parts II3341 out of the two installation grooves II280, thereby realizing the unlocking of the hook part II3341 and the installation groove II280, and also completing the pressing unit. 40 and the disassembly of the first box body wall II210.
  • the pressing member II310 is preferably constructed in a structure that does not hinder the installation, disassembly and operation of the process cartridge, and the pressing member II310 and the fixing member II330 can be selected from plastic parts or metal parts.
  • the materials of the pressing member II310 and the fixing member II330 are not limited, as long as they do not affect their installation and the deformation and recovery of the pressing member II310 and the deformable member II320.
  • the deformation of the deformable member II320 is not only generated by its own elastic force, but also can be achieved by setting the pressing member II310 as a deformable member instead of the deformable member II320.
  • the pressing member II310 may have a Parts such as steel sheets that have a certain flexible force (which can push the drive unit 1080 to straighten).
  • the operation principle of forcing the driving unit 1080 provided in the electronic imaging device 100 to contact or disengage from the power receiving unit 21 is the same as that of Embodiment 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the pressing unit 40 includes a pressing member JJ310 and a deformable member JJ320.
  • the process cartridge further includes a fixing member JJ330.
  • the function and structure of the fixing member JJ330 in this embodiment are similar to the fixing member II330 in the third embodiment.
  • the body of the fixing piece JJ330 is provided with a accommodating cavity JJ331 for accommodating the pressing unit 40 .
  • Two opposite side walls of the accommodating cavity JJ331 are provided with installation holes JJ332 in a symmetrical manner.
  • the pressing part JJ310 includes a pressing part JJ340 and a connecting part JJ350, and the pressing part JJ340 and the connecting part JJ350 can be independently detachably connected.
  • the pressing portion JJ340 includes a connected engaging portion JJ342, a concave portion JJ341, a supporting portion JJ343 and an extending portion JJ344, and the engaging portion JJ342 is provided at the side of the end of the pressing portion JJ340; specifically 198, the connecting relationship of the engaging portion JJ342 extending along the B direction is as follows: the engaging portion JJ342 is connected to the recessed portion JJ341 along the B direction, and the recessed portion JJ341 is connected to the supporting portion JJ343 along the B direction; the extension portion JJ344 is self-supporting One end of the portion JJ343 away from the engaging portion JJ342 is formed to extend.
  • the extension part JJ344 is the farthest from the engaging part JJ342 in the B direction.
  • the connecting portion JJ350 is preferably configured as a cylindrical structure, and the width of the recessed portion JJ341 is adapted to the width of the accommodating cavity JJ331.
  • the user first assembles the pressing part JJ340 and the fixing part JJ330, that is, the concave part JJ341 of the pressing part JJ340 is accommodated in the accommodating cavity JJ331, and the engaging part JJ342 is clamped on the side wall JJ336 of the accommodating cavity JJ331.
  • the provided card slot JJ337 is used for fixing the pressing part JJ340; the supporting part JJ343 is supported on the upper end of the first side JJ338 of the fixing piece JJ330.
  • the connecting portion JJ350 is accommodated in the recessed portion JJ341 , so that the pressing portion JJ340 can reciprocate around the connecting portion JJ350 .
  • the deformable part JJ320 is sleeved on the body of the connecting part JJ350 to complete the assembly between the deformable part JJ320 and the connecting part JJ350. At the same time, the two are taken as a whole, using the two cylindrical ends corresponding to the connecting part JJ350.
  • a part of the pressing part JJ340 is installed in the accommodating cavity JJ331, and the deformable part JJ320 and the connecting part JJ350 are integrated as a whole It is accommodated in the accommodating cavity JJ331 and located on the upper side of the concave part JJ341 of the pressing part JJ340, thereby completing the assembly between the deformable part JJ320, the fixing part JJ330, the pressing part JJ340 and the connecting part JJ350.
  • the accommodating cavity JJ331 can The deformable part JJ320, a part of the pressing part JJ340 and the connecting part JJ350 are limited between its two opposite side walls to prevent the deformable part JJ320 and the pressing part JJ340 from falling and position deviation during repeated movements. The working effect of the pressing unit 40.
  • the deformable member JJ320 is preferably a torsion spring, and the deformable member JJ320 can also be configured as other deformable structures or components for adapting to different pressing units 40 and process cartridges 1 .
  • At least one mounting member JJ334 is protruded from the end wall JJ333 of the fixing member JJ330 along the axial direction of the developing roller 30 .
  • Hook part JJ3341 formed by bending in the direction of JJ333.
  • the side wall JJ336 of the fixing member JJ330 protrudes along the axial direction of the developing roller 30 and is provided with at least one mounting projection JJ335 .
  • the number of mounting bumps JJ335 is preferably one, and one mounting bump JJ335 is protruded and disposed on the side wall JJ336 at a position corresponding to the position between the two mounting pieces JJ334 .
  • the mounting bump JJ335 protrudes from the outer surface of the sidewall JJ336 in a direction away from the sidewall JJ336 .
  • the mounting bump JJ335 is preferably configured as a cylindrical shape, and the diameter of the outer circumferential surface of the mounting bump JJ335 body is gradually decreasing toward the direction away from the side wall JJ336, that is, the mounting bump JJ335 fixed on the side wall JJ336
  • the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of one end is larger than the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of the other end of the mounting bump JJ335 away from the side wall JJ336.
  • the hook portion JJ3341 has elasticity, and/or the two mounting pieces JJ334 have elasticity, and/or the mounting bump JJ335 has elasticity.
  • the operation principle of forcing the driving unit 1080 provided in the electronic imaging device 100 to contact or disengage from the power receiving unit 21 is the same as that of the first embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the drive unit 1080 When the door cover of the electronic imaging device 100 is closed and the process cartridge 1 is in the working state, the drive unit 1080 is in a straightened state due to the external force of the pressing unit 40, so that the drive unit 1080 is in contact with the power receiving unit 21, and the process cartridge
  • the power receiving unit 21 of 1 will eventually receive the driving force of the driving unit 1080 in a substantially coaxial state, and another gear part on the driving unit 1080 is engaged with the developing roller gear 31 .
  • the elastic deformation of the deformable member JJ320 is restored, forcing a part of the pressing portion JJ340 to move to abut against the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, so that the extension portion JJ344 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so driving The unit 1080 does not rub or even interfere with the pressing part JJ340 when it rotates, and can perform subsequent normal printing work.
  • the pressing part JJ340 is preferably constructed in a structure that does not hinder the installation, disassembly and operation of the process cartridge, and the pressing part JJ340 and the fixing part JJ330 can be selected from plastic parts or metal parts.
  • the materials of the pressing part JJ340 and the fixing part JJ330 there is no restriction on the materials of the pressing part JJ340 and the fixing part JJ330, as long as the installation and the deformation and recovery of the pressing part JJ340 and the deformable part JJ320 are not affected.
  • the respective components included in the pressing unit 40 described above are preferably constructed as one-piece molded parts.
  • the deformation of the deformable member JJ320 is not only generated by its own elastic force, but also can be achieved by setting the pressing portion JJ340 as a deformable member instead of the deformable member JJ320.
  • Parts such as steel sheets that have a certain flexible force (which can push the drive unit 1080 to straighten).
  • a first end (not shown) of the waste toner box 12 or the first box body wall KK100b of the toner box 11 is provided with a mounting portion for mounting the pressing unit 40 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a fixing member KK163.
  • the fixing member KK163 includes an end wall KK163c close to the first box body wall KK100b of the powder container 11, and at least one mounting member KK1633 is respectively provided on the end wall KK163c. and mounting bumps KK1634; at least one mounting piece KK1633 and mounting bumps KK1634 are arranged on the same side; at least one mounting piece KK1633 and mounting bumps KK1634 both protrude from the surface of the end wall KK163c and extend away from the end wall KK163c respectively.
  • the two mounting pieces KK1633 are arranged at both ends of the end wall KK163c of the fixing piece KK163, and the two mounting pieces KK1633 protrude from the end wall along the Y axis toward the direction away from the end wall KK163c
  • the outer ends of the two mounting pieces KK1633 are further provided with a hook portion KK1635 formed by bending toward the end wall KK163c.
  • the installation bump KK1634 is preferably configured as a cylindrical shape, and the installation bump KK1634 extends in the Y direction away from the end wall KK163c; and the outer end of the installation bump KK1634 body faces the outer circumferential surface in the direction away from the end wall KK163c
  • the diameter gradually decreases, which can be understood as the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface at one end of the mounting bump KK1634 fixed on the end wall KK163c is larger than the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface at the other end of the mounting bump KK1634 away from the end wall KK163c .
  • At least one mounting groove KK131 and a mounting hole KK132 are formed on the end surface of the mounting portion corresponding to the front side.
  • the end surface of the first box body wall KK100b of the powder container 11 is provided with at least one installation groove KK131 and an installation hole KK132.
  • at least one mounting piece KK1633 is matched with at least one mounting groove KK131, and at least one mounting protrusion KK1634 is matched with at least one mounting hole KK132.
  • the number of installation grooves KK131 is preferably two, and the installation hole KK132 is one.
  • the pressing unit 40 and the powder container are assembled by using the two mounting pieces KK1633, the mounting bumps KK1634 provided on the fixing piece KK163 of the pressing unit 40, the two mounting grooves KK131 and the mounting holes KK132 provided on the powder container 11 . That is, the two mounting pieces KK1633 are inserted into the two mounting grooves KK131 respectively, and are locked by the elastic hook portion KK1635, and the mounting protrusion KK1634 is inserted into the mounting hole KK132.
  • the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of the other end of the mounting boss KK1634 away from the end wall KK163c is configured to be smaller than the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumferential surface of the one end of the mounting boss KK1634 fixed to the end wall KK163c, it is possible to make the mounting boss KK1634 It is easier to insert into the installation hole KK132; and because the diameter of the cylindrical outer circumference of one end of the installation bump KK1634 fixed on the end wall KK163c is compatible with the diameter of the installation hole KK132, it can ensure that the installation bump KK1634 is compatible with the installation hole. KK132 for more reliable assembly.
  • the pressing unit 40 is detachably assembled on the toner box 11, and the power receiving unit 21 can be telescopically moved along the axial direction on the waste toner box 12.
  • the pressing unit 40 is used to adjust the driving unit 1080 from the inclined state to the straight state. Afterwards, the power receiving unit 21 is simultaneously extended and connected with the driving unit 1080 in contact and engagement.
  • the driving unit provided in the electronic imaging device 100 is precisely and rapidly engaged with the power receiving unit provided on the process cartridge and transmits power, thereby improving the working efficiency of the process cartridge .
  • the waste toner box and the toner box are assembled in a detachable manner, it is convenient for the recycling of the processing box and the separate replacement of the waste toner box and the toner box, which can effectively avoid the contact and engagement of the driving unit and the power receiving unit. Structural interference phenomenon occurs; in turn, resulting in printing problems caused by poor installation.
  • the user can replace the waste toner box and the toner box separately according to the needs of use, which saves the user's use cost.
  • the pressing member and the processing box provided in the thirty-third to the thirty-ninth embodiment adopt detachable assembly, which has the advantages of simple component processing technology, convenient assembly and maintenance, and low cost.
  • the length direction of the process cartridge 1 is the X axis
  • the vertical direction perpendicular to the X axis is the Z axis
  • the longitudinal direction perpendicular to the X axis is the Y axis
  • the plane composed of the X axis and the Z axis is the XZ plane
  • the X axis and the Y axis The plane composed of the axes is the XY plane
  • the plane composed of the Y axis and the Z axis is the YZ plane.
  • the positive direction of the X axis is the right side orientation, otherwise it is the left side orientation; the positive direction of the Z axis is the upper side orientation, otherwise it is the lower side orientation; the positive direction of the Y axis is the front side orientation , and vice versa for the rear orientation.
  • the component itself is used as the standard, the side away from the component itself is the outer side, and the side close to the component itself is the inner side.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a process cartridge 1 for providing development for the electronic imaging device 100.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 is provided with a driving unit 1080, which can be drivably connected with the process cartridge 1 to drive
  • the process cartridge 1 works.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a waste toner box 12, on which is provided a photosensitive drum 20, and the photosensitive drum 20 is located at the front end of the waste toner box 12; The front end of the cartridge 11; the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20 are distributed in parallel.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes at least one pushing unit MM900 , and the pushing unit MM900 is disposed on the first rear wall MM110 of the waste toner box 12 away from the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the forcing unit MM900 abuts against the first surface portion MM210 of the toner box 11, and the forcing unit MM900 applies a force to the waste toner box 12 toward the direction of approaching the developing roller 30,
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is forced to contact the developing roller 30 , thereby improving the printing quality of the electronic imaging device 100 .
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes a power receiving unit for receiving the power provided by the driving unit 1080.
  • the power receiving unit is connected to the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 for power respectively.
  • the power receiving unit includes the power receiving unit 21, the developing roller Gear 31.
  • the power receiving unit 21 is preferably configured as a twisted protrusion structure; the power receiving unit 21 is arranged on the waste toner box 12 and connected with the photosensitive drum 20 ; the developing roller gear 31 is arranged on the toner box and connected with the developing roller 30 ;
  • the developing roller gear 31 is preferably a helical gear structure.
  • the power receiving unit drives the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 through the above-described structure.
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided with a first side wall MM120 and a second side wall MM130 opposite to each other in the left-right direction; the first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 are arranged symmetrically along the X direction, The first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 cover two side surfaces of the waste toner box MM140 provided on the waste toner box 12.
  • the cleaning device provided in the waste toner box 12 (Not shown in the figure)
  • the residual developer adhering to the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 is scraped off and then transported to the waste toner bin MM140 for storage.
  • the first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 respectively include a first extension wall MM121 and a second extension wall MM131 extending in a direction away from the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided with a first rear wall MM110 on the opposite side away from the photosensitive drum 20, and the first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 are respectively perpendicular to the first rear wall MM110.
  • the process cartridge 1 further includes at least one forcing unit MM900.
  • the number of the forcing units MM900 is preferably two, and the number of the two forcing units MM900 is preferably two.
  • One end of any one is set on the first rear wall MM110, and the other end is set on either the first extension wall MM121 or the second extension wall MM131.
  • the center line of the waste toner box 12 is arranged symmetrically.
  • the pushing unit MM900 includes a supporting part MM910, an elastic part MM920 and a moving part MM930.
  • the supporting part MM910, the elastic part MM920 and the moving part MM930 are assembled in a detachable manner, and one end of the supporting part MM910 is disposed adjacent to the first extension wall MM121 or the second
  • a reinforcing portion MM911 is provided on the upper surface of the support portion MM910 along the axial direction perpendicular to the photosensitive drum 20, and the reinforcing portion MM911 is used to strengthen the strength of the support portion MM910 to avoid forced pushing Unit MM900 was damaged during frequent use, and parts provided on it were damaged.
  • a accommodating cavity MM912 is provided at the lower end of the support portion MM910 in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 , and the accommodating cavity MM912 extends in a direction away from the lower surface of the support portion MM910 in the Z direction.
  • the accommodating chamber MM912 is preferably configured as a cylindrical hollow structure, and at least one opening MM9121 is spaced along the cylindrical outer wall of the accommodating chamber MM912, and the opening MM9121 is on the accommodating chamber MM912 along the axis perpendicular to the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the position adjacent to the lower side surface of the support portion MM910 extends to the limiting portion MM9122 in a direction away from the lower side surface of the support portion MM910.
  • the elastic member MM920 is accommodated in the accommodating cavity MM912.
  • the moving part MM930 is preferably configured as a cylindrical hollow structure, and the moving part MM930 body is provided with an accommodating cavity MM931, and the inner circumference size of the accommodating cavity MM931 is larger than the outer circumference size of the accommodating cavity MM912,
  • the moving part MM930 is sleeved on the lower end of the supporting part MM910, and the accommodating cavity MM912 is partially accommodated in the accommodating cavity MM931.
  • the outer circumferential wall of the containing cavity MM931 is preferably configured as an engaging part MM932 and a supporting part MM933 arranged at intervals, and the engaging part MM932 and the supporting part MM933 are in the Z direction from the bottom side of the containing cavity MM931 to the side away from the containing cavity
  • the bottom direction of the cavity extends, wherein the engaging portion MM932 is provided with a curved portion MM9321 extending toward the inner direction of the containing cavity MM931 at one end away from the bottom of the containing cavity MM931.
  • the width of the curved portion MM9321 is adapted to the width of the opening MM9121.
  • the bending part MM9321 is clamped in the opening MM9121, so as to realize the assembly of the moving part MM930 and the supporting part MM910.
  • Both the accommodating cavity MM912 of the part MM910 and the elastic part MM920 are accommodated inside the moving part MM930.
  • the moving part MM930 can slide up and down along the opening MM9121 provided on the supporting part MM910 through the bending part MM9321, and apply a direction to the waste toner box 12 toward the development
  • the force in the direction of the roller 30 forces the photosensitive drum 20 to contact the developing roller 30 .
  • the limiting part MM9122 provided on the accommodating cavity MM912 on the lower side of the opening MM9121 is used to limit the movement range of the curved part MM9321 in the moving part MM930 in the opening MM9121, so as to prevent the moving part MM930 from falling off the accommodating cavity MM912.
  • the number of at least one pushing unit MM900 is preferably multiple, and the plurality of pushing units MM900 are located on the first rear wall MM110 along the waste toner box 12 in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the midline is set in a symmetrical manner.
  • the support portion MM910 may also be disposed at any position on the body of the first rear wall MM110 to adapt to different process cartridges 1 and electronic imaging devices 100 .
  • the pushing unit MM900 in the structure of the pushing unit MM900 provided in this embodiment, only the supporting part MM910 and the reinforcing part MM911 are in contact with the first rear wall MM110, and the moving part MM930 is a movable part, and in the installed state of the pushing unit MM900, it moves The portion MM930 is not in contact with the first rear wall MM110, the first extension wall MM121 and the second extension wall MM131.
  • the powder container 11 is provided with a powder container (not shown in the figure), the upper side of the powder container 11 is provided with a first surface portion MM210 , and the first surface portion MM210 covers the powder container 11 On the upper side of the powder bin (not shown in the figure) provided in the first surface portion MM210, one end of the first surface portion MM210 is adjacent to the developing roller 30, and the other end is connected to the second rear wall MM220 on the opposite side away from the developing roller 30.
  • the MM220 covers the rear side of the powder bin, and a first forcing action portion is provided on the first surface portion MM210 at a position adjacent to the second rear wall MM220; provided in this embodiment, the first forcing action portion is preferably configured as At least one conflicting portion MM211, wherein the number of the conflicting portions MM211 is preferably two, and both of the two conflicting portions MM211 are protruded from the surface of the first surface portion MM210 in a direction away from the first surface portion MM210.
  • Both ends of the powder container 11 along the axial direction of the developing roller 30 are respectively provided with a first box body wall MM230 and a second box body wall MM240; that is, the first box body wall MM230 and the second box body wall MM240 are opposite along the X-axis direction.
  • the first box body wall MM230 and the second box body wall MM240 are respectively perpendicular to the second surface portion MM220 along the axis direction of the developing roller, and the first box body wall MM230 and the second box body wall MM240 cover both sides of the powder warehouse
  • the powder silo (not shown in the figure) is used to store the developer and in the process of printing the process cartridge 1, the developer is transferred to the photosensitive drum 20 through the powder feed roller (not shown in the figure) and the developing roller 30 , the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 is developed and converted into a developed image.
  • the two forcing units MM900 provided on the waste toner box 12 abut against the two abutting portions MM211 provided on the powder box 11, and the two abutting portions MM211 move toward the passing
  • the pushing unit MM900 applies a force to the waste toner box 12 toward the developing roller 30 , forcing the waste toner box 12 to move toward the developing roller 30 , so as to make the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 contact.
  • the number of the conflicting portions MM211 may be multiple, and the structure of the conflicting portions MM211 may also be configured as other structures for adapting to different pushing units MM900.
  • the disposition quantity of the interference portion MM211 provided in this embodiment needs to be consistent with the disposition quantity of the forcing unit MM900.
  • the toner box 11 and the waste toner box 12 provided in this embodiment are detachably connected, and the waste toner box 12 and the powder box 11 can be separated, thereby realizing the convenient recycling of the processing box 1 and the It is convenient to replace the waste toner box 12 and the powder box 11 .
  • the toner box 11 provided in this embodiment includes a guide unit MM620
  • the waste toner box 12 includes an installation unit (not shown)
  • the installation unit of the waste toner box 12 can be independent from the toner box 11 along the guide unit MM620 Remove the connection.
  • the installation unit cooperates with the guide unit MM620 in a rolling manner to reduce the friction generated during the installation process of the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11, so that the entire installation process is smoother, and at the same time, damage to the components in the clutch unit caused by friction is avoided. .
  • the installation unit is arranged on the outer surfaces of the first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 of the waste toner box 12 , and the guide unit MM620 is arranged on the first box body wall MM230 and MM230 of the toner box 11 . on the inner surface of the second box body wall MM240.
  • the installation unit is configured as a rolling structure, and the installation unit and the guide unit MM620 can be detachably matched.
  • the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 are mounted on the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 by separating and fitting the mounting unit and the guide unit MM620.
  • the mounting unit MM610 includes a first mounting portion MM611; the first mounting portion MM611 is disposed on the first side wall MM120 at a position adjacent to the power receiving unit 21, and the first mounting portion MM611 includes a first mounting portion MM611.
  • the connecting portion MM6111 and the first rolling member MM6112, one end of the first connecting portion MM6111 is disposed on the first side wall MM120 at a position adjacent to the developing roller gear 31, and the other end is configured to be free to extend in a direction away from the first side wall MM120 end.
  • the first connecting portion MM6111 is preferably configured as a columnar structure, the first connecting portion MM6111 includes a first body portion MM61111 and a second outer contour portion MM61112, and the outer circumference of the first body portion MM61111 is smaller than the first outer circumference.
  • the outer circumference dimension of the profile part MM61112, the first body part MM61111 is provided with a slot MM61113, and the slot MM61113 is away from the end face of the free end of the first outer profile part MM61112 away from the first side wall MM120, toward the side close to the first side wall MM120
  • the direction extends to the stop part MM61115 provided at the middle part of the first body part MM61111, so that a part of the first connecting part MM61111 is configured as at least one locking part MM61114.
  • the connecting portion MM6111 and the first rolling member MM6112 are preferably made of elastic materials, and the number of locking portions MM61114 is preferably two.
  • the user holds the two locking portions by hand. MM61114, and apply a force toward the two locking parts MM61114 toward the approaching direction of the two locking parts MM61114, firstly, set the first rolling element MM6112 on the two locking parts MM61114 corresponding to the first outline part MM61112, A rolling element MM6112 exerts a force to move the first rolling element MM6112 to the first body part MM61111.
  • the first outer contour The part MM61112 can limit the movement position of the first rolling element MM6112 sleeved on the first connecting part MM6111, so as to prevent the first rolling element MM6112 from falling off the first connecting part MM6111 during the movement.
  • a positioning block MM124 is also provided on the first side wall MM120 of the waste toner box 12 at an upper position adjacent to the power receiving unit 21 for when the waste toner box 12 is loaded After specifying the position in the electronic imaging device 100, the waste toner box 12 is installed and positioned.
  • the mounting unit further includes a second mounting portion MM612, the second mounting portion MM612 is disposed on the second side wall MM130 at a position that coincides with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20, and the second mounting portion MM612 includes a second mounting portion MM612.
  • the second connecting portion MM6121 and the second rolling member MM6122 are provided with a communication hole MM132 on the second side wall MM130 , and the communication hole MM132 communicates with the rotating shaft of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the second connecting portion MM6121 is preferably configured as a columnar structure, the second connecting portion MM6121 includes a second body portion MM61211 and a second outer contour portion MM61212, and the outer circumference of the second body portion MM61211 is smaller than the second outer circumference.
  • the outer circumference of the profile MM61212 communicates with the hole MM132.
  • the axis of the second connecting portion MM6121 completely coincides with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the second connecting portion MM6121 provided in this embodiment can also be arranged on the powder container 11 in a fixed manner.
  • the first mounting portion MM611 and the second mounting portion MM612 can also be configured as other structures for adapting to different process cartridges 1 .
  • the second outer contour portion MM61211 is made of conductive material.
  • the guide unit MM620 includes a first installation slideway MM621 and a second installation slideway MM622, a first installation slideway MM621 and a second installation slideway MM622, and a first installation slideway MM621 It is arranged on the inner surface of the first box body wall MM230, and the second installation slideway MM622 is arranged on the inner surface of the second box body wall MM240.
  • the guide unit MM620 is configured as a first installation slideway MM621 and a second installation slideway MM622, and can cooperate with the first installation part MM611 and the second installation part MM612, so as to realize the installation of the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11.
  • An installation slideway MM621 and a second installation slideway MM622 are respectively disposed on the inner surface of the first box body wall MM230 and the inner surface of the second box body wall MM240 in a symmetrical manner with respect to the center line of the powder container 11 .
  • the first mounting slide MM621 goes from the end of the first casing wall MM230 away from the developing roller 30 toward the first casing wall close to the developing roller 30 .
  • the first installation slideway MM621 is preferably configured to be on the first cartridge body wall MM230 from the end away from the pressing unit 40 provided in the process cartridge 1 along the Y-axis direction, toward the end near the pressing unit 40 provided in the process cartridge 1 .
  • the other end in the direction of the pressing unit 40 extends.
  • the width of the first installation slideway MM621 is adapted to the outer circumference size of the first outline portion MM61112 provided on the first side wall MM120 of the waste toner box 12.
  • the second mounting slide MM622 is preferably configured to extend along the Y-axis direction from one end away from the developing roller 30 toward the other end close to the developing roller 30 on the second housing wall MM240 .
  • One end of the second installation slideway MM622 close to the developing roller 30 is further provided with a stopper portion MM6221.
  • the stop part MM6221 is used to limit the movement range of the second installation part MM620 on the second installation slideway MM622.
  • the width of the second mounting slide MM622 is adapted to the outer circumference size of the second outer contour portion MM61212 of the second mounting portion MM612 disposed on the second side wall MM130, and the size of the stopper portion MM6221 is the same as that of the second mounting portion MM612.
  • the size of the outer circumference is adapted, and a hole-like structure MM6222 is provided on the corresponding side wall along the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 at the stop portion MM6221.
  • the waste toner box 12 slides along the first mounting slideway MM621 and the second mounting slideway MM622 in a rolling manner through the first mounting portion MM611 and the second mounting portion MM612 to reach
  • the second mounting portion MM612 slides along the second mounting slideway MM622 until the second mounting portion MM612 is engaged with the stopper portion MM6222 .
  • the process cartridge 1 is provided with a conductive member (not shown in the figure) that is plugged into the hole-like structure MM6222, so that one end of the conductive member is electrically connected to the second outline portion MM61212 through the hole-like structure MM6222, and the other end of the conductive member is electrically connected It is electrically connected with the conductive terminals provided in the electronic imaging device 100; since the second outline portion MM61212 is connected to the rotating shaft of the photosensitive drum 20, that is, the conductive terminals provided in the electronic imaging device 100 are connected to the second outline portion MM61212 through the conductive member.
  • the photosensitive drum 20 is powered.
  • a process cartridge 1 provided in this embodiment further includes a pressing unit 40 .
  • the pressing unit 40 is provided on the processing cartridge 1 , and one end of the pressing unit 40 is detachable. It is installed on the first box body wall MM230 on the powder box 11 , and the other end extends toward the direction close to the developing roller 30 . When the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 are assembled, the other end of the pressing unit 40 is extended toward the axial direction close to the power receiving unit 21.
  • the process cartridge 1 is installed in the electronic imaging device 100 , the other end of the pressing unit 40 can contact with the driving unit 1080 of the electronic imaging device 100 and exert a force to force the driving unit 1080 to engage or disengage the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the pressing unit 40 includes a pressing member MM310 and a deformable member MM320, and the pressing member MM310 and the deformable member MM320 are assembled to each other in a detachable manner.
  • the pressing member MM310 and the deformable member MM320 are assembled on the powder container 11 in a detachable manner, and an assembly portion MM260 is provided at the end of the first box body wall MM230 on the powder container 11 close to the upper side of the developing roller 30.
  • the pressing part MM310 and the deformable part MM320 can be disassembled and installed in the assembly part MM260.
  • the body of the assembling part MM260 is respectively provided with an assembling cavity MM261 and a receiving part MM262, and the assembling and assembling cavity MM261 and the receiving part MM262 are arranged adjacently.
  • part of the pressing member MM310 is accommodated in the assembly cavity MM261
  • the deformable member MM320 is accommodated in the receiving portion MM262
  • one end of the deformable member MM320 is sleeved on the bottom surface of the receiving portion MM262.
  • two opposite end walls MM263 of the assembly cavity MM261 are symmetrically provided with mounting holes MM2631, and the opening direction of the two mounting holes MM2631 is the X-axis direction.
  • the pressing member MM310 is installed by setting the mounting hole MM2631, and the pressing member MM310 and the deformable member MM320 are respectively accommodated by the assembly cavity MM261 and the receiving portion MM262, which can protect the pressing member MM310 and the deformable member MM320. Avoid the pressing part MM310 and the deformable part MM320 from falling off.
  • the pressing member MM310 includes a pressing portion MM314 and a connecting portion connected to the pressing portion MM314.
  • the two sides of the connecting portion are symmetrically provided with a first protruding portion MM311 and a second protruding portion MM312;
  • the second protrusions MM312 also extend away from the body of the pressing member MM310 along the X-axis;
  • a third protrusion MM313 is provided on the rear side of the pressing member MM310;
  • the first protruding portion MM311, the second protruding portion MM312 and the third protruding portion MM313 are preferably configured as cylindrical structures, that is, the outer surfaces of the first protruding portion MM311 and the second protruding portion MM312 are circular, And the diameters of the outer circumferential surfaces of the first protrusion MM311 and the second protrusion MM312 are matched with the diameters of the mounting holes MM2631 symmetrically opened on the two opposite end walls MM263 of the assembly cavity MM261.
  • the end of the pressing part MM310 provided with the first protruding part MM311 and the second protruding part MM312 is inserted into the assembly cavity MM261, and the first protruding part MM312 is inserted into the assembly cavity MM261.
  • MM311 and the second protruding part MM312 are respectively clamped into the two mounting holes MM2631.
  • One end of the deformable part MM320 is sleeved on the protruding part MM2621 provided on the bottom surface of the receiving part MM262, and the other end is connected to the protruding part MM2621 provided on the bottom surface of the receiving part MM310.
  • the third protruding portion MM313 abuts, and the deformable member MM320 acts between the outer side of the pressing member MM310 and the inner portion of the receiving portion MM262.
  • the assembly cavity MM261 can limit the pressing member MM310 between its two opposite end walls MM263, between the protruding portion MM2621 and the third protruding portion MM313 provided on the receiving portion MM262, to prevent the deformable member MM320 and the pressing member from The MM310 falls and the position is shifted during the repeated movement, which affects the working effect of the pressing part MM310.
  • the driving unit 1080 is disposed on the inner sidewall of the end of the mounting rail GG50 provided in the electronic imaging device 100 , and the inner sidewall of the end of the mounting rail GG50 of the electronic imaging device 100 is provided with There is a driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 , the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 is provided along the outer circumference of the driving unit 1080 , and the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 is used to limit the movement range of the driving unit 1080 .
  • a connection cavity GG31 is provided on the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, and the driving unit 1080 is located in the connecting cavity GG31.
  • the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 is also provided with a driving unit pushing member 1090, and the driving unit pushes One end of the component 1090 is connected to the main body of the electronic imaging device 100 through a spring, and the other end is inserted into the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 through the slot GG32 provided on the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, and the top of the driving unit
  • the pusher 1090 reciprocates along the radial direction of the driving unit 1080 , while providing a supporting force to the driving unit 1080 , forcing the driving unit 1080 to maintain an inclined state relative to the axis direction of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 .
  • the process cartridge 1 is not installed in the electronic imaging device 100 , and the driving unit 1080 is supported by the driving unit pushing member 1090 in the electronic imaging device 100 and is inclined relative to the axis direction of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 In the state, the rotation axis L1 of the driving unit 1080 forms an included angle ⁇ with the central axis L2 of the blocking wall.
  • the driving unit 1080 is preferably a power take-off head, which is used for contacting and engaging with the power receiving unit 21 provided in the process cartridge 1 , and transmitting driving force thereto to drive the process cartridge 1 to work.
  • a power take-off head which is used for contacting and engaging with the power receiving unit 21 provided in the process cartridge 1 , and transmitting driving force thereto to drive the process cartridge 1 to work.
  • the powder container 11 is installed inside the electronic imaging device 100 along the installation direction of the process cartridge 1 through the mounting rail GG50 provided on the inner side wall of the electronic imaging device 100 through the second handle MM270 provided on the body of the powder container 11 .
  • the driving unit 1080 continues to be supported relative to the axial direction of the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 because there is no external force and is continuously supported by the driving unit pushing member 1090 .
  • the user continues to push the powder container 11 along the installation direction of the process cartridge 1, so that the pressing unit 40 is set on the pressing member MM310 during the continuous movement of the powder container 11 to the designated installation position of the electronic imaging device 100.
  • Some pressing parts MM314 are in contact with the driving unit 1080, and at the same time, a force is continuously applied to the driving unit 1080 toward the installation direction of the process cartridge 1, that is, the driving unit pusher 1090 is gradually pressed down. At this time, the driving unit 1080 is subjected to The supporting force of the pushing member 1090 of the driving unit is gradually weakened, so the driving unit 1080 will gradually drop toward the axis of the driving unit 1080 in the direction of gravity.
  • the pressing portion MM314 of the pressing member MM310 is in contact with the driving unit 1080, The deformable member MM320 is deformed.
  • the pressing portion MM314 of the pressing member MM310 is completely abutted with the driving unit 1080, and the force applied to it is the largest, at this time, the driving unit pressing member 1090 is completely pressed down , the driving unit 1080 falls in the direction of gravity due to the loss of support, and the driving unit 1080 is adjusted from a tilted state to a straightened state.
  • a first handle MM150 is provided on the waste toner box 12.
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided on the first side wall MM120 and the second side wall MM130 of the waste toner box 12.
  • Some of the first mounting parts MM611 and MM612 roll along the first mounting slideways MM621 and the second mounting slides MM621 and MM240 on the first box body wall MM230 and the second box body wall MM240 of the waste toner box 12 in a rolling manner.
  • the installation slideway MM622 is installed in a designated position in the electronic imaging device 100 in the installation direction of the process cartridge 1, and the first side wall MM120 of the waste toner box 12 enters the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 at this time.
  • the driving unit pushing member 1090 has been pressed down by the pressing unit 40 provided on the waste toner box 12, that is, the driving unit 1080 is adjusted from the inclined state to the straightening state, so the power receiving unit 21 and the driving unit 1080 are in contact and meshing .
  • the two forcing units MM900 provided on the waste toner box 12 and the two conflicting parts MM211 provided on the powder box 11 first interact with each other.
  • the abutting portion MM211 gradually exerts a force toward the waste toner box 12 toward the developing roller 30 through the pushing unit MM900, forcing the waste toner box 12 to move toward the developing roller 30.
  • the pushing unit MM900 has a The elastic member MM920 gradually begins to deform, and the moving part MM930 in the pushing unit MM900 moves in the direction away from the first surface part MM210 of the powder container 11 in the opening MM9121 provided in the receiving chamber MM912 perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive drum.
  • the positioning block MM124 provided on the waste toner box 12 is connected to the electronic imaging device.
  • the positioning part (not shown in the figure) provided in 100 abuts, and the two pushing units MM900 are in complete contact with the two opposing parts MM211, and the two opposing parts MM211 are applied to the waste toner box 12 through the two pushing units MM900.
  • a force in a direction close to the developing roller 30 forces the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 to contact.
  • the pressing part MM314 of the pressing member MM310 is One end is in contact with the drive unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081, so that the pressing member MM310 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080, so that the driving unit 1080 does not rub or even interfere with the pressing member MM310 when rotating, and neither The rotational work of the driving unit 1080 is affected without damaging the pressing unit 40 .
  • the process cartridge 1 when the process cartridge 1 is in the working state, the door cover of the electronic imaging device 100 is closed, and the driving unit 1080 is in a straightened state due to the external force of the pressing unit 40 , so that the driving unit 1080 is in contact with the power receiving unit 21 .
  • the power receiving unit 21 of the process cartridge 1 will eventually receive the driving force of the driving unit 1080 in a substantially coaxial state, and another gear part provided on the driving unit 1080 is engaged with the developing roller gear 31 .
  • the elastic deformation of the deformable member MM320 is restored, forcing the pressing portion MM314 of the pressing member MM310 to move to abut against the driving unit protective cover (blocking wall) 1081 , so that the pressing portion MM314 is no longer in contact with the driving unit 1080 . Therefore, the driving unit 1080 does not rub or even interfere with the pressing member MM310 during the rotating operation, and the subsequent normal printing work can be performed.
  • the pressing member MM310 is preferably constructed in a structure that does not hinder the installation, disassembly and operation of the process cartridge 1, and the pressing member MM310 and the assembling portion MM260 can be selected from plastic parts or metal parts.
  • the material provided in the MM310 for the pressing part and the assembly part MM260 is not limited, as long as it does not affect their installation and the deformation and recovery of the pressing part MM310 and the deformable part MM320. And for each structure included in the above-mentioned pressing component, it is preferable to be a molded part.
  • the pressing member MM310 can also be set as a deformable member to replace the deformable member MM320.
  • Parts such as steel sheets that have a certain flexible force (which can push the drive unit 1080 to straighten).
  • the forcing action portion is defined as the interference portion MM211 provided on the first surface portion MM210 of the compact 11 in the present embodiment, and the number of the interference portion MM211 needs to be compatible with the number of the forcing units MM900 match.
  • the two forcing units NN900 provided on the waste toner box 12 interfere with the toner box 11 first.
  • the position 250 is initially contacted, and the contact position 250 gradually applies a force to the waste toner box 12 toward the direction close to the developing roller 30 through the pushing unit NN900, forcing the waste toner box 12 to move toward the direction close to the developing roller 30.
  • the pushing unit NN900 The elastic member NN920 provided in the NN920 gradually begins to deform, and the opening MM9121 (as shown in FIG.
  • the positioning block NN124 provided on the waste toner box 12 is connected to the electronic imaging device.
  • the positioning part (not shown in the figure) provided in the 100 is in contact, and the two pushing units NN900 are in complete contact with the interference position 250.
  • the force in the direction of 30 forces the photosensitive drum 20 and the developing roller 30 to contact.
  • the structure of the pressing unit 40 and the process cartridge 1 involved in the forty-first embodiment, and the operating principle of forcing the driving unit 1080 provided in the electronic imaging device 100 to engage or disengage from the power receiving unit 21 through the pressing unit 40 are the same as Embodiment 40 is the same and will not be repeated here.
  • the forcing action portion is defined as the interference bit NN250 disposed on the first surface portion NN210 of the compact 11 in this embodiment, and the number of the interference bit NN250 needs to be compatible with the number of the forcing unit NN900 match.
  • At least one forcing unit provided on the waste toner box is used to receive the toner when the waste toner box and the powder box are in an assembled state.
  • the force exerted by the pushing action part provided on the box forces the waste toner box to move toward the direction close to the developing roller; the contact between the photosensitive drum and the developing roller is realized, and the printing quality of the printer can be improved.
  • the structural design method of the forcing unit provided in this embodiment also has the advantages of simplifying the mechanical structure and avoiding damage to components.
  • the waste toner box and the toner box are assembled in a detachable manner, the phenomenon of structural interference between the photosensitive drum force receiving head and the driving unit can be effectively avoided during the contact and engagement of the two; This leads to printing problems caused by poor installation.
  • the user can replace the waste toner box and the toner box separately according to the needs of use, which saves the user's use cost.
  • the structural design methods of the clutch unit provided by the forty and forty-first embodiments have the advantages of low resistance, smooth installation process and convenient operation during the assembly process of the waste toner box and the toner box.
  • the waste toner box and the toner box body adopt the rolling fit method, there will be no instantaneous impact force on the photosensitive drum during the assembly process, which can effectively avoid the damage of the photosensitive drum, thereby improving the printing quality of the printer.
  • FIGS 213 and 222 schematically show the embodiments of the process cartridges.
  • Embodiments forty-two and forty-third are used to solve some of the process cartridges 1 existing in the prior art, which lack the control of the developing roller and the The mechanism that the photosensitive drums contact or separate from each other will seriously affect the printing quality of the printer; and in the existing split process cartridge 1, after the toner cartridge is installed in the printer, the waste toner box passes through two of the toner cartridges.
  • the guide rails on the side walls realize positioning. However, due to the small size of the toner box, the sidewalls are not exposed from both sides of the printer after being installed in the printer.
  • the length direction of the process cartridge 1 is the X axis
  • the vertical direction perpendicular to the X axis is the Z axis
  • the longitudinal direction perpendicular to the X axis is the Y axis
  • the plane composed of the X axis and the Z axis is the XZ plane
  • the X axis and the Y axis The plane composed of the axes is the XY plane
  • the plane composed of the Y axis and the Z axis is the YZ plane.
  • the positive direction of the X axis is the right side orientation, otherwise it is the left side orientation; the positive direction of the Z axis is the upper side orientation, otherwise it is the lower side orientation; the positive direction of the Y axis is the front side orientation , and vice versa for the rear orientation.
  • the component itself is used as the standard, the side away from the component itself is the outer side, and the side close to the component itself is the inner side.
  • a process cartridge 1 provided according to this embodiment is used to provide development for an electronic imaging device 100.
  • the electronic imaging device 100 is provided with a driving unit 1080, which can be connected with the process cartridge 1
  • the drive is connected to drive the process cartridge 1 to work.
  • the process cartridge 1 includes a waste toner box 12 on which a photosensitive drum 20 is arranged, and the photosensitive drum 20 is located at the front end of the waste toner box 12;
  • the developing roller 30 is located at the front end of the powder box 11 ; the developing roller 30 and the photosensitive drum 20 are distributed in parallel.
  • the waste toner box 12 includes at least one pushing unit OO900, and the pushing unit OO900 is disposed on the first rear wall OO110 of the waste toner box 12 away from the photosensitive drum 20;
  • At least one forcing unit OO900 abuts against the first surface portion OO210 of the toner box 11 , and the forcing unit OO900 acts on the waste toner box 12 toward the direction close to the developing roller 30 Force, forcing the photosensitive drum 20 of the waste toner box to contact the developing roller 30, thereby improving the printing quality of the electronic imaging device 100.
  • the compact 11 further includes a pushing action portion OO400 and at least one matching portion OO500; the pushing action portion OO400 includes at least a first pushing action portion OO410 and at least one first pushing action portion OO400.
  • Two forcing action parts OO420 when the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 are installed, as shown in Figures 220 and 221, at least one first forcing action part OO410 applies force to at least one forcing push unit OO900; let At least one second urging action part OO420 abuts against at least one matching part OO500; the waste toner box 12 thus obtains a rotational force and rotates toward the direction close to the developing roller 30, forcing the photosensitive drum 20 to approach the developing roller 30 along the F2 direction .
  • the waste toner box 12 is provided with a first side wall OO120 and a second side wall OO130 opposite to each other in the left-right direction; the first side wall OO120 and the second side wall OO130 are symmetrically arranged along the X direction, The first side wall OO120 and the second side wall OO130 cover the two side surfaces of the waste toner box (not shown in the figure) provided on the waste toner box 12.
  • the cleaning device (not shown in the figure) provided in the photosensitive drum 20 scrapes off the residual developer adhering to the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 and transports it to a waste toner bin (not shown in the figure) for storage.
  • the first side wall OO120 and the second side wall OO130 respectively include a first extension wall OO121 and a second extension wall OO131 extending in a direction away from the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the waste toner bin 12 is provided with a first rear wall OO110 on the opposite side away from the photosensitive drum 20 , and the first side wall OO120 and the second side wall OO130 are respectively perpendicular to the first rear wall OO110 .
  • the waste toner box 12 further includes at least one pushing unit OO900.
  • the number of pushing units OO900 is preferably two, and any of the two pushing units OO900 is preferred.
  • One is arranged on the first rear wall OO110 of the waste toner box 12 away from the photosensitive drum 20, and the other end is arranged on either the first extension wall OO121 or the second extension wall OO131.
  • the center line of the waste toner bin 12 in the axial direction of the drum 20 is symmetrically arranged.
  • the forcing unit OO900 includes a supporting part 0910, an elastic part 0920 and a moving part 0930, the supporting part 0910, the elastic part 0920 and the moving part 0930 are assembled in a detachable manner, and one end of the supporting part 0910 is disposed adjacent to the first extension wall OO121 or the second At the position of the first rear wall 110 of the extension wall OO131, the support portion OO910 is provided with a reinforcement portion OO911 on the upper surface of the support portion 00910 along the axial direction perpendicular to the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the unit OO900 was damaged during heavy use and the components provided on it.
  • the lower end of the support portion OO910 in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 is provided with an accommodating cavity OO912 extending in the Z direction away from the lower surface of the support portion OO910.
  • the accommodating cavity OO912 is preferably constructed as a cylindrical hollow structure, and at least one opening OO9121 is spaced along the cylindrical outer wall of the accommodating cavity OO912.
  • the position on the OO912 adjacent to the lower side surface of the support portion OO910 extends to the limiting portion OO9122 in a direction away from the lower side surface of the support portion OO910.
  • the elastic member OO920 is accommodated in the accommodating cavity OO912.
  • the moving part OO930 is preferably configured as a cylindrical hollow structure, the moving part OO930 body is provided with an accommodating cavity OO931, and the inner circumference size of the accommodating cavity OO931 is larger than the outer circumference size of the accommodating cavity OO912,
  • the moving part OO930 is sleeved on the lower end of the supporting part OO910, and the accommodating cavity OO912 is partially accommodated in the accommodating cavity OO931.
  • the moving part OO930 can slide up and down along the supporting part OO910 , and applies a force toward the waste toner box toward the developing roller, forcing the photosensitive drum 20 to contact the developing roller 30 .
  • the outer circumferential wall of the containing cavity OO931 is preferably configured as a spaced engaging portion OO932 and a supporting portion OO933, and the engaging portion OO932 and the supporting portion OO933 move away from the bottom side of the containing cavity OO931 along the Z direction.
  • the bottom direction of the accommodating cavity extends, wherein the engaging portion 0932 is provided with a curved portion 09321 extending toward the inner direction of the accommodating cavity 0931 at one end away from the bottom of the accommodating cavity 0931, and the width of the curved portion 09321 is adapted to the width of the opening OO9121,
  • the bending part OO9321 is clamped in the opening OO9121, thereby realizing the assembly of the moving part OO930 and the supporting part OO910, at this time, the elastic part OO920 is accommodated in the interior of the accommodating cavity OO912 of the supporting part OO910, Both the accommodating cavity OO912 of the supporting part OO910 and the elastic member OO920 are accommodated inside the moving part OO930.
  • the moving part OO930 can slide up and down in the opening OO9121 provided on the accommodating cavity OO912 through the bending part OO9321, and the accommodating cavity OO912 on the lower side of the opening OO9121.
  • Some limiting parts OO9122 are used to limit the movement range of the curved part OO9321 in the moving part OO930 in the opening OO9121, so as to prevent the moving part OO930 from falling off from the accommodating cavity OO912.
  • the number of at least one pushing unit OO900 is preferably multiple, and the plurality of pushing units OO900 are located on the first rear wall OO110 along the waste toner box 12 in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the midline is set in a symmetrical manner.
  • the support portion OO910 may also be disposed at any position on the body of the first rear wall OO110 to adapt to different process cartridges 1 and electronic imaging devices 100 .
  • the pushing unit OO900 provided in this embodiment, only the supporting portion OO910 and the reinforcing portion OO911 are in contact with the first rear wall OO110, and the moving portion OO930 is a movable part, and in the installed state of the pushing unit OO900, it moves The portion OO930 is not in contact with the first rear wall OO110, the first extension wall OO121 and the second extension wall OO131.
  • the powder container 11 is provided with a powder container (not shown in the figure), the upper side of the powder container is provided with a first surface portion OO210, and the first surface portion OO210 covers the upper side of the powder container , one end of the first surface portion OO210 is adjacent to the developing roller 30, and the other end is connected to the second rear wall OO220 on the opposite side away from the developing roller 30.
  • the second rear wall OO220 covers the rear side of the powder silo, and at least one first forcing action
  • the portion OO410 protrudes from the surface of the first surface portion OO210 of the powder container 11, and the forcing unit OO900 abuts against the first forcing action portion OO410.
  • At least the first pushing action part OO410 is preferably configured as at least one interference part OO411, wherein the number of the interference parts OO411 is preferably two, and the two interference parts OO411 are both facing away from the first surface part OO210.
  • the direction protrudes from the surface of the first surface portion OO210.
  • the two ends of the powder box 11 along the axial direction of the developing roller 30 are respectively provided with a first box body wall OO230 and a second box body wall OO240; that is, the first box body wall OO230 and the second box body wall OO240 are along the X axis direction.
  • the first box body wall OO230 and the second box body wall OO240 extend toward the direction away from the developing roller 30, forming a first outer wing portion OO231 and a second outer wing portion OO241, and the first box body wall along the axis direction of the developing roller.
  • the OO230 and the second box body wall OO240 are respectively perpendicular to the second surface portion OO220, the first box body wall OO230 and the second box body wall OO240 cover the two side surfaces of the powder silo, and the powder silo (not shown in the figure) is used for During the process of printing the process cartridge 1, the developer is stored and the developer is transported to the photosensitive drum 20 through the powder feeding roller (not shown in the figure) and the developing roller 30, so that the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 20 is developed, Convert to a developed image.
  • the number of the conflicting parts OO411 can be multiple, and the structure of the conflicting parts OO411 can also be configured as other structures for adapting to different pushing units.
  • the disposition quantity of the interference portion OO411 provided in this embodiment needs to be consistent with the disposition quantity of the forcing unit OO900.
  • the waste toner box 12 provided in this embodiment further includes an installation unit OO610
  • the toner box 11 further includes a guide unit OO620.
  • the installation unit OO610 cooperates with the guide unit OO620 in a rolling manner to reduce the friction generated during the installation process of the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11, making the whole installation process smoother, and avoiding the damage to the components in the process cartridge caused by friction.
  • the waste toner box 12 and the toner box 11 provided in this embodiment can also be assembled and connected in an independent manner.
  • the installation unit OO610 is arranged on the waste toner box 12, and the guide unit OO620 is arranged on the toner box 11; Separable fit.
  • the waste toner box 12 is installed on the toner box 11 in a manner that the installation unit OO610 and the guide unit OO620 are separated and engaged.
  • the mounting unit OO610 includes a first mounting portion OO611; the first mounting portion OO611 is provided on the first side wall OO120 at a position adjacent to the developing roller gear 31, and the first mounting portion 611 includes a first mounting portion OO611.
  • a connecting portion OO6111 and a first rolling member OO6112, one end of the first connecting portion OO6111 is disposed on the first side wall OO120 at a position adjacent to the developing roller gear 31, and the other end is configured to extend in a direction away from the first side wall OO120. free end.
  • the first connecting portion OO6111 is preferably configured as a cylindrical structure, the first connecting portion OO6111 includes a first body portion OO61111 and a second outline portion OO61112, and the outer circumference of the first body portion OO61111 is smaller than the first body portion OO61111.
  • a dimension of the outer circumference of the outline portion OO61112, the first body portion OO61111 is provided with a slot OO61113, the slot OO61113 is away from the end face of the free end of the first outline portion OO61112 away from the first side wall OO120, toward the first side wall.
  • the direction of OO120 extends to the stop part OO61115 provided at the middle of the first body part OO61111, so that a part of the first connecting part OO61111 is configured as at least one locking part OO61114.
  • the first connecting part OO6111 and the first rolling element OO6112 are preferably made of elastic materials, and the number of the locking parts OO61114 is preferably two.
  • the user holds the two locking parts OO61114, and applies a force toward the two locking parts OO61114 towards the approaching direction of the two locking parts OO61114.
  • the OO6112 is sleeved on the two locking parts OO61114 corresponding to the first outer contour part OO61112, and then exerts a force on the first rolling element OO6112 to move the first rolling element OO6112 to the first body part OO61111.
  • the outer circumference of the OO6112 is smaller than the outer circumference of the first outer contour part OO61112, so the first outer contour part OO61112 can limit the movement position of the first rolling element OO6112 sleeved on the first connecting part OO6111, so as to avoid the A rolling element OO6112 falls off from the first connecting portion OO6111 during the movement.
  • a positioning block OO124 is also provided on the first side wall OO120 of the waste toner box 12 at an upper position adjacent to the power receiving unit 21, for when the waste toner box 12 is loaded After the electronic imaging apparatus 100 specifies the position, the installation position of the waste toner box 12 is positioned.
  • the mounting unit OO610 further includes a second mounting portion OO612, the second mounting portion OO612 is disposed on the second side wall OO130 at a position that coincides with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20, and the second mounting portion OO612 includes a second connection
  • the part OO6121 and the second rolling element OO6122 are provided with a communication hole OO132 on the second side wall OO130, and the communication hole OO132 communicates with the rotating shaft of the photosensitive drum 20.
  • the second connecting portion OO6121 provided in this embodiment is preferably configured as a cylindrical boss structure, the second connecting portion OO6121 includes a second body portion OO61211 and a second outer profile portion OO61212, and the outer circumference of the second body portion OO61211 is smaller than the first The outer circumference dimension of the outer profile part OO61212.
  • the axis of the second connecting portion OO6121 completely coincides with the axis of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • the second connecting portion OO6121 provided in this embodiment can also be arranged on the powder container 11 in a fixed manner.
  • the first mounting portion OO611 and the second mounting portion OO612 can also be configured as other structures for adapting to different process cartridges 1 .
  • the second outer contour portion OO61212 provided in this embodiment is made of conductive material.
  • the forcing action portion OO400 also includes at least one second forcing action portion OO420, and the second forcing action portion OO420 is protrudingly arranged on the side wall of the waste toner box 12; this
  • the number of the second forcing action parts OO420 is preferably two, and the two second forcing action parts OO420 are symmetrically arranged along the center line of the waste toner box 12 perpendicular to the axial direction of the photosensitive drum 20 .
  • any one of the two second pushing parts OO420 is configured to have the same structure as the first mounting part OO611, that is, the two second pushing parts OO420 include a support piece OO421 and a rotating piece OO422; one end of the support piece OO421 They are respectively provided at a position away from the power receiving unit 21 on the first side wall OO120 and at a position away from the photosensitive drum 20 on the second side wall OO130, and the other ends are configured to face away from the first side wall 00120 and the second side wall, respectively The free end extending in the direction of OO130.
  • the support member OO421 provided in this embodiment is preferably configured as a cylindrical boss structure; the support member OO421 includes a support body portion OO4211 and a support outline portion OO4212; the outer circumference of the support body portion OO4211 is smaller than that of the support outline portion OO4212 Circumferential dimension, the support body part OO4211 is provided with a through groove OO4214, and the through grooves OO4214 respectively extend from the end face of the free end of the support outline part OO4212 away from the first side wall OO120 toward the opposite direction of the first side wall OO120 to the support body
  • the part 004211 and the end face of the free end of the supporting outline part 004212 away from the second side wall 00130 extend toward the opposite side of the second side wall 00130 to the supporting body part 004211, so that the first side wall 00120 and the second side wall 00120 and the second Parts of the two supporting body parts OO4211 of the side wall OO130 are configured as
  • the user holds the two support locking parts OO4213, and applies a force toward the two support locking parts OO4213 toward the two support locking parts OO4213.
  • the rotating member OO422 is sleeved on the two support locking parts OO4213 to correspond to the supporting outlines.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electrophotography Configuration And Component (AREA)

Abstract

一种处理盒(1)，处理盒(1)包括盒体(A10)、感光鼓(20)、显影辊(30)、动力接收单元(21)和迫压件(A40)，感光鼓(20)和显影辊(30)可转动地设置于盒体(A10)，动力接收单元(21)设置于盒体(A10)的一端，用于与电子成像装置(100)的驱动单元(1080)啮合，以接收驱动单元(1080)输出的驱动力，迫压件(A40)固定设置于盒体(A10)并与动力接收单元(21)位于盒体(A10)的同一端，用于对驱动单元(1080)进行迫压，以使驱动单元(1080)摆正位置，并且在动力接收单元(21)与驱动单元(1080)啮合的过程中，迫压件(A40)相对于感光鼓(20)的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。能够使得处理盒(1)的感光鼓(20)或显影辊(30)与电子成像装置(100)的驱动单元(1080)的接触啮合过程更加顺畅，大大节省了感光鼓(20)或显影辊(30)与驱动单元(1080)接触啮合的时间，提高了处理盒(1)的工作效率。

Description

处理盒 技术领域
本申请涉及图像形成技术领域，具体涉及一种处理盒。
背景技术
在现有技术中，电子成像装置通常包括用于输出旋转驱动力的驱动单元，处理盒能够可拆卸地安装于电子成像装置上，并与驱动单元配合，以接收驱动单元输出的旋转驱动力。一般地，处理盒包括动力接收单元、显影单元、显影剂、控粉单元以及用于容纳上述单元的壳体，动力接收单元沿显影单元轴向设置在处理盒的一端，并且根据不同种类的处理盒结构，一些处理盒可能还包括感光单元、充电单元、清洁单元以及搅拌单元等。在处理盒安装至电子成像装置时，动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元相互啮合，从而将驱动单元输出的旋转驱动力传递至处理盒中，以驱动处理盒内部的旋转单元(如显影单元、感光单元、搅拌单元等)转动，进而参与电子成像装置的显影工作。
但是现有技术中，驱动单元的初始状态是处于倾斜状态的，即，驱动单元和动力接收单元不是同轴的，在动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，两者会产生结构干涉，致使动力接收单元与驱动单元难以或无法相互精准地啮合并传递驱动力，使得动力接收单元和驱动单元在啮合时需要花费一定时间，影响处理盒的工作效率。
申请内容
为了克服上述现有技术存在的问题，本申请的主要目的在于提供一种能够提高工作效率的处理盒。
为了实现上述目的，本申请具体采用以下技术方案：
本申请提供了一种处理盒，可拆卸地安装在电子成像装置中，所述处理盒包括：
盒体；
感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置于所述盒体的一端，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合，以接收所述驱动单元输出的驱动力；
迫压件，所述迫压件固定设置于所述盒体并与所述动力接收单元位于所述盒体的同一端，用于对所述驱动单元进行迫压，以使所述驱动单元摆正位置，并且在所述动力接收单元与所述驱动单元啮合的过程中，所述迫压件相对于所述感光鼓的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
相比于现有技术，本申请能够使得处理盒的感光鼓或显影辊与电子成像装置的驱动单元的接触啮合过程更加顺畅，大大节省了感光鼓或显影辊与驱动单元接触啮合的 时间，提高了处理盒的工作效率。
附图说明
图1、图2为现有技术中处理盒未安装到电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例一中处理盒的结构示意图；
图4至图6为本申请实施例一中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例二中处理盒的结构示意图；
图8为本申请实施例二中处理盒安装进电子成像装置的安装导轨中的示意图；
图9和图10为本申请实施例三中处理盒的迫压件的工作原理的示意图；
图11和图12为本申请实施例三中迫压件与驱动单元的啮合过程的示意图；
图13-14b为本申请实施例四处理盒安装过程的示意图；
图15a和图15b为本申请实施例四中处理盒在安装过程示意图；
图16a和图16b为本申请实施例四中处理盒安装到位后的示意图；
图17a为本申请实施例五中处理盒在安装过程中的移动示意图；
图17b为本申请实施例五中压杆按压作用处理盒安装到位后的示意图；
图18为本申请实施例五中压杆的结构示意图；
图19为本申请实施例六中处理盒的结构示意图；
图20为本申请实施例六中处理盒的迫压件一侧的结构示意图；
图21为本申请实施例六中处理盒的控制机构的结构示意图；
图22为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元的结构示意图；
图23为本申请实施例六中处理盒的活动件的结构示意图；
图24为本申请实施例六中处理盒的轮毂的结构示意图；
图25为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元位于初始位置时的结构示意图；
图26为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元位于初始位置时的截面图；
图27为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元位于第二位置时的结构示意图；
图28为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元位于第二位置时的截面图；
图29为本申请实施例六中处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元脱离啮合过程的示意图；
图30为本申请实施例七中处理盒的结构示意图；
图31为本申请实施例七中处理盒的迫压件一侧的结构示意图；
图32为本申请实施例七中处理盒的动力接收单元的结构示意图；
图33为本申请实施例七中处理盒的活动件的结构示意图；
图34为本申请实施例七中处理盒的支撑件的结构示意图；
图35为本申请实施例七中处理盒的控制机构的结构示意图；
图36为本申请实施例七中处理盒的动力接收单元位于初始位置时的结构示意图；
图37为本申请实施例七中处理盒的动力接收单元位于初始位置时的截面图；
图38为本申请实施例七中处理盒的动力接收单元位于第二位置时的结构示意图；
图39为本申请实施例七中处理盒的动力接收单元位于第二位置时的截面图；
图40为本申请实施例七中处理盒的感光鼓与显影辊之间的动力传递的结构示意图；
图41a为本申请实施例八中电子成像装置主组件的局部结构示意图；
图41b为本申请实施例八中电子成像装置主组件的另一局部结构示意图：
图41c为本申请实施例八中电子成像装置主组件的另一局部结构示意图；
图42为本申请实施例八中电子成像装置主组件的又一局部结构示意图；
图43为本申请实施例八中处理盒的结构示意图；
图44为本申请实施例八中处理盒的另一角度结构示意图；
图45为本申请实施例八中从处理盒的端部一侧观察时处理盒的结构示意图；
图46为本申请实施例八中处理盒安装过程中的前期与电子成像装置的第一导轨配合关系图；
图47为本申请实施例八中处理盒安装过程中的后期与电子成像装置的第二导轨的配合关系图；
图48和图49为本申请实施例八中处理盒安装到位时与电子成像装置的配合关系图；
图50为本申请实施例八中A处放大图；
图51为本申请实施例八中处理盒安装过程中第一迫压面和第二迫压面的示意图；
图52a为本申请实施例九的电子成像装置的主组件的局部示意图；
图52b为本申请实施例九的电子成像装置的主组件的另一局部示意图；
图53为本申请实施例九的处理盒的整体结构示意图；
图54为本申请实施例九的处理盒的另一角度的整体结构示意图；
图55为本申请实施例九中处理盒安装过程中的前期与电子成像装置的配合关系图；
图56为本申请实施例九中处理盒安装过程中的后期与电子成像装置的配合关系图；
图57为本申请实施例九中处理盒安装过程中的末期与电子成像装置的配合关系图；
图58为本申请实施例九中处理盒安装过程中的末期与电子成像装置的另一视角的配合关系图；
图59a为本申请实施例九取出处理盒过程中限制部与摆杆的配合关系图；
图59b为本申请实施例九取出处理盒过程中从另一视角观察时限制部与摆杆的配合关系图；
图59c为本申请实施例九取出处理盒过程中限制部与摆杆的配合关系图；
图60为本申请实施例十提供的一种处理盒的整体结构示意图；
图61为本申请实施例十一提供的处理盒的一端的结构示意图；
图62为本申请实施例十二提供的处理盒的一端的结构示意图；
图63为本申请实施例十二提供的S1最小值和S3的最小值；
图64为本申请实施例十二提供的S2最小值和S4的最小值；
图65为本申请实施例十二提供的S5和S6的结构位置图；
图66为本申请实施例十二提供的S5和S6的最小值；
图67为本申请实施例十四提供的电子成像装置的局部结构示意图；
图68为本申请实施例十四提供的电子成像装置中门盖、连杆件、凸轮以及驱动单元的配合关系示意图；
图69为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒安装至电子成像装置后且门盖未关闭时处理盒与驱动单元的配合关系图；
图70为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒的结构示意图；
图71为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒从面向第一端观察时的结构示意图；
图72为本申请实施例十四提供的从另一角度观察的结构示意图；
图73为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒的第一端的局部结构分解示意图；
图74为本申请实施例十四提供的迫压件的结构示意图；
图75为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒安装至电子成像装置且门盖未关闭的状态下迫压件、驱动单元以及感光鼓的配合关系示意图；
图76为本申请实施例十四提供的处理盒安装至电子成像装置且门盖关闭的状态下迫压件、驱动单元以及感光鼓的配合关系示意图；
图77为本申请实施例十五的电子成像装置的局部结构示意图；
图78为本申请实施例十五的电子成像装置的另一局部结构示意图；
图79为本申请实施例十五的覆盖件的结构示意图；
图80为本申请实施例十五的支撑侧板、驱动单元以及凸轮的结构示意图；
图81为本申请实施例十五的驱动单元的结构示意图；
图82为本申请施例十五中处理盒的结构示意图；
图83为本申请实施例十五中从处理盒的一侧观察时处理盒的结构示意图；
图84为本申请实施例十五提供的迫压件的结构示意图；
图85为本申请实施例十五中的处理盒安装至图像形成装置的动作示意图；
图86为本申请实施例十五中的处理盒处于第一位置时与图像形成装置的配合关系图；
图87为本申请实施例十五中的处理盒处于第二位置时与图像形成装置的配合关系图；
图88为本申请实施例十五中的处理盒处于第二位置时与图像形成装置的另一配合关系图；
图89为本申请实施例十五中覆盖件与驱动单元的配合关系图；
图90为本申请实施例十五中处理盒安装过程中迫压件与驱动单元的配合关系 图；
图91为本申请实施例十五中处理盒安装过程中迫压件与驱动单元的另一配合关系图；
图92为本申请实施例十五中处理盒处于第一位置时，迫压件相对驱动单元在处理盒上的位置分布图；
图93为本申请实施例十六的处理盒的结构简图；
图94为本申请实施例十七的迫压件的结构示意图；
图95为本申请实施例十七的迫压件的变形的结构示意图；
图96为本申请实施例十八中电子成像装置的示意图；
图97为本申请本实施例十八中处理盒的结构示意图；
图98为本申请本实施例十八中处理盒的结构分解示意图；
图99为本申请实施例十八中处理盒的支架的示意图；
图100为本申请实施例十八中处理盒的控制机构的示意图；
图101a为本申请实施例十八中处理盒的动力接收单元与感光鼓的安装的分解图；
图101b为本申请实施例十八中处理盒的感光鼓和显影辊的局部视图；
图102为本申请实施例十八电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图；
图103为申请本实施例十八中动力接收单元处于缩回状态的示意图；
图104为本申请实施例十八中动力接收单元处于伸出状态的示意图。
图105和图106为实施例十九中处理盒的结构示意图；
图107为实施例二十中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触未啮合的示意图；
图108为实施例二十中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的示意图；
图109为实施例二十一中处理盒的动力接收单元的示意图；
图110为实施例二十一中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触未啮合的示意图；
图111为实施例二十一中处理盒的动力接收单元迫压件伸出与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触迫压的示意图；
图112为实施例二十一中处理盒的动力接收单元迫压件迫使电子成像装置的驱动单元摆正的示意图；
图113为实施例二十一中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的示意图；
图114为实施例二十二中处理盒的结构示意图；
图115为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的力接收部的结构示意图；
图116为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的力传递部的结构示意图；
图117为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的凸缘的结构示意图；
图118为实施例二十二中承载件的结构示意图；
图119为实施例二十二中动力接收单元处于初始状态的示意图；
图120为图119中沿处理盒的长度方向观察力接收部的放大示意图；
图121为实施例二十二中动力接收单元处于第二状态的示意图；
图122为实施例二十二中动力接收单元处于第三状态的示意图；
图123为图122中沿处理盒的长度方向观察力接收部的放大示意图；
图124为实施例二十三中处理盒的示意图；
图125为实施例二十四中电子成像装置的示意图；
图126为实施例二十四中处理盒的结构示意图；
图127为实施例二十四中处理盒的支架的示意图；
图128为实施例二十四中迫压件的结构示意图；
图129为实施例二十四中迫压件安装于支架的结构示意图；
图130为实施例二十四中摆杆的局部视图；
图131为实施例二十四中电子成像装置的驱动单元结构示意图；
图132a为实施例二十四中处理盒在初始位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图；
图132b为实施例二十四中处理盒在摆正位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图；
图133为实施例二十五中处理盒的示意图；
图134为实施例二十五中迫压件处于初始状态的示意图；
图135为实施例二十五中迫压件与驱动单元的保护罩形成干涉的示意图；
图136为实施例二十五中处理盒安装到位的示意图；
图137为实施例二十五中取出处理盒时迫压件和保护罩处的放大示意图；
图138为实施例二十六中处理盒的结构示意图；
图139为电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图；
图140-142为实施例二十六中动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元未接触啮合的处理盒的示意图；
图143-145为实施例二十六中动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的处理盒的示意图；
图146为实施例二十六中迫压件位于接触位置和未接触位置的状态图；
图147为实施例二十七中电子成像装置的示意图；
图148为实施例二十七中处理盒的结构示意图；
图149为实施例二十七中处理盒的结构另一示意图；
图150为实施例二十七中感光鼓和显影辊的局部视图；
图151为实施例二十七中支架的局部视图；
图152为实施例二十七中摆杆的局部视图；
图153a为实施例二十七中处理盒的迫压件设置在支架上的示意图；
图153b为实施例二十七中处理盒的迫压件设置在支架上的另一示意图；
图154a为实施例二十七中处理盒在初始位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图；
图154b为实施例二十七中处理盒在摆正位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图；
图154c为实施例二十八中第一齿轮与驱动单元配合结构示意图；
图155为实施例二十九中处理盒的结构示意图；
图156为实施例二十九中第一齿轮的局部示意图；
图157为电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图；
图158a为实施例二十九中动力接收单元与电子成像装置中的驱动单元未接触啮合的处理盒的示意图；
图158b为实施例二十九中动力接收单元与电子成像装置中的驱动单元接触啮合的处理盒的示意图；
图159为实施例二十九中电子成像装置中的驱动单元与第一齿轮接触受力示意图；
图160为本申请实施例三十提供的电子成像装置安装迫压件之前的结构示意图；
图161a为图160所示的区域A的局部放大图；
图161b为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的结构示意图；
图162为本申请实施例三十提供的迫压件的结构示意图；
图163为本申请提供的电子成像装置安装迫压件之后的结构示意图；
图164为图163所示区域B的局部放大图；
图165为本申请提供的迫压件与驱动单元保护罩之间的装配结构示意图；
图166为本申请实施例提供的电子成像装置的局部结构示意图；
图167为图166所示区域C的局部放大图；
图168为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的另一结构示意图；
图169为本申请实施例三十提供的迫压件位于第二状态时的局部放大示意图；
图170为本申请实施例三十一提供的迫压组件的结构示意图；
图171为本申请实施例三十二提供的迫压组件的结构示意图；
图172为图171所示区域AA的局部放大图；
图173为本申请实施例三十二提供的迫压组件与处理盒的装配示意图；
图174为本申请实施例三十二提供的迫压组件和处理盒配合后的结构示意图；
图175为本申请实施例三十二提供的迫压组件和处理盒配合后另一角度结构示意图；
图176为本申请实施例三十二提供的处理盒与驱动单元装配之前的结构示意图；
图177为本申请实施例三十二提供的处理盒与驱动单元装配之后的结构示意图；
图178a为实施例三十三提供的一种处理盒结构示意图；
图178b为图178a中废粉盒的第二侧壁和第二安装部部分结构示意图；
图179为图177中粉盒与引导单元的第二安装滑道部分结构示意图；
图180为图177中粉盒与定位单元的第一定位部部分结构示意图；
图181为图177中迫压件与第二盒体壁部分爆炸结构示意图；
图182为图181中活动部结构示意图；
图183为实施例三十三中提供的打印机部分结构示意图；
图184为图183中打印机的打印机传动头与打印机传动头保护罩(挡壁)初始位置结构示意图；
图185为图183中打印机中打印机传动头、打印机传动头保护罩(挡壁)以及打印 机驱动头顶推件装配结构示意图；
图186为图185中打印机传动头保护罩(挡壁)结构示意图；
图187为实施例三十三提供的处理盒与打印机完成安装状态示意图；
图188为实施例三十三提供的一种处理盒安装方法流程图；
图189为实施例三十四提供的处理盒另一种安装方法流程图；
图190为实施例三十五提供的另一种处理盒的中废粉盒结构示意图；
图191为实施例三十五提供的另一种处理盒的中粉盒结构示意图；
图192为图191中粉盒与迫压件部分爆炸结构示意图；
图193为实施例三十五提供的废粉盒先与打印机中打印机传动头装配后，再与粉盒完成安装的过程示意图；
图194为实施例三十五提供的另一种处理盒安装安装流程图；
图195为实施例三十六提供的迫压件与第二盒体壁之间部分爆炸结构示意图；
图196为图195中迫压件爆炸结构示意图；
图197为实施例三十七提供的迫压件与第二盒体壁之间部分爆炸结构示意图；
图198为图197中迫压单元爆炸结构示意图；
图199为实施例三十八提供的处理盒与迫压件完成安装结构示意图；
图200为实施例三十八提供迫压件与粉盒的部分爆炸结构示意图；
图201为图200中迫压件结构示意图；
图202为实施例三十八提供的另一种迫压件结构示意图；
图203为实施例四十中提供的一种处理盒结构中废粉盒与粉盒体完成装配状态示意图以及废粉盒上对应位置局部放大示意图；
图204为图203中废粉盒与粉盒部分爆炸结构以及对应废粉盒位置局部放大结构示意图；
图205为图204中废粉盒上设有的迫推单元、第一安装部部分爆炸结构示意图以及其中一个第一安装部对应位置局部放大示意图；
图206为图204中废粉盒部分结构示意图及第二安装部部分爆炸结构示意图；
图207为图203中粉盒以及迫压件结构示意图；
图208为图207中粉盒部分结构、第一安装滑道以及迫压件爆炸结构示意图；
图209为图208中活动部结构示意图；
图210为图207中粉盒部分结构及第二安装滑道结构示意图；
图211为实施例四十一提供的一种处理盒中废粉盒与粉盒部分爆炸结构示意图；
图212为图201中废粉盒与粉盒完成装配状态示意图以及废粉盒上对应位置局部放大示意图；
图213为实施例四十二提供的处理盒中废粉盒与粉盒完成装配状态示意图以及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图214为图213中废粉盒与粉盒爆炸结构示意图以及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图215为图214中迫推单元、第二迫推作用部以及第一安装部爆炸结构示意图以及第一安装部对应位置局部放大示意图；
图216为图214中第二迫推作用部结构示意图以及第二安装部部分爆炸结构示意 图；
图217为图216中第二迫推作用部以及第二安装部爆炸结构示意图；
图218为图214中粉盒部分结构、第二安装单元结构、配合部以及迫压单元爆炸结构示意图；
图219为图214中粉盒部分结构、第二安装单元以及配合部结构示意图；
图220为实施例四十二中废粉盒与粉盒安装状态下，感光鼓与显影辊接触状态示意图一；
图221为实施例四十二中废粉盒与粉盒安装状态下，感光鼓与显影辊接触状态示意图二；
图222为实施例四十三提供的处理盒中废粉盒与粉盒完成装配状态示意图以及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图223为图222中废粉盒与粉盒完成装配状态示意图以及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图224为本申请实施例四十四提供的处理盒结构示意图；
图225至图227为图244中的处理盒动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合过程的结构示意图；
图228和图229为本申请实施例四十五提供的处理盒结构示意图；
图230为本申请实施例四十六提供的处理盒结构示意图；
图231为图230中的处理盒装入打印机的安装导轨过程示意图；
图232为本申请实施例四十七提供的处理盒中的迫压件的结构示意图；
图233为图232中处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合过程的结构示意图；
图234为本申请实施例四十八提供的处理盒的结构示意图；
图235a为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合过程的结构示意图；
图235b及图235c分别为本申请实施例提供的电子成像装置中的驱动单元与驱动单元保护罩的结构示意图；
图236为图234中端盖结构示意图；
图237a为图234处理盒中的施力单元的结构正面示意图；
图237b为图234处理盒中的施力单元的结构反面示意图；
图238为本申请实施例提供的打印机部分结构示意图；
图239为图234提供的处理盒中的施力件与驱动单元顶推件接触过程示意图；
图240为图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元处于啮合状态时的部分结构示意图；
图241为图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元处于啮合及锁定状态部分结构示意图；
图242为图234提供的处理盒中的施力件与驱动单元顶推件接触状态部分结构示意图；
图243为图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元脱离啮合状态部分结构示意图；
图244为本申请实施例四十九提供的处理盒中的施力单元的安装前状态示意图；
图245a、图245b、图245c为图244中施力单元的不同角度的结构示意图；
图246为图234提供的施力单元与端盖装配部分的结构示意图及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图247为图234提供的施力单元对驱动单元顶推件施加作用力时的部分结构示意图及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图248为图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元处于啮合状态部分结构示意图；
图249为图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元处于啮合及锁定状态部分结构示意图；
图250为图234提供的处理盒的施力单元与驱动单元顶推件处于脱离状态部分结构示意图及对应位置局部放大示意图；
图251图234提供的处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元脱离啮合状态部分结构示意图；
图252及图253为本申请实施例五十提供的处理盒中的迫压件作为施力单元时的工作原理示意图；
图254及图255为本申请实施例五十一提供的处理盒中的迫压件作为施力单元时的工作原理示意图；
图256为处理盒沿长度方向观察迫压件工作过程的示意图；
图257为图254提供的迫压件工作过程另一种示意图；
图258为图254提供的迫压件工作过程另一种示意图；
图259为处理盒沿长度方向观察迫压件工作过程的又一示意图；
图260为图254提供的处理盒中动力接收单元与驱动单元啮合前工作状态的示意图；
图261是现有技术的电子成像装置的主组件的局部结构示意图；
图262是现有技术的电子成像装置的主组件的另一局部结构示意图；
图263是本申请实施例五十二处理盒安装至电子成像装置的示意图；
图264是本申请实施例五十二的第一可动部件的结构示意图；
图265是本申请实施例五十二的处理盒的整体结构示意图；
图266是本申请实施例五十二的第一端盖和施力部件的结构示意图；
图267是本申请实施例五十二的第一端盖和施力部件的另一结构示意图；
图268是本申请实施例五十二的处理盒在安装至电子成像装置的过程中施力部件与第一可动部件的配合关系图；
图269是是本申请实施例五十二的处理盒在安装至电子成像装置的过程中施力部件与第一可动部件的另一配合关系图；
图270是本申请实施例五十三的第一端盖和施力部件的结构示意图；
图271是本申请实施例五十三的第一端盖和施力部件的另一结构示意图；
图272是本申请实施例五十三的第一端盖和施力部件的又一结构示意图；
图273是本申请实施例五十四的第一端盖和施力部件的结构示意图；
图274是本申请实施例五十四的第一端盖和施力部件的另一结构示意图；
图275是本申请实施例五十五的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机前的结构示意图；
图276是本申请实施例五十五的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机过程中的结构示意图；
图277是本申请实施例五十六的第一端盖和施力部件的在过程中的结构示意图；
图278是本申请实施例五十七的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机前的结构示意图；
图279是本申请实施例五十七的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机前的结构示意图；
图280是本申请实施例五十八的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机前的结构示意图；
图281是本申请实施例五十八的第一端盖和施力部件的在装机过程中的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案及优点更加清楚明白，以下结合附图及实施例，对本申请进行进一步详细说明。应当理解，此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请，并不用于限定本申请。
在本申请的描述中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述的目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性；除非另有规定或说明，术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上；术语“连接”、“固定”等均应做广义理解，例如，“连接”可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或一体地连接，或电连接；可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。
本说明书的描述中，需要理解的是，本申请实施例所描述的“上”、“下”等方位词是以附图所示的角度来进行描述的，不应理解为对本申请实施例的限定。此外，在上下文中，还需要理解的是，当提到一个元件连接在另一个元件“上”或者“下”时，其不仅能够直接连接在另一个元件“上”或者“下”，也可以通过中间元件间接连接在另一个元件“上”或者“下”。
图1、图2为现有技术中处理盒未安装到电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图。如图1、图2所示，电子成像装置(图中未示出)中设置有驱动单元1080，其中驱动单元1080具有动力传递件1080e，用于向处理盒传递旋转驱动力。具体的，驱动单元1080被支撑件1085的支撑部1085a支撑，进一步的，第一被接触部1080h与设置在电子成像装置中的第一接触突起1004抵接，同时按压部件1003通过弹簧1006对驱动单元1080的被按压部1080i施加推动力FF2，使得第二被接触部1080j与第二接触突起1005接触，此时驱动单元1080处于初始位置，沿着支撑件1085的轴线平行方向即箭头HH方向观察，驱动单元1080的轴线方向EE相对于支撑部1085a的中心RR倾斜。
当处理盒安装到电子成像装置中后，处理盒的动力接收单元与驱动单元1080会进行接触，使得驱动单元1080由初始位置中的倾斜状态变换成与支撑件1085的轴线方向平行，以与动力接收单元成功匹配啮合进而传递驱动力。
但是动力接收单元与驱动单元1080接触啮合的过程中两者会产生结构干涉，致使动力接收单元与驱动单元1080难以或无法相互精准地啮合并传递动力，这样动力接收单元和驱动单元1080啮合时需要花费一定时间，处理盒的工作效率也会有所影响。
实施例一
本申请实施例提供一种电子成像装置，该电子成像装置包括处理盒1、驱动单元1080及驱动单元保护罩1081，所述驱动单元保护罩1081罩设于所述驱动单元1080外。
电子成像装置可以是打印机、复印机、扫描复印一体机等，在此不做限定。以下以打印机为例进行方案的说明。处理盒可以是碳粉盒、墨盒等。
处理盒一般由粉仓单元和废粉仓单元组成，粉仓单元包含有显影辊、出粉刀、送粉辊和搅拌架等，废粉仓单元则包含有感光鼓、充电辊和清洁刮刀等。处理盒通常还包含有显影剂，以及接收外部驱动力的动力接收单元，动力接收单元包括设置在感光鼓一端的驱动头及驱动齿轮。进一步地，处理盒还设置有与机器配合的定位部件。显影辊在驱动作用下旋转可以带动显影剂转移到感光鼓上。出粉刀可以调整显影剂在显影辊上的均匀性。搅拌架可以使粉仓单元内的显影剂疏松。充电辊给感光鼓充电，清洁刮刀是把感光鼓上显影后的多余的显影剂清洁掉。
图3为本申请中处理盒的结构示意图。如图3所示，处理盒1包括盒体A10、感光鼓20、显影辊30和动力接收单元21，盒体A10内容纳有显影剂，感光鼓20和显影辊30可转动地设置于盒体A10。动力接收单元21设置于盒体A10的一端并连接于感光鼓20，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合，以接收电子成像装置的驱动单元输出的驱动力。
具体的，盒体A10包括支架A11，支架A11可以是感光鼓框架，支架A11包括第一固定柱A111和通孔A112，动力接收单元21通过通孔A112固定在支架A11上并暴露在通孔A112的外部，以接收驱动单元1080输出的驱动力。第一固定柱A111相对于感光鼓20的轴线方向设置在动力接收单元21的上方和/或前方。
为了将驱动单元1080从初始位置的倾斜状态变换成能够与动力接收单元21啮合的水平状态，处理盒1还包括有迫压件A40，迫压件A40固定设置于盒体A10并与动力接收单元21位于盒体的同一端，用于在处理盒1的安装过程中迫压驱动单元1080，以使驱动单元1080摆正位置。
进一步地，迫压件A40可拆卸安装在第一固定柱A111上从而固定到支架A11上，同时在感光鼓20的轴向上，迫压件A40的至少一部分位于动力接收单元21的外侧。可选的，迫压件A40设为滚轮，滚轮的外表面为引导迫压面，该引导迫压面能够引导压迫驱动单元，使驱动单元摆正位置。进一步地，滚轮的外表面可包覆有一层橡胶涂层，通过橡胶涂层能够避免迫压件A40与驱动单元1080接触时产生结构干涉导致驱动单元磨损。
图4至图6为本申请中处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合过程的示意图。如图4所示，处理盒1沿Y1方向安装到电子成像装置中时，固定在支架上的迫压件A40也随着处理盒的移动而逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近，当迫压件A40与驱动单元1080接触形成结构干涉时，迫压件A40对驱动单元1080施加一个迫压力F，驱动单元1080接收到压力后沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动，使驱动单 元1080与迫压件A40接触后带动迫压件A40转动，同时，由于迫压件A40固定安装在支架上，因此在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件A40始终与感光鼓20的轴线方向保持平行，即迫压件A40相对感光鼓20的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。随着处理盒1的安装到位，驱动单元1080由初始位置运动到与支撑件A1085的轴线方向平行的位置，此时迫压件A40相对于感光鼓20的轴线方向设置在动力接收单元21的上方和/或前方，最终驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21成功啮合，实现驱动单元1080将驱动力传递到动力接收单元21上，进而带动感光鼓20旋转。
本实施例通过在处理盒上设置有迫压件，且迫压件A40迫使驱动单元1080由初始倾斜位置运动到与感光鼓的轴线方向大致平行的位置，且在垂直于感光鼓的轴向的平面，迫压件的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合，进而能够使得动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的过程更加顺畅，大大节省了动力接收部与驱动单元接触啮合的时间，提高了处理盒的工作效率。
实施例二
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未指出部分均与实施例一中的处理盒结构相同。
如图7和图8所示，处理盒1还包括可移动的定位件B50，定位件B50活动设置于支架B11并与动力接收单元21位于同一端，且定位件B50能够相对于支架B11在第一方向上产生位移，其中，第一方向为处理盒的高度延伸方向(图8中的Z方向)。进一步地，支架B11开设有滑槽B15，滑槽B15可以是矩形滑槽或圆形滑槽，或者其他规则或不规则结构的滑槽，在此不做限定。定位件B50滑动设置于滑槽B15，使定位件B50可沿滑槽B15相对于盒体移动。
在将处理盒1通过电子成像装置内部侧面的安装导轨B900沿着前进方向(处理盒的安装方向)安装入电子成像装置内部时，定位件B50被电子成像装置内部侧面的安装导轨B900承托并顺着安装导轨B900向前移动。由于定位件B50可相对于盒体移动，而在安装过程中，定位件B50被承托在安装导轨B900上，因此处理盒1在安装过程中，处理盒1的盒体可相对于电子成像装置的安装导轨B900产生一定的位移，位于盒体端部的迫压件B40也随着处理盒1的整体移动相对于电子成像装置内部的驱动单元1080或电子成像装置的安装导轨B900实现一定的移动量(至少可以实现上下移动)，通过该移动量，迫压件B40即可相对于驱动单元1080实现一定的向上位移，而处理盒安装到位后又可向下移动而下压驱动单元1080，使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元900基本同轴啮合，以传递驱动力。且迫压件B40迫使驱动单元1080由初始倾斜位置运动到与感光鼓的轴线方向大致平行的位置，且在垂直于感光鼓的轴向的平面，迫压件的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合。
在本实施例中，由于该定位件B50的设置，使迫压件B40在处理盒1安装进入电子成像装置中，定位件B50能够沿滑槽B15相对于盒体移动，并带动设置于盒体的迫压件B40相对于盒体移动，即，迫压件B40可以获得一定的移动量，使安装于处理盒1上的迫压件B40更容易下压驱动单元1080而避免相互干涉。
另外，上述的实施例一和实施例二的技术方案也可以相互组合使用，如将实施例二的可移动的定位件应用至实施例一的处理盒中，增加功能，使实施例一的处理盒更 容易实现动力接收单元和驱动单元之间的啮合，实施例之间并不相互排斥。
实施例三
本实施例提供另一种迫压件，是在实施例二的基础上做的进一步改进，未说明部分均与前述各实施例中内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。
如图9和图10所示，处理盒1还包括可移动的定位件C50和弹性伸缩件C60，定位件C50设置于支架C11并与动力接收单元21位于盒体的同一端，且定位件C50经弹性伸缩件F60连接于支架C11，从而使得定位件C50能够相对于处理盒本体移动。处理盒1还包括有迫压件C40，迫压件C40通过连接杆C70连接于支架C11上，具体的，迫压件C40为齿轮，齿轮的外表面为引导迫压面。
在将处理盒1通过电子成像装置内部侧面的安装导轨C900沿着前进方向(处理盒的安装方向)安装入电子成像装置内部时，定位件C50被电子成像装置内部侧面的安装导轨C900承托并顺着安装导轨C900向前移动。由于定位件C50可相对于处理盒1移动，而在安装过程中，定位件C50被承托在安装导轨C900上，因此处理盒1在安装过程中，处理盒1可相对于电子成像装置的安装导轨C900产生一定移动量。
具体的，在将处理盒1安装到电子成像装置的过程中，迫压件C40首先会触碰到设在驱动单元1080外周的挡壁1081，从而使得整个处理盒相对于安装导轨C900向上移动，避开装配过程中的高点，而当处理盒彻底安装到位后，处理盒也向下移动到规定的位置，在处理盒向下移动的过程中，设置在其前方的迫压件C40也随着处理盒的整体移动相对于电子成像装置内部的驱动单元1080或电子成像装置的安装导轨C900实现一定的移动量(至少可以实现上下移动)。
如图11和图12所示，当固定在支架C11上的迫压件C40随着处理盒的移动逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近并与驱动单元1080接触时，迫压件C40的齿轮部C40a与驱动单元1080的齿轮部C1081b形成结构干涉并啮合，而由于迫压件C40的齿轮模数与驱动单元1080的齿轮模数有轻微差异，因此在两者啮合数个齿形后，迫压件C40和驱动单元1080就会发生顶齿，同时又因为迫压件C40是相对于处理盒固定的，所以在发生顶齿时，驱动单元1080能够通过与迫压件C40的啮合从而从初始的倾斜位置运动到与动力接收单元21的轴线方向大概平行或同轴的位置，且在垂直于感光鼓的轴向的平面，迫压件的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合，最终使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21成功啮合。整个过程中，迫压件C40相对于感光鼓的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
在一些实施例中，在驱动单元1080旋转后，能够使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21顺利啮合。
实施例四
如图13所示，电子成像装置的侧壁上设有一块状凸起D1010，块状凸起D1010位于驱动单元1080或安装导轨900(部分)的上方并处于处理盒1在电子成像装置的安装空间内(参考图31的处理盒1的安装空间)。其余未说明的部分可参考前述各实施例中的内容，为简便而言不再赘述。
如图13至图16b所示，本实施例提供处理盒中的另一种迫压件，在本实施例中，迫压件D40固定设置在处理盒1上或迫压件D40与处理盒一体成型，并与动力接收单元21位于同一侧，在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面，迫压件D40的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合。且迫压件D40包括引导迫压面D40a1(斜面或弧面)，引导迫压面D40a1设置于迫压件D40前端(处理盒1的安装方向)朝向动力接收单元21的一侧，该引导迫压面D40a1与块状凸起D1010对应设置。本实施例的安装过程如下：
如图13、图14a所示，处理盒1沿Y1方向安装到电子成像装置中时，迫压件D40的前端与电子成像装置的侧壁上的块状凸起D1010相对应，随着处理盒1的继续安装移动，迫压件D40的引导迫压面D40a1与块状凸起D1010抵接，迫压件D40在引导迫压面D40a1与块状凸起D1010的作用下朝上前方上移，由于迫压件D40固定设置在处理盒1上或迫压件D40与处理盒一体成型，迫压件D40的上移也会带动处理盒1的前端上移，使处理盒1整体沿逆时针方向转动(从动力接收单元21的轴向上观察)。
如图14b所示，随着处理盒1的继续安装，迫压件D40向上移动越过块状凸起D1010后再移动至挡壁1081的上方，此时，迫压件D40的前端即将越过挡壁1081上方，进入挡壁1081的开口位置以接触驱动单元1080，如图15a所示。
如图15b所示，处理盒1在电子成像装置中安装到位后，迫压件D40位于驱动单元1080的上方。从处理盒1的后背部观察，处理盒1的一端1A，即动力接收单元21所在的一端，相对于处理盒1的另一端1B在电子成像装置中更靠上(处理盒1部分上翘)。
如图16a、图16b所示，随着电子成像装置门盖的关闭，门盖内侧的压杆D1020下压处理盒1的壳体后背部的左右两侧的上表面1C，使处理盒1整体受力，处理盒1的前端随之下移并带动迫压件D40下移，此时，迫压件D40的前端下压驱动单元1080使其向下移动至与动力接收单元21基本同轴，以接收驱动力。由于动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080同轴，处理盒1的后端下部分沿顺时针方向转动。在压杆D1020向处理盒1左右两侧施加压力的情况下，处理盒1的两端(1A、1B)基本保持水平状态。
在一些实施例中，处理盒也可以在自身的重力作用下，使迫压件D40的前端下压驱动单元1080，使驱动单元1080向下移动与动力接收单元21基本同轴，以接收动力。
实施例五
本实施例在实施例四的基础上，做进一步改进，未说明部分均与实施例四中内容相同，如图17a-图18所示，处理盒还包括限位导引件E40b、弹性件(图中未示出)和导引控制部件E40c，限位导引件E40b活动设置于处理盒1的端盖并与动力接收单元21位于盒体的同一端，且限位导引件E40b能够在感光鼓轴向上产生位移。具体地，限位导引件E40b可以为设置在处理盒1的端盖上的凸起，例如可以为一圆柱结构。弹性件套设于限位导引件E40b，且弹性件的两端分别抵压在限位导引件E40b及端盖内壁，通过弹性件对限位导引件E40b施以指向端盖内部的力。在不受其它外力作用时，使限位导引件E40b在端盖上保持缩进的状态，使得处理盒安装过程中处理盒1的端盖处不会与电子成像装置的内壁出现干涉。
导引控制部件E40c可以为一摆杆，该摆杆可设置在处理盒1的端盖内部，摆杆的 接收部位于处理盒靠后位置，通过摆杆的接收部位接收来自压杆E1020(图18所示)的力(于后描述)，并将接收到的外力传递至限位导引件E40b上，例如通过斜面配合等方式，将限位导引件E40b推出端盖而呈伸出状态。本实施例与实施例四相同的是，迫压件E40固定设置在盒体上或迫压件E40与处理盒一体成型，并当处理盒1在电子成像装置中安装到位后，迫压件E40位于驱动单元1080的上方。
进一步地，随着电子成像装置门盖的关闭，门盖内侧的压杆E1020下压处理盒1壳体后背部的左右两侧的上表面1C，使处理盒1整体受力。处理盒1的前端随之下移并带动迫压件E40下移，此时迫压件E40的前端下压驱动单元1080，使驱动单元1080向下移动至与动力接收单元21基本同轴，以接收动力。迫压件E40迫使驱动单元1080由初始倾斜位置运动到与感光鼓的轴线方向大致平行的位置。且在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面，迫压件E40的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合。由于动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080同轴，处理盒1的后端下部分沿顺时针方向转动。在压杆E1020向处理盒1左右两侧施加压力的情况下，处理盒1的两端(1A、1B)基本保持水平状态。与此同时，压杆E1020还会按压导引控制部件E40c，使导引控制部件E40c沿箭头R方向在端盖中发生移动，进而通过斜面配合等方式使原本处于缩进端盖状态的限位导引件E40b自端盖上伸出(图中限位导引件E40b垂直于纸面伸出)。此时，由于处理盒处于摆正状态，伸出后的限位导引件E40b能够扣入到位于电子成像装置中的一限位凹槽E1011中，由此，对安装完毕的处理盒进行限位使其不易晃动，稳定参与打印。
当需要将处理盒从电子成像装置取出时，打开门盖，使压杆E1020抬起，于是，随着施加在导引控制部件E40c上的力的消失，连接于限位导引件E40b上弹性件的弹性恢复力使限位导引件E40b回缩进端盖，同时也可使导引控制部件E40c回位至其装机之前的状态。其中，优选压杆E1020先按压处理盒1的上表面1C以使处理盒摆正位置，再由压杆E1020施力于导引控制部件E40c，使限位导引件E40b能伸出以扣入到限位凹槽E1011中。此过程可以通过在压杆E1020上沿其行进方向设置不同的台阶面来实现，例如在压杆E1020的行进方向(箭头M)上依次设置第一台阶面E1021和第二台阶面E1022。当关闭门盖使压杆E1020向装置内部按压时，由第一台阶面E1021首先按压处理盒上表面1C，使处理盒出现摆正动作，之后随着压杆E1020的进一步按压，使得第二台阶面E1022开始接触按压导引控制部件E40c的受力面，进而使限位导引件E40b能够伸出至限位凹槽E1011中。此外，导引控制部件E40c不限于设置在端盖内部，亦可设置在处理盒外部，在此不做限制。
实施例六
在实施例二或实施例四的基础上，本实施例提供了另一种处理盒结构。如图19和图20所示，处理盒1包括动力接收单元21、支架F11、迫压件F40和控制机构F30，动力接收单元21活动设置于盒体的一端，用于接收电子成像装置的驱动力，控制机构F30用于控制动力接收单元21在感光鼓的轴向上产生位移。迫压件F40固定设置于盒体上或迫压件F40与处理盒一体成型并与动力接收单元21位于同一端，通过迫压件F40能够迫压驱动单元1080(如图15b所示)，使驱动单元处于摆正位置。且迫压件F40迫使驱动单元1080由初始倾斜位置运动到与感光鼓的轴线方向大致平行的位置， 在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面，迫压件F40的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合。支架F11设置于盒体一端，且支架F11上设置有长条形的凹槽F110和多个安装孔F113，凹槽F110具有第一端F111和第二端F112。
如图21所示，控制机构F30包括固定件F31和按压件F32，固定件F31设有多个固定孔F311和肋条F312，按压件F32的一端设有连接柱F321，按压件F32的另一端设有按压部F323，按压部F323具有斜面，且按压件F32的中部F322为一倒角结构，使得连接柱F321和按压部F323之间在按压件F32的宽度方向上有高低位移差。
如图22至图24所示，处理盒1还包括轮毂F60、活动件F50、连接件F70和第一弹性件F90。动力接收单元21设有用于与驱动单元1080啮合的啮合部F213和连接孔F211，在啮合部F213和连接孔F211之间设有沿动力接收单元21的轴线向外延伸的抵接面F212。活动件F50为一圆柱形结构，具体的，活动件F50包括上表面F53、下表面F54、通孔F52和突起F51，突起F51设置在上表面F53上，该突起F51沿远离上表面F53的方向突出并且具有一倾斜表面。轮毂F60的外圆周设有齿轮部，轮毂F60的内部还设有两个间隔设置的支撑部F61。
如图25和图26所示，上述各个零件的装配关系为：活动件F50活动设置于轮毂F60中，使活动件F50的下表面F54与轮毂F60的支撑部F61抵接；动力接收单元21穿过活动件F50的通孔F52安装到活动件F50中，此时，动力接收单元21的抵接面F212(图22)与活动件F50的上表面F53抵接，使得动力接收单元21固定支撑在活动件F50上，并能够与活动件F50一起相对于轮毂F60运动；连接件F70穿过动力接收单元21的连接孔F211，连接件F70的两端放置入轮毂F60内置的支撑部F61中，以在动力接收单元21从驱动单元1080接收到驱动力后带动轮毂F60旋转；第一弹性件F90设置于轮毂F60中，且第一弹性件F90的一端抵接在轮毂F60的底面上，第一弹性件F90的另一端抵接在连接件F70的两端处。
上述的各零件互相配合后可整体装配到感光鼓20一端，使轮毂F60在接收到驱动力后能够带动感光鼓20旋转并将驱动力通过轮毂F60的齿轮部传递到显影辊齿轮31，进而带动显影辊30旋转。支架F11覆盖在活动件F50上，并使动力接收单元21和活动件F50上的突起F51通过支架F11向外暴露。按压件F32与支架F11之间通过第二弹性件F80活动连接，具体的，按压件F32和第二弹性件F80分别安装于支架F11的凹槽F110中，且第二弹性件F80的一端与凹槽F110的第一端F111连接，第二弹性件F80的另一端与按压件F32的连接柱F321连接，可选的，第二弹性件F80可采用弹簧或者压簧。为了将按压件F32固定在支架F11上，固定件F31通过肋条F312安装到凹槽F110中并覆盖住按压件F32的一部分，多个螺丝(图中未示出)依次穿过多个固定孔F311和多个安装孔F113，从而将固定件F31和支架F11固定到盒体上，以防止控制机构F30和动力接收单元21从处理盒1中脱出。
以下对处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合和脱离啮合的过程进行说明(为便于了解按压件F32在支架F11中的动作过程，控制机构F30中的固定件F31在图25中未出示)。
如图25和图26所示，处理盒1在未安装到电子成像装置中时，第二弹性件F80的弹性力使得按压件F32处于伸出状态，按压件F32的按压部F323与活动件F50的 突起F51抵接，并对突起F51施加一个朝向感光鼓20内部的力，使得活动件F50连同动力接收单元21一起克服第一弹性件F90的弹性力被压缩在支架F11中，动力接收单元21的啮合部F213未从支架F11伸出，此时动力接收单元21处于初始位置。
如图27和图28所示，当处理盒1沿着安装方向X6安装到电子成像装置中时，迫压件F40的前端与挡壁1081抵接，随着处理盒1的继续安装，迫压件F40插入到挡壁1081的开口中与驱动单元1080接触，由于处理盒1的前端随之下移并带动迫压件F40下移，这时迫压件F40的前端下压驱动单元1080，使驱动单元1080向下移动至与动力接收单元21基本同轴以接收动力。同时，在迫压件F40下压驱动单元1080的过程中，与突起F51抵接的按压件F32运动到与挡壁1081接触的位置，并且随着处理盒的安装，按压件F32受到挡壁1081的作用力而克服第二弹性件F80的弹性力沿与安装方向X6相反的方向运动，这时按压件F32不再与突起F51抵接，活动件F50失去了按压件F32的作用力后带动动力接收单元21一同沿Y6方向(即远离感光鼓内部的方向)运动，同时活动件F50的下表面F54也不再与轮毂F60的支撑部F61接触，此时动力接收单元21处于第二位置。当处理盒在电子成像装置中安装到位后，迫压件F40成功摆正驱动单元1080并且动力接收单元21从支架F11中伸出与驱动单元1080啮合，从而实现驱动力的传递。
如图29所示，当处理盒使用完毕需要从电子成像装置中取出时，用户可先拉出处理盒1的一端1B，使得处理盒的一端1B相对于处理盒1的另一端1A(即动力接收单元21所在的一端)倾斜，在处理盒1处于相对倾斜的状态下，动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080产生一定的间隙空间，此时按压件F32逐渐沿X6方向移动到重新与突起F51抵接的位置，使得活动件F50带动动力接收单元21沿指向感光鼓20内部的方向运动，最终动力接收单元21和驱动单元1080脱离啮合，使处理盒从电子成像装置中成功取出。
在一些实施例中，处理盒1的第一端1A还设置有导引面F44，导引面F44位于迫压件F40的后侧方，通过导引面F44能够在处理盒1安装和拆卸过程中避免与块状凸起D1010发生干涉。可选地，导引面F44可以设置成向处理盒的后方倾斜的斜面或曲面，在处理盒安装和拆卸的过程中，块状凸起D1010可以抵着导引面F44的表面滑过，避免了处理盒与块状凸起D1010发生干涉，从而影响处理盒的安装。
在一些实施例中，处理盒1的第一端1A还设置有被引导部F41，具体的，被引导部F41可以是从处理盒的端面向外突出，以能够在处理盒安装过程中与电子成像装置上的导轨抵接，从而引导处理盒的安装。可选地，被引导部F41也可以设置在第一端的其它位置，只要能够与电子成像装置上的导轨抵接并被引导即可，当然，在一些实施例中，被引导部F41还可以被取消。
实施例七
在实施例六的基础上，本实施例提供了另外一种处理盒。
如图30至图34所示，处理盒1包括支架G11、感光鼓20、迫压件G40、活动件G50、支撑件G60、动力接收单元G21和弹性件(图中未示出)。需要说明的是，本实施例中的迫压件G40与实施例六中的迫压件的结构一样，迫压件G40固定设置在盒体 上，并与动力接收单元G21位于盒体同一端。
具体的，动力接收单元G21包括圆柱形的主体G212，主体G212的一端设有与驱动单元1080啮合的啮合部G211，主体G212的圆周表面还均匀间隔设置有多个连接柱G213，连接柱G213的数量不作限制，在本实施例中，连接柱G213的数量为三个。活动件G50的外圆周设有齿轮部，具体的，活动件G50还设有限位部G51，限位部G51的一面上设有多个突起G52。支撑件G60为一圆筒形结构，且支撑件G60包括上筒G63和下筒G64，上筒G63的半径相对于下筒G64的半径较小，且上筒G63的外圆周表面设有多个与突起G52数量相对应的凹槽G65，下筒G64还设有一支撑面G61，支撑面G61上设有多个与突起G52数量相对应的向外突出的斜面G62。
如图36和图37所示，上述的各个零件的连接关系为：活动件G50套设于支撑件G60的上筒G63上以安装到支撑件G60中，突起G52位于支撑面G61上，并且活动件G50能够相对于支撑件G60旋转且做平移运动。动力接收单元G21穿设于活动件G50及支撑件G60，并使连接柱G213穿设于凹槽G65，同时连接柱G213被活动件G50的限位部G51所支撑，从而使动力接收单元G21与支撑件G60活动连接，并且动力接收单元G21能够与活动件G50一起运动。弹性件(图中未示出)设置于动力接收单元G21和支撑件G60之间，且弹性件的一端抵接于动力接收单元G21上，另一端抵接于支撑件G60内的底面。
进一步地，如图35所示，为了使得动力接收单元G21能够沿感光鼓20的轴线方向做平移运动，处理盒1还包括控制机构G30，控制机构G30与活动件G50配合，用于控制活动件G50转动，以使动力接收单元G21能够在感光鼓20轴向上产生位移。具体的，控制机构G30包括连接件G31、中间齿轮G32和驱动齿轮G80，中间齿轮G32连接于连接件G31，在本实施例中，中间齿轮G32与连接件G31为一体成型。驱动齿轮G80可套设于连接件G31的另一端上，可选的，驱动齿轮G80还可以为橡胶轮。当控制机构G30安装到盒体上时，连接件G31设有中间齿轮G32的一端靠近显影辊30设置，且中间齿轮G32能够与活动件G50的齿轮部啮合，通过控制机构G30的旋转，能够驱动活动件G50连同动力接收单元G21一起沿着远离感光鼓20内部的方向运动。
如图36和图37所示，当处理盒未安装到电子成像装置中时，动力接收单元G21位于支架G11内，并且动力接收单元G21和活动件G50靠近于感光鼓20设置，此时的动力接收单元G21处于初始位置。
如图38至图39所示，当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置中时，迫压件G40的前端与挡壁1081抵接，随着处理盒1的继续安装，迫压件G40插入到挡壁1081的开口中与驱动单元1080接触，在处理盒1的前端下移并带动与处理盒相对固定的迫压件G40随之下移时，迫压件G40的前端下压驱动单元1080，使驱动单元1080向下移动至与动力接收单元G21基本同轴以接收动力。且在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面，迫压件G40的投影与感光鼓投影完全不重合。同时，在迫压件G40下压驱动单元1080的过程中，随着驱动单元1080向下移动而与驱动齿轮G80接触，由于驱动单元1080的外圆周设有外齿轮部(参见图1)，该外齿轮部为斜齿结构，驱动单元1080的外齿轮部与驱动齿轮G80啮合，使得驱动齿轮G80将接收到的驱动力传递给中间齿轮G32，再通过中 间齿轮G32将驱动力传递到与其啮合的活动件G50的齿轮部，进而带动活动件G50旋转，而随着活动件G50的转动，突起G52运动到与斜面G62抵接的位置，并且沿着斜面G62从其低位运动到高位，使得活动件G50和与活动件G50相对固定连接的动力接收单元G21沿着远离感光鼓20的方向运动，进而使动力接收单元G21从支架G11中伸出，此时动力接收单元G21处于第二位置，最终使动力接收单元G21与驱动单元1080成功啮合，实现驱动力的传递。由于控制机构G30并不与显影辊30连接，因此控制机构G30无法将从驱动单元1080处接收到的驱动力传递给显影辊30。因此，在感光鼓20远离活动件G50的一端上还设有一个感光鼓齿轮G25，在显影辊30远离活动件G50的一端上还设有显影辊齿轮G26，显影辊齿轮G26与感光鼓齿轮G25啮合，使活动件G50能够将从动力接收单元G21处接收到的驱动力传递给感光鼓齿轮G25，进而传递到与感光鼓齿轮G25啮合的显影辊齿轮G26，从而带动显影辊30转动。
本实施例中处理盒从电子成像装置中取出的方法与实施例六类似，同样是通过处理盒在取出过程中的相对倾斜，使得使用者在将处理盒从电子成像装置中取出时更加顺畅。
参考图37所示，在一些实施例中，在动力接收单元G21远离啮合部G211的一端设置有弹性复位件G27，该弹性复位件G27可以是压缩弹簧。当驱动单元1080停止转动时，由于弹性复位件G27的弹性力大于驱动单元1080与动力接收单元G21的作用力，因此可以通过弹性复位件G27将动力接收单元G21拉回初始位置。此种结构的设置，处理盒可以无需倾斜取盒即可顺畅地将处理盒取出。
实施例八
本实施例的处理盒1和电子成像装置与实施例四的处理盒和电子成像装置的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下仅介绍其主要不同之处。
如图41a至图42所示，电子成像装置包括主组件H100，处理盒1可拆卸地容纳在主组件H100中，且主组件H100在处理盒1的长度方向Y上设置有第一侧壁H101和第二侧壁H102，第一侧壁H101和第二侧壁H102均设置有用于引导处理盒1安装的导轨。具体地，第二侧壁H102上设置有用于引导处理盒1安装的第一导轨H103和第二导轨H104，第一导轨H103包括第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032，第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032之间是连续的，在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的安装方向上，第二引导段H1032位于第一引导段H1031的下方侧。在本实施例中，第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032均为斜面，且第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032均向处理盒安装方向的后方倾斜。在电子成像装置放置于水平面的常规使用状态下，第二引导段H1032与水平面的夹角大于第一引导段H1031与水平面的夹角。可选择的，第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032也可以是构造成曲面，或一者是斜面，另一者是曲面均可。可选择的，第一引导段H1031和第二引导段H1032也可以是倾斜设置的引导槽。在本实施例中，第一导轨H103的后半段形成凹部，也即第二引导段H1032相对第一引导段H1031是下凹的。
第二导轨H104靠近挡壁1081设置，且第二导轨H104的下游端延伸至挡壁1081的上方侧，在处理盒1的安装方向上，第二导轨H104设置在第一引导段H1031的下 游侧。具体的，第二导轨H104包括第三引导段H1041、第四引导段H1042和第五引导段H1043，沿着处理盒1的安装方向，第三引导段H1041、第四引导段H1042和第五引导段H1043依次排布设置，且各引导段之间是连续的。在本实施例中，第三引导段H1041、第四引导段H1042和第五引导段H1043构造成斜面，第三引导段H1041、第四引导段H1042和第五引导段H1043与水平面的夹角大小依次递增，第四引导段H1042和第五引导段H1043靠近挡壁1081设置。
第一侧壁H101上设置有用于引导处理盒1安装和定位的第三导轨H1012，在本实施例中，第三导轨H1012由倾斜面组成。可选择的，第三导轨H1012也可以是由曲面组成，或者第三导轨H1012还可以为引导槽。
进一步地，电子成像装置还包括用于防止处理盒1误装的第一识别机构和第二识别机构，第一识别机构设置在电子成像装置的第二侧壁H102，且第一识别机构包括第一可动部件H1033，第一可动部件H1033能够在限制处理盒1安装的第一位置和允许处理盒1安装的第二位置之间移动。具体的，第一可动部件H1033被支撑在主组件的第二侧壁H102上，该第一可动部件H1033能够绕一平行于处理盒1的安装方向X的转轴转动，且第一可动部件H1033在第一位置时突出第二侧壁H102以能够与安装于主组件H100的处理盒1发生干涉并限制处理盒1安装，在此位置，处理盒1会受到第一可动部件H1033阻挡而无法安装到位，从而无法从电子成像设备接收驱动力。第一可动部件H1033在第二位置时相对于第一位置缩回，也即偏转得更靠近第二侧壁H102，在该位置时，处理盒1能够安装到位，以使处理盒可以从电子成像设备接收驱动力并进行正常的打印作业。此处所指的安装到位是指处理盒1安装后能够正常接收驱动力进行打印作业。在本实施例中，第一可动部件H1033为一凸块。
第二识别机构设置在电子成像装置的第一侧壁H101，其构造成能够绕与处理盒1长度方向Y平行的转轴摆动的摆杆H1013，在摆杆H1013的上方侧设置有沿处理盒的长度方向Y凸出的受推部H1014。在处理盒1安装方向上，摆杆H1013的自由端位于下游侧，与转轴铰接的一端位于上游侧，也即摆杆整体呈倾斜状态，且该摆杆H1013可以延伸至第三导轨H1012处，处理盒1在安装的过程中需要推动该摆杆H1013转动才能够实现处理盒1的顺利安装，否则将无法安装。
如图43-图45所示，本实施例的处理盒1还包括第一被引导部H41和第二被引导部H42，第一被引导部H41和第二被引导部H42均设置在处理盒1第一端1A(设置有动力接收单元的一端)，具体的，第一被引导部H41是设置在感光鼓框架上且在处理盒的安装方向上位于感光鼓20的上游侧。在本实施例中，第一被引导部H41构造成一凸起，该凸起从处理盒1的一端沿处理盒1的长度方向Y向外凸出，以能够在安装过程的前期与第一导轨H103抵接以引导处理盒的安装。可选择的，第一被引导部还可以是处理盒壳体的下部外缘。第二被引导部H42能够在处理盒1安装过程中的后期与第二导轨H104抵接配合，本实施例的第二被引导部H42在处理盒1安装状态下位于第一被引导部H41的上方侧，在处理盒的安装方向上位于第一被引导部H41的下游侧且与迫压件H40固定连接。优选的，第二被引导部H42与迫压件H40一体成型，且在处理盒1安装方向上，第二被引导部H42位于迫压件H40的上方侧。优选的，第二被引导部H42位于感光鼓20外周上侧。优选的，第二被引导部H42构造成一凸起， 该凸起从处理盒1的一端沿处理盒1的长度方向向外凸出。
如图44所示，该处理盒1还包括第三被引部H43，第三被引导部H43设置于处理盒1的第二端1B(与动力接收单元相对的一端)，第三被引导部H43能够在处理盒1安装过程中与第三导轨H1012抵接配合。优选的，在本实施例中，第三被引导部H43构成成为一凸起，该凸起从处理盒1的一端沿处理盒1的长度方向向外凸出。更优选的，第三被引导部H43设置在感光鼓20轴向方向的一端，且构造成一圆形导柱，该第三被引导部H43也可以是设置在端盖(图中未示出)上。
进一步地，处理盒1还包括第一导引面H44，第一导引面H44设置于处理盒1的第一端1A，该第一导引面H44用于对第一可动部件H1033进行导引，以避免处理盒1在拆卸的时候与第一可动部件H1033发生干涉，也即第一可动部件H1033能够顺畅地从第一导引面H44脱离。从整体上看，第一导引面H44位于处理盒1的上方侧。在处理盒1的安装方向上，第一导引面H44位于感光鼓20的上游侧且位于迫压件H40与驱动单元1080相互抵接的抵接部分的上游侧。在本实施例中，第一导引面H44配置成朝向前上方，同样也可设置成曲面。在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的状态下，第一导引面H44能够受到第一可动部件H1033的抵压，以限制处理盒1转动，对处理盒1起到定位作用，在此情况下，第一导引面H44也可以设置成非倾斜的面结构。相比非倾斜面结构，呈倾斜结构的第一导引面H44能够避免处理盒1在安装和取出过程中与第一可动部件H1033发生干涉，避免影响处理盒1的安装和取出操作。
为了在处理盒1拆卸时避免迫压件H40与挡壁1081发生干涉，迫压件H40还包括引导迫压面H45，引导迫压面H45设置于迫压件H40的下方侧，通过引导迫压面H45的设置，能够避免处理盒1在拆卸时迫压件H40与挡壁1081发生干涉，从而影响处理盒1的拆卸。在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的状态下，迫压件H40伸入挡壁1081内并压迫驱动单元1080，使得驱动单元1080由初始的倾斜位置运动到与支撑件1085(如图2所示)的轴线方向重合的位置。且在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面上，迫压件的投影位于感光鼓的投影范围外。迫压件H40上的引导迫压面H45抵接在挡壁1081的外壁上，具体的，由于迫压件H40伸入设置在挡壁1081上方侧的开口部10813，引导迫压面H45抵压在开口部10813的外缘10814处。
进一步地，处理盒1还包括第一迫压面H46和第二迫压面H47，第一迫压面H46和第二迫压面H47位于处理盒1的第二端1B，且第一迫压面H46和第二迫压面H47高于处理盒的上表面，第一迫压面H46用于在处理盒安装过程中解锁摆杆H1013，第二迫压面H47用于在处理盒1从电子成像装置拆卸过程中解锁摆杆H1013。在处理盒1的安装和拆卸方向上，在处理盒1的安装和拆卸方向上，第二迫压面H47和第一迫压面H46二者呈台阶分布，即二者具有高度差，第二迫压面H47位于第一迫压面H46的上方侧。在本实施例中，第一迫压面H46和第二迫压面H47构造成曲面或斜面。具体的，第一迫压面H46和第二迫压面H47均朝向处理盒1安装方向的后方倾斜。参考图51所示，优选的，第一迫压面H46与第二迫压面H47之间的高度差范围为H1≤H≤H2，H1的取值为3.37mm，H2的取值为10.05mm；优选的，第一迫压面H46与摆杆H1013配合动作的面的高度差取值范围H3优选为小于2.72mm，第二迫压面H47与摆杆H1013配合动作的面的高度差取值H4范围优选为小于4.06mm。在上述范围内，其与 摆杆的配合效果较佳。
接下来结合图42-图49详细介绍处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的具体操作过程以及各部件的配合过程。
在处理盒安装过程中，以第二被引导部H42未被第二导轨H104支撑前的阶段称为处理盒1安装过程中的前期(或前安装路段)，以第二被引导部H42被第二导轨H104支撑的阶段称为处理盒1安装过程中的后期(或后安装路段)。
在处理盒安装前期，使用者手持处理盒1的把手(图中未示出)将处理盒置入电子成像装置中，且令第一被引导部H41和第三被引导部H43分别嵌入第一导轨H103和第三导轨H1012并沿处理盒1的安装方向推动处理盒1，此时，处理盒1的第一被引导部H41可抵接在第一导轨H103的第一引导段H1031上，第三被引导部H43抵接在第三导轨H1012上，也即处理盒被第一导轨H103的第一引导段H1031和第三导轨H1012支撑。随着处理盒1沿着导轨往前沿处理盒的安装方向X方向(如图41b所示)向前移动，当第一被引导部H41移动至第一导轨H103的第一引导段H1031的末端或者运动至第二引导段H1032时(也即到达凹部位置时)，第二被引导部H42抵接在第二导轨H104的第三引导段H1041上，第一被引导部H41也与第一导轨H103脱离抵接，处理盒的第一端1A被抬起。
在处理盒安装后期，第二被引导部H42抵接在第三引导段H1041上，第三被引导部H43抵接在第三导轨H1012上，处理盒由第二导轨H104和第三导轨H1012支撑。随着处理盒1继续向处理盒的安装方向X方向向前推移，第二被引导部H42抵接着第三引导段H1041进入第四引导段H1042；在第二被引导部H42抵接着第四引导段H1042运动过程中，处理盒1以第二被引导部H42与第四引导段H1042的抵接点以及第三被引导部H43与第三导轨H1012的抵接点为支点沿W方向转动，也即处理盒1以边转动边沿导轨移动的方式前进，迫压件H40沿W方向被抬起，此种运动方式能够避免迫压件H40与挡壁1081产生干涉；在此过程中，处理盒可以是在外力的作用下前进，亦可以是在自身的重力作用下前进。
随着处理盒1的继续沿处理盒的安装方向(X方向)向前推移，第二被引导部H42最终从第五引导段H1043处脱离第二导轨H104，迫压件H40伸入挡壁1081上方的开口部10813中压迫驱动单元1080，引导迫压面H45抵压在开口部10813的外缘10814处，至此，处理盒1的安装完成。第一可动部件H1033抵压在第一导引面H44上，以抑制处理盒1转动，使得处理盒1状态更加稳定。在此过程中，处理盒可以是在外力的作用下前进，亦可以是在自身的重力作用下前进。
结合图43-图45，在处理盒1的安装过程中，由于处理盒1的第一端1A设置有呈镂空结构的避让部H48，使得处理盒1在安装的过程中能够避免与第一可动部件H1033发生干涉。在处理盒1安装过程中，处理盒1的第二端1B设有的第一迫压面H46率先与摆杆H1013上方侧的受推部H1014触碰，并推动摆杆H1013转动，从而避免第三被引导部H43受到摆杆H1013自由端的阻挡。
在处理盒1拆卸时，使用者手持处理盒1的把手，沿处理盒安装方向X方向的反方向将处理盒1从电子成像装置中、取出。需要说明的是，在处理盒1拆卸前期，第二被引导部H42抵接在第二导轨H104上并沿第二导轨H104移动，在拆卸后期，由 处理盒1的第一被引导部H41支撑，即第二被引导部H42抵接在第一导轨H103上，并沿第一导轨H103移动，而第三被引导部H43始终有第三导轨H1012支撑。
结合图49-图50，在处理盒拆卸过程中，特别是使用者刚开始抽拉处理盒时，由于第一导引面H44受到第一可动部件H1033的抵压，处理盒1沿W方向的反方向转动过程受到抑制，以此减小了迫压件H40嵌入开口部10813的深度，进而可以减少或避免迫压件H40在取出时与挡壁1081发生干涉，又由于迫压件H40设置有引导迫压面H45，从而使得处理盒1拆卸更加顺畅。
当第二被引导部H42抵接在第四引导段H1042时，迫压件H40已从开口部10813缩回，处理盒在外力作用下可沿W方向的反向转动至预设角度，处理盒1的第二迫压面H47率先与摆杆H1013的受推部H1014触碰，并推动摆杆H1013转动，从而避免在处理盒1从电子成像装置拆卸过程中第三被引导部H43受到摆杆H1013自由端的阻挡。
实施例九
本实施例的处理盒和电子成像装置与实施例八的处理盒和电子成像装置的形状结构基本相同，实施例八中已作描述部分本实施例不再赘述，以下仅针对于上述实施例八中不同之处予以说明。
如图52a所示，在本实施例的电子成像装置的例子中，电子成像装置主组件I100的第二侧壁I102设置有第四导轨I105，优选的，第四导轨I105至少部分位于第二导轨I104的下方侧，且沿着Y方向相对于第二导轨I104更靠近主组件I100的第一侧壁I101。在处理盒的安装方向上，第四导轨I105至少部分位于第二导轨I104的上游侧。在本实施例中，第四导轨I105向主组件I100的后侧倾斜，第四导轨I105可构造成斜面，也可以是曲面或是导槽。
如图52b所示，第一侧壁I101上设置有引导处理盒1安装和定位的第三导轨I1012，在本实施例中，第三导轨I1012由倾斜面组成；可选择的，第三导轨I1012也可以由曲面或是引导槽组成。优选的，第三导轨I1012包括第六引导段I1015和第七引导段I1016，在处理盒1的安装方向(X方向，如图41b所示)上，第七引导段I1016位于第六引导段I1015的下游侧。优选的，第七引导段I1016与主组件I100的底面平行，第六引导段I1015与第七引导段I1016连接并向主组件I100的后侧倾斜。
如图53所示，本实施例相对于实施例八未设置有第一被引导部，本实施例中的处理盒还包括第四被引导部I41，第四被引导部I41设置在处理盒1的下侧(在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的状态下位于处理盒1的下游)，且位于处理盒的第一端1A。优选的，第四被引导部I41设置在显影框架I101b的端盖I102b上。优选的，第四被引导部I41构造成弧形面，在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的状态下，第四被引导部I41位于第二被引导部I42的下方侧。在处理盒1的安装方向上，第四被引导部I41位于第二被引导部I42的上游侧。可选择的，第四被引导部I41也可以设置在显影框架I101b端部的其它位置或被构造为从处理盒的其它位置延伸的部件，只要在能够在安装过程中与第四导轨I105配合即可。
和实施例八一样，本实施例的处理盒1的第二端1B同样还设置有在安装过程中 解锁摆杆I1013(第二识别机构)的第一迫压面I46以及在处理盒1从电子成像装置拆卸过程中解锁摆杆I1013的第二迫压面I47，第一迫压面I46和第二迫压面I47高于处理盒的上表面。在处理盒的安装和拆卸过程中，第二迫压面I47和第一迫压面H46二者呈台阶分布，即二者具有高度差，第二迫压面H47位于第一迫压面H46的上方侧。在本实施例中，第一迫压面I46和第二迫压面I47构造成曲面或斜面。具体的，第一迫压面I46和第二迫压面I47朝向处理盒安装方向(X方向)的反方向倾斜。
在一些可能的实施例中，在本实施例中，处理盒1还包括限制部I471，限制部I471能够在拆卸处理盒时限制处理盒1的位置，以避免处理盒1旋转过度而导致处理盒拆卸不顺畅。例如在一些实施例中，处理盒在取出的过程中会发生整体转动，而处理盒1转动超过一定的范围将会影响取盒效果，因此需要在取出过程对处理盒1的运动进行限位，避免处理盒转动过大。优选的，限制部I471因设置在第二迫压面I47上，在处理盒转动时限制部I471受到摆杆I1013的限制，从而限制处理盒旋转。
接下来结合图52a至图59b详细介绍处理盒1从电子成像装置拆卸或安装至电子成像装置的具体操作过程以及各部件与电子成像装置的配合过程。
在处理盒1安装过程中，以第二被引导部I42未被第二导轨I104支撑前的阶段称为处理盒1安装过程中的前期(或前安装路段)，以第二被引导部I42被第二导轨I104支撑的阶段称为处理盒1安装过程中的后期(或后安装路段)。
在处理盒1安装前期，参考图55所示，使用者手持处理盒1的把手(图中未示出)，将处理盒置入电子成像装置中，且令第四被引导部I41和第三被引导部I43分别嵌入第四导轨I105和第三导轨I1012所在的位置，并沿处理盒1的安装方向(X方向)推动处理盒1，此时处理盒1的第四被引导部I41可抵接在第四导轨I105的表面上，第二被引导部I42不与第二导轨I104抵接，第三被引导部I43可抵接在第三导轨I1012的第六引导段I1015的表面上，也即处理盒1能够被第四导轨I105和第三导轨I1012支撑，而不受第二导轨I104支撑。在此期间，在一些可能的实施例中，还包括对摆杆I1013的解锁，以使处理盒能够准确安装；也即第一迫压面I46率先与摆杆I1013触碰并推压摆杆I1013从锁定位置摆动到解锁位置，避免第三被引导部I43与摆杆I1013触碰而造成装机干涉。
随着处理盒1继续朝向处理盒安装方向X方向沿着导轨向前移动，参考图56所示，第二被引导部I42抵接在第二导轨I104上，第四被引导部I41与第四导轨I105脱离抵接。处理盒1进入安装后期，第二被引导部I42抵接在第三引导段I1041上，第三被引导部I43抵接在第三导轨I1012表面(具体的可以是抵接在第六引导段I1015的表面)上，处理盒1由第二导轨I104和第三导轨I1012支撑。随着处理盒1的往前推移，第二被引导部I42可抵接着第三引导段I1041进入第四引导段I1042。优选的，在第二被引导部I42抵接着第四引导段I1042运动过程中，处理盒1可以以第二被引导部I42与第四引导段I1042的抵接点以及第三被引导部I43与第三导轨I1012的抵接点为支点沿W方向转动，也即处理盒1以边转动边沿导轨移动的方式前进，迫压件I40沿W方向被抬起，此种运动方式能够避免迫压件I40在前进方向上与挡壁1081干涉；在此过程中，处理盒1可以是在外力的作用下前进，也可以是在自身的重力作用下前进且转动。
参考图41b所示，在一些可能的实施例中，随着处理盒1继续朝向处理盒安装方向X方向向前推移，第二被引导部I42最终从第五引导段I1043处脱离第二导轨I104，迫压件I40伸入挡壁1081上方的开口部10813(如图41b所示)中压迫驱动单元1080，第二导引面I45抵压在开口部10813的外缘10814(如图41b所示)处，至此，处理盒1完成安装。第一可动部件I1033抵压在第一引导面I44上，以抑制处理盒1转动，使得处理盒1状态更加稳定。在此过程中，处理盒1可以是在外力的作用下前进，亦可以是在自身的重力作用下前进。
在一些可能的实施例中，处理盒的第二被引导部I42与第三引导段I1041抵接或与第五引导段I1043抵接时可以沿W方向转动，以能够避免干涉，保证处理盒顺利安装。
在一些可能的实施例中，处理盒1的安装过程还包括安装末期，本实施例中将处理盒1的第二被引导部I42脱离第二导轨I104后的安装过程称为安装末期(或末安装路段)，在安装末期，参考图57所示，第二被引导部I42脱离第二导轨I104，迫压件I40的自由端部抵压在挡壁1081上方侧，处理盒1的第一端1A被抬升预设的距离(如图58所示)；随着处理盒1的往前移动，迫压件I40伸入挡壁1081上方的开口部10813中压迫驱动单元1080，处理盒的第一端1A也整体往下沉，并可在成像装置的门盖闭合时迫使驱动单元1080转动至与挡壁1081轴线重合位置处，此时处理盒1上设有的动力接收单元与驱动单元1080啮合。且在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面上，迫压件的投影位于感光鼓的投影范围外。
处理盒的拆卸过程各部件的配合过程参照处理盒的安装过程各部件的配合过程，此种结构的设计能够使得处理盒的拆卸和安装更加顺畅。
具体的，在处理盒1拆卸时，使用者手持处理盒1的把手，沿处理盒安装方向X方向的反方向将处理盒1从电子成像装置中取出，在处理盒1拆卸前期，在初始拉动处理盒时可抬升处理盒的后部使处理盒转动预设角度，以减少干涉；随着处理盒移动，第二被引导部I42抵接在第二导轨I104上并沿第二导轨I104移动。在一些可能的实施例中，第二迫压面I47率先与摆杆I1013的受推部I1014触碰并推动摆杆I1013从锁定位置摆动到解锁位置，避免第三被引导部I43与摆杆I1013触碰而避免造成取盒干涉。
在拆卸后期，由处理盒1的第四被引导部I41支撑，即第四被引导部I41抵接在第四导轨I105上，并沿第四导轨I105移动，而第三被引导部I43始终由第三导轨I1012支撑。
在一些可能的实施例中，在取出处理盒的过程中，处理盒会发生转动，导致处理盒转动的原因如使用者的拉力方向或处理盒的特殊结构设计导致。如图59a和图59b所示，第三被引导部I43从第三导轨I1012的第七引导段I1016向与第六引导段I1015的交汇处移动过程中，第二迫压面I47与摆杆I1013触碰并推动摆杆I1013向上摆动以解锁摆杆I1013。
随着处理盒沿处理盒安装方向(X方向)的反方向移动，处理盒可沿着W2方向转动预设的角度，限制部I471与摆杆I1013的受推部I1014抵接，摆杆I1013向上摆动到上限位置(例如在部分实施方式中摆杆I1013在上限位置时与电子成像设备的侧壁或其它限制部件触碰，进而无法仅继续摆动)，由于限制部I471与摆杆I1013的受 推部I1014抵接使得处理盒无法继续转动，从而使得处理盒的拆卸更加顺畅。在一些实施方式中，限制部I471的设置避免处理盒在预设位置转动过度，进而避免迫压件I40与挡壁或电子成像装置的侧壁产生干涉。
在一些可能的实施例中，限制部I471与摆杆I1013的受推部I1014抵接并使摆杆I1013处于上限位置，即在第三被引导部I43位于第六引导段I1015时，或者为第三被引导部I43位于第六引导段I1015与第七引导段I1016的交汇处，当然还可以为第三被引导部I43位于第七引导段I1016时。
在一些可能的实施例中，在处理盒1的安装或拆卸过程中，可以同时存在第四被引导部I41被第四导轨I105支撑，第二被引导部I42被第二导轨I104支撑的情况，例如在安装前期和后期的过渡过程中。
在一些可能的实施例中，在处理盒1的安装或拆卸过程中，可以同时存在第二被引导部I42被第二导轨I104支撑，迫压件I40被挡壁1081支撑的情况，例如在安装后期和安装末期的过渡过程中。
在一些可能的实施例中，在处理盒安装前期，由于处理盒的第四被引导部I41抵接在第四导轨I105的表面上，第三被引导部I43抵接在第三导轨I1012的第六引导段I1015的表面上，也即处理盒由两个支点支撑，由此在安装过程中能够绕这两个支点偏转，从而能够避免与电子成像装置中的部分结构发生干涉，使得处理盒的安装更加顺畅。
实施例十
本实施例是在实施例八、实施例九的基础上作出的改进，其相同之处不再赘述，以下主要介绍其主要不同之处。
参考图52a和图52b所示，电子成像装置的主组件还包括第五导轨K1017，在本实施例中，第五导轨K1017位于电子成像装置主组件I100的第一侧壁I101和第二侧壁I102之间并且构造成斜面，可选择的还可以是曲面或导槽。
在实施例八和实施例九所提供的处理盒的基础上，本实施例中的处理盒还包括与第五导轨K1017配合的第五被引导部K41，同时取消第一被引导部。如图60所示，第五被引导部K41被设置在处理盒的下侧，具体位于显影框架101b的下侧，以能够在安装或拆卸处理盒的过程中被第五导轨K1017支撑。优选的，第五被引导部K41设置在处理盒中部偏向第二端1B的位置。可选择的，第五被引导部K41也可设置在中部或第一端部1A，只要能够与第五导轨K1017配合即可。本实施例的处理盒在安装或拆卸过程与实施例八和实施例九的过程基本相同，其主要不同之处在于，本实施例的处理盒1在安装的前期，处理盒由第五导轨K1017支撑，也即采用第五被引导部K41与第五导轨K1017配合的方式。
在一些可能的实施例中，参考图60所示，处理盒可以同时保留第四被引导部I41和第五被引导部K41，在处理盒的安装前期或拆卸后期/末期，处理盒是被第四导轨I105和第五导轨K1017同时支撑的，也即在处理盒的安装前期或拆卸后期，第四被引导部I41能够与第四导轨I105抵接，且第五被引导部K41能够与第五导轨K1017抵接。
实施例十一
本实施例是在前述实施例的基础上作出的改进，其相同之处不再赘述，以下主要介绍其主要不同之处。
在本实施例中，解锁构件L47被设置成相对盒体是可活动的，以此增加处理盒在安装和/或从电子成像装置拆卸时的灵活性，降低处理盒在装机以及拆卸过程中产生干涉的可能性。
具体的，如图61所示，在本实施例中，处理盒还包括弹性构件L47b，弹性构件L47b设置在感光鼓框架12和解锁构件L47之间，且解锁构件L47与感光鼓框架12间具有预设的活动空间，解锁构件L47能够在L方向和L的反方向移动。优选的，弹性构件L47b件可以是压缩弹簧，拉伸弹簧或者是与解锁构件一体成型的弹性臂。在解锁构件L47的第一迫压面L46或第二迫压面L47a与摆杆I1013触碰解锁时，解锁构件L47能够克服弹性构件L47b的弹性力而移动。
在一些可能的实施方式中，在处理盒安装至电子成像装置或从电子成像装置拆卸的过程中，解锁构件L47与摆杆I1013(如图59c所示)触碰并解锁摆杆I1013后可以始终保持与摆杆I1013接触，也即在处理盒安装到位的状态下解锁构件L47依然与摆杆I1013抵接。
在一些可能的实施方式中，在处理盒安装到位的状态下解锁构件L47依然与摆杆I1013抵接，并使得摆杆I1013处于解锁位置。
实施例十二
本实施例是在前述实施例的基础上作出的进一步的改进，其中相同之处不再赘述，以下主要介绍其改进之处。
如图62所示，处理盒包括感光鼓20和充电辊M20a，感光鼓20和充电辊M20a可旋转的支撑在感光鼓框架上。图62示出了处理盒在垂直于感光鼓旋转轴线的平面上的投影，在投影面上，取感光鼓的旋转中心为Q1，充电辊M20a的旋转中心为Q2，以经过Q1和Q2之间的直线为a1，以经过Q1且垂直于直线a1的直线为a2；以第一迫压面M46上的点到直线a1的垂直距离为S1，以第二迫压面M47上的点到直线a1的垂直距离为S2，以第一迫压面M46的点到直线a2的水平距离为S3，以第二迫压面M47上的点到直线a2的水平距离为S4。通常S1、S2、S3和S4过大或过小均会影响处理盒的安装和拆卸以及与摆杆I1013的配合。
为了使处理盒的安装更为顺畅，以及第一迫压面M46和第二迫压面M47与摆杆I1013更好地配合，优选的，20mm≤S1≤35mm，20mm≤S2≤40mm，5mm≤S3≤35mm，40mm≤S4≤80mm。
进一步地，对上述技术方案进一步优化。若S1、S3的取值分别为：25mm≤S1≤27mm，18mm≤S3≤32mm，满足上述取值要求的S1和S3，能够确保处理盒在安装时更为顺畅，以及第一迫压面M46与摆杆I1013的配合效果更佳。
以下为举例说明，图63示出了S1最小值与S3最小值的组合，此种结构设计，使处理盒在安装时更为顺畅，第一迫压面M46与摆杆I1013的配合效果更佳。
当取29mm≤S2最小值≤37.5mm，52mm≤S4最小值≤80mm时，处理盒在从电子成 像装置取出时更为顺畅，第二迫压面M47与摆杆I1013的配合效果更佳。
以下为举例说明，图64示出了S2的最小值与S4的最小值的组合，此种结构设计，使处理盒在安装时更为顺畅，第一迫压面47与摆杆I1013的配合效果更佳。
本实施例是在前述实施例的基础上作出的进一步的改进，其中相同之处不再赘述，以下主要介绍其改进之处。
如图65所示，处理盒包括感光鼓20和充电辊M20a，图65示出了处理盒在垂直于感光鼓旋转轴线的平面上的投影，在投影面上，取感光鼓20的旋转中心为Q1，充电辊M20a的旋转中心为Q2，以经过Q1和Q2之间的直线为a1，以经过Q1且垂直于直线a1的直线为a2。以迫压件M40的自由端到直线a1的垂直距离为S5，以迫压件M40自由端到直线a2的垂直距离为S6。
为了使装机和取盒时更为顺畅以及避免迫压件与挡壁1081干涉。S5过小/过大和/或S6过大/过小均使得装机/取盒不顺畅，与驱动单元1080的配合也不佳。例如在一些实施例中，S5过大和/或S6过小可能存在无法有效迫压驱动单元1080，也即不能较好地迫使驱动单元1080摆正。在一些实施例中，S5过小和/或S6过大将可能导致装机或取盒时与打印机发生干涉。
经过研究和取装机测试，优选的，取8mm≤S5≤15mm，4mm≤S6≤12mm时，处理盒在安装至电子成像装置或从电子成像装置拆卸时较为顺畅，且能够有效地迫压驱动单元1080。
举例性的，如图66所示的S5与S6的选取值组合时，处理盒在装机时更为顺畅，迫压件M40与驱动单元1080的配合效果更佳。
实施例十三
本实施例是在前述实施例的基础上提供一种上述处理盒安装至电子成像装置和从电子成像装置拆卸处理盒的方法。
以下介绍处理盒安装至电子成像装置、以及从电子成像装置拆卸的方法，处理盒的安装方法具体包括如下具体步骤：
步骤A1：打开电子成像装置门盖。
步骤A2：将处理盒沿安装方向插入电子成像装置的主组件中。
步骤A3：当处理盒移动至安装后期时，处理盒在外力的作用下沿W方向转动处理盒。
处理盒从电子成像装置的拆卸方法具体包括如下具体步骤：
步骤B1：打开电子成像装置门盖。
步骤B2：沿安装反方向拉动处理盒，处理盒在外力的作用下沿W的反方向转动预设角度。
步骤B3：继续拉动处理盒，直至处理盒从电子成像装置完全拆卸。
通过上述步骤，能够使得处理盒安装和拆卸更加顺畅，能够避免不必要的干涉。
实施例十四
如图67至图69所示，现有一种电子成像装置100，处理盒1能够可拆卸地容纳在电子成像装置100中。该电子成像装置100包括可容纳处理盒1的主组件N101、驱 动单元1080、能够开闭的门盖102、与门盖102联动配合的连杆件103、以及与连杆件103连接的圆筒形凸轮N104。
主组件N101设置有用于容纳处理盒1的容纳部N105，容纳部N105沿着处理盒1的长度方向设置有第一侧壁N106和第二侧壁N107，第一侧壁N106和第二侧壁N107分别设置有用于引导处理盒1安装或拆卸的导轨N108。驱动单元1080设置在容纳部N105的第二侧壁N107，用于向处理盒1传递驱动力。
在本实施例中，驱动单元1080整体大致由三个直径和大小不等的柱状体组成，驱动单元1080的驱动传递部N1082设置在最靠近容纳部N105的小直径柱状体N1083上，且驱动传递部N1082能够相对容纳部N105的第二侧壁N107伸出第二侧壁N107的外侧或缩回。门盖102可转动地设置在主组件N101上，以能够打开或关闭容纳部N105。
连杆件103、凸轮N104与驱动单元1080位于容纳部N105的同一侧，且连杆件103、凸轮N104与门盖102形成联动关系，以能够在门盖102执行关闭或打开动作时对驱动单元1080进行锁定或解锁。当驱动单元1080处于被锁定的状态时，驱动单元1080无法移动且处于倾斜状态，驱动传递部N1082相对于容纳部N105的第二侧壁N107处于缩回的位置，此位置能够避免驱动传递部N1082与处理盒1的动力接收部N211发生干涉。当驱动单元1080处于解锁状态时，驱动单元1080能够在外力的作用下移动，即，驱动单元1080能够在外力的作用下由倾斜位置变为摆正位置(也即不倾斜的状态)并可从第二侧壁N107伸出，以能够向处理盒1稳定传递驱动力。
如图70至图72所示，处理盒1包括盒体N10、感光鼓20、显影辊30和动力接收单元N21，在本实施例中，盒体N10包括用于支撑感光鼓20的鼓框架12和用于支撑显影辊30的显影框架11，鼓框架12和显影框架11在工作过程中可相对转动的连接，在处理盒1安装过程中能一起同步运动。感光鼓20安装于鼓框架12，显影辊30安装于显影框架11，且感光鼓20和显影辊30位于处理盒1沿着安装方向的前侧，二者彼此面对以便进行显影等动作。在本实施例中，盒体N10还包括端盖N202，端盖N202位于鼓框架12的一端。动力接收单元N21设置在盒体N10的第一端N50，且动力接收单元N21包括动力接收部N211，动力接收部N211能够与驱动单元1080的驱动传递部N1082啮合以接收驱动力，从而能够驱动显影辊30和感光鼓20旋转。
进一步的，为了将驱动单元1080从初始位置的倾斜状态(此状态驱动单元1080的旋转轴线NL1相对于感光鼓20的旋转轴线NL2倾斜)变换成能够与动力接收单元N21啮合的摆正状态(此状态驱动单元1080的旋转轴线与感光鼓20的旋转轴线重合)，如图70至图73所示，处理盒1还包括迫压件N40，迫压件N40设置于第一端N50，用于对驱动单元1080施加作用力，以使驱动单元1080处于摆正位置，且在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的过程中，迫压件N40与感光鼓轴线的距离不产生位移变化。具体的，迫压件N40固定安装在端盖N202上从而与鼓框架12形成固定连接。
如图70至图74所示，迫压件N40包括安装凸起N401，在本实施例中，安装凸起N401设置有两个，其中一个安装凸起N401位于另一个安装凸起N401的上方侧。端盖N202上设置有安装孔，该安装孔与安装凸起N401对应设置，在组装时，安装凸起N401卡合到安装孔中而使迫压件N40固定到端盖N202或鼓框架12上，进而使迫 压件N40能够随着鼓框架12的移动而移动。
在感光鼓20的旋转轴线方向NL2上，迫压件N40位于在动力接收部N211的端部的外侧，以便在处理盒安装时能够与驱动单元1080进行配合动作。进一步地，迫压件N40包括用于压迫驱动单元1080的悬臂N402，悬臂N402位于迫压件N40的前侧,且在垂直于感光鼓20的旋转轴线的平面上，悬臂N402的投影至少部分与感光鼓20的投影重合。也就是说迫压件N40至少一部分位于感光鼓20投影截面的范围内。可选择的，在其他实施例中，也可以取消端盖，将迫压件N40直接设置在鼓框架12上，只要在感光鼓20的径向上，迫压件N40与感光鼓20的旋转轴线的距离不变即可。可选择的，在感光鼓20的径向上，迫压件N40的位置可以设置在感光鼓20圆周外表面的外侧，也可以设置在感光鼓20的内侧，只要能够与驱动单元1080进行配合动作即可。
进一步的，处理盒1还包括引导凸起N704和能够相对鼓框架12移动的被引导部N70，被引导部N70设置于第一端N50的端盖N202上，且被引导部N70与位于第二侧壁N107的导轨N108配合。在本实施例中，被引导部N70包括一从端盖N202的端面突出的第一凸起N701，第一凸起N701能够在处理盒1安装至容纳部N105时插入到容纳部N105的第二侧壁N107上的导轨N108中，以能够引导处理盒1的安装。引导凸起N704设置于盒体N10远离被引导部N70的一端，且引导凸起N704与第一侧壁N106的导轨N108配合，以能够引导处理盒1的安装。在本实施例中，引导凸起N704与鼓框架12是固定连接的，能够与鼓框架12同步运动。
如图73所示，端盖N202的端面上设置有一凹槽N80，凹槽N80在沿着处理盒1的安装方向NY1相对设置的前侧壁和后侧壁上分别设置有导槽N801，导槽N801沿着第一方向延伸。对应地，被引导部N70包括与导槽N801配合的第二凸起N702，第二凸起N702嵌入导槽N801中，使得被引导部N70能够相对于鼓框架12在第一方向移动，也即，处理盒1的鼓框架12或者整个盒体N10能够相对被引导部N70在第一方向上移动。在其他实施例中，也可以在被引导部N70上设置有导槽N801，在鼓框架12上设置有与导槽N801配合的第二凸起N702。可选择的，被引导部N70也可设置成与显影框架11固定连接。其中，第一方向为与感光鼓20的旋转轴线NL2以及处理盒1的安装方向NY1交叉的方向。
为了便于被引导部N70与导轨N108之间的配合动作或便于处理盒1的安装，被引导部N70还包括弹性件。在本实施例中，弹性件为压缩弹簧N90，压缩弹簧N90具有两个。第一凸起N701在其相对鼓框架12移动的方向的两侧分别设置有弹簧安装部N703，两个压缩弹簧N90分别设置在第一凸起N701的上下两侧，压缩弹簧N90一端安装在被引导部N70的弹簧安装部N703，另一端与凹槽N80的上下侧壁抵接，以使得第一凸起N701处于被压缩弹簧N90支撑而保持在预设位置的状态，在该状态，第一凸起N701在其相对鼓框架12或显影框架11的移动方向上与凹槽N80的上下侧壁具有预设的距离，以便于处理盒1在安装至容纳部N105时，第一凸起N701能够位于第二侧壁N107的导轨N108，且鼓框架12或显影框架11相对于第一凸起N701具有足够的移动空间。可选择的，还可取消弹性件或仅使用一个弹性件，同样可以使得第一凸起N701能够相对于鼓框架12或显影框架11移动，或者说是相对整个处理盒1 可移动。可选择的，被引导部N70可以设置多个，也可以在处理盒1的另一端设置相同的被引导部N70，这样处理盒的两端均能够相对导轨N108移动。
以下结合图67至图69、图75和图76介绍处理盒1的安装过程。
处理盒1沿NY1方向安装到电子成像装置100中时，第一凸起N701嵌入到容纳部N105第二侧壁N107的导轨N108中，处理盒1另一侧的引导凸起N704嵌入第一侧壁106的导轨N108中，使得处理盒1沿着NY1方向被引导安装，在此状态下，处理盒1的第一端N50可相对于被引导部N70在与安装方向NY1以及感光鼓轴线NL2交叉的方向移动。随着处理盒1的移动，固定在鼓框架12上的迫压件N40随着处理盒1的移动逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近，当迫压件N40接触驱动单元1080的小直径柱状体N1083的圆周外表面时，由于门盖102未闭合，驱动单元1080处于被锁定的状态，迫压件N40压在小直径柱状体N1083的圆周外表面，显影盒1的第一端N50被抬升预设的距离，盒体N10(包括鼓框架12与显影框架11)相对于第一凸起N701发生位移，从而使得处理盒能够顺畅安装，避免因迫压件N40与驱动单元1080干涉或者是其他部件的干涉而导致无法安装。如图75所示，迫压件N40最终压在驱动单元1080的小直径柱状体N1083的圆周外表面上，此时驱动单元1080处于倾斜状态，驱动传递部N1082相对于容纳部N105的第二侧壁N107处于缩回状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线NL1与感光鼓20的旋转轴线NL2处于交叉状态。
当关闭门盖102时，凸轮N104解除对驱动单元1080的锁定，由于迫压件N40的悬臂N402压迫在驱动单元1080上，迫压件N40对驱动单元1080施加一个迫压力，驱动单元1080接收到压力沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动，直至驱动单元1080的旋转轴线NL1与感光鼓20的旋转轴线NL2重合，在此状态下，当电子成像装置100启动时，处理盒1的动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080能够啮合并稳定接收驱动力旋转。
在本实施例中，由于迫压件N40固定设置在鼓框架12上，其相对于感光鼓20的轴线NL2的位置始终保持不变，即迫压件N40相对感光鼓20的轴线NL2的距离不发生位移变化。迫压件N40对驱动单元1080施加的以使驱动单元1080摆正的力可以是处理盒1自身的重力，也可以是门盖102关闭时通过门盖102施加到处理盒1上的作用力。可选择的，迫压件N40还可以是迫压驱动单元1080的其它部分，只要能够迫使其摆正即可。可选择的，被引导部N70还可以是设置在盒体N10上的其他位置，只要能够相对盒体N10移动且能够在处理盒安装时避免处理盒1与电子成像装置干涉即可。可选择的，对于驱动单元1080没有被锁定的电子成像装置，由于迫压件N40与驱动单元1080接触时不会导致处理盒被抬升，因此这种情况下可以取消被引导部N70。可选择的，迫压件N40还可以是迫压驱动单元1080的其它位置，只要能够使得其摆正即可。
本实施例通过在处理盒上设置有迫压件，能够使得动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的过程更加顺畅，大大节省了动力接收部与驱动单元接触啮合的时间，提高了处理盒的工作效率。
在一些实施例中，电子成像装置还设置有偏压装置，该偏压装置设置于驱动单元1080的下侧并对驱动单元1080进行按压，以使得驱动单元1080保持倾斜状态。本实 施例的显影盒同样在盖上门盖102后，迫压件N40能够抵抗偏压装置的偏压力使得驱动单元1080摆正。电子成像装置的变形不限于此，偏压装置还可以设置在驱动单元1080的上侧。有些电子成像装置还取消了凸轮N104，此种结构的电子成像装置，处理盒1安装至电子成像装置而无需关闭门盖102即可使驱动单元1080摆正。
实施例十五
图77-图80为本实施例电子成像装置的局部结构示意图。如图77所示，现有一种电子成像装置100，处理盒1能够可拆卸地安装在电子成像装置100。该电子成像装置100包括可容纳处理盒1的主组件O101、驱动单元1080、能够开闭的门盖O102、与门盖O102联动配合的连杆件O103、以及通过连杆件O103与门盖O102形成联动配合的圆筒形凸轮O104。
为了便于描述，沿着处理盒的安装方向OY1，以驱动单元所在的一侧为前，与其相反的一侧为后；沿着处理盒的长度方向OY2，以驱动单元所在的一侧为右，与右侧相反的一侧为左。
主组件O101设置有用于容纳处理盒1的容纳部O105，容纳部O105沿着处理盒1的长度方向设置有第一侧壁O106和第二侧壁O107，第一侧壁O106和第二侧壁O107分别设置有用于引导处理盒1安装或拆卸的导轨O108。驱动单元1080设置在容纳部O105的第二侧壁O107，用于向处理盒1传递驱动力。
进一步地，电子成像装置100还包括覆盖件1081，覆盖件1081设置于第二侧壁O107，且覆盖件1081从第二侧壁O107沿处理盒的长度方向朝向第一侧壁O106的方向凸出，同时覆盖件1081至少有一部分覆盖驱动单元1080。具体地，覆盖件1081包括前板109a、第一侧板109b和第二侧板109c，第一侧板109b和第二侧板109c分别与前板109a连接。其中，前板109a设置有供驱动单元1080伸出的第一孔1090a，第一孔1090a为圆形孔，以能够使得驱动单元1080的一端从第一孔1090a伸出。第一侧板109b位于前板109a的上侧，第二侧板109c位于前板109a的后侧，且第一侧板109b和第二侧板109c之间形成第二孔1090b，以使得驱动单元1080的一部分可通过该第二孔1090b暴露于覆盖件1081的后侧。
门盖O102可转动地设置在主组件O101上，以能够打开或关闭容纳部O105。门盖O102以绕一转轴转动的方式安装在主组件O101上，进而能够以转动的方式打开或关闭容纳部O105。门盖O102上沿着转轴的轴向的两侧分别设置有一个盒按压部件O1020。两个盒按压部件O1020中的每一个都可以在预定范围内相对于门盖O102移动。在门盖O102闭合过程中，盒按压部件O1020能够推压设置在处理盒1上的力接收部O10a(后文将详细描述)，以使得处理盒能够以稳定的姿态在主组件O101中安装和定位。
进一步地，连杆件O103、凸轮O104与驱动单元1080位于容纳部O105的同一侧，且连杆件O103、凸轮O104与门盖O102形成联动关系，以能够在门盖O102执行关闭或打开动作时对驱动单元1080进行锁定或解锁。
图80是驱动单元的支撑结构的分解透视图。图81是驱动单元的结构图。如图80和图81所示，电子成像装置还包括支撑侧板O82，支撑侧板O82设置于主组件O101，且支撑侧板O82包括第一凸起O82b和第二凸起O82c。驱动单元1080包括滑动部分 1080a，该滑动部分1080a由支撑侧板O82的支撑孔O82a可旋转地支撑。进一步地，驱动单元1080包括圆柱形部分1080b、小径部分1080f和动力输出部1080e，小径部分1080f连接于圆柱形部分1080b的端部，且小径部分1080f的直径小于感光鼓的直径，圆柱形部分1080b靠近小径部分1080f的一端的外表面设有输入齿轮部1080d，动力输出部1080e设置于小径部分1080f上，用于与处理盒1的动力接收单元21接合以传递驱动力。
在门盖O102打开过程中，圆筒形凸轮O104随着门盖O102一起运动，其结果是圆筒形凸轮O104与驱动单元1080接触，并且驱动单元1080与圆筒形凸轮O104一起沿箭头H的方向移动，然后，驱动单元1080的抵接表面1080c与支撑侧板O82的第一凸起O82b或第二凸起O82c中的至少一个接触，使得驱动单元1080沿箭头N的方向倾斜。当门盖O102处于打开状态时，驱动单元1080处于倾斜且被锁定的状态，在此状态，驱动单元1080相对于前板109a处于缩回的位置，也即动力输出部1080e缩回到覆盖件1081内部。
当门盖O102闭合时，驱动单元1080处于解锁状态，驱动单元1080能够在外力的作用下移动，也即能够在外力的作用下从倾斜状态变为摆正状态(也即不倾斜的状态)并可从覆盖件1081伸出，以能够向处理盒1稳定传递驱动力。
电子成像装置的结构不限于此，有些电子成像装置还设置有偏压装置，该偏压装置位于驱动单元1080的下侧或下侧，并对驱动单元1080的上侧或下侧进行按压，以使得驱动单元1080保持倾斜状态。
图82为本实施例处理盒的结构示意图。如图82所示，处理盒1包括盒体O10、感光鼓20、显影辊30和动力接收单元21，在本实施例中，盒体O10包括用于支撑感光鼓20的鼓框架12和用于支撑显影辊30的显影框架11，鼓框架12和显影框架11在工作过程中可相对转动的连接，在处理盒1安装过程中能一起同步运动。感光鼓20安装于鼓框架12，显影辊30安装于显影框架11，感光鼓20和显影辊30位于处理盒1沿着安装方向的前侧，二者彼此面对以便进行显影等动作。在本实施例中，盒体O10还包括端盖O202，端盖O202安装于鼓框架12的一端。动力接收单元21设置在盒体O10的第一端1A，且动力接收单元21包括动力接收部O211，动力接收部O211能够与动力输出部1080e啮合以接收驱动力，从而能够驱动显影辊30和感光鼓20旋转。
进一步的，为了将驱动单元1080从初始位置的倾斜状态(此状态驱动单元1080的旋转轴线OL1相对于感光鼓20的旋转轴线OL2倾斜)变换成能够与动力接收单元21啮合的摆正状态(此状态驱动单元1080的旋转轴线与感光鼓20的旋转轴线重合)，如图82所示，处理盒1还包括迫压件O40，迫压件O40设置于第一端1A，用于对驱动单元1080施加压力，以使驱动单元1080处于摆正的位置。具体的，迫压件O40固定安装在端盖O202上从而与鼓框架12形成固定连接。
进一步地，在感光鼓20的旋转轴线方向OL2上，迫压件O40位于动力接收部O211的端部的外侧，以便在安装时能够与驱动单元1080进行配合动作。结合图83所示，在垂直于感光鼓20的旋转轴线的平面上，迫压件O40悬臂O42的迫压部402的至少部分投影与感光鼓20投影重合或落入感光鼓20的区域内。
如图83所示，处理盒1还包括充电辊O60，充电辊O60设置于盒体O10，且充 电辊O60在与感光鼓20接触的同时能够旋转。在其他实施例中，充电部件不限于这样的可旋转的接触式辊结构，例如，可以使用固定至感光鼓且留有一定间隔的充电部件。如图82所示，迫压件O40部分位于感光鼓20外周面以内，且迫压件O40位于充电辊O60旋转中心与感光鼓20旋转中心的连线的上方。
如图84所示，迫压件O40包括固定部O41和悬臂O42，固定部O41连接于盒体O10，悬臂O42连接于固定部O41并朝向感光鼓一侧延伸。其中，固定部O41包括安装凸起O401，在本实施例中，安装凸起O401设置有两个，其中一个安装凸起O401位于另一个安装凸起O401的上方侧。端盖O202上设置有安装孔，该安装孔与安装凸起O401对应设置，在组装时，安装凸起O401卡合到安装孔中而使迫压件O40固定到端盖O202或鼓框架12上，进而使迫压件O40能够随着鼓框架12的移动而移动。在处理盒安装至电子成像装置的容纳部O105的状态下，悬臂O42穿过覆盖件1081上的第二孔1090b，以能够迫压电子成像装置的驱动单元1080。需要说明的是，固定部的形状结构没有严格限制，只要能够使得迫压件O40相对于感光鼓20的轴线不可移动即可。
在本实施例中，悬臂O42大致呈长方体状，其包括在安装状态下位于悬臂O42上侧的上端面O42a和位于悬臂下侧的下端面O42b，上端面O42a和下端面O42b设置成相互平行的平面，其中，悬臂O42的自由端的下端面O42b部分被配置成用于迫压驱动单元1080，以使得驱动单元1080摆正。
进一步地，悬臂O42远离固定部O41的端还设置有呈弧形的引导面，该引导面连接上端面O42a和下端面O42b，其能够在电子成像装置的门盖O102闭合过程中引导悬臂O42沿着驱动单元1080的小径部分1080f的圆周外表面移动，以在处理盒1的安装过程中避免悬臂O42与驱动单元发生干涉。悬臂O42上沿着感光鼓20的轴线OL2相对设置的两个侧面配置为平面，且两个侧面之间的最大距离小于第二孔1090b的宽度(即处理盒安装到位的状态下沿着感光鼓的轴线OL2的孔的宽度)，以避免悬臂O42无法穿过第二孔1090b。
继续参照图84所示，受到驱动单元1080的输入齿轮部1080d与前板109a的距离或者其空间的限制，优选地，迫压件O40的悬臂O42的厚度B可设置在0.6mm～3.5mm之间，如果悬臂O42的厚度小于0.6mm，其结构过薄，在处理盒1安装的过程中，受到电子成像装置内部结构的作用，悬臂O42容易折断或断裂。如果迫压件O40的悬臂O42厚度过大(大于3.5mm)，同样易受到驱动单元1080的输入齿轮部1080d与前板109a的距离的限制无法实现对驱动单元1080的摆正作用。
参照图83，在盒体O10的第一端1A的后侧还设置有力接收部O10a，力接收部O10a用于在门盖O102闭合时接收盒按压部件O1020的作用力，以使得处理盒1安装到位。
以下具体介绍处理盒安装至打印机中的安装方法。
如图85所示，首先，打开门盖O102，由于门盖O102处于打开状态，驱动单元1080处于被锁定的状态，将位于处理盒1长度方向上两侧的引导凸起对准容纳部O105的第一侧壁、第二侧壁上的导轨O108，进而将处理盒1沿OY1方向推入，固定在端盖O202上的迫压件O40也随着处理盒1的移动逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近，直至迫压 件O40与驱动单元1080接触。
如图86所示，处理盒1在电子成像装置中安装到容纳部O105且未关闭门盖O10的状态下，迫压件O40的悬臂O42与驱动单元1080的小径部分1080f的上侧抵接。从处理盒1的后背部观察，处理盒1的第一端1A，即动力接收单元21所在的一端，相对于处理盒1的另一端1B在电子成像装置中更靠上(处理盒1部分上翘)，处理盒在此位置的安装位置称为第一位置。此时处理盒的另一端1B可以是处于安装到位的位置。
如图87、图88所示，接着关闭电子成像装置的门盖O102，随着门盖O102的关闭，凸轮O104解除对驱动单元1080的锁定，门盖O102内侧的按压部件O1020推压处理盒1后侧的力接收部O10a，使处理盒1的第一端1A受力，以随之下移并带动迫压件O40下移，此时迫压件O40的前端压迫驱动单元1080使其向下移动，使得驱动单元1080的旋转轴线OL2与动力接收单元21的旋转轴线OL1重合或基本平行，进而使动力接收单元21与驱动单元可以啮合，此时处理盒1处于第二位置。即，驱动单元1080接收到压力后沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动。在按压部件O1020向处理盒1左右两侧施加的压力下，处理盒1的两端(1A、1B)基本保持水平状态。
在处理盒1安装到位的状态下，驱动单元1080由初始位置运动到能够与动力接收单元21啮合的位置，实现驱动单元1080将驱动力传递到动力接收单元21上，进而带动感光鼓20旋转，处理盒在此位置的安装位置称为第二位置。需要说明的是，迫压件O40对驱动单元1080施加的以驱动单元1080摆正的力可以是门盖O102关闭时通过门盖O102的按压部件O1020施加到处理盒1上的作用力，也可以是处理盒1自身的重力。
以下介绍迫压件O40与驱动单元1080在安装过程中的具体配合动作。
如图89所示，在处理盒1安装至主组件O101的过程中，迫压件O40可通过第二孔1090b对驱动单元1080进行摆正。当处理盒未安装之前，此时，驱动单元1080处于倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线OL1与第一孔的中心轴线OL2形成一夹角α。当驱动单元1080摆正，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线OL1与覆盖件1081的中心轴线OL0基本重合。
当将处理盒1沿OY1方向安装至电子成像装置中，迫压件O40的悬臂O42的下端面O42b迫压驱动单元1080的小径部1080f。由于驱动单元1080的抵接表面1080c与支撑侧板O82的第一凸起O82b或第二凸起O82c中的至少一个接触，使得驱动单元1080沿箭头N的方向倾斜，即驱动单元1080仍处于被锁定的状态。当关上门盖O102，圆筒形凸轮O104解除对驱动单元1080的锁定，门盖O102内侧的盒按压部件O1020按压处理盒1的力接收部O10a，使处理盒1的第一端1A受力。可选择的，也可以是盒体O10的两侧同时受到盒按压部件O1020的作用力。处理盒1的第一端1A随之下移并带动迫压件O40下移，此时，迫压件O40的悬臂O42的下端面O42b迫压驱动单元1080的小径部1080f，同样地，驱动单元1080受到支撑侧板O82的第一凸起O82b或第二凸起O82c的作用，驱动单元1080沿箭头N的相反方向移动，以摆正。
如图90和91所示，将第一凸起O82b与第二凸起O82c支撑驱动单元1080的支点的连接线定义为OL3，与OL3平行的且经过驱动单元1080旋转轴线中心的轴线定 义为轴线OL4，与轴线OL4垂直且经过驱动单元1080旋转轴线中心的轴线定义为轴线OL5。在处理盒1处于第一位置和第二位置，以及从第一位置移动到第二位置的过程中，迫压件O40对驱动单元1080施加迫压力F时两者的接触受力点始终位于轴线OL4的上半区。
迫压件O40的配置位置可以有诸多变化，如图92所示，沿着安装部的左右方向观察，在第一位置时，迫压件O40的悬臂O42的下端面O42b与轴线OL5的夹角为β，优选地，78°≤β≤113°，迫压件O40在处理盒上的位置满足此条件，可实现与电子成像装置的安装，若夹角为β小于78°或者大于113°，则在将处理盒1安装至电子成像装置100中时，都会造成干涉从而无法安装处理盒或者无法使得驱动单元1080摆正。
上述结构的处理盒，能够使得动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的过程更加顺畅，大大节省了动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的时间，驱动力的传递更加稳定，提高了处理盒的工作效率。
本实施例的处理盒同样可以适用于前述的实施例的电子成像装置中。
在本实施例中，悬臂O42的投影至少部分与感光鼓20的投影重合，在处理盒安装至电子成像装置时，悬臂O42抵压于驱动单元1080的小径部分1080f，使驱动单元1080摆正位置，即，悬臂O42距离感光鼓的旋转轴线较近，使驱动单元1080能够更好地与动力接收单元对准位置。同时，本申请由于通过迫压件悬臂部分对驱动单元小径部分施加作用力，其施加的作用力更小，而且更加精准，从而使驱动单元从倾斜位置摆正到与感光鼓接近同轴的位置，因此能够使得处理盒的感光鼓或显影辊与电子成像装置的驱动单元的接触啮合过程更加顺畅，大大节省了感光鼓或显影辊与驱动单元接触啮合的时间，提高了处理盒的工作效率。
实施例十六
除特殊说明外，本实施例中的处理盒的结构与实施例十五中的处理盒的形状结构、安装和拆卸方法基本相同，相同之处不再赘述。
图93为本实施例的处理盒的结构简图，在本实施例中，处理盒取消了设置在感光鼓20长度方向第一端1A(即安装状态下靠近驱动单元1080的一端)的动力接收单元，而是将设置在显影辊30长度方向的第一端(即安装至电子成像装置的状态下靠近驱动单元1080的一端)的显影辊齿轮P301作为动力接收单元，通过使该显影辊齿轮P301与驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080d啮合，以接收驱动力。具体地，显影辊齿轮P301与显影辊30同轴设置且同步转动，且显影辊齿轮P301可为锥齿或螺旋形排列的单齿结构。可选择的，其上齿牙可设计为斜齿，以便能够与驱动单元1080的斜齿部更好地啮合。可选择的，可以同时采用上述实施例所述的动力接收单元以及本实施例所述的显影辊齿轮P301一起从驱动单元1080接收驱动力。
进一步地，该处理盒还包括力传递齿轮P302和感光鼓齿轮P201，力传递齿轮P302设置于显影辊30长度方向的第一端或与第一端相对的另一端，感光鼓齿轮P201设置于感光鼓20的第一端或与第一端相对的另一端，且感光鼓齿轮P201能够和力传递齿轮P302啮合，使感光鼓20能够经感光鼓齿轮P201、力传递齿轮P302接收驱动力。通过上述方案，处理盒能够从电子成像装置接收驱动力并驱动显影辊30和感光鼓20 等旋转部件旋转。
在其他实施例中，显影辊齿轮P301可以包括斜齿部分和正齿部分，斜齿部分用于与驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080d啮合以接收驱动力，正齿部分用于向感光鼓齿轮P201传递驱动力。对应地，可以在感光鼓20的一端设置有用于与显影辊齿轮301的正齿部分啮合的感光鼓齿轮，以便于感光鼓20能够接收驱动力。可选择的，还可以取消设置在显影辊30的一端的显影辊齿轮P301，同时保留设置在感光鼓20第一端的动力接收单元，动力接收单元能够与驱动单元1080啮合以接收驱动力，同样的，可以在感光鼓20的第一端或与第一端相对的一端设置感光鼓齿轮，对应的在显影辊30的第一端或与第一端相对的另一端设置显影辊齿轮，并使显影辊齿轮与感光鼓齿轮啮合，以便于显影辊30接收驱动力。可选择的，显影辊30和感光鼓20之间的驱动力的传递除了采用齿轮的方式传动外，还可以采用摩擦轮，如橡胶轮等。可选择的，用于与驱动单元1080啮合并接收驱动力的齿轮可以设置在显影辊的端部上，也可以是与显影辊30分开设置，例如设置在端盖上，其能够与驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080d啮合以接收驱动力，进而再将驱动力传递至显影辊30和感光鼓20等旋转部件。
实施例十七
除特殊说明外，本实施例中的处理盒的结构与实施例十五中的处理盒的形状结构、安装和拆卸方法基本相同，相同之处不再赘述。
图94示出了本实施例的迫压件Q40的一个变形结构，在本实施例中，迫压件Q40的悬臂Q42的上端面Q42a和下端面Q42b均设置成曲面。在处理盒安装至电子成像装置的状态下，与上述实施例相比，本实施例的下端面Q42b向上凹入，上端面Q42a向上凸出。此种结构的设计，在处理盒安装的过程中，使下端面Q42b能够更好的越过电子成像装置的第二侧板109c，避免与第二侧板109c发生干涉。
图95为本实施例的迫压件Q40的另一个变形结构，迫压件Q40的悬臂Q42的上端面Q42a和下端面Q42b均设置成曲面。在处理盒安装至容纳部Q105的状态下，与上述实施例相比，本实施例的下端面Q42b向下凸出，上端面Q42a向下凹入。此种结构的设计，悬臂Q42的下端面Q42b呈曲面结构，能够起到一定的引导作用。
需要说明的是，悬臂的形状结构的变形不限于此，其还可以有其它的变形，例如上端面设置成向上凸出，下端面设置成向下凸出；或者是，上端面设置成向下凹入，下端面设置成下上凹入；或者悬臂设置成圆柱形、锥形或者棱柱形等等，只要能迫压驱动单元即可。
实施例十八
图96为本申请中电子成像装置的示意图。如图96所示，现有一种电子成像装置100，处理盒1可拆卸的容纳在其中。该电子成像装置100包括能够开闭的门盖R101、与门盖R101联动配合的推压部R102、以及驱动单元1080(图102)，驱动单元为驱动力的输出部件。
图97为本申请中处理盒的结构示意图。图98为本申请中处理盒的结构分解示意图。如图97、图98所示，处理盒1包括盒体R10、感光鼓20、显影辊30和动力接收 单元21，盒体R10内容纳有显影剂，感光鼓20和显影辊30分别可转动地设置于盒体R10。动力接收单元21设置于盒体R10的一端并连接于感光鼓20，且动力接收单元21包括动力接收部R21a，动力接收部R21a用于接收电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080输出的驱动力，从而使感光鼓20旋转。
进一步地，处理盒1还包括迫压件R40，在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件R40能够对驱动单元施加压力，以使驱动单元摆正位置。具体的，盒体R10包括支架R11，迫压件R40固定安装在支架R11上，且迫压件R40的至少一部分位于感光鼓20外周面的内部，在动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，迫压件R40可以与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080接触从而实现驱动单元的摆正。
具体的，如图98、图99所示，支架R11包括滑槽R111、安装部R112、凹部和凸起R11a，凸起R11a设置于滑槽R111内，用于固定弹性部件R511的一端，凹部R113用于安装迫压件R40。
如图100所示，处理盒1还包括控制机构R50，控制机构50与动力接收单元21配合，以通过控制机构50控制动力接收单元21的伸缩状态，即，控制动力接收单元21沿感光鼓20轴向移动。进一步地，动力接收单元21位于安装部R112，控制机构R50包括推杆R51、弹性部件R511、联动件R52和限制件R53。推杆R51活动安装于滑槽R111，联动件R52和限制件R53互相配合并套设于动力接收单元21，并且联动件R52与推杆R51可活动连接。弹性部件R511设置于推杆R51上且一端与凸起R11a连接，用于使推杆R51复位。在本实施例中，弹性部件R511为弹簧，在其他实施例中，弹性部件R511也可为其他具有弹性的材料，如：橡胶、硅胶、海绵等。
具体的，推杆R51包括第一凸起R51a和第二凸起R51b，其中，第二凸起R51b用于与弹性部件R511的另一端连接。联动件R52包括连接部R52a和第一凸部R52b，连接部R52a与推杆R51的第一凸起R51a活动连接。限制件R53包括第二凸部R53a和平面部R53b，随着处理盒1处于不同的状态下，联动件R52可以在限制件R53的第二凸部R53a和平面部R53b之间活动，具体动作后续会详述。
图101a为动力接收单元与感光鼓的安装的分解图。如图101a所示，动力接收单元21包括动力接收部R21a、动力输出部R21b、中间件R23和弹性件R22。中间件R23设置于感光鼓20的一端，动力接收部R21a活动设置于中间件R23并穿设于联动件R52和限制件R53，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合，以接收从电子成像装置输出的驱动力。动力输出部R21b连接于动力接收部R21a，用于将驱动力输入至感光鼓20，使感光鼓20能够随动力接收单元21的旋转而旋转。弹性件R22设置于动力接收单元21和中间件R23，且弹性件R22的一端与中间件R23连接，弹性件R22的另一端与动力接收单元21连接。在本实施例中，弹性件R22为弹簧，在其他实施例中，弹性件R22也可为其他具有弹性的材料，如：橡胶、硅胶、海绵等。
图101b为本申请中感光鼓和显影辊的局部视图。如图101b所示，处理盒还包括中间齿轮R301和感光鼓齿轮R201，中间齿轮R301设置于显影辊30的端部，感光鼓齿轮R201设置于感光鼓20的端部，且感光鼓齿轮R201与中间齿轮R301啮合，使显影辊30能够经中间齿轮R301、感光鼓齿轮R201接收驱动力，进而使显影辊30作旋 转运动。
图102为本申请中电子成像装置的驱动单元结构示意图。驱动单元1080包括齿轮部分1080d、小径部分1080f和结合部分1080e，在动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，迫压件R40迫压驱动单元1080的小径部分1080f，从而达到使驱动单元1080摆正的作用，详细的摆正过程下文会详述。
图103为本申请中动力接收单元处于缩回状态的局部示意图。如图103所示，在处理盒1安装到电子成像装置(省略图示)中，电子成像装置的门盖R101还未关闭时，迫压件R40迫压驱动单元1080的小径部分1080f，但此时电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080仍处于倾斜状态。控制机构R50的推杆R51中的弹性部件R511处于初始状态(不发生形变)，联动件R52的第一凸部R52b与限制件R53的第二凸部R53a接触，使得设置在动力接收单元21与中间件R23间的弹性件R22被压缩，其压缩量称为第一压缩量。此时，动力接收单元21的动力接受部R21a的平面位于联动件R52平面的内部或者与联动件R52的平面齐平，也可以是伸出状态，其在安装处理时不会造成干涉即可。在这个状态下，动力接收单元21未与驱动单元1080结合。
图104为本申请中动力接收单元处于伸出状态的局部示意图。当电子成像装置的门盖R101处于完全关闭的状态时，迫压件R40已完成对驱动单元1080的摆正作用，驱动单元1080处于摆正状态。此时门盖R101完全关闭，控制机构R50的推杆R51受到推压部R102的作用，压缩弹性部件R511，进而带动联动件R52旋转。联动件R52的第一凸部R52b由与限制件R53的第二凸部R53a接触变为与平面部R53b接触，设置在动力接收单元21与中间件R23间的弹性件R22被压缩，此时的压缩量称为第二压缩量，由于联动件R52具有轴向移动的功能，使第一压缩量大于第二压缩量，因此在这个状态下，动力接收单元21处于伸出状态，也即动力接收单元21的动力接受部R21a的平面凸出于联动件R52的平面。又由于此时驱动单元1080已经摆正，动力接收单元21的动力接收部R21a与驱动单元1080的接合部分1080e实现连接，完成啮合。
实施例十九
本实施例公开了一种处理盒，该处理盒包括盒体、感光鼓、显影辊、动力接收单元和迫压件，感光鼓和显影辊可转动地设置于盒体，动力接收单元连接于感光鼓。迫压件设置于盒体并与动力接收单元位于盒体的同一端，且迫压件能够相对于盒体产生位移，以摆正电子成像装置的驱动单元位置，使驱动单元与动力接收单元能够啮合，以将驱动单元的输出驱动力传递至感光鼓和显影辊。
在本实施例中，动力接收单元连接于感光鼓，可以理解，在其他实施例中，动力接收单元也可以连接于显影辊，或者动力接收单元设置有两个，其中一个动力接收单元连接于感光鼓，另一个动力接收单元连接于显影辊。
如图105和图106所示，迫压件S40为可伸缩部件。具体地，该迫压件S40与处理盒1可拆卸连接，处理盒还包括弹性件S60(如弹簧、磁铁、弹性海绵等)，迫压件S40经弹性件S60连接于盒体的端部，使迫压件S40能够在弹性件S60的作用下相对于盒体沿与感光鼓的轴向平行或大致平行方向移动，以对驱动单元1080进行迫压。其中，与感光鼓轴向大致平行方向可以是与感光鼓的轴向形成一定夹角的方向，该夹角可以或±5°以内。
进一步地，迫压件S40包括与感光鼓20同轴设置的杆体及自杆体一端弯折延伸形成的凸起S41，杆体通过弹性件S60连接于盒体，凸起S41靠近动力接收单元21设置，用于下压电子成像装置的驱动单元，使驱动单元与动力接收单元21基本同轴啮合传递动力。
当弹性件S60呈压缩状态时，迫压件S40能够沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动，使得迫压件S40远离驱动单元1080。当弹性件S60呈舒张状态时，迫压件S40能够沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动，使得迫压件S40靠近驱动单元1080，并带动驱动单元1080下压。
本实施例的处理盒1在电子成像装置的安装过程中或安装到位后，迫压件S40能够沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动并对驱动单元进行迫压，从而使摆正电子成像装置的驱动单元1080的位置，使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21同轴或基本同轴，进而使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21啮合传递动力，将驱动单元1080输出的驱动力传递至感光鼓和显影辊。
实施例二十
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未说明部分均与前述各实施例中内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。
本实施例与上述各实施例不同的是：本实施例的处理盒中的迫压件是套设在动力接收单元的外部，与感光鼓同轴旋转。
具体的，如图107和图108所示，处理盒还包括伸缩机构T70和迫压件T40，动力接收单元21连接于感光鼓20的一端，伸缩机构T70设于感光鼓20的内部，且动力接收单元21经伸缩机构T70连接于感光鼓20，使动力接收单元21能够在感光鼓20的轴向上移动。可选的，该伸缩机构T70为弹性件，弹性件可以是弹簧、磁铁、弹性海绵等，也可以是其他具有弹性力的部件，在此不做限定。
在本实施例中，弹性件为弹簧，感光鼓20的端部设有凹槽20a，弹簧收容于感光鼓20端部的凹槽20a。
迫压件T40套设在动力接收单元21远离伸缩机构T70的外侧，且迫压件T40可以与感光鼓20同轴旋转，使迫压件T40能够随动力接收单元21在感光鼓20的轴向上移动。在本实施例中，迫压件T40为可旋转的套筒，套筒可以是中空圆柱形，动力接收单元21收容于套筒内，且能够沿套筒移动。
具体地，伸缩机构T70(弹性件)的一端与凹槽20a的内壁抵接，伸缩机构T70(弹性件)的另一端与动力接收单元21相抵接。
当处理盒没有安装到电子成像装置中时，动力接收单元21能够利用动力接收单元21与迫压件T40之间的摩擦力来抵抗伸缩机构T70的弹力，并退避收容于迫压件T40中。当处理盒安装到电子成像装置中后，此时的驱动单元1080处于倾斜的状态，即驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线不平行，而由于迫压件T40套设于动力接收单元21的外部，迫压件T40与驱动单元1080形成结构干涉，这时驱动单元1080开始转动并带动迫压件T40旋转。在迫压件T40旋转的过程中，迫压件T40产生的离心力使得驱动单元1080从原先的倾斜状态逐渐移动到使驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的 轴线相重合的位置，此时驱动单元1080与感光鼓20同轴，迫压件T40离心转动后，动力接收单元21与迫压件T40之间的摩擦力减小，利用伸缩机构T70的弹性力带动动力接收单元21沿着感光鼓20的轴向朝向靠近驱动单元1080的方向移动，通过动力接收单元21的这种移动，使动力接收单元21从迫压件T40中伸出，从而成功与驱动单元1080啮合，实现驱动单元1080与感光鼓20之间的动力传递。
实施例二十一
如图109所示，动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23分别设置于感光鼓20的一端，在本实施例中，动力接收单元U22为两个，也可为三个，对其数量不做限制。动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23均能够相对盒体在感光鼓20的轴向上移动，且迫压件U23还能够相对于动力接收单元U22在第一平面区域内、沿垂直于感光鼓20轴向的方向移动，通过迫压件U23能够摆正驱动单元1080的位置，通过动力接收单元U22能够与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合。其中，在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面上，第一平面区域的投影与感光鼓的投影至少部分重合。
进一步，处理盒还包括第一弹性件U211和第二弹性件U231，动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23经第一弹性件U211连接于感光鼓20，通过第一弹性件U211赋予动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23沿感光鼓20轴向平动的能力，迫压件U23经第二弹性件U231连接于动力接收单元U22，通过第二弹性件U231赋予迫压件U23沿垂直于感光鼓20轴向的方向平动的能力。具体地，驱动齿轮设置于感光鼓20，第一弹性件U211一端设置在驱动齿轮内壁U2100上，另一端直接或间接设置在动力接收单元U22、迫压件U23面朝驱动齿轮内壁的一内侧面U210上。当第一弹性件U211受力发生变形时(如压缩)，动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23可沿感光鼓轴向朝向伸入处理盒的方向平移，当第一弹性件U211释放弹性力时(如伸展)，动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23可沿感光轴轴向朝向伸出处理盒的方向平移。当然，还可以设置有限制结构等常规结构，以使动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23不会向外脱出处理盒，由此实现动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23能够沿感光鼓的轴向平动。在本实施例中，第一弹性件U211的初始状态为使动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23处于伸入处理盒的被压缩的状态。第二弹性件U231只作用于迫压件U23，通过第二弹性件U231赋予迫压件U23在垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向上伸缩的能力，使迫压件U23能够在垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向上产生位移，不限于仅在垂直于轴向上移动。第二弹性件U231的设置方式可类似于第一弹性件U211，其一端可设置在驱动齿轮内壁上或设置在动力接收单元U22上，本实施中为设置在动力接收单元U22内部一壁面U220上，另一端直接或间接设置在迫压件U23上，第二弹性件U231的初始状态为使迫压件U23沿垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向被压缩的状态，当第二弹性件U231释放弹性力时(如伸展)，迫压件U23可沿垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向向远离动力接收单元U22的方向平移，当第二弹性件U231受力发生变形时(如压缩)，迫压件U23可沿垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向向靠近动力接收单元U22的方向平移。对于第二弹性件U231的初始状态的设定和保持，优选设置有限位部U2311，该限位部U2311为固定设置在盒体的块状或条状部件，用于限制迫压件U23的位置。在本实施例中，该限制方式为，条状部件的限位部U2311“承托”着迫压件U23，即， 第二弹性件U231压缩着并使迫压件U23抵接在限位部U2311上，且迫压件U23和/或第二弹性件U231能与限位部U2311发生相对移动，该移动的方式可以是迫压件U23和/或第二弹性件U231在限位部U2311上滑动。
进一步地，处理盒还包括控制杆U810和可旋转的卡扣U820，该控制杆U810用于接收诸如在电子成像装置的门盖13关闭动作时所带来的一外力，随即控制上述动力接收单元U21沿感光鼓轴向伸出处理盒，卡扣U820设置于盒体，其可绕旋转轴U821旋转，通过卡扣U820能够阻挡动力接收单元U21在感光鼓的轴向上的移动。如图110所示，当处理盒安装到电子成像装置中后，此时的驱动单元1080处于倾斜的状态，即驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线不平行，当关闭门盖13使得控制杆U810控制上述动力接收单元21沿感光鼓轴向伸出处理盒时，如图110到图111的动作变化过程，首先，可由卡扣U820阻挡动力接收单元U22不伸出，而使迫压件U23伸出，此时不影响第一弹性件U211的伸展，或者，将第一弹性件U211设置为两个部分，分别控制动力接收单元U22和迫压件U23。进而，当迫压件U23和/或第二弹性件U231在向远离动力接收单元U22的方向移动的过程中，与固定的限位部U2311则也会发生相对位移，当自图111移动到图112的状态时，可被限位部U2311解除限制，在本实施例中，该解除限制方式为，迫压件U23和/或第二弹性件U231在移动过程中滑出限位部U2311，例如可以是离开限位部U2311与之不接触，以脱离限位部U2311的限制，此过程中，迫压件U23向外伸出，以能够抵接在驱动单元1080上，由迫压件U23对驱动单元1080形成一定的迫压，引导驱动单元1080逐渐转动摆正，直至形成图112所示的状态，此时，迫压件U23完全向外伸出并抵接在驱动单元1080上，使驱动单元1080从倾斜状态移动到其轴线与感光鼓20的轴线基本平行或同轴的位置，而此时，动力接收单元U21与驱动单元1080还未完全啮合。进一步，如图113所示，当本实施例的卡扣U820被触发或自动旋转时，其对动力接收单元U22的阻挡作用被解除，从而使动力接收单元U22在第一弹性件U211的伸展作用下而向处理盒外伸出，由此顺利与已摆正的驱动单元1080接触并啮合，此状态即完成动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080完全的啮合。
进一步地，在限位部U2311上(如一自由末端)还可设置有斜面U2312，用于辅助迫压件U23在感光鼓轴向以及垂直于感光鼓轴向的方向上回位。
进一步地，在如图110到图111的动作变化过程，本实施例也可不依靠卡扣U820来阻挡动力接收单元U22在感光鼓轴向上的移动，而是通过驱动单元1080或者位于驱动单元1080外的驱动单元保护罩1081来起到阻挡作用，即，动力接收单元U22直接被驱动单元1080端部或驱动单元保护罩1081所阻挡，在被摆正后进一步向外伸出以完成啮合，同样可完成本实施例的目的。
实施例二十二
如图114所示，处理盒1还包括控制机构V30,控制机构V30可通过设置在端盖的导轨(图中未示出)上从而固定到处理盒1上，同时控制机构V30可沿着该导轨在与处理盒的长度方向垂直的方向上运动。具体的，控制机构V30设有第一端V31和第二端V32，其中在第二端V32的端部还设有一斜面V322。可选的，本实施例中的控制 机构可采用推杆。
图115为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的力接收部的结构示意图。图116为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的力传递部的结构示意图。图117为实施例二十二中动力接收单元的凸缘的结构示意图。如图115和图116所示，动力接收单元21包括力接收部V22、力传递部V23和凸缘V24。
具体的，力接收部V22设有用于从电子成像装置接收驱动力的凸部V221、突起V222以及设置在突起V222两侧的两个第一固定柱V223。力传递部V23包括连接部V232、设在连接部V232一端的用于与力接收部V22啮合的凹槽V231、设在连接部V232的另一端的限位面V234以及槽口V235，其中在凹槽V231的两侧分别设置有第二固定柱V233。进一步的，凸缘V24为一圆形状部件，凸缘V24设有容纳部V242，其中在容纳部V242中设有一定位柱V243和一可弹性形变的摆动件V244，另外沿着凸缘V24的外圆周延伸设有一抵接部V241，在抵接部V241的一端设有抵接面V2411，具体的，该抵接面V2411为一斜面。
图118为实施例二十二中承载件的结构示意图。如图118所示，承载件V50包括承载部V51，通孔V52以及在承载部V51外部圆周排列设置的多个第一突起V53。
具体的，如图119所示，动力接收单元21和承载件V50之间的装配关系是：力接收部V22通过突起V222安装到力传递部V23的凹槽V231上，从而固定到力传递部V23上并使得力接收部V22并可以通过凹槽V231沿着LL方向(图119中与凹槽V231平行的方向)滑动，并在接收到电子成像装置的驱动力时能够带动力传递部V23一起运动，同时力接收部V22的两个第一固定柱V223和力传递部V24的两个第二固定柱V233之间通过第一弹性件V61连接，从而使得力接收部V22不再接收驱动力的时候能够复位。其中，当第一弹性件V61处于自然状态时使得力接收部V22相对于力传递部V23朝着处理盒1外部的方向伸出。力传递部V23设置于凸缘V24的容纳部V242中，此时力传递部V23的限位面V234与容纳部V242抵接，凸缘V24中的定位柱V243通过第二弹性件V63与力传递部V23的连接部V232连接，以使与力传递部V23活动连接的力接收部V22能够偏置在预定的相位，而摆动件V244则是用于在力传递部V23从力接收部V22接收动力后转动时带动第二弹性件V63运动的过程中与第二弹性件V63接触以防止其无法复位。这时动力接收单元21的各个零件依次安装好后可以一并安装到承载件V50中，力传递部V23穿过承载件V50的通孔V52从而使得动力接收单元21固定到承载件V50中，同时第三弹性件V64套设在穿过通孔V52的力传递部V23的一端上，第三弹性件V64的一端与承载件V50的承载部V53抵接，另一端与离合件V80抵接，其中离合件V80通过一轴销(图中未示出)穿过槽口V235与力传递部V23连接，并且在离合件V80朝向承载件V50的一端上设有圆周排列设置的多个第二突起V81。上述的各个零件互相配合后可整体装配在感光鼓20中，参见图119。
在本实施例中，迫压件集成于动力接收部，且该动力接收部V22能够在第一平面区域内、沿第一方向移动，用于与驱动单元1080啮合及摆正驱动单元的位置。其中，在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面上，第一平面区域的投影与感光鼓的投影至少部分重合，第一方向与感光鼓轴向相交且不垂直，即图119中的LL方向。
以下对处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合和脱离啮合的过程进行说明。
如图119和图120所示，当处理盒1还未安装到电子成像装置中时或安装到电子成像装置后未接收外力时，这时的动力接收单元21处于初始状态，即力接收部V22在第一弹性件V61的作用下沿着感光鼓20的轴向方向相对于凸缘V24伸出。
如图121所示，当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置中并关闭门盖时，处理盒上的控制机构V30受到外力沿着X方向运动，这时控制机构V30的第二端V32上的斜面V322运动到与凸缘V24的抵接面V2411接触的位置，随着控制机构V30的继续运动，斜面V322成功与抵接面V2411抵接并给予凸缘V24一个X方向上的力，由于力传递部V23的限位面V234与凸缘V24的容纳部V242抵接，并且离合件V80与力传递部V23活动连接，因此在凸缘V24受到作用力后带着力传递部V23连同力接收部V22和离合件V80一起沿着Y4方向(即朝向驱动单元1080的方向)运动，这时力接收部V22沿着Y4方向运动伸出到与电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080抵接的位置，即力接收部V22的凸块V221卡接到电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080中，此时电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080仍然处于倾斜的状态，同时随着控制机构V30沿着X方向继续运动，凸缘V24带动着力传递部V23一起沿着Y4方向运动，然而此刻的力接收部V22由于已经和驱动单元1080连接在一起无法再随着力传递部V23继续朝着Y4方向运动，而是通过力传递部V23的凹槽V231与力传递部V23发生相对移动，即与凸缘V24发生相对移动，同时力接收部V22在驱动单元1080中发生平动，而该平动为相对于驱动单元1080的径向方向移动，并且当力接收部V22的凸块V221抵接到驱动单元1080内凹部的侧面中时从而带动驱动单元1080移动，从而使得驱动单元1080由初始的倾斜状态移动到其轴线与感光鼓20的轴线基本平行或同轴的位置。
如图122和图123所示，随着控制机构V30移动到位后，凸缘V24抵接到驱动单元保护罩1081的位置不再移动，这时的离合件V80也克服第三弹性件V64的弹力运动到与承载件V50接触的位置，离合件V80的第二突起V81与承载件V50的第一突起V53成功啮合，此时力接收部V22也带动驱动单元1080移动到与感光鼓20同轴的位置，从而实现驱动单元1080和感光鼓之间的驱动力的传递。
当打开电子成像装置的门盖后，控制机构V30所受到的外力消失，这时的凸缘V24沿着与Y4方向相反的方向缩回并带动力传递部V23一起运动，此时离合件V80也一并沿着与Y4方向相反的方向移动，第三弹性件V64失去离合件V80的作用力后复位，力接收部V22也与驱动单元1080脱离啮合，最终动力接收单元21恢复到初始的状态，使得处理盒能够从电子成像装置中成功取出。
实施例二十三
本实施例提供另一种控制机构，是在实施例二十二的基础上做的进一步改进，未说明部分均与前述各实施例中内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。
如图124所示，控制机构W30可活动地设置在盒体的端部上，具体的，控制机构W30包括第一端W31、第二端W32和轴孔W33，其中，在第二端W32的端部设有一斜面W322。可选的，控制机构W30可通过轴孔W33与端盖(图中未示出)活动连接 从而固定到盒体上，从而使得控制机构W30在垂直于感光鼓20轴向方向的平面上摇摆运动。
此外，处理盒上的控制机构还可以是动力源，当控制机构为动力源时，可通过关闭电子成像装置门盖的动作获得指令，从而操作凸缘以及力接收部和力传递部朝驱动单元的方向伸出，并可控制动力接收单元21伸出一定行程后停止。可选的，动力源可以是电机，光动力等等。
动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程：当处理盒还未安装到电子成像装置中或安装到电子成像装置后未接收外力时，动力接收单元21处于初始状态，即力接收部V22在第一弹性件V61的作用下沿着感光鼓20的轴向方向相对于凸缘V24伸出。
当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置中并关闭门盖时，处理盒上的控制机构W30受到外力作用而在垂直于感光鼓20轴向方向的平面上摆动，这时控制机构W30的第二端W32上的斜面W322运动到与凸缘V24的抵接面V2411接触的位置，随着控制机构W30的继续运动，斜面W322成功与抵接面V2411抵接并给予凸缘V24一个X方向上的力，由于力传递部V23的限位面V234与凸缘V24的容纳部V242抵接，并且离合件V80与力传递部V23活动连接，因此在凸缘V24受到作用力后带着力传递部V23连同力接收部V22和离合件V80一起沿着Y4方向(即朝向驱动单元1080的方向)运动，这时力接收部V22沿着Y4方向运动伸出到与电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080抵接的位置，即力接收部V22的凸块V221卡接到电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080中，此时电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080仍然处于倾斜的状态，同时随着控制机构W30的继续运动，凸缘V24带动着力传递部V23一起沿着Y4方向运动，然而此刻的力接收部V22由于已经和驱动单元1080连接在一起无法再随着力传递部V23继续朝着Y4方向运动，而是通过力传递部V23的凹槽V231与力传递部V23发生相对移动，即与凸缘V24发生相对移动，同时力接收部V22在驱动单元1080中发生平动，而该平动为相对于驱动单元1080的径向方向移动，并且当力接收部V22的凸块V221抵接到驱动单元1080内凹部的侧面中时从而带动驱动单元1080移动，从而使得驱动单元1080由初始的倾斜状态移动到其轴线与感光鼓20的轴线基本平行或同轴的位置。
随着控制机构W30移动到位后，凸缘V24抵接到驱动单元保护罩1081的位置不再移动，这时的离合件V80也克服第三弹性件V64的弹力运动到与承载件V50接触的位置，离合件V80的第二突起V81与承载件V50的第一突起V53成功啮合，此时力接收部V22也带动驱动单元1080移动到与感光鼓20同轴的位置，从而实现驱动单元1080和感光鼓之间的驱动力的传递。
当打开电子成像装置的门盖后，控制机构W30所受到的外力消失，这时的凸缘V24沿着与Y4方向相反的方向缩回并带动力传递部V23一起运动，此时离合件V80也一并沿着与Y4方向相反的方向移动，第三弹性件V64失去离合件V80的作用力后复位，力接收部V22也与驱动单元1080脱离啮合，最终动力接收单元21恢复到初始的状态，使得处理盒能够从电子成像装置中成功取出。
实施例二十四
图125为实施例二十四中电子成像装置的示意图。如图所示，现有一种电子成像装置100，处理盒1可拆卸的容纳在其中。电子成像装置100包括能够开闭的门盖101、与门盖101联动配合的推压部102，还包括驱动单元1080(图131)，其为驱动力的输出部件。
图126为实施例二十四中处理盒的结构示意图。如图126所示，处理盒1包括盒体X50、感光鼓20、显影辊30、支架X51、迫压件X40和动力接收单元，感光鼓20和显影辊30可转动设置于盒体X50，支架X51设置于盒体X50的端部。迫压件X40能够对驱动单元1080进行摆正，动力接收单元用于与驱动单元1080啮合，以接收电子成像装置中的驱动单元输出的驱动力，其中，盒体X50内容纳有显影剂。
图127为实施例二十四中处理盒的支架的示意图。如图127所示，支架X51设置于盒体X50的一侧，用于安装迫压件X40，且支架X51包括滑槽X51a、安装部X51b和连通孔X51c。推杆X41安装于滑槽X51a中，伸缩杆43套设安装部X51b上。
图128为实施例二十四中迫压件的结构示意图。如图128所示，迫压件包括推杆X41、连接件X42、伸缩件X43、第一弹性件X41a和第二弹性件X43a，伸缩件X43活动设置于支架X51，并能够沿感光鼓轴向移动，推杆X41活动安装于支架X51，且推杆X41经连接件X42连接于伸缩件X43，通过推杆X41能够驱动伸缩件X43沿感光鼓轴向移动。第一弹性件X41a套于推杆X41，用于使推杆X41复位。第二弹性件X43a的一端与伸缩件X43连接，第二弹性件X43a的另一端与安装部X51b内壁连接，用于使伸缩件X43复位。其中，推杆X41包括第一连接部X41b，第一连接部X41b用于与连接件X42的一端连接。伸缩件X43包括第二连接部X43b，第二连接部X43b用于与连接件X42的另一端连接。需要说明的是，本申请中，第一弹性件X41a、第二弹性件X43a为弹簧，也可以为其他具有弹性变形的部件，连接件X42可以为具有柔性可变形的材料，本实施例中，采用双弹簧结构，可以使伸缩件X43的复位更有效，减少在取出处理盒时造成干涉的可能。
图129为实施例二十四中迫压件安装于支架的结构示意图。如图129所示，推杆X41安装于支架X51的滑槽X51a中，伸缩件X43套设于支架的安装部X51b内，连接件X42一端安装于推杆X41的第一连接部X41b上，另一端通过支架X51的连通孔X51c与伸缩件X43的第二连接部X43b连接。进一步地，在安装部X51b中，开设有供第二弹簧X43a一端安装的固定部和供第二连接部X43b伸出的切口，同时在伸缩件X43对驱动单元进行摆正的过程中，第二连接部X43b可在切口中滑动。
图130为实施例二十四中摆杆的局部视图。具体的，如图130所示，动力接收单元21设置在显影辊30的端部，其用与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080啮合，以接收驱动单元输出的驱动力，进而使显影辊30旋转运动。进一步地，在显影辊30上设置有中间齿轮X32，在感光鼓20端部设置有感光鼓齿轮X211，感光鼓齿轮X211与中间齿轮X32啮合，接收驱动力，从而使感光鼓20能够通过显影辊30接收由驱动单元输出的驱动力，使感光鼓和显影辊能够作旋转运动。在本实施例中，动力接收单元为齿轮。
图131为实施例二十四中电子成像装置的驱动单元结构示意图。驱动单元1080包括齿轮部分1080a、小径部分1080b和倾斜部分1080c，其中，在动力接收单元与电子 成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，齿轮部分1080a与动力接收单元21啮合，同时迫压件X40的伸缩杆X43伸出按压驱动单元1080的倾斜部分，从而达到使驱动单元1080摆正的作用，详细的摆正过程下文会详述。
图132a为实施例二十四中处理盒在初始位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图。处理盒1安装到电子成像装置(省略图示)中，电子成像装置的门盖101还未关闭时，此时处理盒1的迫压件X40处于初始状态，此时电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080仍处于倾斜状态，如图图132a所示，此时伸缩杆X43也处于缩回状态。此结构示意图也可用于描述从电子成像装置中取出处理盒1的过程变化图，当打开门盖101，推压部102不再对推杆X41进行推压作用，由于第一弹性件X41a恢复弹性变形，使推杆X41复位，同时带动连接件X42将伸缩杆X43做回复运动，且第二弹簧件X43a的弹性变形恢复，使伸缩杆X43更有效复位。由于伸缩杆X43前端部不再按压驱动单元1080的倾斜部分1080c，因此驱动单元1080恢复到倾斜状态。
图132b为实施例二十四中处理盒在摆正位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图。当关上门盖101时，推压部102作用于处理盒1的推杆X41上，推杆X41向前运动，压缩第一弹簧X41a，同时带动连接件X42运动，与连接件X42连接的伸缩杆X43受到拉力作用，开始沿着安装部X51b的切口滑动向外伸出，同时使弹簧拉伸变形。当伸缩杆X43的前端部按压驱动单元1080的倾斜部分X1080c时，驱动单元1080随着摆杆X43的运动从而实现摆正。如图132b所示，驱动单元1080的轴线相对于支架X51是垂直的，即处于摆正状态。在本实施例中，当驱动单元1080处于摆正状态时，驱动单元1080的齿轮部分1080a与动力接收单元21啮合，动力接收单元21通过中间齿轮X32与感光鼓齿轮X211将驱动力传递至感光鼓。需要说明的是，在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，摆正件相对于感光鼓的旋转中心轴线不发生位移变化。
实施例二十五
如图133至图137所示，本实施例提供处理盒1中的另一种迫压件Y40，迫压件Y40经弹性件Y60连接于盒体，并与动力接收单元21位于盒体的同一端，且迫压件Y40的前端(处理盒1的安装方向)朝下还设置有一引导面Y41(斜面或弧面)。具体地，弹性件Y60一端固定在支架Y51上，另一端固定在迫压件Y40上，从而使得迫压件Y40在失去外力作用后能够恢复到初始状态，可选的，弹性件Y60可采用扭簧或者拉簧。进一步地，迫压件Y40的一端套设在感光鼓20上，以使迫压件Y40能够绕着感光鼓20的轴线做旋转运动，在迫压件Y40旋转过程中，迫压件Y40至少部分结构与感光鼓轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
如图133和图134所示，处理盒1沿Y1方向安装到电子成像装置中时，由于迫压件Y40与位于电子成像装置中的驱动单元1080上方的驱动单元保护罩1081接触形成干涉，使得迫压件Y40受到驱动单元保护罩1081的作用力沿与YI方向相反的方向运动，进而挤压弹性件Y60，同时处理盒在该处的侧端上移从而使处理盒发生倾斜，如图135所示，随着处理盒1的继续安装，迫压件Y40向上移动越过驱动单元保护罩1081后移动至驱动单元保护罩1081上方的开口处，此时迫压件Y40的引导面Y41与 驱动单元保护罩1081抵接，迫压件Y40在引导面Y41的引导下顺利插入驱动单元保护罩1081的开口中与驱动单元1080接触，由于处理盒1的前端随之下移并带动迫压件Y40下移，这时迫压件Y40的前端下压驱动单元1080使其向下移动与动力接收单元21基本同轴以接收动力，此时的处理盒1在电子成像装置中成功安装到位。
当处理盒使用完毕需要从电子成像装置中取出时，可选择地，用户可首先下压处理盒的把手Y70(如图136中的箭头所指的逆时针方向)，这时的处理盒绕感光鼓20逆时针旋转，与处理盒相对固定的迫压件Y40也随之运动，从而使得迫压件Y40能够避开驱动单元保护罩1081的干涉成功从驱动单元保护罩1081中脱离，如图137所示，再沿着与安装方向相反的方向继续拉出处理盒，最终使处理盒从电子成像装置中顺利取出。
实施例二十六
图138为实施例二十六中处理盒的结构示意图。如图138所示，处理盒1包括盒体Z50、感光鼓20、显影辊30、迫压件Z40及设置在盒体一侧的支架Z51。其中，盒体Z50内容纳有显影剂，动力接收单元21设置在感光鼓20的一端，其用于接收驱动单元1080的驱动力从而使感光鼓20旋转。在显影辊30的一端，还设置有显影辊齿轮31，用于接收驱动单元的输出驱动力从而使显影辊30旋转。
具体的，支架Z51包括固定柱Z511，迫压件Z40通过固定柱Z511安装在支架Z51上，同时在感光鼓20的轴线方向上，迫压件Z40的至少一部分位于感光鼓20外周面的内部，在动力接收单元21与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080接触啮合的过程中，迫压件Z40可以在第一平面区域内与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080接触从而摆正驱动单元的位置。在本实施例中，迫压件为扭簧，具体地，迫压件可为其他材料和结构，只要可活动安装于支架上，且在动力接收单元与驱动单元啮合的过程中，迫压件至少部分始终位于第一平面区域内，不限于本申请的材料和结构，其中，第一平面区域的投影与感光鼓的投影至少部分重合。
图139为电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图。如图139所示，驱动单元1080包括齿轮部分1080a和驱动输出部分1080b，其中，在动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，电子成像装置的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21啮合的同时，齿轮部分1080a与处理盒1的显影辊齿轮31啮合。
图140-142为实施例二十六中动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元未接触啮合的处理盒的示意图。如图140-142所示，处理盒1安装到电子成像装置中时，安装在支架上的迫压件Z40也随着处理盒的移动逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近，此时迫压件Z40由于受到电子成像装置(未示出结构)结构的限制，迫压件Z40具有向上抬起的状态，如图140所示，此时迫压件Z40处于远离动力接收单元21轴线的位置。如图141所示，迫压件Z40与驱动单元1080处于远离状态，驱动单元1080仍处于倾斜状态，如图142所示，在驱动单元还未摆正的状态下，驱动单元1080的轴线L1与感光鼓20的轴线2处于不平行状态，具体地，驱动单元1080的驱动输出部分1080b未与动力接收单元对准，即处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元未接触啮合。
图143-145为实施例二十六中动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合 的处理盒的示意图。当迫压件Z40与驱动单元1080接触形成结构干涉时，迫压件Z40对驱动输出部分1080b施加摆正力，驱动单元1080接收到摆正力后沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动，迫压件Z40具有向下的状态，按压驱动单元1080进行摆正，如图143所示，此时迫压件Z40处于靠近动力接收单元21轴线的位置。如图144所示，迫压件Z40与驱动单元1080处于靠近状态，驱动单元1080处于摆正状态，如图145所示，在驱动单元摆正的状态下，驱动单元1080的轴线L1与感光鼓20的轴线L2处于平行状态，也可以说处于同轴状态。具体地，驱动单元1080的驱动输出部分1080b与动力接收单元21实现对准，即动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合，实现驱动单元1080将驱动力传递到动力接收单元21上，进而带动感光鼓20旋转，同时驱动单元1080的齿轮部分1080a与显影辊齿轮31对准啮合，从而将驱动力传递至显影辊齿轮上，使显影辊30实现旋转。
图146为实施例二十六中迫压件位于接触位置和未接触位置的状态图。如图146所示，迫压件Z40虚线表示处理盒1在插入电子成像装置中，迫压件Z40由于受到电子成像装置(未示出结构)结构的限制，迫压件Z40具有向上抬起的状态，即处理盒的动力接收单元与电子成像装置的驱动单元未接触啮合。迫压件Z40实线表示迫压件Z40与驱动单元1080接触形成结构干涉，迫压件Z40按压驱动单元1080进行摆正，即动力接收单元21与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080处于接触啮合状态。在动力接收单元21与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080从未接触状态运动至接触啮合状态时，迫压件Z40部分位于感光鼓20外周面投影截面的内部，即迫压件Z40部分位于更靠近感光鼓20的轴线的位置。
实施例二十七
图147为实施例二十七中电子成像装置的示意图。如图147所示，现有一种电子成像装置100，处理盒1可拆卸的容纳在其中。电子成像装置100包括能够开闭的门盖101、与门盖101联动配合的推压部102，还包括驱动单元(图中未示出)，其为驱动力的输出部件。
图148为实施例二十七中处理盒的结构示意图；图149为实施例二十七中处理盒的结构另一示意图。如图148、图149所示，处理盒1包括盒体AA50、感光鼓20、显影辊30、支架AA51、动力接收单元21和迫压件AA40，感光鼓20和显影辊30可转动地设置于盒体AA50，支架AA51设置于盒体AA50的端部。迫压件AA40用于与驱动单元1080啮合，以能够对驱动单元进行摆正，动力接收单元21用于接收电子成像装置中的驱动单元输出的驱动力，其中，盒体AA50内容纳有显影剂。
图150为实施例二十七中感光鼓和显影辊的局部视图。具体的，如图150所示，动力接收单元21设置在显影辊的端部，用与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合以接收其输出的驱动力，进而使显影辊30旋转运动，进一步的，在显影辊30上设置有中间齿轮AA32，在感光鼓20端部上设置有感光鼓齿轮AA211，感光鼓齿轮AA211与中间齿轮AA32进行啮合，以接收驱动力，进而使感光鼓20能够作旋转运动。在本实施例中，动力接收单元为显影辊齿轮。
图151为实施例二十七中支架的局部视图。如图151-图153所示，支架AA51设 置于盒体AA50的一端，用于安装迫压件AA40。进一步地，支架AA51包括滑槽AA51a和安装部AA51b，迫压件AA40包括推杆AA41、连接件AA42和摆杆AA43，推杆AA41活动安装于滑槽AA51a中，摆杆AA43转动设置于安装部AA51b，且推杆AA41经连接件AA42与摆杆AA43连接，通过推杆AA41能够驱动摆杆AA43摆动，以通过摆杆AA43能够在第一平面区域内摆正驱动单元的位置，在垂直于感光鼓轴向的平面上，第一平面区域的投影与感光鼓的投影至少部分重合。
图152为实施例二十七中摆杆的局部视图。如图152所示，摆杆AA43包括第一连接部AA43a、第二连接部AA43b和抵接部AA43c，其中，第一连接部AA43a连接于支架AA51的安装部AA51b上，第二连接部AA43b与连接件AA42的一端连接，抵接部AA43c在运动过程中，可实现对驱动单元1080的摆正。
图153a为实施例二十七中处理盒的迫压件设置在支架上的示意图；图153b为实施例二十七中处理盒的迫压件设置在支架上的另一示意图。如图153a所示，处理盒还包括第一连接部AA43a，摆杆AA43的第一连接部AA43a安装于支架AA51上，其中一个第二连接部AA43b经第一弹性件AA51a连接于安装部AA51b的内壁，通过第一弹性件AA51a能够使摆杆AA43复位，即，使摆杆AA43能够从摆正位置退回初始位置。如图153b所示，处理盒还包括第二弹性件AA42，另一个第二连接部AA43b与连接件AA42的一端连接，连接件AA42经第二弹性件AA42a连接于推杆AA41，第二弹性件AA42a用于起缓冲作用，以防止推杆AA41力过大而影响摆正。在实施例中，推杆AA41、连接件AA42和摆杆AA43连接共同构成迫压件AA40，迫压件AA40的动作变化过程后续会详述。
图154a为实施例二十七中处理盒在初始位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图。处理盒1安装到电子成像装置(省略图示)中时，电子成像装置的门盖101还未关闭，此时处理盒1的迫压件AA40处于初始状态，电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080仍处于倾斜状态，如图154a所示，此时摆杆AA43也处于倾斜状态。
图154b为实施例二十七中处理盒在摆正位置时迫压件与电子成像装置的驱动单元的状态示意图。当关上门盖101时，推压部102作用于处理盒1的推杆AA41上，推杆AA41向前运动，带动连接件AA42运动，此时，与连接件AA42连接的摆杆AA43受到拉力作用，开始向外伸出，当抵接部AA43c抵接于驱动单元1080的凹部1080a时，驱动单元1080随着摆杆AA43的运动从而实现摆正，如图154b所示，驱动单元1080相对于支架AA51是垂直的，即处于摆正状态。在本实施例中，当驱动单元1080处于摆正状态时，驱动单元的齿轮部分1080b与动力接收单元21啮合，动力接收单元21通过中间齿轮AA32与感光鼓齿轮AA211将驱动力传递至感光鼓。需要说明的是，在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件AA40部分位于感光鼓20外周面的投影截面内部。
实施例二十八
本实施例提供了一种处理盒的结构，相比于实施例二十二和实施例二十三，本实施例在处理盒上不设置控制机构。参照图154c所示，具体地，本实施例的处理盒包括盒体、显影辊30、感光鼓20和第一齿轮CC32，显影辊30和感光鼓20可转动地设置 于盒体，第一齿轮CC32设置于显影辊30的一端，且设于显影辊30一端的齿轮与设于感光鼓20一端的齿轮啮合。当处理盒安装至电子成像装置时，第一齿轮CC32抵接在电子成像装置的驱动单元的齿轮部1080a上，使显影辊30经第一齿轮CC32与驱动单元的齿轮部1080a啮合，从而通过两者啮合使电子成像装置的驱动单元能够倾斜着传递驱动力至显影辊30，使显影辊30旋转，再由显影辊30带动感光鼓20旋转，而无需使电子成像装置的驱动单元由初始的倾斜状态移动到其轴线与感光鼓的轴线基本平行或同轴的位置。其中，在显影辊30的轴向上，第一齿轮CC32至少一部分凸出于感光鼓20的端部。
进一步地，第一齿轮CC32设置在显影辊30端部且与显影辊30同轴旋转，第一齿轮CC32可为锥齿结构，(如图154c)优选地，其上齿牙设计为斜齿，以能够更好地适应于与电子成像装置的驱动单元的斜齿进行啮合。
在本实施例中，位于感光鼓端部的动力接收单元无需与电子成像装置的驱动单元进行啮合传动，因此亦可取消该动力接收单元的结构，此时可在驱动端或非驱动端处，通过在感光鼓以及显影辊端部各设置互相配合的传动齿轮的形式，使感光鼓与显影辊啮合，以使感光鼓能够经显影辊接收上述第一齿轮所接收到的来自电子成像装置的驱动单元输出的驱动力。进一步地，该处理盒还包括第二齿轮31和第三齿轮CC211，第二齿轮31设置于显影辊30的一端，第三齿轮CC211设置于感光鼓20的一端，且第三齿轮CC211与第二齿轮31啮合，使第一齿轮CC32接收的驱动力能够经第二齿轮31、第三齿轮CC211传递至感光鼓20。
在另一个实施例中，第一齿轮CC32设置于感光鼓20的一端，使感光鼓能够通过第一齿轮以接收倾斜的驱动单元输出的驱动力，并通过上述传动齿轮的形式将驱动力进一步传递给显影辊。具体地，当处理盒安装至电子成像装置时，感光鼓经第一齿轮与电子成像装置中的驱动单元啮合，以使感光鼓和显影辊能够接收由电子成像装置输出的驱动力。
实施例二十九
图155为实施例二十九中处理盒的结构示意图，图156为实施例二十九中第一齿轮的局部示意图。如图155、图156所示，处理盒1包括盒体CC50、感光鼓20、显影辊30、迫压件CC40、动力接收单元21、第一齿轮CC32和盒体CC50，盒体CC50内容纳有显影剂，且盒体CC50包括支架CC51。感光鼓20和显影辊30可转动地设置于盒体CC50。动力接收单元21设置于感光鼓20的一端且具有动力接收部CC21a，用于接收电子成像装置驱动单元1080输出的驱动力，从而使感光鼓20旋转。第一齿轮CC32设置于显影辊30的端部并与动力接收单元21位于盒体CC50的同一端，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080的齿轮部啮合，从而带动驱动单元1080朝向动力接收单元21移动，以便于驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合，其中，在显影辊30的轴向上，第一齿轮CC32至少一部分凸出于感光鼓20的端部。
进一步地，迫压件CC40固定安装在支架CC51上并与动力接收单元21位于盒体CC50的同一端，在感光鼓轴向的投影平面内，迫压件CC40的至少一部分位于感光鼓20轴向方向投影截面的内部，具体地，在垂直于感光鼓20的轴线的投影平面上，迫 压件CC40的至少一部分位于感光鼓20内，其中，迫压件CC40包括迫压部，迫压部是指迫压件CC40与驱动单元接触的部位。在动力接收单元21与电子成像装置的驱动单元接触啮合的过程中，迫压件CC40能够与驱动单元1080接触从而实现驱动单元的摆正，即，通过迫压件CC40能够摆正电子成像装置的驱动单元，其中，摆正驱动单元的位置是指使驱动单元的轴线与感光鼓的轴线处于基本平行或同轴的位置。
在本实施例中，迫压件CC40与支架为一体成型的结构，可以理解，在其他实施例中，迫压件还可以是与支架活动连接方式固定在支架上，通过该迫压件CC40可以使驱动单元1080在倾斜位置和摆正位置间移动。即当处理盒刚刚开始安装到电子成像装置内的时候，驱动单元1080相对于感光鼓轴线是倾斜的，迫压件CC40的迫压部抵接在驱动单元1080，在继续安装处理盒的时候，迫压件CC40的迫压部对驱动单元1080施加作用力，从而使驱动单元1080到达摆正位置，使迫压件CC40相对于感光鼓有一定位移。
继续参照图156所示，第一齿轮CC32具有凸起CC32a，凸起CC32a呈螺旋分布。在电子成像装置的驱动单元1080与第一齿轮CC32啮合的情况下，第一齿轮CC32能够带动驱动单元1080朝向动力接收单元21一侧运动，使电子成像装置的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合。
图157为电子成像装置中的驱动单元的结构示意图。如图157所示，电子成像装置的驱动单元1080包括齿轮部1080a、小径部分1080b和驱动输出部分1080c，其中，在齿轮部1080a与处理盒1的第一齿轮CC32啮合旋转的过程中，动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080的驱动输出部分1080c接触啮合。
图158a为实施例二十九中感光鼓动力接收单元与电子成像装置中的驱动单元未接触啮合的处理盒的示意图。如图158a所示，该处理盒1还包括第三齿轮CC211和第二齿轮31，第三齿轮CC211设置于感光鼓20的一端，第二齿轮31设置于在显影辊30的一端，且第二齿轮31与第三齿轮CC211与啮合，使动力接收单元21接收电子成像装置的驱动单元1080的驱动力后能够传递至第三齿轮CC211，再由第三齿轮CC211将驱动力传递至第二齿轮31，从而带动显影辊30旋转。在本实施例中，第三齿轮CC211与动力接收单元21为一体成型。
在处理盒1安装到电子成像装置的过程中，刚开始时，安装在支架上的迫压件CC40会随着处理盒的移动逐渐向电子成像装置的驱动单元1080靠近，但并未和驱动单元1080的小径部分接触，如图158a所示，此时，迫压件CC40与驱动单元1080处于远离状态，驱动单元1080仍处于倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080a也未与第一齿轮CC32的凸起CC32a接触。进一步说，在电子成像装置的驱动单元还未摆正的状态下，驱动单元1080的轴线L1与感光鼓20的轴线L2处于不平行状态，具体地，电子成像装置的驱动单元1080的驱动输出部分1080b未与动力接收单元对准，即处理盒的动力接收单元21与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080未接触啮合。
继续安装时，当迫压件CC40与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080接触形成结构干涉时，迫压件CC40对电子成像装置的驱动单元1080施加摆正力，迫压件CC40具有向下的状态，按压驱动单元1080进行摆正，如图158b所示，此时，迫压件CC40与电子成像装置的驱动单元1080处于靠近状态，电子成像装置的驱动单元1080处于摆正 状态，在驱动单元1080摆正的状态下，驱动单元1080的轴线L1与感光鼓20的轴线L2处于平行状态，也可以说处于同轴状态，在此状态下，驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080a与第一齿轮CC32啮合，由于驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080a为斜齿，且第一齿轮CC32的凸起CC32a也呈螺旋分布，因此在驱动单元1080与第一齿轮CC32啮合旋转状态下，驱动单元1080沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动。
具体地，电子成像装置的驱动单元1080的驱动输出部分1080c与动力接收单元21的动力接收部CC21a实现对准，即动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合，实现驱动单元1080将驱动力传递到动力接收单元21上，从而带动感光鼓20旋转，再将驱动力通过第三齿轮CC211、第二齿轮31传递至显影辊30上，实现显影辊30的旋转。
图159为实施例二十九中电子成像装置中的驱动单元与第一齿轮接触受力示意图。如图159所示，在电子成像装置的驱动单元1080与第一齿轮CC32处于啮合旋转状态下，驱动单元1080的齿轮部1080a的螺旋齿与第一齿轮CC32的凸起CC32a的啮合产生轴向力F1，驱动单元1080在轴向力F1的作用下趋于向靠近动力接收单元21的一侧移动，也就是说，驱动单元1080接近并接触动力接收单元21的动力接收部CC21a。同时第一齿轮CC32由于啮合受到轴向力F2的作用，使第一齿轮CC32趋于向远离动力接收单元21的一侧移动，并且由于第一齿轮CC32受到处理盒1结构的限制，其不会发生轴线移动。
实施例三十
本申请实施例提供一种电子成像装置，所述电子成像装置包括处理盒、驱动单元及驱动单元保护罩，所述驱动单元保护罩罩设于所述驱动单元外。
电子成像装置可以是打印机、复印机、扫描复印一体机等，在此不做限定。以下以打印机为例进行方案的说明。处理盒可以是碳粉盒、墨盒等。
图160为本申请实施例提供的电子成像装置安装迫压件之前的结构示意图，图161a为图160所示的区域A的局部放大图。
如图160及图161a所示，驱动单元保护罩1081罩设于驱动单元1080外。在安装迫压件之前，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置中的驱动头顶推件(图未示)所支撑并处于倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩1081的中心轴线L2形成一夹角α。
图161b为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的结构示意图。如图3所示，处理盒1包括盒体A10、感光鼓20、显影辊30、支架A11和动力接收单元21，其中盒体A10内容纳有显影剂。动力接收单元21设置在感光鼓20的一端。动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080传动连接，在本实施例中，动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合，以接收驱动单元的驱动力。
在本申请中，将处理盒具有动力接收单元的一端定义为驱动端，处理盒1具有导电单元(图未示)的一端定义为动力端。
具体的，支架A11包括第一固定柱A111和通孔A112，动力接收单元21通过通孔A112固定在支架A11上并暴露在通孔A112的外部，以接收电子成像装置(图中未示出)的驱动单元(即驱动单元)1080的驱动力，另外第一固定柱A111相对于感光 鼓20的轴线方向设置在动力接收单元21的上方和/或前方。
为了将电子成像装置的驱动单元1080从初始位置的倾斜状态变换成能够与动力接收单元21啮合的水平状态，本申请实施例提供一种电子成像装置的迫压件，与处理盒配合使用。迫压件可拆卸地安装在电子成像装置中，其能够单独应用于电子成像装置中，也可与不同结构的处理盒相配合地在电子成像装置中工作。
图162为本申请实施例提供的迫压件的结构示意图，如图162所示，迫压件DD40可独立拆卸地安装于驱动单元保护罩1081上。迫压件DD40包括第一主体部DD41、与第一主体部DD41连接的可形变部DD42以及迫压部DD44。
在一些实施例中，迫压件DD40的整体形状可呈圆环片状，在其他实施例中，迫压件DD40也可以是其它形状，只要不妨碍处理盒的安装和工作即可。且迫压件DD40所包含的各个结构，可以一体成型，也可以通过卡接结构或焊接或其它连接方式连接为一体，在此不做限定。
其中，驱动单元保护罩1081具有弧形侧壁，迫压件DD40的第一主体部DD41呈圆环片状，且第一主体部DD41可与驱动单元保护罩1081侧壁配合抵接。第一主体部DD41可以选用较薄的钣金件或塑料件，本申请对其材质不做限制，只要不影响其安装以及可形变部DD42的形变和恢复即可。
可形变部DD42与第一主体部DD41连接，当迫压件DD40与驱动单元1080抵接时，可形变部DD42能够发生形变，并带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。需要说明的是，本申请中的驱动单元1080呈摆正状态时，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩1081的中心轴线L2基本重合，即夹角α的角度为零或接近于零。
在本实施例中，可形变部DD42是弧形弹性片。可形变部DD42的形变可以是利用其自身的挠性力来产生的形变，也可以是通过在迫压件DD40上设置弹性件来达成。弹性件可以是具有一定弹力(可带动驱动单元1080摆正)的弹簧或磁铁等部件。示例性地，弹性件为弹性片，弹性片的一端与主体DD42连接，另一端与可形变部DD42连接，从而使得可形变部DD42能够发生形变。
可形变部DD42连接有迫压部DD44，迫压件DD40通过迫压部DD44与驱动单元1080相接触。具体地，迫压部DD44可以为设在可形变部DD42上的面结构或线结构，示例性地，迫压部DD44可以是向靠近驱动单元1080方向凸出的弧形面。
在实际应用过程中，迫压件DD40通过迫压部DD44抵接在驱动单元1080上，并使得驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。当迫压件DD40的迫压部DD44抵接在驱动单元1080上时，可形变部DD42发生形变，在可形变部DD42的形变作用力下，迫压件DD40带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，且可形变部DD42的形变发生恢复。
在一些实施例中，迫压件DD40还包括抵接部DD43，抵接部DD43位于可形变部DD42远离第一主体部DD41的一端。具体地，抵接部DD43可以自可形变部DD42一端弯折形成。抵接部DD43可与驱动单元保护罩1081相抵接。
当驱动单元1080呈摆正状态时，抵接部DD43与驱动单元保护罩1081相抵接，从而使迫压部DD44不再与驱动单元1080接触，从而使得驱动单元1080在旋转工作 时不与迫压件DD40产生摩擦甚至干涉。因此，本申请提供的迫压件DD40不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又可以避免迫压件DD40与驱动单元1080摩擦损伤，可以提高迫压件DD40的使用寿命。
为了提高迫压件DD40与驱动单元保护罩1081的安装稳定性，如图162所示，迫压件DD40还包括固定部，所述迫压件DD40通过所述固定部可拆卸地安装于所述驱动单元保护罩上。
具体地，固定部包括沿所述第一主体部DD41的两端弯折形成的第一固定端DD45和第二固定端DD46，迫压件DD40通过第一固定端DD45、第二固定端DD46卡设于驱动单元保护罩1081的侧壁上。第一固定端DD45和第二固定端DD46可以是卡勾结构。
图163为本申请提供的电子成像装置安装迫压件之后的结构示意图，图164为图163所示区域B的局部放大图，图165为本申请提供的迫压件与驱动单元保护罩之间的装配结构示意图。如图163、图164及图165所示，驱动单元保护罩1081沿轴向凹陷形成凹槽，在本实施例中，凹槽包括间隔设置的第一凹槽1081a及第二凹槽1081b，第一凹槽1081a包括第一端壁10811，第二凹槽1081b包括第二端壁10812，第一固定端DD45与第一端壁10811相抵接，第二固定端DD46与第一端壁10812相抵接，使得迫压件安装于驱动单元保护罩1081上。
在本实施例中，第一固定端DD45、第二固定端DD46均为卡勾结构，通过卡勾结构与驱动单元保护罩1081可拆卸连接，方便安装以及更换。
为了进一步提高整体结构的稳定性，第一端壁10811、第二端壁10812上还可以设有卡筋，相配合地，第一固定端DD45、第二固定端DD46可以设有凸起或凹槽，使得卡合连接更加稳定。
在其他实施方式中，第一端壁10811和第二端壁10812还可以是驱动单元保护罩1081轴向方向延伸的壁，或可选择的其它侧壁，在此不做限定。迫压件DD40在驱动单元保护罩1081上沿轴线L2方向的固定可不做限制，例如可以通过调整迫压件DD40的第一主体部DD41的宽度尺寸与驱动单元保护罩1081的轴向尺寸上的紧密配合即可，避免迫压件DD40在驱动单元保护罩1081上的轴向晃动。
如图163和图164所示，在将迫压件DD40单独安装进打印机内之前，此时，打印机的门盖为开启状态，且驱动单元1080为不会被外力所摆正而是仍旧保持倾斜状态，此时，可人为地将迫压件DD40安装至驱动单元保护罩1081上。
如图163及图165所示，将迫压件DD40沿图163中箭头M的方向送入打印机中，接触到驱动单元保护罩1081上方时，通过对迫压件DD40施加一定的按压力使第一固定端DD45与驱动单元保护罩1081的第一端壁10811相卡接，以及使第二固定端DD46与驱动单元保护罩1081的第二端壁10812相卡接。如图164所示，迫压件DD40通过迫压部DD44与驱动单元1080相接触，由于门盖未进行关闭，迫压件DD40抵接在倾斜状态的驱动单元1080上，由于驱动单元1080上倾斜偏移出驱动单元保护罩1081的外围的部分抵接着迫压部DD44，使得可形变部DD42适应性地发生形变并保持该变形状态，此时，可形变部DD42的形变产生的形变恢复力一直施加于驱动单元1080上，迫压件DD40的整体状态为第一状态，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
进一步，为了便于与处理盒安装配合，本申请提供的处理盒还包括盒迫压件AB40，盒迫压件AB40设置于处理盒的一端。
图166为本申请实施例提供的打印机的局部结构示意图，图167为图166所示区域C的局部放大图，图168为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的结构示意图。如图166-图168所示，本申请提供的处理盒，可以是任意能够与迫压件相配合工作的处理盒，本申请对处理盒的具体结构不做限定。如图168所示，在一些实施例中，处理盒上具有可摆动的盒迫压件AB40，另外，根据本实施例的处理盒也可不具备盒迫压件AB40等任何迫压结构，故本实施例中的迫压件在与处理盒的配合上具有普遍适用性。
具体地，当将图168中的处理盒安装进打印机中，其安装方向可以与上述迫压件DD40的安装方向相同，即沿箭头M的方向被送入电子成像装置中，如图166和图167所示，安装后的处理盒在位于迫压件DD40的位置处，其上的盒迫压件AB40可直接在迫压件DD40的上方，例如搭接在迫压件DD40上，此时，由于本实施例的迫压件DD40在垂直轴L2的方向上的厚度足够小，使得迫压件DD40不会对处理盒上的盒迫压件AB40及其功能造成影响，即能够适用于多种结构的处理盒。
进一步，描述处理盒工作时的状态，如图169所示，当关闭打印机的门盖时，驱动单元1080进入可以被外力所摆动的状态，于是，施加在驱动单元1080上的可形变部DD42的形变恢复力带动驱动单元1080并使其由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，且随着驱动单元1080的摆正可使处理盒上的感光鼓动力接收头(未示出)逐渐与驱动单元1080良好啮合。此时，可形变部DD42的恢复使抵接部DD43移动至与驱动单元保护罩1081相抵接，从而使迫压部DD44不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件DD40产生摩擦甚至干涉，此时为迫压件DD40的第二状态，至此，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
实施例三十一
本实施例还提供一种迫压组件，是在实施例三十的基础上做的进一步改进，未说明部分均与前述各实施例中内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。
图170为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件的结构示意图，如图170所示，本实施例的迫压组件EE90，迫压组件EE90可独立拆卸地安装于驱动单元保护罩1081上，迫压组件EE90包括框架EE91及与框架EE91连接的迫压件EE40。
在一些实施方式中，沿框架EE91的长度方向，框架EE91包括第一端EE92和第二端EE93，所述框架EE91的第一端EE92与所述迫压件EE40连接，所述框架EE91的第二端EE93与所述电子成像装置的处理盒容纳腔的端壁(图未示)可拆卸连接。
为了方便迫压组件E90安装，迫压组件EE90与打印机主体内的处理盒容纳腔的宽度相适应。当迫压组件EE90安装进入打印机主体内部时，框架EE91的第一端EE92和第二端EE93分别与电子成像装置(例如打印机)的处理盒容纳腔的两个端壁连接。在一些实施方式中，框架可以架设在打印机的处理盒容纳腔两个端壁的相应结构上。
具体地，迫压件EE40的结构同实施例1中所述的迫压件DD40的结构相同，并采用同样的安装方式安装至位于打印机主体内部一侧处的驱动单元保护罩1081上，在此不再赘述。
其中，框架EE91的第一端EE92弯折形成第一固定部EE921，框架EE91的第二端EE93弯折形成第二固定部EE931，第一固定部EE921(第一端)、第二固定部EE931(第二端)可以为台阶状。在一些实施方式中，框架EE91可以为塑料件、钣金件、或可弹性变形的构件，对其厚度优选不影响处理盒安装及与处理盒共存工作，当其选用可变形的构件时，对处理盒的安装可起到避让作用，同时也不会影响处理盒的工作。
框架EE91的第一端EE92可通过第一固定部EE921与迫压件EE40相连接。框架EE91的第二端EE93可通过第二固定部EE931与电子成像装置的端壁上的连接结构可拆卸连接，连接结构可以是导轨、侧壁台阶等结构。示例性地，第二固定部EE931与连接结构的连接方式可以是卡接、抵接、插接等，在此不做限定。
可以理解地，通过设置框架EE91，安装迫压组件EE90时可得到快速准确的定位，无需事先仔细地找位即可完成对迫压件EE40的安装，特别是对于用户操作时，大大增加安装迫压件EE40的便捷程度，且在例如需要更换处理盒或者将处理盒取出后重新安装时，由于迫压组件EE90占据了一定的长度空间，可清晰地识别到迫压组件EE90/迫压件EE40是否已经事先安装进打印机内，对用户起到清楚的提示作用。
根据本申请提供的迫压组件，迫压件可以单独地可拆卸地安装在打印机中，也可以与框架一起可拆卸安装在打印中。当迫压件可以单独地可拆卸地安装在打印机中时，可以首先将迫压件安装入打印机中，随后将处理盒安装入打印机中，然后再将迫压件从打印机中取出，此方式可适用但不限于关闭门盖操作过程中取出迫压件，以及不限于同时利用处理盒上其它结构配合使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
实施例三十二
本申请实施例还提供一种迫压组件，可拆卸地安装在打印机中，其能够单独应用于打印机中，也可与不同结构的处理盒相配合地在打印机中工作。
如实施例三十中所述，在安装迫压件之前，驱动单元1080被打印机中的驱动头顶推件所支撑并处于倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩1081的中心轴线L2形成一夹角α。
图171为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件的另一结构示意图，如图171所示，迫压组件FF90可独立拆卸地安装于驱动单元保护罩1081上。迫压组件FF90包括：包括第二主体部FF91、安装于第二主体部FF91上的迫压件FF40以及可形变件FF92。其中，迫压件FF40通过可形变件FF92与第二主体部FF91相连接，且迫压件FF40在可形变件FF92的形变作用下往复移动。
第二主体部FF91可以选用较薄的塑料件、钣金件等，本申请对其材质不做限制，只要不影响其安装以及迫压件FF40及可形变件FF92的形变和恢复即可。具体地，第二主体部FF91的两侧设有定位结构，定位结构与打印机内部两侧的连接结构配合连接，打印机两侧的连接结构可以是导轨、侧壁台阶等结构。当第二主体部FF91利用定位结构安装至打印机上时，定位结构与打印机的连接结构卡接。
图172为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件的结构示意图，如图172所示，第二主体部FF91还可以设置有把手，把手用于方便迫压组件的安装和持握。
进一步地，所述第二主体部FF91的至少一端设有定位结构，所述迫压组件通过 所述定位结构可拆卸安装于所述电子成像装置的处理盒安装腔内。具体地，第二主体部FF91靠近迫压件的一端设有第一凸起FF911和第二凸起FF912，第一凸起FF911和第二凸起FF912能够作为上述的定位结构，与打印机配合连接，其连接方式可以是卡接、抵接、插接等，在此不做限定。
当迫压组件沿着打印机的两侧导轨安装好后，迫压件FF40与驱动单元1080抵接时，可形变件FF92能够发生形变，并带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。在可形变件FF92的形变作用力下，迫压件FF40带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，且可形变件FF92的形变发生恢复。
在一些实施例中，迫压件FF40包括抵接部FF43、迫压部FF44。抵接部FF43用于抵接驱动单元保护罩1081，迫压部FF44用于带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。需要说明的是，驱动单元1080呈摆正状态时，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩1081的中心轴线L2基本重合，即夹角α的角度为零或接近于零。
可形变件FF92可以是弹簧、扭簧、弹片等，在此不做限定。
在本实施例中，迫压件FF40设有连接轴FF431，迫压件FF40通过连接轴FF431可拆卸连接至第二主体部FF91上，相对应地，第二主体部FF91设有与连接轴FF431相配合的限位孔FF915。可形变件FF92套设于连接轴FF431上，可形变件FF92为扭簧，可以提高迫压件在移动过程中的稳定性。迫压件FF40通过扭簧与第二主体部FF91相连接。在其他实施例中，可形变件FF92的形变除了采用其自身的弹力来产生，亦可是通过在迫压件FF40上设置弹性件来达成，弹性件可以是具有一定弹力或挠性力(可带动驱动单元1080摆正)的钢片等部件。
当驱动单元1080呈摆正状态时，抵接部FF43与驱动单元保护罩1081相抵接，从而使得迫压部FF44不再与驱动单元1080接触，从而使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件FF40的迫压部FF44产生摩擦甚至干涉。本申请提供的迫压件FF40不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又可以避免迫压件FF40与驱动单元1080摩擦损伤，可以提高迫压件FF40的使用寿命。
图173为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件与处理盒的装配示意图，图174为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件与处理盒的另一装配示意图，图175为本申请实施例提供的迫压组件与处理盒的另一装配示意图，如图173～175所示，本申请提供的迫压组件与处理盒相配合地在打印机中工作。处理盒1可以是具有匹配上述迫压组件FF90的各个实施例结构的处理盒。迫压组件FF90的整体形状优选以不妨碍处理盒的安装、拆卸和工作即可。
如图173所示，处理盒1的驱动端设有第一凸块FF913以及第二凸块FF914，第二主体部FF91靠近迫压件FF40的一端设有第一凸起FF911和第二凸起FF912。凸起与凸块相互匹配连接，使得迫压组件FF90能够与处理盒1相匹配连接。
具体地，如图174-图175中所示，第二主体部FF91上的第一凸起FF911与处理盒1上的第一凸块FF913相匹配连接，形成定位结构；第二主体部FF91上的第二凸起FF912与处理盒1上的第二凸块FF914相匹配连接，形成定位结构。处理盒1与迫压组件FF90相匹配连接。
如图173所示，本申请实施例提供的处理盒可以不具备盒迫压件等任何迫压结构， 迫压组件FF90的迫压件FF40在与处理盒1的配合上具有普遍适用性。具体地，当将图174中的处理盒1安装进打印机中，其安装方向可以与上述迫压组件FF90的安装方向相同，即沿箭头M的方向(图69所示)被送入打印机中。
在一些实施例中，对于上述迫压件所包含的各个结构，优选可为一体成型，可以提高整体的稳定性。
下面描述迫压件FF40及处理盒1的安装操作：
如图176所示，先把处理盒1安装在打印机(未示出)中，再将迫压件FF40单独安装在打印机中；在迫压件与处理盒未连接之前，驱动单元1080被打印机中的驱动头顶推件所支撑并处于倾斜状态，即驱动单元1080此时不会被外力所摆正。
将迫压组件FF90继续沿着打印机的两侧导轨安装直至完全安装好，在如图177所示的结构中，使迫压件FF40的抵接部FF43放置在驱动单元保护罩1081上，迫压部FF44使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
如图176和图177所示，安装后的处理盒1在位于迫压组件FF90的位置下方处，此时，由于本实施例的迫压组件FF90在处理盒1废粉仓上方垂直轴向的方向上的厚度足够小，使得迫压组件FF90不会对处理盒1拆卸及其功能造成影响，即处理盒1可以从打印机内独立的自由安装或者拆卸。
在安装处理盒1到打印机前，还可以还是先把迫压组件FF90安装到打印机内，使迫压件FF40的抵接部FF43先经过打印机的驱动单元保护罩1081，然后使迫压部FF44先迫使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。然后再将处理盒1安装至打印机内。此时，处理盒1与配件FF90在打印机的内部配合。
进一步的，迫压组件FF90还可以安装在显影仓，显影仓不包含感光单元、充电单元、清洁单元的部分。或者迫压组件FF90与不包含感光单元、充电单元、清洁单元的处理盒一体成型。
进一步的，在装入打印机的时候，可以先安装入打印机，使迫压组件FF90的迫压件FF40的抵接部FF43先经过打印机的驱动单元保护罩1081，然后使迫压部FF44先迫使驱动单元1080摆正。再把另一部分包含感光单元、充电单元、清洁单元的部分装入打印机内。
当处理盒1工作时，关闭打印机的门盖，驱动单元1080进入被迫压件FF40外力调整为摆正状态，于是，随着驱动单元1080的摆正可使处理盒上的动力接收单元21逐渐与驱动单元1080良好啮合，处理盒1的动力接收单元21最终会以基本同轴状态接收驱动单元1080的驱动力。此时，在可形变件FF92的形变恢复力作用下，抵接部FF43移动至与驱动单元保护罩1081相抵接，从而使迫压部FF44不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件DD40产生摩擦甚至干涉，此时为迫压件DD40的第二状态，至此，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
实施例三十三
图178a为本申请实施例的提供的处理盒的结构示意图，如图178a所示，处理盒1包括盒体10、感光鼓20、显影辊30和动力接收单元21，其中，盒体10包括废粉盒12和粉盒11，废粉盒12和粉盒11可独立拆卸装配连接。粉盒11内容纳有 显影剂，粉盒10上设有显影辊30。废粉盒12上设有感光鼓20及与感光鼓20连接的动力接收单元21。具体地，动力接收单元21设置在感光鼓20的一端。在本实施例中，动力接收单元21用于与电子成像装置设有的驱动单元1080啮合连接，以接收驱动单元1080的驱动力。动力接收单元21优选被构造为扭曲突起结构。
如图178a和图178b所示，废粉盒12包括第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120，第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120相对设置在废粉盒12沿其长度方向上的两端，感光鼓20可旋转地支撑在第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120之间，即感光鼓20的旋转轴线方向也是沿废粉盒12的长度方向延伸的。废粉盒12上邻近感光鼓20的位置处设有废粉仓GG150，第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120覆盖废粉仓GG150的两个侧表面，当处理盒1完成一次打印操作后，废粉盒12中设有的清洁装置(图中未示出)将感光鼓20表面附着的残余显影剂刮下后运送至废粉仓GG150中。
如图178a和图178b所示，废粉盒12中还包括安装单元，安装单元采用固定的方式分别设置于第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120的外表面。
如图178a所示，安装单元包括第一安装部GG131和第二安装部GG132。第一安装部GG1311优选被构造为包括第一安装凸起GG1311和第二安装凸起GG1312两部分，第一安装凸起GG1311和第二安装凸起GG1312在第一侧壁GG110上邻近设置，且第一安装凸起GG1311和第二安装凸起GG1312在第一侧壁GG110上设置位置邻近动力接收单元21，其中第二安装凸起GG1312相对于第一安装凸起GG1311在第一侧壁GG110上设置的位置更靠近动力接收单元21。第一安装凸起GG1311和第二安装凸起GG1312均朝向远离第一侧壁GG110的方向突出设置于第一侧壁GG110的外表面。
如图178b所示，第二安装部GG132优选被构造为圆柱形凸台结构。第二安装部GG132设置在第二侧壁GG120上邻近感光鼓20的位置处，第二安装部GG132被构造为朝向远离第二侧壁GG120的反向突出于第二侧壁GG120外表面。
需要说明的是，本实施例中第一安装部GG131和第二安装部GG132还可被构造为活动部件，即第一安装凸起GG1311、第二安装凸起GG1312以及第二安装部GG132被构造为活动部件，进而实现第一安装凸起GG1311、第二安装凸起GG1312以及第二安装部GG132以可拆卸的方式被分别设置在第一侧壁GG110和第二侧壁GG120的外表面上。另外，第一安装部GG131和第二安装部GG132还被被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的废粉盒12、粉盒11、处理盒1以及电子成像装置100。
如图178a所示，本实施例中粉盒11包括显影辊齿轮31以及显影辊30，显影辊齿轮31与显影辊30连接。需要说明的是，显影辊齿轮31优选为斜齿轮结构。
如图178a所示，粉盒11包括第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220，第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220相对设置在粉盒11沿其长度方向上的两端，显影辊30可旋转的支撑在第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220之间，即显影辊30的旋转轴线方向也是沿粉盒11的长度方向延伸的。粉盒11上邻近显影辊30的位置处设有粉仓GG260，第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220覆盖粉仓GG260的两个侧表面，粉仓GG260用于存储显影剂以及在处理盒1进行打印工作的过程中，通过送粉辊(图中未示出)以及显影辊30向感光鼓20传输显影剂，使感光鼓20表面形成的静电潜像显影，转变为显影图像。
如图178b及图179所示，粉盒11还包括引导单元，引导单元采用固定方式分别设置于粉盒11的第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220的内表面。废粉盒12的安装单元沿引导单元与粉盒11可独立拆卸连接。
如图178a及图179所示，引导单元包括第一安装滑道GG231和第二安装滑道GG232。第一安装滑道GG231优选被构造为在第一盒体壁GG210上沿垂直于显影辊30的轴线方向，自第一盒体壁GG210上远离所述显影辊30的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的一端延伸。第一安装滑道GG231的宽度与设置在废粉盒12的第一侧壁GG110上的第一安装凸起GG1311和第二安装凸起GG1312之间的尺寸相适配。当废粉盒12与粉盒11进行装配时，第一安装凸起GG1311与第二安装凸起GG1312分别与第一安装滑道GG231的上下轨道抵接，同时沿第一安装滑道GG231的延伸方向，从远离设置在第一盒体壁GG210上的迫压单元40的对应第一盒体壁GG210的一端，朝向靠近迫压单元40方向的第一盒体壁GG210的另一端滑动。
如图179所示，第二安装滑道GG232优选被构造为在第二盒体壁GG220上沿垂直于显影辊30的轴线方向，自第二盒体壁GG220远离所述显影辊30的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的一端延伸。第二安装滑道GG232在靠近显影辊30处的一端还设有止挡部GG2321；止挡部GG2321用于限制第二安装部GG132在第二安装滑道GG232的运动范围。第二安装滑道GG232的宽度与设在废粉盒12的第二侧壁GG120上的第二安装部GG132的外圆周尺寸相适配，且止挡部GG2321的尺寸与第二安装部GG132的外圆周尺寸向适配。当废粉盒12与粉盒11进行配合时，通过引导第二安装部GG132插入第二安装滑道GG232中，并滑动至使第二安装部GG132落入并卡接入止挡部GG2321中。
需要说明的是，本实施例提供的实施例中，第一安装滑道GG231和第二安装滑道GG232还可被构造为活动部件，进而第一安装滑道GG231与第二安装滑道GG232采用可拆卸的方式分别设置在第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220的内表面上。另外，第一安装滑道GG231和第二安装滑道GG232还可以被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的粉盒11、处理盒1以及电子成像装置100。
进一步地，如图178a及图180所示，粉盒11还包括定位单元，定位单元分别设置于粉盒11的第一盒体壁GG210及第二盒体壁GG220的外表面上；定位单元用于与电子成像装置100内的安装轨道相配合。
具体地，定位单元包括第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252，第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252采用固定的方式分别设置在第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁GG220的外表面。
第一定位部GG251包括第一定位凸起GG2511和第二定位凸起GG2512，第一定位凸起GG2511和第二定位凸起GG2512在第一盒体壁GG210的外表面上邻近设置，且第一定位凸起GG2511和第二定位凸起GG2512在第一盒体壁GG210的安装位置远离显影辊齿轮31。第一定位凸起GG2511和第二定位凸起GG2512均朝向远离第一盒体壁GG210的方向突出于第一盒体壁GG210的外表面。
进一步地，如图178a所示，第二定位部GG252设置在第二盒体壁GG220的外表面上，第二定位部GG252朝向远离第二盒体壁GG220的方向突出于第二盒体壁210 的外表面。第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252分别与电子成像装置100本体内部设有的安装轨道GG50(如图187所示)配合，实现将粉盒11安装入电子成像装置100内部。
需要说明的是，第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252还可以被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的粉盒11、处理盒1以及电子成像装置100。
如图178a及图181-图182所示，处理盒1还包括迫压单元40，迫压单元40设置在粉盒11上靠近显影辊30上侧的第一盒体壁GG210的端部位置处，迫压单元40的一端采用可拆卸方式与粉盒11装配，另一端朝向显影辊30的方向延伸。当粉盒11被安装在打印机后，确保迫压单元40的另一端能够与打印机中设有的驱动单元1080接触并施加作用力，迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合。
具体的，迫压单元40包括迫压件GG310和可形变件GG320，迫压件GG310和可形变件GG320彼此采用可拆卸方式进行装配。其中在粉盒11上靠近显影辊30上侧的第一盒体壁GG210的端部位置处设装配部GG270，装配部GG270的本体上开设有装配腔GG271用于容纳迫压件GG310和可形变件GG320，装配腔GG271的两个相对侧壁上呈对称方式开设有安装孔GG272。
进一步地，如图182所示，迫压件GG310包括迫压部GG314及与迫压部GG314连接的连接部GG311，连接部GG311与粉盒11靠近显影辊齿轮31上侧的第一盒体壁GG210的端部可拆卸连接，可形变件GG320套设于连接部GG311上。迫压部GG314用于对驱动单元1080进行迫压。迫压件GG310在可形变件GG320的形变作用下往复移动，带动驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
具体地，连接部GG311两侧表面上呈对称方式设有第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313，第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313以相反方向突出于连接部GG311表面，且第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313分别朝向远离连接部GG311的方向延伸。第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313设置在迫压件GG310一端的连接部上，可形变件GG320套设于第一突出部GG312上，迫压件GG310的另一端设置有迫压部GG314，迫压部GG314相对于第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313更靠近显影辊30。
本实施例中，所述第一突出部GG312、第二突出部GG313分别与对应一个安装孔GG272相适配。第一突出部GG312以及第二突出部GG313优选地被构造为圆柱体结构，即第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313的外表面呈圆形，且第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313外圆周面的直径尺寸与装配腔GG271的两个相对侧壁上对称开设的安装孔GG272的直径尺寸相适配。
如图178a、图181-187所示，用户在安装时，首先将可形变件GG320套设在第二突出部GG313上，以此完成可形变件GG320与迫压件GG310之间的装配，再将两者作为一个整体，利用迫压件GG310上设有的第一突出部GG312和第二突出部GG313插接入装配腔GG271的两个相对侧壁上呈对称方式开设有安装孔GG272，此时，可形变件GG320和迫压件GG310的一部分被安装在装配腔GG271中，进而完成可形变件GG320以及迫压件GG310与装配部GG270的装配，即完成迫压单元40与粉盒11的 装配，装配腔GG271可将可形变件GG320和迫压件GG310限制在其两个相对侧壁之间，防止可形变件GG320和迫压件GG310在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响迫压件GG310的工作效果。
如图183-图187所示，驱动单元1080设置在打印机上，沿驱动单元1080的外圆周上设有用于限制驱动单元1080的运动范围的驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081。驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有连接腔GG33，驱动单元1080设置在连接腔GG33中，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上还设有驱动单元顶推件1090，驱动单元顶推件1090的一端通过弹簧(图中未示出)与打印机主体连接，另一端通过驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有的槽孔GG32插接在驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上，驱动单元顶推件1090沿驱动单元1080的径向方向往复运动，同时向驱动单元1080提供支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向保持倾斜状态。如图183-图184所示，此时处理盒1未安装入电子成像装置100中，驱动单元1080被驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向呈倾斜状态，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的中心轴线L2形成一夹角α。
需要说明的是，驱动单元1080优选为动力输出头，用于向处理盒1提供驱动力，驱动处理盒1工作。另外，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的外圆周侧上设有啮合腔(图中未示出)，用于为动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080进行啮合连接提供空间。
本实施例提供一种处理盒1安装方法，参见图188及图178a-图187所示，处理盒1安装方法包括以下步骤：
步骤S1：将粉盒11装入电子成像装置100内部；
步骤S2：粉盒11的迫压单元40向驱动单元1080施加作用力，迫使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态；
步骤S3：将废粉盒12装入粉盒11内部，迫使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触配合；粉盒11的安装位置位于废粉盒12的安装位置下侧。
具体地，如图188及图178a-图187所示，当用户通过粉盒11上设有的第二把手GG270将粉盒11通过电子成像装置内壁上设有的安装轨道GG50沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置内部过程中，粉盒11的第一盒体壁GG210和第二盒体壁220上设有的第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252分别与电子成像装置内侧壁两侧的安装轨道GG50接触，且因受到来自用户给予的朝向处理盒1安装方向的推力，迫使粉盒11通过的第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252沿安装轨道GG50朝向电子成像装置中的指定安装位置滑动，用户继续沿处理盒1安装方向对粉盒11施加推力，使粉盒11继续向打印机的指定安装位置运动的过程中，迫压单元40通过迫压件GG310上设有的迫压部GG314与驱动单元1080开始抵接，可形变件GG320围绕第二突出部GG313发生形变，使迫压部GG314不断向驱动单元1080施加朝向处理盒1安装方向的作用力；由于该作用力大于驱动单元顶推件1090的一端连接的弹簧提供的弹力，使得驱动单元顶推件1090不能保持在原来的位置被逐渐下压，此时驱动单元1080也会沿重力方向逐渐朝向靠近驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向下落。当粉盒11被推至指定安装位置后，迫压件GG310的迫压部GG314与驱动单元1080完全抵接，且 向其施加的作用力最大，可形变件GG320逐渐恢复形变，此时驱动单元顶推件1090完全被压下至驱动单元1080的轴线能够与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线完全重合，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
用户通过废粉盒12上设有的第一把手GG140，将废粉盒12通过粉盒11内侧壁上设有的第一安装滑道GG231和第二安装滑道GG232沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在粉盒11内部过程中，由于粉盒11上设有迫压单元40已将驱动单元1080完全摆正，因此动力接收单元21可与驱动单元1080直接完成接触啮合。
当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完全啮合后，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的中心轴线L2基本重合时，迫压件GG310的迫压部GG314的一端与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接，从而使迫压部GG314不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件GG310产生摩擦甚至干涉，既不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又不会损伤迫压单元40。
进一步地，当电子成像装置100的门盖被关闭，且处理盒1处于工作状态时，驱动单元1080因收到迫压单元40的外力作用处于摆正状态，进而实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合，废粉盒12上设有的动力接收单元21最终会以基本同轴状态接收驱动单元1080的驱动力，驱动单元1080上设有的另一齿轮部与显影辊齿轮31啮合。此时，可形变件GG320恢复弹性形变，迫使迫压件GG310的迫压部GG314的一侧移动至与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接，进而使得迫压部GG314不再与驱动单元1080相接触，故驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件GG310产生摩擦甚至干涉，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
实施例三十四
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒安装方法与实施例三十三不同之处予以说明。
本实施例提供又一种处理盒1安装方法，参见图189及图178a-图187所示，处理盒1安装方法包括以下步骤：
步骤S111：将废粉盒12装入粉盒11内部；
步骤S222：将废粉盒12和粉盒11作为一个整体装入电子成像装置100本体内部；
步骤S333：设置在第二盒体100上的迫压单元40向驱动单元1080施加作用力，迫使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态；使驱动单元1080与动力动力接收单元21接触配合。
具体的，如图178a-图187以及图189所示，用户通过废粉盒12上设有的第一把手GG140，将废粉盒12通过粉盒11内侧壁上设有的第一安装滑道GG231和第二安装滑道GG232沿处理盒安装方向(如图187所示)将其安装在粉盒11内部，此时废粉盒12位于粉盒11的上侧，然后将废粉盒12和粉盒11作为一个整体装入装置本体内部，用户可以通过粉盒11上设有的第二把手GG240将粉盒11通过电子成像装置100内壁上设有的安装轨道GG50沿处理盒安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部过程中，粉盒11的第一盒体壁GG210及粉盒11上设有的第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252分别与电子成像装置100内侧壁两侧的安装轨道GG50接触，且因受到来自用 户给予的朝向处理盒安装方向的推力，迫使粉盒11通过的第一定位部GG251和第二定位部GG252沿安装轨道GG50朝向电子成像装置100中的指定安装位置滑动，用户继续沿处理盒安装方向对粉盒11施加推力，使粉盒11继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，迫压单元40通过迫压件GG310上设有的迫压部GG314与驱动单元1080开始抵接，可形变件GG320围绕第二突出部GG313发生形变，使迫压部GG314不断向驱动单元1080施加朝向处理盒安装方向的作用力；由于该作用力大于驱动单元顶推件1090的一端连接的弹簧提供的弹力，使得驱动单元顶推件1090不能保持在原来的位置被逐渐下压，此时驱动单元1080也会沿重力方向逐渐朝向靠近驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向下落。当粉盒11被推至指定安装位置后，迫压件GG310的迫压部GG314与驱动单元1080完全抵接，且向其施加的作用力最大，可形变件GG320逐渐恢复形变，此时迫驱动单元顶推件1090完全被压下至驱动单元1080的轴线能够与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线完全重合，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，驱动单元1080与同时被安装入装置本体中的废粉盒12上设有的动力接收单元21接触且啮合。
当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完全啮合后，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的中心轴线L2基本重合时，迫压件GG310的迫压部GG314的一端与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)10811相抵接从而使迫压部GG314不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件GG310产生摩擦甚至干涉，既不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又不会损伤迫压单元40。
实施例三十五
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未说明部分均与上述实施例三十三中内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例三十三中不同如下：
如图190-193所示，废粉盒12的第一侧壁HH110的外表面上设有的第一安装部HH131和第二侧壁HH120的外表面上设有的第二安装部HH132可以直接安装到装置本体内部。第一安装部HH131和第二安装部HH132可使废粉盒12沿电子成像装置100本体内壁上设有的安装滑道安装至电子成像装置100本体内部后固定在电子成像装置100本体。
粉盒11的第一盒体壁HH210的内表面上设有的第一安装滑道HH231和第二盒体壁HH220的内表面上设有的第二安装滑道HH232可省去。
废粉盒12通过第一安装部HH131和第二安装部HH132直接安装到装置本体内部，且废粉盒12的安装位置位于粉盒11的安装位置的上侧。
如图190-193所示，废粉盒12的第一侧壁HH110和第二侧壁HH120远离感光鼓20的一端设有第一抵接部HH160；粉盒11的第一盒体壁HH210和第二盒体壁HH220远离显影辊30的一端设有第二抵接部HH211；在废粉盒12和粉盒11均安装到装置本体内部的状态下，第一抵接部HH160和第二抵接部HH211相接触抵紧。使感光鼓20与显影辊30工作时候靠近，从而使显影剂可以从显影辊30上转移到感光鼓20上，从而实现显影打印。
作为本申请提供的实施例2的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒安装方法对应实施例 1的不同之处予以说明。
本实施例提供一种处理盒1安装方法，参见图190-图193以及图194所示，处理盒1安装方法包括以下步骤：
步骤S11：将废粉盒12装入电子成像装置100本体内部；
步骤S22：将粉盒11装入电子成像装置100本体内部；且废粉盒12的安装位置位于粉盒11的安装位置上侧；
步骤S33：迫压单元40向驱动单元1080施加作用力，迫使驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合；
具体地，如图190-图193以及图194所示，当用户通过废粉盒12上设有的第一把手HH140，将废粉盒12通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的安装轨道GG50(如图187所示)沿处理盒安装方向(如图187所示)将其安装在电子成像装置100内部过程中，由于此时粉盒11还未被装入电子成像装置100中，故电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080因没有外力作用，仍然受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑故相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向依旧保持倾斜状态，用户将废粉盒12安装到电子成像装置100中的指定安装位置，此时动力接收单元21已经与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081同轴。
用户通过粉盒11上设有的第二把手HH240将粉盒11通过电子成像装置100内壁上设有的安装轨道GG50沿处理盒安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部过程中，粉盒11的第一盒体壁HH210和粉盒11上设有的第一定位部HH251和第二定位部HH252分别与电子成像装置100内侧壁两侧的安装轨道GG50接触，且因受到来自用户给予的朝向处理盒安装方向的推力，迫使粉盒11通过的第一定位部HH251和第二定位部HH252沿安装轨道GG50朝向电子成像装置100中的指定安装位置滑动，用户继续沿处理盒安装方向对粉盒11施加推力，使粉盒11继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，迫压单元40通过迫压件HH310上设有的迫压部HH314与驱动单元1080开始抵接，可形变件HH320围绕第二突出部HH313发生形变，使迫压部HH314不断向驱动单元1080施加朝向处理盒安装方向的作用力；由于该作用力大于驱动单元顶推件1090的一端连接的弹簧提供的弹力，使得驱动单元顶推件1090不能保持在原来的位置被逐渐下压，此时驱动单元1080也会沿重力方向逐渐朝向靠近驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向下落。当粉盒11被推至指定安装位置后，活动部HH310的迫压部HH314与驱动单元1080完全抵接，且向其施加的作用力最大，可形变件HH320逐渐恢复形变，此时驱动单元顶推件1090完全被压下至驱动单元1080的轴线能够与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线完全重合，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，驱动单元1080与已安装入电子成像装置100中的废粉盒12上设有的动力接收单元21接触且啮合。
当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完全啮合后，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的中心轴线L2基本重合时，迫压件HH310的迫压部HH314的一端与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接从而使迫压部HH314不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件HH310产生摩擦甚至干涉，既不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又不会损伤迫压单元40。
实施例三十六
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒实施例三十三中不同之处予以说明：
如图195所示，处理盒还包括迫压单元40，迫压单元40设置在粉盒11上靠近显影辊齿轮31上侧的第一盒体壁II210的端部位置处，迫压单元40的一端采用可拆卸方式与粉盒11装配，另一端朝向显影辊30的方向延伸。当粉盒11被安装在打印机后，确保迫压单元40的另一端能够与打印机中设有的驱动单元1080接触并施加作用力，迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合。
动力接收单元21如图196所示，迫压单元40包括迫压件II310及可形变件II320，迫压件II310与可形变件II320彼此之间采用可拆卸方式进行装配。
在本实施例中，处理盒还包括固定件II330，固定件II330与粉盒11上靠近显影辊齿轮31上侧的第一盒体壁II210的端部可独立拆卸连接。迫压单元40与固定件II330可拆卸连接。
其中，固定件II330的本体上设有容纳腔II331，用于容纳迫压单元的迫压件II310和可形变件II320。容纳腔II331的两个相对侧壁上呈对称方式开设有安装孔II332。
进一步地，如图196所示，迫压件II310包括迫压部II314及与迫压部II314连接的连接部II311，连接部II311两侧表面上呈对称方式设有第一突出部II312和第二突出部(图中未示出)，第一突出部II312和第二突出部以相反方向突出于连接部II311表面，且第一突出部II312和第二突出部分别朝向远离连接部II311的方向延伸。
本实施例中，第一突出部II312以及第二突出部优选地被构造为圆柱体结构，即第一突出部II312和第二突出部的外表面呈圆形，且第一突出部II312和第二突出部外圆周面的直径尺寸与容纳腔II331的两个相对侧壁上对称开设的安装孔II332的直径尺寸相适配。
用户在安装时，首先将可形变件II320套设在第一突出部II312上，以此完成可形变件II320与迫压件II310之间的装配，再将两者作为一个整体迫压单元40，利用迫压件II310上设有的第一突出部II312和第二突出部插接入容纳腔II331的两个相对侧壁上对称开设的安装孔II332中，此时，可形变件II320和迫压件II310的一部分被安装在容纳腔II331中，进而完成可形变件II320、迫压件II310以及固定件II330之间的装配，容纳腔II331可将可形变件II320和迫压件II310限制在其两个相对侧壁之间，防止可形变件II320和迫压件II310在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响迫压单元40的工作效果。
需要说明的是，可形变件II320优选为扭簧，可形变件II320还可被构造为其他能够发生形变的结构或部件，用于适配不同的迫压单元40以及处理盒1。
如图195-图196所示，固定件II330的端壁II333沿显影辊30的轴向突出设置有至少一个安装件II334。本实施例中，安装件II334优选为两个，两个安装件II334呈对称方式分别突出设置于固定件II330的两个端壁II333上，两个安装件II334的端部还设有朝向端壁II333方向弯折形成的弯钩部II3341。
固定件II330的侧壁II336上沿与显影辊30的轴线平行方向突出设置有至少一个安装凸块II335。本实施例中，安装凸块II335优选为一个，一个安装凸块II335 突出设置在侧壁II336上，且在对应两个安装件II334之间的位置上。安装凸块II335朝向远离侧壁II336方向突出于侧壁II336的外表面。本实施例中，安装凸块II335优选地被构造为圆柱形，且安装凸块II335本体朝向远离侧壁II336方向外圆周面直径成逐渐减小趋势，即固定在侧壁II336的安装凸块II335的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径大于远离侧壁II336的安装凸块II335的另一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径。
需要说明的是，本实施例中，弯钩部II3341具有弹性，和/或两个安装件II334具有弹性，和/或安装凸块II335具有弹性。
进一步地，如图195-图196所示所示，在粉盒11上靠近显影辊齿轮31上侧的第一盒体壁II210上开设有至少一个安装槽II280以及安装孔II290。本申请实施例中，安装槽II280的数量优选为两个，用户利用固定件II330上设有的两个安装件II334和安装凸块II335与第一盒体壁II210上设有的两个安装槽II280以及安装孔II290完成装配，进而实现将迫压单元40通过固定件II330安装在第一盒体壁II210的本体上。即将两个安装件II334分别插接入两个安装槽II280中，并通过具有弹性的弯钩部II3341与安装槽II280卡合连接，实现锁定；安装凸块II335插接于安装孔II290内，由于安装凸块II335远离侧壁II336的另一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径被构造为小于固定在侧壁II336的安装凸块II335的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径，能够使安装凸块II335更容易插接入安装孔II290中，且由于固定在侧壁II336的安装凸块II335的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径与安装孔II290的直径相适配，能够保证安装凸块II335与安装孔120更牢靠的装配。
用户通过同时向两个弯钩部II3341施加朝向两个弯钩部II3341相互靠近方向的作用力，至使两个弯钩部II3341的端部能够通过两个安装槽II280，再向两个弯钩部II3341施加朝向远离两个安装槽II280方向的推力，将两个弯钩部II3341推出两个安装槽II280之外，进而实现弯钩部II3341与安装槽II280的解锁，同时也完成了迫压单元40与第一盒体壁II210的拆卸。
本提供的实施例中，迫压件II310优选被构造为以不妨碍处理盒的安装、拆卸和工作的结构，迫压件II310和固定件II330可以选用塑料件或金属件等，本提供的实施例中，对迫压件II310和固定件II330的材质不做限制，只要不影响其安装以及迫压件II310及可形变件II320的形变和恢复即可。且对于上述迫压单元所包含的各个部件，优选可为被构造为一体成型件。
但不限于此，可形变件II320的形变除了采用其自身的弹力来产生，亦可以把迫压件II310设置为可变形件来代替可形变件II320来实现达成，该迫压件II310可以是具有一定挠性力(可推动驱动单元1080摆正)的钢片等部件。
利用本实施例提供的迫压单元40，迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触或者脱离的操作原理与实施例1相同，此处不再赘述。
实施例三十七
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒的实施例三十三和实施例三十六中的不同之处予以说明。
如图197所示，迫压单元40包括迫压件JJ310及可形变件JJ320。为了实现迫 压单元40的可独立拆卸安装，处理盒还包括固定件JJ330，本实施例中的固定件JJ330的作用、结构与实施例3中的固定件II330相似。固定件JJ330的本体上设有容纳腔JJ331，用于容纳迫压单元40。容纳腔JJ331的两个相对侧壁上呈对称方式开设有安装孔JJ332。
迫压件JJ310包括迫压部JJ340以及连接部JJ350，迫压部JJ340与连接部JJ350可独立拆卸连接。
如图198所示，迫压部JJ340包括相连接的卡合部JJ342、凹陷部JJ341、支撑部JJ343及延伸部JJ344，卡合部JJ342设置在迫压部JJ340的端部的侧边处；具体地，卡合部JJ342沿如图198中所示的B方向延伸依次连接关系为：卡合部JJ342沿B方向连接凹陷部JJ341，凹陷部JJ341沿B方向连接支撑部JJ343；延伸部JJ344自支撑部JJ343远离所述卡合部JJ342的一端延伸形成。延伸部JJ344沿B方向距离卡合部JJ342最远。
本实施例中，连接部JJ350优选被构造为圆柱体结构，凹陷部JJ341的宽度与容纳腔JJ331的宽度相适配。用户在安装时，首先将迫压部JJ340与固定件JJ330进行装配，即迫压部JJ340的凹陷部JJ341被容纳至容纳腔JJ331内，卡合部JJ342卡接在容纳腔JJ331的侧壁JJ336上设有的卡槽JJ337中，用于固定所述迫压部JJ340；支撑部JJ343支撑在固定件JJ330的第一侧边JJ338的上端部。连接部JJ350容置于所述凹陷部JJ341内，使得迫压部JJ340能够绕所述连接部JJ350往复移动。可形变件JJ320套设在连接部JJ350的本体上，以此完成可形变件JJ320与连接部JJ350之间的装配，同时再将两者作为一个整体，利用连接部JJ350对应的两个圆柱形端部插接入容纳腔JJ331的两个相对侧壁上对称开设的安装孔JJ332中，此时，迫压部JJ340的一部分被安装在容纳腔JJ331中，可形变件JJ320与连接部JJ350作为一个整体被容纳至容纳腔JJ331中且位于迫压部JJ340的凹陷部JJ341的上侧，进而完成可形变件JJ320、固定件JJ330、迫压部JJ340以及连接部JJ350之间的装配，容纳腔JJ331可将可形变件JJ320、迫压部JJ340的一部分以及连接部JJ350限制在其两个相对侧壁之间，防止可形变件JJ320和迫压部JJ340在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响迫压单元40的工作效果。
需要说明的是，可形变件JJ320优选为扭簧，可形变件JJ320还可被构造为其他能够发生形变的结构或部件，用于适配不同的迫压单元40及处理盒1。
如图197-图198所示，固定件JJ330的端壁JJ333沿显影辊30的轴向突出设置有至少一个安装件JJ334。本实施例中，安装件JJ334优选为两个，两个安装件JJ334呈对称方式突出分别设置在固定件JJ330的两个端壁JJ333上，两个安装件JJ334的端部还设有朝向端壁JJ333方向弯折形成的弯钩部JJ3341。
固定件JJ330的侧壁JJ336沿显影辊30的轴向突出设置有至少一个安装凸块JJ335。本实施例中，安装凸块JJ335优选为一个，一个安装凸块JJ335突出设置在侧壁JJ336上，且在对应两个安装件JJ334之间的位置上。安装凸块JJ335朝向远离侧壁JJ336方向突出于侧壁JJ336的外表面。本实施例中，安装凸块JJ335优选地被构造为圆柱形，且安装凸块JJ335本体朝向远离侧壁JJ336方向外圆周面直径成逐渐减小趋势，即固定在侧壁JJ336的安装凸块JJ335的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径大于远离侧壁 JJ336的安装凸块JJ335的另一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径。
需要说明的是，本实施例中，弯钩部JJ3341具有弹性，和/或两个安装件JJ334具有弹性，和/或安装凸块JJ335具有弹性。
利用本实施例提供的迫压单元40，迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触或者脱离的操作原理与实施例一相同，此处不再赘述。
电子成像装置100的门盖关闭，处理盒1处于工作状态时，驱动单元1080因收到迫压单元40的外力作用处于摆正状态，进而实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触配合，处理盒1的动力接收单元21最终会以基本同轴状态接收驱动单元1080的驱动力，驱动单元1080上另一齿轮部与显影辊齿轮31啮合。此时，可形变件JJ320的恢复弹性形变，迫使迫压部JJ340的一部分移动至与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接，进而使得延伸部JJ344不再与驱动单元1080相接触，故驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压部JJ340产生摩擦甚至干涉，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
需要说明的是，本实施例中迫压部JJ340优选被构造为以不妨碍处理盒的安装、拆卸和工作的结构，迫压部JJ340和固定件JJ330可以选用塑料件或金属件等，本实施例中，对迫压部JJ340和固定件JJ330的材质不做限制，不影响其安装以及迫压部JJ340及可形变件JJ320的形变和恢复即可。且对于上述迫压单元40所包含的各个部件，优选被构造为一体成型件。
但不限于此，可形变件JJ320的形变除了采用其自身的弹力来产生，亦可以把迫压部JJ340设置为可变形件来代替可形变件JJ320来实现达成，该迫压部JJ340可以是具有一定挠性力(可推动驱动单元1080摆正)的钢片等部件。
实施例三十八
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述实施例三十三至实施例三十七中的不同之处予以说明：
如图199-图200所示，在废粉盒12的第一端(图中未示出)或粉盒11的第一盒体壁KK100b上开设有用于安装迫压单元40的安装部。
如图200-图202所示，处理盒1还包括固定件KK163，固定件KK163包括靠近粉盒11的第一盒体壁KK100b的端壁KK163c，端壁KK163c上分别设有至少一个安装件KK1633以及安装凸块KK1634；至少一个安装件KK1633以及安装凸块KK1634均设置在同一侧；至少一个安装件KK1633以及安装凸块KK1634均突出于端壁KK163c表面，且分别朝向远离端壁KK163c方向延伸。本实施例中，安装件KK1633优选为两个，即两个安装件KK1633设置在固定件KK163的端壁KK163c的两端，两个安装件KK1633沿Y轴朝向远离端壁KK163c方向突出于端壁KK163c的外表面，两个安装件KK1633的外端部还设有朝向端壁KK163c方向弯折形成的弯钩部KK1635。
本实施例中，安装凸块KK1634优选地被构造为圆柱形，安装凸块KK1634沿Y方向远离端壁KK163c方向延伸；且安装凸块KK1634本体的外端部朝向远离端壁KK163c方向外圆周面直径成逐渐减小趋势，可以理解为，固定在端壁KK163c的安装凸块KK1634的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径大于远离端壁KK163c的安装凸块KK1634的另一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径。
如图200-图202所示，安装部对应前侧的端面上开设有至少一个安装槽KK131以及安装孔KK132。在本实施例中，粉盒11的第一盒体壁KK100b的端面开设有至少一个安装槽KK131以及安装孔KK132。在迫压单元40安装状态下，至少一个安装件KK1633与至少一个安装槽KK131配合，至少一个安装凸块KK1634与至少一个安装孔KK132配合。本实施例中，安装槽KK131的数量优选为两个，安装孔KK132为一个，两个安装槽KK131与两个安装件KK1633卡合连接，安装凸块KK1634插接于安装孔KK132内。本实施例中提供的迫压单元40的安装过程中：
利用迫压单元40的固定件KK163上设有的两个安装件KK1633、安装凸块KK1634以及粉盒11上设有的两个安装槽KK131、安装孔KK132完成迫压单元40与粉盒的装配。即两个安装件KK1633分别插接入两个安装槽KK131中，并通过具有弹性的弯钩部KK1635实现锁定，安装凸块KK1634插接入安装孔KK132中。由于安装凸块KK1634远离端壁KK163c的另一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径被构造为小于固定在端壁KK163c的安装凸块KK1634的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径，是能够使安装凸块KK1634更容易插接入安装孔KK132中；且由于固定在端壁KK163c的安装凸块KK1634的一端的圆柱外圆周面的直径与安装孔KK132的直径相适配，能够保证安装凸块KK1634与安装孔KK132更牢靠的装配。在操作过程中，只需通过手握两个弯钩部KK1635，并同时向两个弯钩部KK1635施加朝向两个弯钩部KK1635相互靠近方向的作用力，至使两个弯钩部KK1635得端部能够在Y轴方向通过两个安装槽KK131，再向两个弯钩部KK1635施加朝向远离两个安装槽KK131方向的推力，将两个弯钩部KK1635推出两个安装槽KK131之外，进而实现弯钩部KK1635与安装槽KK131的解锁，同时也完成了迫压单元40与盒体100的拆卸。
利用本实施例提供的迫压单元40，迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与处理盒1上设有的动力接收单元21接触啮合或者脱离的操作原理与实施例三十三至实施例三十七相同，此处不再赘述。
实施例三十九
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对上述实施例三十三至实施例三十八的不同之处予以说明：
迫压单元40可拆卸地装配在粉盒11上，动力接收单元21可以在废粉盒12上，沿轴向方向伸缩活动，利用迫压单元40将驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态后，动力接收单元21同时伸出并与驱动单元1080接触啮合连接。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例提供的技术方案中，电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元与处理盒上设有的动力接收单元精准及快速啮合并传递动力，进而提高处理盒的工作效率。另外，由于废粉盒和粉盒采用可拆卸方式进行装配，便于处理盒的回收以及对废粉盒和粉盒的单独更换，可有效避免因驱动单元与动力接收单元接触啮合的过程中两者产生结构干涉现象；进而导致因安装不良造成的打印问题产生。同时，用户可根据使用需要对废粉盒和粉盒进行单独更换，节约用户使用成本。
另外，实施例三十三至实施例三十九提供的迫压件与处理盒采用可拆卸式装配，具有零部件加工工艺简单，装配维修便捷，及成本低廉的优势。
实施例四十
现有技术中存在的部分处理盒中，缺少用于控制显影辊和感光鼓彼此接触或分离的机构，进而会严重影响电子成像装置的打印质量的问题；以及现有的分体式处理盒中设有的安装单元多采用固定凸起刚性连接，在进行处理盒安装时会受到较大的摩擦阻力，进而给安装不顺畅，操作不便，另外在分体式处理盒频繁安装过程中，固定凸起刚性安装单元会对感光鼓施加瞬时冲击力，进而造成感光鼓的感光层损坏，进而影响打印机的打印质量。
为了更好地对本实施例中的各个部件进行说明，将X、Y、Z轴三维概念引入本实施例中，对本实施例的各个部件进行详细说明。其中，以处理盒1的长度方向为X轴，垂直于X轴的竖向为Z轴，垂直于X轴的纵向为Y轴；X轴与Z轴组成的平面为XZ平面，X轴与Y轴组成的平面为XY平面，Y轴与Z轴组成的平面为YZ平面。而且，结合附图1，X轴的正向为右侧方位，反之则为左侧方位；Z轴的正向为上侧方位，反之则为下侧方位；Y轴的正向为前侧方位，反之则为后侧方位。需要说明的是，在定义外侧、内侧位置时，以部件本身作为标准，远离部件本身一侧为外侧，靠近部件本身的一侧为内侧。
如图203及图204所示，申请实施例提供一种处理盒1，用于为电子成像装置100提供显影，电子成像装置100上设有驱动单元1080，能够与处理盒1驱动连接，从而驱动处理盒1工作。处理盒1包括废粉盒12，废粉盒12上设有感光鼓20，感光鼓20位于废粉盒12的前端；粉盒11，粉盒11上设有显影辊30，显影辊30位于粉盒11的前端；显影辊30、感光鼓20平行分布。
处理盒1还包括至少一个迫推单元MM900，迫推单元MM900设置于废粉盒12远离感光鼓20的第一后壁MM110上。在废粉盒12与粉盒11装配过程中，迫推单元MM900与粉盒11的第一表面部MM210抵接，迫推单元MM900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使感光鼓20与显影辊30接触，进而提高电子成像装置100的打印质量。
如图203所示，处理盒1还包括用于接收驱动单元1080提供动力的动力接收单元，动力接收单元分别与感光鼓20、显影辊30动力连接，动力接收单元包括动力接收单元21、显影辊齿轮31。本实施例中，动力接收单元21优选被构造为扭曲突起结构；动力接收单元21设于废粉盒12上且与感光鼓20连接；显影辊齿轮31设于粉盒上且与显影辊30连接；显影辊齿轮31优选为斜齿轮结构。动力接收单元通过上述结构驱动感光鼓20、显影辊30。
如图203-图206所示，废粉盒12在左右方向上相对设置有第一侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130；沿X方向第一侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130呈对称设置，第一侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130覆盖废粉盒12上设有的废粉仓MM140的两个侧表面，当处理盒1完成一次打印操作后，废粉盒12中设有的清洁装置(图中未示出)将感光鼓20表面附着的残余显影剂刮下后运送至废粉仓MM140中存储。第一侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130分别包括朝向远离感光鼓20方向延伸的第一延长壁MM121和第二延长壁MM131。废粉盒12上在远离感光鼓20的相对侧设有第一后壁MM110，第一 侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130分别与第一后壁MM110垂直。
进一步地，如图203-图206所示，处理盒1中还包括的至少一个迫推单元MM900，本实施例中，迫推单元MM900的数量优选为两个，两个迫推单元MM900中的任意一个的一端被设置在第一后壁MM110上，另一端被设置在第一延长壁MM121或者第二延长壁MM131的任意一个上，两个迫推单元MM900沿垂直于感光鼓20轴线方向的废粉盒12的中线呈对称设置。
迫推单元MM900包括支撑部MM910、弹性件MM920和移动部MM930，支撑部MM910、弹性件MM920以及移动部MM930采用可拆卸方式装配，支撑部MM910的一端被设置邻近第一延长壁MM121或者第二延长壁MM131的第一后壁MM110位置处，支撑部MM910沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向的上侧表面上设有加强部MM911，加强部MM911用于加强支撑部MM910的强度，避免迫推单元MM900在频繁使用中，其上设有的部件损坏。
支撑部MM910沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向的下端设有容纳腔MM912，容纳腔MM912沿Z方向朝向远离支撑部MM910的下侧表面方向延伸。本实施例中，容纳腔MM912优选被构造为柱形中空结构，沿容纳腔MM912的柱形外壁上间隔设有至少一个开口MM9121，开口MM9121沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向在容纳腔MM912上邻近支撑部MM910的下侧表面的位置处，朝向远离支撑部MM910的下侧表面方向延伸至限位部MM9122处。在迫推单元MM900的安装状态下，弹性件MM920容纳于容纳腔MM912中。
如图203所示，本实施例中，移动部MM930优选被构造为柱形中空结构，移动部MM930本体上设有包容腔MM931，包容腔MM931的内周尺寸大于容纳腔MM912的外圆周尺寸，在迫推单元MM900的安装状态下，移动部MM930套设于所述支撑部MM910的下端，容纳腔MM912被部分容纳于包容腔MM931中。
本实施例中，包容腔MM931的外圆周壁优选被构造为间隔设置的卡合部MM932和支持部MM933，卡合部MM932和支持部MM933沿Z方向从包容腔MM931的底部一侧朝向远离包容腔的底部方向延伸，其中卡合部MM932在朝向远离包容腔MM931底部的一端设有朝向包容腔MM931的内部方向延伸的弯曲部MM9321，弯曲部MM9321的宽度与开口MM9121的宽度向适配，在迫推单元MM900的安装状态下，弯曲部MM9321卡接在开口MM9121中，进而实现移动部MM930和支撑部MM910的装配，此时弹性件MM920被容纳于支撑部MM910的容纳腔MM912的内部，支撑部MM910的容纳腔MM912和弹性件MM920均被容纳于移动部MM930内部。
当移动部MM930的底部被施加朝向垂直于Z方向的作用力时，移动部MM930可通过弯曲部MM9321沿支撑部MM910上设有的开口MM9121中上下滑动，并向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使感光鼓20与显影辊30接触。开口MM9121下侧的容纳腔MM912上设有的限位部MM9122用于限制移动部MM930中的弯曲部MM9321在开口MM9121中的运动范围，避免移动部MM930从容纳腔MM912上脱落。
需要说明的是，在本实施例中，至少一个迫推单元MM900的数量优选为多个，多个迫推单元MM900在第一后壁MM110上沿垂直于感光鼓20轴线方向的废粉盒12 的中线呈对称方式设置。本实施例中提供的，支撑部MM910还可被设置在第一后壁MM110本体上的任意位置，用于适配不同的处理盒1和电子成像装置100。另外，本实施例中提供的迫推单元MM900结构中，仅支撑部MM910和加强部MM911与第一后壁MM110接触，移动部MM930为活动件，且在迫推单元MM900的安装状态下，移动部MM930与第一后壁MM110、第一延长壁MM121和第二延长壁MM131均不接触。
进一步地，如图205-图208所示，粉盒11中设有粉仓(图中未示出)，粉盒11上侧设有第一表面部MM210，第一表面部MM210覆盖粉盒11中设有的粉仓(图中未示出)上侧，第一表面部MM210的一端邻近显影辊30，另一端与远离显影辊30的相对侧的第二后壁MM220连接，第二后壁MM220覆盖粉仓的后侧，在第一表面部MM210上邻近第二后壁MM220的位置处设有第一迫推作用部；本实施例中提供的，第一迫推作用部优选被构造为至少一个抵触部MM211，其中，抵触部MM211的数量优选为两个，两个抵触部MM211均朝向远离第一表面部MM210的方向突出设置于第一表面部MM210的表面。粉盒11沿着显影辊30的轴线方向的两端分别设有第一盒体壁MM230和第二盒体壁MM240；即第一盒体壁MM230和第二盒体壁MM240沿X轴方向相对设置，沿显影辊轴线方向上第一盒体壁MM230和第二盒体壁MM240分别垂直于第二表面部MM220，第一盒体壁MM230和第二盒体壁MM240覆盖粉仓的两个侧表面，粉仓(图中未示出)用于存储显影剂以及在处理盒1进行打印工作的过程中，通过送粉辊(图中未示出)以及显影辊30向感光鼓20传输显影剂，使感光鼓20表面形成的静电潜像显影，转变为显影图像。
当废粉盒12与粉盒11完成装配后，废粉盒12上设有的两个迫推单元MM900与粉盒11上设有的两个抵触部MM211相抵接，两个抵触部MM211向通过迫推单元MM900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒12朝向靠近显影辊30方向运动，进而能够使感光鼓20和显影辊30接触。
需要说明的是，本实施例中提供的，抵触部MM211的数量可以为多个，抵触部MM211的结构还可被构造为其他结构用于适配不同的迫推单元MM900。另外，本实施例中提供的抵触部MM211的配置数量需要与迫推单元MM900的配置数量相一致。
进一步地，如图204-图210所示，本实施例中提供的粉盒11与废粉盒12可拆卸连接，废粉盒12和粉盒11之间能够分离进而实现处理盒1方便回收以及便于对废粉盒12、粉盒11的更换。
本实施例中提供的粉盒11包括引导单元MM620，废粉盒12包括安装单元(图未示)，所述废粉盒12的安装单元沿所述引导单元MM620与所述粉盒11可独立拆卸连接。具体地，安装单元采用滚动方式与引导单元MM620配合，减小废粉盒12和粉盒11安装过程产生的摩擦，使整个安装过程更为顺畅，同时避免因摩擦导致的离合单元中部件的损坏。
如图207-图210所示，安装单元设置于废粉盒12的第一侧壁MM120与第二侧壁MM130的外表面上，引导单元MM620设置于粉盒11的第一盒体壁MM230及所述第二盒体壁MM240的内表面上。本实施例中安装单元被构造为滚动式结构，安装单元与引导单元MM620可分离配合。通过安装单元和引导单元MM620分离配合的方 式将废粉盒12和粉盒11上。
如图205-图206所示，安装单元MM610包括第一安装部MM611；第一安装部MM611被设置在第一侧壁MM120上邻近动力接收单元21的位置处，第一安装部MM611包括第一连接部MM6111和第一滚动件MM6112，第一连接部MM6111的一端设置在第一侧壁MM120上邻近显影辊齿轮31的位置处，另一端被构造为朝向远离第一侧壁MM120方向延伸的自由端。本实施例中，第一连接部MM6111优选被构造为柱形结构，第一连接部MM6111包括第一本体部MM61111和第二外廓部MM61112，第一本体部MM61111的外圆周尺寸小于第一外廓部MM61112的外圆周尺寸，第一本体部MM61111上开设有槽孔MM61113，槽孔MM61113从远离第一侧壁MM120的第一外廓部MM61112的自由端的端面，朝向靠近第一侧壁MM120的方向延伸至第一本体部MM61111的中部处设有的停止部MM61115处，进而使第一连接部MM61111的一部分被构造成至少一个锁定部MM61114，需要说明的是，本实施例中提供的第一连接部MM6111和第一滚动件MM6112优选采用具有弹性的材料制成，锁定部MM61114的数量优选为两个，在第一连接部MM6111与第一滚动件MM6112装配过程中，用户手持两个锁定部MM61114，并向两个锁定部MM61114施加朝向两个锁定部MM61114靠近方向的作用力，首先将第一滚动件MM6112套设在两个锁定部MM61114上对应第一外廓部MM61112上，再向第一滚动件MM6112施加作用力，使第一滚动件MM6112运动至第一本体部MM61111上，由于第一滚动件MM6112的外圆周尺寸小于第一外廓部MM61112的外圆周尺寸，因此第一外廓部MM61112能够对套设在第一连接部MM6111上的第一滚动件MM6112的运动位置进行限位，避免第一滚动件MM6112在运动过程中从第一连接部MM6111上脱落。
进一步地，如图203所示，在废粉盒12的第一侧壁MM120上设有邻近动力接收单元21的上侧位置处还设有定位块MM124，用于当废粉盒12被装入电子成像装置100中指定位置后，对废粉盒12进行安装定位。
如图206及图210所示，安装单元还包括第二安装部MM612，第二安装部MM612设置在第二侧壁MM130上与感光鼓20的轴线重合的位置处，第二安装部MM612包括第二连接部MM6121和第二滚动件MM6122，在第二侧壁MM130上设有连通孔MM132，连通孔MM132与感光鼓20的转轴连通。本实施例中，第二连接部MM6121优选被构造为柱形结构，第二连接部MM6121包括第二本体部MM61211和第二外廓部MM61212，第二本体部MM61211的外圆周尺寸小于第二外廓部MM61212的外圆周尺寸连通孔MM132。沿感光鼓20的轴线方向，第二连接部MM6121的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线完全重合。
需要说明的是，本实施例中提供的第二连接部MM6121还可采用固定方式设置在粉盒11上。其中第一安装部MM611和第二安装部MM612还可被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的处理盒1。另外，本实施例中提供的，第二外廓部MM61211采用导电材料制成。
进一步地，如图207-图210所示，引导单元MM620包括第一安装滑道MM621和第二安装滑道MM622，第一安装滑道MM621和第二安装滑道MM622，第一安装滑道MM621设置在第一盒体壁MM230的内表面，第二安装滑道MM622设置在第二 盒体壁MM240的内表面。引导单元MM620被构造为成第一安装滑道MM621和第二安装滑道MM622，能够与第一安装部MM611和第二安装部MM612配合，从而实现废粉盒12和粉盒11的安装，第一安装滑道MM621与第二安装滑道MM622以相对于粉盒11的中线呈对称方式分别对应设置在第一盒体壁MM230内表面和第二盒体壁MM240内表面。
如图207-图210所示，沿垂直于显影辊30的轴线方向，第一安装滑道MM621从远离显影辊30的第一盒体壁MM230的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的第一盒体壁MM230的另一端的延伸；第二安装滑道MM622从远离显影辊30的第二盒体壁MM240的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的第二盒体壁MM240的另一端的延伸。
如图207-图210所示，第一安装滑道MM621优选被构造为在第一盒体壁MM230上沿Y轴方向从远离处理盒1中设有的迫压单元40的一端，朝向靠近迫压单元40方向的另一端延伸。第一安装滑道MM621的宽度与设置在废粉盒12的第一侧壁MM120上设有的第一外廓部MM61112的外圆周尺寸相适配，当废粉盒12和粉盒11进行装配时，第一外廓部MM61112分别与第一安装滑道MM621的上下轨道抵接，同时沿第一安装滑道MM621的延伸方向，从远离设置在第一盒体壁MM230上的迫压单元40的对应第一盒体壁MM230的一端，朝向靠近迫压单元40方向的第一盒体壁MM230的另一端滑动。
如图210所示，第二安装滑道MM622优选被构造为在第二盒体壁MM240上沿Y轴方向从远离显影辊30的一端，朝向靠近显影辊30的另一端延伸。第二安装滑道MM622在靠近显影辊30处的一端还设有止挡部MM6221。止挡部MM6221用于限制第二安装部MM620在第二安装滑道MM622的运动范围。第二安装滑道MM622宽度与设在第二侧壁MM130的第二安装部MM612的第二外廓部MM61212的外圆周尺寸相适配，且止挡部MM6221的尺寸与第二安装部MM612的外圆周尺寸向适配，在止挡部MM6221处沿感光鼓20的轴线处对应侧壁上设有孔状结构MM6222。
在废粉盒12和粉盒11进行配合时，废粉盒12分别通过第一安装部MM611和第二安装部MM612以滚动的方式沿第一安装滑道MM621和第二安装滑道MM622滑动至粉盒11的指定安装位置，当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配时，第二安装部MM612沿第二安装滑道MM622滑动至使第二安装部MM612与止挡部MM6222卡接。
当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配后，第二外廓部MM61212被容纳于止挡部MM6221中，第二外廓部MM61212与孔状结构MM6222沿感光鼓20的轴线方向的投影完全重合，处理盒1中设有导电件(图中未示出)插接在孔状结构MM6222中，使导电件的一端通过孔状结构MM6222与第二外廓部MM61212电连接，导电件的另一端与电子成像装置100中设有导电端子电连接；由于第二外廓部MM61212与感光鼓20的转轴连接，即电子成像装置100中设有的导电端子通过导电件与第二外廓部MM61212向感光鼓20供电。
进一步地，如图207-图210所示，本实施例中提供的一种处理盒1还包括迫压单元40，迫压单元40设于处理盒1上，迫压单元40的一端采用可拆卸方式安装于粉盒11上的第一盒体壁MM230上，另一端朝向靠近显影辊30的方向延伸。当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配后，迫压单元40的另一端朝向靠近动力接收单元21的轴线方向延 伸。当处理盒1被安装在电子成像装置100后，迫压单元40的另一端能够与电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080接触并施加作用力，迫使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21驱动啮合或分离。
如图207-图210所示，迫压单元40包括迫压件MM310和可变形件MM320，迫压件MM310和可形变件MM320彼此采用可拆卸方式进行装配。迫压件MM310和可形变件MM320彼此采用可拆卸方式进行装配于粉盒11上，在粉盒11上靠近显影辊30上侧的第一盒体壁MM230的端部位置处设有装配部MM260，迫压件MM310、可形变件MM320均可拆卸安装于装配部MM260。其中，装配部MM260的本体上分别设有装配腔MM261和承接部MM262，装配装配腔MM261和承接部MM262邻近设置。迫压单元40在安装状态下，部分迫压件MM310被容纳于装配装配腔MM261中，可形变件MM320被容纳于承接部MM262中，且可形变件MM320的一端套设在承接部MM262底面设有的凸出部MM2621上，装配装配腔MM261的两个相对端壁MM263上呈对称方式开设有安装孔MM2631，两个安装孔MM2631的开孔方向为X轴方向。通过设置安装孔MM2631对迫压件MM310进行安装，且通过装配装配腔MM261和承接部MM262分别对迫压件MM310和可形变件MM320进行容纳，能够对迫压件MM310、可形变件MM320保护，避免迫压件MM310、可形变件MM320脱落。
迫压件MM310包括迫压部MM314及与迫压部MM314连接的连接部，连接部两侧表面上呈对称方式设有第一突出部MM311、第二突出部MM312；第一突出部MM311、第二突出部MM312亦沿X轴向远离迫压件MM310的本体方向延伸；迫压件MM310的后侧设第三突出部MM313；迫压件MM310本体朝向B方向延伸形成迫压部MM314。
本实施例中，第一突出部MM311以及第二突出部MM312以及第三突出部MM313优选地被构造为圆柱形结构，即第一突出部MM311和第二突出部MM312的外表面呈圆形，且第一突出部MM311和第二突出部MM312外圆周面的直径尺寸与装配装配腔MM261的两个相对端壁MM263上呈对称方式开设有安装孔MM2631的直径尺寸相适配。当迫压件MM310、可形变件MM320、装配部MM260在装配的状态下，迫压件MM310设有第一突出部MM311和第二突出部MM312的一端插入装配装配腔MM261内，第一突出部MM311和第二突出部MM312分别卡入两个安装孔MM2631中，可形变件MM320的一端套设在承接部MM262底面设有的凸出部MM2621上，另一端与迫压件MM310上设有的第三突出部MM313抵接，可形变件MM320作用于迫压件MM310的外侧、承接部MM262内部之间。装配腔MM261可将迫压件MM310限制在其两个相对端壁MM263之间，承接部MM262上设有的凸出部MM2621和第三突出部MM313之间，防止可形变件MM320和迫压件MM310在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响迫压件MM310的工作效果。
如图183-图187所示，驱动单元1080设置在电子成像装置100中设有的安装滑轨GG50的末端的的内侧壁上，电子成像装置100的安装滑轨GG50的末端的内侧侧壁设有驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081沿驱动单元1080的外圆周设置，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081用于限制驱动单元1080的运动范围。驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有连接腔GG31，驱动单元1080位于该连接腔GG31中，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上还设有驱动单元顶推件1090，驱动单元顶推件1090的一 端通过弹簧与电子成像装置100主体连接，另一端通过驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有的槽孔GG32插接在驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上，驱动单元顶推件1090沿驱动单元1080的径向方向往复运动，同时向驱动单元1080提供支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向保持倾斜状态。此时处理盒1未安装入电子成像装置100中，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置100中的驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向呈倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与挡壁的中心轴线L2形成一夹角α。
需要说明的是，驱动单元1080优选为动力输出头，用于与处理盒1中设有的动力接收单元21接触啮合，并向其传递驱动力，驱动处理盒1工作。如图183-图187以及图203-图210所示，处理盒1的安装过程中：
粉盒11上通过其本体上设有的第二把手MM270，将粉盒11通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的安装滑轨GG50沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部过程中，因粉盒11未与电子成像装置100接触，故驱动单元1080因没有外力作用且继续受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑仍相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向继续保持倾斜状态，用户继续沿处理盒1的安装方向对粉盒11施加推力，使粉盒11继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，迫压单元40通过迫压件MM310上设有的迫压部MM314与驱动单元1080相接触，同时向驱动单元1080不断施加朝向处理盒1安装方向的作用力，即将并将驱动单元顶推件1090逐渐下压，此时驱动单元1080由于受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑力逐渐减弱，故驱动单元1080会沿重力方向逐渐朝向靠近驱动单元1080轴线方向下落，当迫压件MM310的迫压部MM314抵接在驱动单元1080上时，能够使可形变件MM320发生形变。当处理盒1被推至指定安装位置后，迫压件MM310的迫压部MM314与驱动单元1080完全抵接，且向其施加的作用力最大，此时驱动单元顶推件1090完全被压下，驱动单元1080由于失去支撑沿重力方向下落，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
废粉盒12上设有的第一把手MM150，用户通过第一把手MM150将废粉盒12装入电子成像装置100过程中，废粉盒12通过其第一侧壁MM120和第二侧壁MM130上设有的第一安装部MM611和第二安装部MM612以滚动的方式沿废粉盒12的第一盒体壁MM230的第二盒体壁MM240上的设有的第一安装滑道MM621和第二安装滑道MM622以处理盒1安装方向被安装入电子成像装置100中的指定位置，废粉盒12的第一侧壁MM120此时动力接收单元21进入到驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081中，由于驱动单元顶推件1090已被废粉盒12上设有迫压单元40压下，即驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，因此动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080完成接触及啮合。
进一步地，如图203所示，废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配过程中废粉盒12上设有的两个迫推单元MM900与首先与粉盒11上设有的两个抵触部MM211初步接触，抵触部MM211逐渐通过迫推单元MM900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒12朝向靠近显影辊30方向运动，此时迫推单元MM900中设有的弹性件MM920逐渐开始形变，迫推单元MM900中的移动部MM930在垂直于感光鼓轴线方向容纳腔MM912上设有的开口MM9121朝向远离粉盒11的第一表面部MM210的方向运动。当废粉盒12沿处理盒1安装方向继续被装入电子成像装置100 的指定位置(即粉盒11上的指定安装位置)时，废粉盒12上设有的定位块MM124与电子成像装置100中设有的定位部(图中未示出)抵接，两个迫推单元MM900与两个抵触部MM211完全接触，两个抵触部MM211通过两个迫推单元MM900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使感光鼓20和显影辊30接触。
当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完全啮合后，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的中心轴线L2基本重合时，同时迫压件MM310的迫压部MM314的一端与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接从而使迫压件MM310不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件MM310产生摩擦甚至干涉，既不会影响驱动单元1080的旋转工作，又不会损伤迫压单元40。
进一步地，处理盒1处于工作状态时，电子成像装置100的门盖关闭，驱动单元1080因收到迫压单元40的外力作用处于摆正状态，进而实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合，处理盒1的动力接收单元21最终会以基本同轴状态接收驱动单元1080的驱动力，驱动单元1080上设有的另一齿轮部与显影辊齿轮31啮合。此时，可形变件MM320的恢复弹性形变，迫使迫压件MM310的迫压部MM314移动至与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接，进而使得迫压部MM314不再与驱动单元1080相接触，故驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件MM310产生摩擦甚至干涉，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
本实施例中提供的，迫压件MM310优选被构造为以不妨碍处理盒1的安装、拆卸和工作的结构，迫压件MM310和装配部MM260可以选用塑料件或金属件等，本实施例中提供的，对迫压件MM310和装配部MM260的材质不做限制，只要不影响其安装以及迫压件MM310及可形变件MM320的形变和恢复即可。且对于上述迫压组件所包含的各个结构，优选可为成型件。
但不限于此，可形变件MM320的形变除了采用其自身的弹力来产生，亦可以把迫压件MM310设置为可变形件来代替可形变件MM320来实现达成，该迫压件MM310可以是具有一定挠性力(可推动驱动单元1080摆正)的钢片等部件。
需要说明的是，迫推作用部被定义为本实施例中的设置在粉盒11的第一表面部MM210上的抵触部MM211,且抵触部MM211的数量需要与迫推单元MM900的数量相适配。另外，迫推作用部和迫推单元还可为多个，且迫推单元和迫推作用部还可被构造为其他结构或部件，用于适配不同的处理盒1以及电子成像装置100。
实施例四十一
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒实施例四十不同之处予以说明，具体如下：
如图211-图212所示，取消粉盒11的第一表面部MM210上设有的抵触部MM211，并利用抵触位NN250替代抵触部MM211，同时增大迫推单元NN900尺寸，使粉盒11与废粉盒12完成安装后，迫推单元NN900中的移动部NN930与抵触位250抵接。此外，当粉盒11被装入电子成像装置100后，电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080被粉盒11上设有的迫压单元40摆正。
如图183-图187以及图211-图212所示，废粉盒12与粉盒11完成装配过程中， 废粉盒12上设有的两个迫推单元NN900与首先与粉盒11的抵触位250初步接触，抵触位250逐渐通过迫推单元NN900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒12朝向靠近显影辊30方向运动，此时，迫推单元NN900中设有的弹性件NN920逐渐开始形变，迫推单元NN900中的移动部NN930在垂直于感光鼓轴线方向容纳腔NN912上设有的开口MM9121(如图203所示)朝向远离粉盒11的第一表面部NN210的方向运动。当废粉盒12沿处理盒1安装方向继续被装入电子成像装置100的指定位置(即粉盒11上的指定安装位置)时，废粉盒12上设有的定位块NN124与电子成像装置100中设有的定位部(图中未示出)抵接，两个迫推单元NN900与抵触位250完全接触，抵触位250通过两个迫推单元NN900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使感光鼓20和显影辊30接触。
本实施例四十一中涉及的迫压单元40、处理盒1结构，以及通过迫压单元40迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合或者脱离的操作原理与实施例四十相同，此处不再赘述。
需要说明的是，迫推作用部被定义为本实施例中的设置在粉盒11的第一表面部NN210上的抵触位NN250，且抵触位NN250的数量需要与迫推单元NN900的数量相适配。另外，迫推作用部和迫推单元还可为多个，且迫推单元和迫推作用部还可被构造为其他结构或部件，用于适配不同的处理盒1以及电子成像装置100。
需要说明的是，实施例四十和实施例四十一提供的技术方案中，设置在废粉盒上的至少一个迫推单元，用于当废粉盒与粉盒在装配状态下，接收粉盒上设有的迫推作用部施加的作用力，迫使废粉盒朝向靠近显影辊方向运动；实现感光鼓与显影辊接触，进而能够提高打印机的打印质量。本实施例中提供的迫推单元结构设计方式，还具有机械结构简化以及避免部件损坏的优势。另外，本实施例中提供的技术方案中，由于废粉盒和粉盒采用可拆卸方式进行装配，可有效避免因感光鼓动力接收头与驱动单元接触啮合的过程中两者产生结构干涉现象；进而导致因安装不良造成的打印问题产生。同时，用户可根据使用需要对废粉盒及粉盒进行单独更换，节约用户使用成本。
另外，实施例四十和实施例四十一提供的的离合单元结构设计方式，在废粉盒与粉盒装配过程中，具有阻力小，安装过程顺畅，操作便捷的优势。同时，由于废粉盒和粉盒体采用滚动配合方式，故在装配过程中，不会对感光鼓产生瞬时冲击力，有效避免感光鼓的损毁，进而能够提高打印机的打印质量。
实施例四十二
图213及图222示意性地显示了处理盒的实施例方式，实施例四十二和实施例四十三用于解决现有技术中存在的部分处理盒1中，缺少用于控制显影辊和感光鼓彼此接触或分离的机构，进而会严重影响打印机的打印质量的问题；以及现有的分体式处理盒1中,当粉盒安装入打印机内后，废粉盒通过设在粉盒两个侧壁的导轨实现定位。但由于粉盒尺寸小，装入打印机后，侧壁没有从打印机的两侧露出，故废粉盒在安装入粉盒的过程由于定位不准，会导致废粉盒安装操作时候不顺畅，操作不方便，以及因定位不准在安装过程中会导致废粉盒上的感光鼓与粉盒发送误触，进而损坏感光鼓，严重会影响打印成像质量。
结合图213，为了更好地对本实施例中的各个部件进行说明，将X、Y、Z轴三维概念引入本实施例中，对本实施例的各个部件进行详细说明。其中，以处理盒1的长度方向为X轴，垂直于X轴的竖向为Z轴，垂直于X轴的纵向为Y轴；X轴与Z轴组成的平面为XZ平面，X轴与Y轴组成的平面为XY平面，Y轴与Z轴组成的平面为YZ平面。而且，结合附图1，X轴的正向为右侧方位，反之则为左侧方位；Z轴的正向为上侧方位，反之则为下侧方位；Y轴的正向为前侧方位，反之则为后侧方位。需要说明的是，在定义外侧、内侧位置时，以部件本身作为标准，远离部件本身一侧为外侧，靠近部件本身的一侧为内侧。
如图213-图214以及图185所示，根据本实施例提供的一种处理盒1，用于为电子成像装置100提供显影，电子成像装置100上设有驱动单元1080，能够与处理盒1驱动连接，从而驱动处理盒1工作。
处理盒1包括废粉盒12，废粉盒12上设有感光鼓20，感光鼓20位于废粉盒12的前端；处理盒1还包括粉盒11，粉盒11上设有显影辊30，显影辊30位于粉盒11的前端；显影辊30、感光鼓20平行分布。废粉盒12包括至少一个迫推单元OO900，迫推单元OO900设置于废粉盒12远离感光鼓20的第一后壁OO110上；
在废粉盒12与粉盒在装配过程中，至少一个迫推单元OO900与粉盒11的第一表面部OO210抵接，迫推单元OO900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒的感光鼓20与显影辊30接触，进而提高电子成像装置100的打印质量。
如图213-图214、图218以及图185所示，粉盒11还包括迫推作用部OO400和至少一个配合部OO500；迫推作用部OO400包括至少第一迫推作用部OO410和至少一个第二迫推作用部OO420；废粉盒12和粉盒11在安装状态下，如图220和图221所示，至少一个第一迫推作用部OO410向至少一个迫推单元OO900施加作用力；令至少一个第二迫推作用部OO420与至少一个配合部OO500抵接；使废粉盒12因而获得旋转力而朝向靠近显影辊30方向的而转动，迫使感光鼓20沿F2方向与显影辊30靠近。
如图213及图214所示，废粉盒12在左右方向上相对设置有第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130；沿X方向第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130呈对称设置，第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130覆盖废粉盒12上设有的废粉仓(图中未示出)的两个侧表面，当处理盒1完成一次打印操作后，废粉盒12中设有的清洁装置(图中未示出)将感光鼓20表面附着的残余显影剂刮下后运送至废粉仓(图中未示出)中存储。第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130分别包括朝向远离感光鼓20方向延伸的第一延长壁OO121和第二延长壁OO131。废粉仓12上在远离感光鼓20的相对侧设有第一后壁OO110，第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130分别与第一后壁OO110垂直。
进一步地，如图213-图215所示，废粉盒12还包括至少一个迫推单元OO900，本实施例中，迫推单元OO900的数量优选为两个，两个迫推单元OO900中的任意一个设置于废粉盒12远离感光鼓20的第一后壁OO110上，另一端被设置在第一延长壁OO121或者第二延长壁OO131的任意一个上，两个迫推单元OO900沿垂直于感光鼓20轴线方向的废粉仓12的中线呈对称设置。
迫推单元OO900包括支撑部OO910、弹性件OO920和移动部OO930，支撑部OO910、弹性件OO920以及移动部OO930采用可拆卸方式装配，支撑部OO910的一端被设置邻近第一延长壁OO121或者第二延长壁OO131的第一后壁110位置处，支撑部OO910沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向的上侧表面上设有加强部OO911，加强部OO911用于加强支撑部OO910的强度，避免迫推单元OO900在频繁使用中，其上设有的部件损坏。
支撑部OO910沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向的下端设有容纳腔OO912，容纳腔OO912沿Z方向朝向远离支撑部OO910的下侧表面方向延伸。本实施例中提供的，容纳腔OO912优选被构造为柱形中空结构，沿容纳腔OO912的柱形外壁上间隔设有至少一个开口OO9121，开口OO9121沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向在容纳腔OO912上邻近支撑部OO910的下侧表面的位置处，朝向远离支撑部OO910的下侧表面方向延伸至限位部OO9122处。在迫推单元OO900的安装状态下，弹性件OO920容纳于容纳腔OO912中。
如图215所示，本实施例中，移动部OO930优选被构造为柱形中空结构，移动部OO930本体上设有包容腔OO931，包容腔OO931的内周尺寸大于容纳腔OO912的外圆周尺寸，在迫推单元OO900的安装状态下，移动部OO930套设于所述支撑部OO910的下端，容纳腔OO912被部分容纳于包容腔OO931中。移动部OO930可沿支撑部OO910上下滑动，并向废粉盒施加朝向靠近所述显影辊方向的作用力，迫使所述感光鼓20与所述显影辊30接触。
本实施例中的，包容腔OO931的外圆周壁优选被构造为间隔设置的卡合部OO932和支持部OO933，卡合部OO932和支持部OO933沿Z方向从包容腔OO931的底部一侧朝向远离包容腔的底部方向延伸，其中卡合部OO932在朝向远离包容腔OO931底部的一端设有朝向包容腔OO931的内部方向延伸的弯曲部OO9321，弯曲部OO9321的宽度与开口OO9121的宽度向适配，在迫推单元OO900的安装状态下，弯曲部OO9321卡接在开口OO9121中，进而实现移动部OO930和支撑部OO910的装配，此时弹性件OO920被容纳于支撑部OO910的容纳腔OO912的内部，支撑部OO910的容纳腔OO912和弹性件OO920均被容纳于移动部OO930内部。
当移动部OO930的底部被施加朝向垂直于Z方向的作用力时，移动部OO930可通过弯曲部OO9321在容纳腔OO912上设有的开口OO9121中上下滑动，开口OO9121下侧的容纳腔OO912上设有的限位部OO9122用于限制移动部OO930中的弯曲部OO9321在开口OO9121中的运动范围，避免移动部OO930从容纳腔OO912上脱落。
需要说明的是，在本实施例中，至少一个迫推单元OO900的数量优选为多个，多个迫推单元OO900在第一后壁OO110上沿垂直于感光鼓20轴线方向的废粉盒12的中线呈对称方式设置。本实施例中提供的，支撑部OO910还可被设置在第一后壁OO110本体上的任意位置，用于适配不同的处理盒1和电子成像装置100。另外，本实施例中提供的迫推单元OO900结构中，仅支撑部OO910和加强部OO911与第一后壁OO110接触，移动部OO930为活动件，且在迫推单元OO900的安装状态下，移动部OO930与第一后壁OO110、第一延长壁OO121和第二延长壁OO131均不接触。
进一步地，如图213及图214所示，粉盒11中设有粉仓(图中未示出)，粉仓上侧 设有第一表面部OO210，第一表面部OO210覆盖粉仓上侧，第一表面部OO210的一端邻近显影辊30，另一端与远离显影辊30的相对侧的第二后壁OO220连接，第二后壁OO220覆盖粉仓的后侧，至少一个第一迫推作用部OO410突出设置于所述粉盒11的第一表面部OO210的表面，迫推单元OO900与第一迫推作用部OO410相抵接。
在本实施例中，至少第一迫推作用部OO410优选被构造为至少一个抵触部OO411，其中，抵触部OO411的数量优选为两个，两个抵触部OO411均朝向远离第一表面部OO210的方向突出设置于第一表面部OO210的表面。粉盒11上沿着显影辊30的轴线方向的两端分别设有第一盒体壁OO230和第二盒体壁OO240；即第一盒体壁OO230和第二盒体壁OO240沿X轴方向相对设置，第一盒体壁OO230和第二盒体壁OO240朝向远离显影辊30方向延伸，形成第一外翼部OO231和第二外翼部OO241，沿显影辊轴线方向上第一盒体壁OO230和第二盒体壁OO240分别垂直于第二表面部OO220，第一盒体壁OO230和第二盒体壁OO240覆盖粉仓的两个侧表面，粉仓(图中未示出)用于存储显影剂以及在处理盒1进行打印工作的过程中，通过送粉辊(图中未示出)以及显影辊30向感光鼓20传输显影剂，使感光鼓20表面形成的静电潜像显影，转变为显影图像。
需要说明的是，本实施例中，抵触部OO411的数量可以为多个，抵触部OO411的结构还可被构造为其他结构用于适配不同的迫推单元。另外，本实施例中提供的抵触部OO411的配置数量需要与迫推单元OO900的配置数量相一致。
进一步地，如图213-图214以及图218-图219所示，本实施例中提供的废粉盒12中还包括安装单元OO610，粉盒11还包括引导单元OO620。安装单元OO610采用滚动方式与引导单元OO620配合，减小废粉盒12和粉盒11安装过程产生的摩擦，使整个安装过程更为顺畅，同时避免因摩擦导致的处理盒中部件的损坏。另外，本实施例中提供的废粉盒12和粉盒11还可采用独立方式进行装配连接。
图218-图219所示，安装单元OO610设于废粉盒12上，引导单元OO620设于粉盒11上；本实施例中安装单元OO610被构造为滚动式结构，安装单元OO610与引导单元OO620可分离配合。通过安装单元OO610和引导单元OO620分离配合的方式将废粉盒12安装于粉盒11上。
如图215-图220所示，安装单元OO610包括第一安装部OO611；第一安装部OO611被设置在第一侧壁OO120上邻近显影辊齿轮31的位置处，第一安装部611包括第一连接部OO6111和第一滚动件OO6112，第一连接部OO6111的一端设置在第一侧壁OO120上邻近显影辊齿轮31的位置处，另一端被构造为朝向远离第一侧壁OO120的方向延伸的自由端。本实施例中提供的，第一连接部OO6111优选被构造为柱形结构，第一连接部OO6111包括第一本体部OO61111和第二外廓部OO61112，第一本体部OO61111的外圆周尺寸小于第一外廓部OO61112的外圆周尺寸，第一本体部OO61111上开设有槽孔OO61113，槽孔OO61113从远离第一侧壁OO120的第一外廓部OO61112的自由端的端面，朝向靠近第一侧壁OO120的方向延伸至第一本体部OO61111的中部处设有的停止部OO61115处，进而使第一连接部OO61111的一部分被构造成至少一个锁定部OO61114，需要说明的是，本实施例中提供的第一连接部OO6111和第一滚动件OO6112优选采用具有弹性的材料制成，锁定部OO61114的数量优选为两个。
在第一连接部OO6111与第一滚动件OO6112装配过程中，用户手持两个锁定部OO61114，并向两个锁定部OO61114施加朝向两个锁定部OO61114靠近方向的作用力，首先将第一滚动件OO6112套设在两个锁定部OO61114上对应第一外廓部OO61112上，再向第一滚动件OO6112施加作用力，使第一滚动件OO6112运动至第一本体部OO61111上，由于第一滚动件OO6112的外圆周尺寸小于第一外廓部OO61112的外圆周尺寸，因此第一外廓部OO61112能够对套设在第一连接部OO6111上的第一滚动件OO6112的运动位置进行限位，避免第一滚动件OO6112在运动过程中从第一连接部OO6111上脱落。
进一步地，如图215所示，在废粉盒12的第一侧壁OO120上设有邻近动力接收单元21的上侧位置处还设有定位块OO124，用于当废粉盒12被装入电子成像装置100指定位置后，对废粉盒12安装位置进行定位。
如图216所示，安装单元OO610还包括第二安装部OO612，第二安装部OO612设置在第二侧壁OO130上与感光鼓20的轴线重合的位置处，第二安装部OO612包括第二连接部OO6121和第二滚动件OO6122，在第二侧壁OO130上设有连通孔OO132，连通孔OO132与感光鼓20的转轴连通。本实施例中提供的第二连接部OO6121优选被构造为圆柱形凸台结构，第二连接部OO6121包括第二本体部OO61211和第二外廓部OO61212，第二本体部OO61211的外周尺寸小于第二外廓部OO61212的外周尺寸。沿感光鼓20的轴线方向，第二连接部OO6121的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线完全重合。
需要说明的是，本实施例中提供的第二连接部OO6121还可采用固定方式设置在粉盒11上。其中第一安装部OO611和第二安装部OO612还可被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的处理盒1。另外，本实施例中提供的第二外廓部OO61212采用导电材料制成。
进一步地，如图215-图216所示，迫推作用部OO400中还包括至少一个第二迫推作用部OO420，第二迫推作用部OO420突出设置于废粉盒12的侧壁上；本实施例中，第二迫推作用部OO420的数量优选为两个，两个第二迫推作用部OO420沿垂直于感光鼓20的轴线方向的废粉盒12的中线呈对称设置。两个第二迫推作用部OO420中的任意一个被构造为与第一安装部OO611具有相同结构，即两个第二迫推作用部OO420包括支撑件OO421和转动件OO422；支撑件OO421的一端分别设置在第一侧壁OO120上远离动力接收单元21的位置处以及第二侧壁OO130上远离感光鼓20的位置处，另一端被构造为分别朝向远离第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130的方向延伸的自由端。
本实施例中提供的支撑件OO421优选被构造为圆柱形凸台结构；支撑件OO421包括支撑本体部OO4211和支撑外廓部OO4212；支撑本体部OO4211的外圆周尺寸小于支撑外廓部OO4212的外圆周尺寸，支撑本体部OO4211上开设有通槽OO4214，通槽OO4214分别从远离第一侧壁OO120的支撑外廓部OO4212的自由端的端面，朝向靠近第一侧壁OO120的反向延伸至支撑本体部OO4211以及从远离第二侧壁OO130的支撑外廓部OO4212的自由端的端面，朝向靠近第二侧壁OO130的反向延伸至支撑本体部OO4211，进而使设置在第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130的两个支撑本体部OO4211的一部分被构造成两个支撑锁定部OO4213。
用户手持两个支撑锁定部OO4213，并向两个支撑锁定部OO4213施加朝向两个支撑锁定部OO4213靠近方向的作用力，首先将转动件OO422套设在两个支撑锁定部OO4213上对应支撑外廓部OO4212上，再向转动件OO422施加作用力，使转动件OO422运动至支撑本体部OO4211上，由于转动件OO422的外圆周尺寸小于支撑外廓部OO4212的外圆周尺寸，因此支撑外廓部OO4212能够对套设在支撑本体部OO4211上的转动件OO422的运动位置进行限位，避免转动件在运动过程中从支撑本体部OO4211上脱落。
进一步地，如图218-图220所示，粉盒11的引导单元OO620包括第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622，第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622，第一安装滑道OO621以相对于粉盒11的中线呈对称方式设置在第一盒体壁OO230和第一外翼部OO231的内表面，第二安装滑道OO622以相对于粉盒11的中线呈对称方式设置在第二盒体壁OO240和第二外翼部OO241的内表面。沿垂直于显影辊30的轴线方向，第一安装滑道OO621从远离显影辊30的第一外翼部OO231的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的第一盒体壁OO230的另一端的延伸；第二安装滑道OO622从远离显影辊30的第二外翼部OO241的一端朝向靠近显影辊30的第二盒体壁OO240的另一端的延伸。引导单元OO620被构造为成本实施例中提供的的第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622，能够与第一安装部OO611和第二安装部OO612配合，当粉盒11被装入电子成像装置100内部后，从而实现废粉盒12在装入打印机通道口处就能够通过具有延长尺寸的引导单元OO620被更便捷的装入至粉盒11的对应位置处，有效克服了现有技术中需要将废粉盒12完全插入至电子成像装置100的通道内部后，再通过引导单元OO620装入至粉盒11的对应位置处带来的操作不便以及安装费时费事的问题。
如图218所示，第一安装滑道OO621优选被构造为沿Y轴方向从远离处理盒1中设有的迫压单元40的第一外翼部OO231的一端，朝向靠近迫压单元40方向的第一盒体壁OO230的另一端延伸。第一安装滑道OO621的宽度与设置在废粉盒12的第一侧壁OO120上设有的第一外廓部OO61112的外圆周尺寸相适配，当废粉盒12与粉盒11进行装配时，第一外廓部OO61112分别与第一安装滑道OO621的上下轨道抵接，同时沿第一安装滑道OO621的延伸方向，从远离设置在第一盒体壁OO230上的迫压单元40的对应第一盒体壁OO230的一端，朝向靠近迫压单元40方向的第一盒体壁OO230的另一端滑动。
如图219所示，第二安装滑道OO622优选被构造为沿Y轴方向从远离显影辊30第二外翼部OO241的一端，朝向靠近显影辊30的第二盒体壁OO240的另一端延伸。第二安装滑道OO622在靠近显影辊30处的一端还设有止挡部OO6221；止挡部OO6221用于限制第二安装部OO612在第二安装滑道OO622的运动范围；第二安装滑道OO622宽度与设在第二侧壁OO130的第二安装部OO612的第二外廓部OO61212的外圆周尺寸相适配，且止挡部OO6221的尺寸与第二安装部OO612的外圆周尺寸向适配，在止挡部OO6221处沿与显影辊30的轴线平行的对应侧壁上设有孔状结构OO6222，在废粉盒12和粉盒11进行配合时，通过废粉盒12分别通过第一安装部OO611和第二安装部OO612以滚动的方式沿第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622滑动至粉盒11的指定安装位置，当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配时，第二安装部OO612沿第二安 装滑道OO622滑动至使第二安装部OO612与止挡部OO6221卡接。
当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配后，第二外廓部OO61212被容纳于止挡部OO6221中，第二外廓部OO61212与孔状结构OO6222沿感光鼓20的轴线方向的投影完全重合，处理盒1中设有导电件(图中未示出)插接在孔状结构OO6222中，使导电件的一端通过孔状结构OO6222与第二外廓部OO61212电连接，导电件的另一端与电子成像装置100中设有导电端子(图中未示出)电连接；由于第二外廓部OO61212与感光鼓20的转轴连接，即电子成像装置100中设有的导电端子通过导电件与第二外廓部OO61212向感光鼓20供电。
进一步地，如图218及图219所示，粉盒11还包括至少一个配合部OO500，配合部OO500设置于引导单元OO620上。本实施例中配合部OO500的数量优选为两个；两个配合部OO500沿垂直于显影辊30的轴线方向的粉盒11的中线呈对称方式分别设置在第一安装滑道OO621的上轨道和第二安装滑道OO622的上轨道上；其中被设置在第一安装滑道OO621的上轨道的配合部OO500位于邻近处理盒1中设有的迫压单元40的位置处。本实施例中配合部OO500优选被构造为凸缘结构OO510；两个凸缘结构OO510被构造为分别朝向远离第一安装滑道OO621的上轨道方向以及远离第二安装滑道OO622的上轨道方向突出；两个凸缘结构OO510的内周尺寸分别与第二迫推作用部OO420中的两个转动件OO422的外圆周尺寸相适配。在粉盒11与废粉盒12装配过程中，转动件OO422沿所述第一安装滑道OO621或所述第二安装滑道OO622滚动直至与所述凸缘结构OO510抵接，使得所述废粉盒12沿所述凸缘结构OO510朝向靠近所述显影辊30方向的而转动。
进一步地，如图214、图218-图219所示，本实施例中提供的一种处理盒1还包括迫压单元40，迫压单元40设于处理盒1上，迫压单元40的一端采用可拆卸方式安装于粉盒11上的第一盒体壁OO230上，另一端朝向靠近显影辊30的方向延伸。当废粉盒12和粉盒11完成装配后，迫压单元40的另一端朝向靠近动力接收单元21的轴线方向延伸。当处理盒1被安装在电子成像装置100后，迫压单元40的另一端能够与电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080接触并施加作用力，迫使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21驱动啮合或分离。
如图218-图219所示，迫压单元40包括迫压件OO310和可形变件OO320，迫压件OO310和可形变件OO320彼此采用可拆卸方式进行装配。迫压件OO310和可形变件OO320彼此采用可拆卸方式进行装配于粉盒11上，在粉盒11上靠近显影辊30上侧的第一盒体壁OO230的端部位置处设有装配部OO260，迫压件OO310、可形变件OO320均可拆卸安装于装配部OO260。其中，装配部OO260的本体上分别设有装配腔OO261和承接部OO262，装配腔OO261和承接部OO262邻近设置。迫压单元40在安装状态下，部分迫压件OO310被容纳于装配腔OO261中，可形变件OO320被容纳于承接部OO262中，且可形变件OO320的一端套设在承接部OO262底面设有的凸出部OO2621上，凸出部OO2621的两个相对端壁OO263上呈对称方式开设有安装孔OO2631，两个安装孔OO2631的开孔方向为X轴方向。通过设置安装孔OO2631对迫压件OO310进行安装，且通过装配腔OO261和承接部OO262分别对迫压件OO310和可形变件OO320进行容纳，能够对迫压件OO310、可形变件OO320保护，避免迫 压件OO310、可形变件OO320脱落。
迫压件OO310包括迫压部OO313及与迫压部OO313连接的连接部(图中未示出)，连接部两侧表面上呈对称方式设有两个第一突出部OO311，两个第一突出部OO311沿X轴向远离迫压件OO310的本体方向延伸；迫压件OO310的后侧设第三突出部OO312；迫压件OO310本体朝向B方向延伸形成迫压部OO313。
本实施例中两个第一突出部OO311以及第三突出部OO312优选地被构造为圆柱形结构，即第一突出部OO311和第三突出部OO312的外表面呈圆形，且两个第一突出部OO311的外圆周面的直径尺寸与装配腔OO261的两个相对端壁OO263上呈对称方式开设有安装孔OO2631的直径尺寸相适配。当迫压件OO310、可形变件OO320、装配部OO260在装配的状态下，迫压件OO310设有两个第一突出部OO311的一端插入装配腔OO261内，两个第一突出部OO311分别卡入两个安装孔OO2631中，可形变件OO320的一端套设在承接部OO262底面设有的凸出部OO2621上，另一端与迫压件OO310上设有的第三突出部OO312抵接，可形变件OO320作用于迫压件OO310的外侧、承接部OO262内部之间。装配腔OO261可将迫压件OO310限制在其两个相对端壁OO263之间，承接部OO262上设有的凸出部OO2621，防止可形变件OO320和迫压件OO310在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响迫压单元40的工作效果。
如图183-图187所示，驱动单元1080设置在电子成像装置100中设有的安装滑轨GG50的末端的的内侧壁上，电子成像装置100的安装滑轨GG50的末端的内侧侧壁设有驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081沿驱动单元1080的外圆周设置，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081用于限制驱动单元1080的运动范围。驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有连接腔GG31，驱动单元1080位于该连接腔GG31中，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上还设有驱动单元顶推件1090，驱动单元顶推件1090的一端通过弹簧与电子成像装置100主体连接，另一端通过驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上设有的槽孔GG32插接在驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上，驱动单元顶推件1090沿驱动单元1080的径向方向往复运动，同时向驱动单元1080提供支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向保持倾斜状态。此时处理盒1未安装入电子成像装置100中，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置100中的驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向呈倾斜状态，驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与挡壁的中心轴线L2形成一夹角α。
需要说明的是，驱动单元1080优选为动力输出头，用于与处理盒1中设有的动力接收单元与显影辊30靠近啮合，并向其传递驱动力，驱动处理盒1工作。如图213-图221及图183-图187所示，处理盒1的安装过程中：
粉盒11上通过其本体上设有的第二把手OO270，将粉盒11通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的安装滑轨GG50沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部过程中，粉盒11未与电子成像装置100接触，故电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080因没有外力作用，且继续受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑仍相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向仍保持倾斜状态，用户继续沿处理盒1的安装方向对粉盒11施加推力，使粉盒11继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，迫压单元 40通过迫压件OO310上设有的迫压部OO313与驱动单元1080相接触，同时向粉盒11不断施加朝向处理盒1安装方向的作用力，即将并将驱动单元顶推件1090逐渐下压，此时，驱动单元1080由于受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑力逐渐减弱，故驱动单元1080会沿重力方向逐渐朝向靠近驱动单元1080轴线方向下落，当迫压件OO310的迫压部OO313抵接在驱动单元1080上时，能够使可形变件OO320发生形变。当处理盒1被推至指定安装位置后，迫压件OO310的迫压部OO313与驱动单元1080完全抵接，且向其施加的作用力最大，此时驱动单元顶推件1090完全被压下，驱动单元1080由于失去支撑沿重力方向下落，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
废粉盒12上设有的第一把手OO150，用户手持第一把手OO150将废粉盒12从打印机的通道口通过具有延长尺寸的引导单元OO620装入至粉盒11上对应位置过程中，废粉盒12通过其第一侧壁OO120和第二侧壁OO130上设有的第一安装部OO611和第二安装部OO612以滚动的方式沿粉盒11的第一盒体壁OO230的第二盒体壁OO240上的设有的第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622以处理盒1安装方向被安装入电子成像装置100中的指定位置，两个第二迫推作用部OO420也分别以滚动的方式沿第一安装滑道OO621和第二安装滑道OO622运动。此时，动力接收单元21进入到驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081中，由于驱动单元顶推件1090已被粉盒11上设有迫压单元40压下，即驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，因此动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080完成接触及啮合。
进一步地，如图213、图220及图221所示，废粉盒12与粉盒11完成装配过程中，废粉盒12上设有的两个迫推单元OO900与首先与粉盒11上设有的两个抵触部OO411初步接触，抵触部OO411逐渐通过迫推单元OO900向废粉盒12施加朝向靠近显影辊30方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒12朝向靠近显影辊30方向运动，此时迫推单元OO900中设有的弹性件OO920逐渐开始形变，迫推单元OO900中的移动部OO930在垂直于感光鼓轴线方向容纳腔OO912上设有的开口OO9121朝向远离粉盒11的第一表面部OO210的方向运动。当废粉盒12沿处理盒1安装方向继续被装入电子成像装置100的指定位置(即粉盒11上的指定安装位置)时，废粉盒12上设有的定位块OO124与电子成像装置100中设有的定位部(图中未示出)抵接，两个迫推单元OO900与两个抵触部OO411完全接触，抵触部OO411通过两个迫推单元OO900向废粉盒12施加向废粉盒12施加朝向F1方向的迫推作用力(如图218及图219所示)，两个第二迫推作用部OO420与设置在第一安装滑道OO621的上轨道和第二安装滑道OO622的上轨道上的两个凸缘结构OO510抵接，使第二迫推作用部OO420围绕其轴线，同时在安装单元OO610和引导单元OO620的支撑下，在废粉盒12上设有的两个凸缘结构OO510位置滚动，即使废粉盒12以该抵接位置为旋转支点，在迫推作用力的作用下，朝向靠近所述显影辊30方向的而转动，迫使感光鼓20沿F2方向(如图218及图219所示)与显影辊30接触。
当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完全啮合后，即驱动单元1080的旋转轴线L1与挡壁的中心轴线L2基本重合时，同时迫压件OO310的迫压部OO313的一端与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接从而使迫压件OO310不再与驱动单元1080相接触，使驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件OO310产生摩擦甚至干涉，既不会影响驱 动单元1080的旋转工作，又不会损伤迫压单元40。
进一步地，处理盒1处于工作状态时，电子成像装置100的门盖关闭，驱动单元1080因受到迫压单元40的外力作用处于摆正状态，进而实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合，处理盒100的动力接收单元21最终会以基本同轴状态接收驱动单元1080的驱动力，驱动单元1080上另一齿轮部与显影辊齿轮31啮合。此时，可形变件OO320的恢复弹性形变，迫使迫压件OO310的迫压部OO313移动至与驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081相抵接，进而使得迫压部OO313不再与驱动单元1080相接触，故驱动单元1080在旋转工作时不与迫压件OO310产生摩擦甚至干涉，可进行后续的正常打印工作。
本实施例中提供的，迫压件OO310优选被构造为以不妨碍处理盒1的安装、拆卸和工作的结构，迫压件OO310和固定部260可以选用塑料件或金属件等，本实施例中提供的，对迫压件OO310和固定部260的材质不做限制，只要不影响其安装以及迫压件OO310及可形变件OO320的形变和恢复即可。且对于上述迫压单元40所包含的各个部件，优选被构造为一体成型件。
但不限于此，可形变件OO320的形变除了采用其自身的弹力来产生，亦可以把迫压件OO310设置为可变形件来代替可形变件OO320来实现达成，该迫压件OO310可以是具有一定挠性力(可推动驱动单元1080摆正)的钢片等部件。
实施例四十三
作为本实施例的说明，以下仅对与上述处理盒1实施例四十二实施例的不同之处予以说明，具体如下：
如图222-223所示，本实施例中提供的，取消粉盒11的第一表面部PP210设有的抵触部OO411，并利用抵触位PP412替代抵触部OO411，同时增大迫推单元PP900尺寸，使粉盒11与废粉盒12完成安装后，迫推单元PP900中的移动部PP930与抵触位PP412抵接,即至少一个第一迫推作用部PP410优选构造为至少一个抵触位PP412；至少一个抵触位PP412被设置在粉盒11的第一表面部PP210上邻近第二后壁PP200的位置处，其中抵触位PP412的数量优选为两个。
如图183-图187、图220-223所示，当粉盒11被转入电子成像装置100后，电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080被粉盒11上设有的迫压单元40摆正。废粉盒12与粉盒11完成装配过程中，废粉盒12上设有的两个迫推单元PP900与首先与两个抵触位PP412初步接触，两个抵触位PP412逐渐通过迫推单元PP900向废粉盒12施加朝向F1方向的作用力，迫使废粉盒12朝向靠近显影辊30方向运动，此时迫推单元PP900中设有的弹性件PP920逐渐开始形变，迫推单元PP900中的移动部PP930在垂直于感光鼓轴线方向容纳腔PP912上设有的开口PP9121朝向远离粉盒11的第一表面部PP210的方向运动。当废粉盒12沿处理盒1安装方向继续被装入电子成像装置100的指定位置(即粉盒11上的指定安装位置)时，废粉盒12上设有的定位块PP124与电子成像装置100中设有的定位部(图中未示出)抵接，两个迫推单元PP900与两个抵触位PP412完全接触，同时两个抵触位PP412继续通过迫推单元PP900向废粉盒12施加朝向F1方向的迫推作用力(如图220及图221所示)，两个凸缘结构PP510与两个第 二迫推迫作用部PP420抵接，使第二迫推作用部PP420围绕其轴线，同时在安装单元PP610和引导单元PP620的支撑下，在废粉盒12上设有的两个凸缘结构PP510位置滚动，即使废粉盒12以该抵接位置为旋转支点，在迫推作用力的作用下，朝向靠近所述显影辊30方向的而转动，迫使感光鼓20沿F2方向(如图220及图221所示)与显影辊30接触。
本实施例中涉及的迫推单元PP900、迫压单元40以及处理盒1结构，以及通过迫压单元40迫使电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触啮合或者脱离的操作原理与实施例四十二相同，此处不再赘述。
需要说明的是，实施例四十二和实施例四十三提供的技术方案中，设置在废粉盒上的至少一个迫推单元，用于当废粉盒独立装入粉盒状态下，迫推单元对废粉盒作用，使废粉盒上的第二迫推作用部围绕其轴线，同时在废粉盒上设有的安装单元和粉盒上设有的引导单元的支撑下，在废粉盒上设有的配合部位置滚动，进而使感光鼓靠近显影辊方向移动，能够提高电子成像装置100的打印质量。该迫推单元结构设计方式具有机械结构简化以及避免部件损坏的优势。另外，实施例四十二和实施例四十三提供的技术方案中，由于废粉盒和粉盒采用可拆卸方式进行装配，可有效避免因动力接收单元与驱动单元接触啮合的过程中两者产生结构干涉现象；进而导致因安装不良造成的打印问题产生。
实施例四十四
如图224所示，本实施例提供的一种处理盒1，包括盒体10、感光鼓20、显影辊30、端盖或支架11和动力接收单元21，其中盒体10内容纳有显影剂，动力接收单元21设置在感光鼓20的一端。动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080传动连接，在本实施例中，动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合，以接收驱动单元1080的驱动力。
具体的，端盖或支架设置于盒体10的端部，支架可以是感光鼓框架。以下以支架为例，支架11包括第一固定柱111和通孔112，动力接收单元21通过通孔112固定在支架11上并暴露在通孔112的外部，以接收电子成像装置(图中未示出)的驱动单元(即驱动单元)1080的驱动力，另外第一固定柱111相对于感光鼓20的轴线方向设置在动力接收单元21的上方和/或前方。
为了将电子成像装置的驱动单元1080从初始位置的倾斜状态变换成能够与动力接收单元21啮合的水平状态，处理盒1上还包括有迫压件40，迫压件40与处理盒1配合使用。迫压件40可拆卸地安装在电子成像装置中，其能够单独应用于电子成像装置中，也可与不同结构的处理盒相配合地在电子成像装置中工作。具体地，迫压件10设置于盒体10并与动力接收单元21位于同一端，用于对所述驱动单元1080进行迫压，以使所述驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，并且在动力接收单元21与所述驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件40相对于所述感光鼓20的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
在一些实施方式中，迫压件40可拆卸安装于支架11的第一固定柱111上。
可选的，迫压件40为滚轮，滚轮的外表面设有一层橡胶涂层，以避免与驱动单 元1080接触时产生结构干涉导致驱动单元磨损的情况发生。
图225-图227所示，在本实施例中，处理盒1的动力接收单元21与电子成像装置100的驱动单元(即打印机传动头)1080接触啮合过程中，处理盒1沿Y1方向安装到电子成像装置100中时，安装于支架11上的迫压件40也随着处理盒1的移动逐渐向驱动单元1080靠近，当迫压件40与驱动单元1080接触形成结构干涉时，迫压件40对驱动单元1080施加一个迫压力F，驱动单元1080接收到压力后沿靠近动力接收单元21的方向运动，驱动单元1080与迫压件40接触后会带动迫压件40转动，由于迫压件40固定安装在支架11上，因此在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件40始终与感光鼓20的轴线方向保持平行，即迫压件40相对感光鼓20的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。随着处理盒1的安装到位，驱动单元1080由初始位置运动到与支撑件1085的轴线方向平行的位置，最终驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21成功啮合，实现驱动单元1080将驱动力传递到动力接收单元21上，进而带动感光鼓20旋转。
根据上述的技术方案，通过在处理盒1上设置有迫压件40，能够使得动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080接触啮合的过程更加顺畅，大大节省了动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080接触啮合的时间，提高了处理盒1的工作效率。
实施例四十五
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒1，未指出部分均与上述实施例中的处理盒1结构相同。本实施例与上述实施例不同的是：本实施例中的处理盒的迫压件为可伸缩部件。
如图228和图229所示，处理盒1的端部设有一迫压件40。迫压件40与处理盒1可拆卸连接。
具体地，处理盒1还包括第一弹性件RR60，迫压件40经第一弹性件RR60连接于盒体10的端部，使所述迫压件40能够相对于所述盒体10沿与所述感光鼓20的轴向平行或大致平行的方向移动，并对所述驱动单元1080进行迫压。
在具体实施方式中，迫压件40包括与感光鼓20同轴设置的杆体及自杆体一端弯折延伸形成的凸起部RR41。杆体上设置有该第一弹性件RR60，第一弹性件RR60可以是弹簧、扭簧、磁铁、弹性海绵等，也可以是其他具有弹性力的部件，在此不做限定。在本实施例中，第一弹性件RR60为弹簧，弹簧套设于杆体上。
杆体靠近动力接收单元21的一端还设置有该凸起RR41，凸起部RR41用于对驱动单元1080进行迫压，使得驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21同轴啮合或基本同轴啮合传递动力。
当第一弹性件RR60呈压缩状态时，迫压件40能够沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动，使得迫压件40远离驱动单元1080。当第一弹性件RR60呈舒张状态时，迫压件40能够沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动，使得迫压件40靠近驱动单元1080，并带动驱动单元1080下压。
处理盒1在安装进入电子成像装置100过程中或安装到位后，迫压件40可沿处理盒1的长度方向或感光鼓20轴向移动并对驱动单元1080进行迫压，直至与动力接收单元21同轴啮合或基本同轴啮合传递动力。
实施例四十六
本实施例提供的处理盒与实施例四十四、实施例四十五中的处理盒结构相同。本实施例与实施例四十四、实施例四十五中不同的是：
本实施例的处理盒1中用于下压驱动单元1080的迫压件40与处理盒1固定连接。
如图230至图231所示，处理盒还包括设置于盒体10的端部的移动定位件SS50，移动定位件SS50与动力接收单元21位于盒体10的同一端。
具体地，处理盒的端盖SS11上设有滑槽SS15，滑槽SS15可以是矩形滑槽或圆形滑槽，或者其他规则或不规则结构的滑槽，在此不做限定。移动定位件SS50安装于滑槽SS15内，并且，移动定位件SS50可沿滑槽SS15相对于处理盒1的端盖SS11移动。
如图231所示，在将处理盒1通过电子成像装置100内部侧面的安装导轨GG50沿着安装方向安装入电子成像装置100内部时，移动定位件SS50被电子成像装置100内部侧面的安装导轨GG50承托并顺着安装导轨GG50向前移动。由于移动定位件SS50可相对于处理盒1端盖SS11移动，因此处理盒1在安装过程中，处理盒1的盒体10可相对于电子成像装置100的安装导轨GG50实现一定的移动，那么位于盒体10端部的迫压件40也能随着盒体10的整体移动相对于电子成像装置100内部的驱动单元1080或电子成像装置100的安装导轨GG50实现一定的移动量(至少可以实现上下移动)，通过该移动量，迫压件40即可相对于驱动单元1080实现一定的向上位移。处理盒1安装到位后又可向下移动并带动驱动单元1080向下移动直至与动力接收单元21基本同轴啮合传递动力。
在本实施例中，由于该移动定位件SS50的设置，使迫压件40在处理盒1安装进入电子成像装置过程中，移动定位件SS50能够沿滑槽SS15相对于端盖SS11移动，并带动设置于所述盒体10端部的所述迫压件40相对于所述处理盒移动，即迫压件40可以获得一定的移动量，使安装于处理盒上的迫压件更容易下压驱动单元1080，避免相互干涉。
另外，上述的实施例四十四、实施例四十五及实施例四十六也可以相互组合使用，如将实施例四十五的移动定位件SS50适用至实施例四十四、实施例四十五的处理盒1中，增加功能，使其更容易实现动力接收单元21和驱动单元1080之间的啮合，上述实施例的技术方案彼此之间并不相互排斥。
实施例四十七
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未说明部分均与上述实施例内容相同，在此不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例不同的是：
本实施例提供的处理盒1，如图232和图233所示，处理盒还包括伸缩机构UU70，动力接收单元21经伸缩机构UU70连接于所述感光鼓的一端。
具体地，该伸缩机构UU70位于感光鼓20的端部，用于控制动力接收单元21在感光鼓20的轴向方向上的移动。可选的，该伸缩机构UU70为弹性件，弹性件可以是弹簧、磁铁、弹性海绵等，也可以是其他具有弹性力的部件，在此不做限定。
在本实施例中，弹性件为弹簧，感光鼓20的端部设有凹槽20a，弹簧收容于感光鼓20的端部凹槽20a内。
进一步的，处理盒1还包括迫压件40，迫压件40套设于动力接收单元21远离伸缩机构UU70的外侧，迫压件40可以与感光鼓20同轴旋转，使动力接收单元21和迫压件40能够沿感光鼓20的轴向移动。在本实施例中，迫压件40为可旋转的套筒，套筒可以是中空圆柱形，动力接收单元21收容于套筒内，且能够沿套筒移动。
具体地，伸缩机构UU70(弹性件)的一端与凹槽20a的底部抵接，伸缩机构UU70(弹性件)的另一端与动力接收单元21相抵接。
当处理盒1没有安装到电子成像装置100中时，如图232所示，动力接收单元21能够利用动力接收单元21与迫压件40之间的摩擦力来抵抗伸缩机构UU70的弹力，并退避收容于迫压件40内。
当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置100中后，此时驱动单元1080被电子成像装置中的驱动头顶推件(图未示)所支撑并处于倾斜状态。即驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线不平行，由于迫压件40套设于动力接收单元21的外部，迫压件40与驱动单元1080形成结构干涉，这时驱动单元1080开始转动并带动迫压件40旋转。
如图233所示，在动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合的过程中，迫压件40旋转产生的离心力使得驱动单元1080从原先的倾斜状态逐渐移动到驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线相重合的位置，此时驱动单元1080与感光鼓20同轴，迫压件40离心转动后，动力接收单元21与迫压件40之间的摩擦力减小，利用伸缩机构UU70的弹性力带动动力接收单元21沿着感光鼓20的轴向朝向靠近驱动单元1080方向移动，通过动力接收单元21的这种移动，动力接收单元21从迫压件40中伸出，直至与驱动单元1080啮合，实现驱动单元1080与感光鼓20之间的动力传递。
驱动单元1080通过伸缩机构UU70的弹性力沿着感光鼓20的轴向朝向打印机传动头1080移动，通过感光鼓动力接收头21的这种移动，感光鼓动力接收头21朝向打印机传动头1080从迫压件T40中伸出，从而成功与打印机传动头1080啮合，实现打印机传动头1080与感光鼓20之间的动力传递。
实施例四十八
如图234所示，处理盒1包括盒体10；盒体10上设有动力接收装置，用于接收电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元1080提供的驱动力，驱动处理盒1工作，动力接收装置包括动力接收单元21和显影辊齿轮31，动力接收单元21与感光鼓20连接，显影辊齿轮31与显影辊30连接。
如图235a至图235c所示，电子成像装置包括驱动单元1080及驱动单元保护罩1081。驱动单元保护罩1081罩设于驱动单元1080外，用于限制驱动单元1080的运动范围。在安装迫压件之前，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置中的驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于倾斜状态。
具体地，驱动单元保护罩1081上设有连接腔GG33，驱动单元1080设置在连接腔GG33中，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上还设有驱动单元顶推件1090，驱动单元顶推件1090的一端通过弹簧与电子成像装置的主体连接，另一端通过驱动单元保护罩 (挡壁)1081上设有的槽孔GG32插接在驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081上。驱动单元顶推件1090沿驱动单元1080的径向方向往复运动，同时向驱动单元1080提供支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向保持倾斜状态。
需要说明的是，驱动单元1080优选为动力输出头，用于向处理盒1提供驱动力，驱动处理盒1工作。另外，驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的外圆周侧上设有啮合腔(图中未示出)，用于为动力接收单元21与其他传动部件进行啮合连接提供空间。本实施例提供的实施例中啮合腔的数量有限为三个，啮合腔的数量还可被配置为多个，用于适配不同的处理盒1及打印机，以及满足不同该用户的使用需求。
请继续参阅图234，处理盒1还包括施力单元WW300，施力单元WW300设置于盒体10上并与动力接收单元21位于同一端，施力单元WW300用于使动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080啮合或分离。
如图236所示，处理盒1的端盖WW11上开设有安装孔WW111，施力单元WW300通过安装孔WW111与处理盒1可拆卸连接。
如图237a至图237b所示，施力单元WW300包括支撑件WW310、传动件WW320以及施力件WW330，支撑件WW310可以通过传动件WW320给施力件WW330施加作用力，以使得施力件WW330向驱动单元顶推件1090施加的作用力，使驱动单元顶推件1090沿驱动单元1080的径向方向向远离其轴心方向运动，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整至摆正状态，即从相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向倾斜状态移动到大致同轴状态，使驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21啮合或分离。在本实施例中，驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触时，两者相啮合。
支撑件WW310包括靠近端盖WW11的内壁WW313及远离端盖的外壁，支撑件WW310的外壁用于抵接电子成像装置的限位部WW20。具体地，支撑件可以是支撑板或支撑块等，在此不做限定。在处理盒安装过程中，支撑件310的外壁与电子成像装置内的限位部WW20抵接，用于接收限位部WW20的支撑力。
为了实现支撑件WW310与端盖WW11的可拆卸连接，支撑件WW310的内壁WW313上设有卡接部WW314，卡接部WW314卡接在端盖WW11的安装孔WW111内。
沿处理盒1的长度方向，支撑件WW310还包括靠近动力接收单元21的内侧及远离动力接收单元21的外侧WW311。支撑件WW310的外侧WW311上固定设有支撑轨WW340，支撑轨WW340的上开设有导向滑槽WW341，施力件WW330的上部设有与导向滑槽WW341相配合的限位滑轨WW322，施力件WW330的导向滑槽WW341与支撑轨WW340的限位滑轨WW322滑动连接，从而实现施力件WW330与支撑件WW310滑动连接。
施力件WW330上还设有限位挡板(图中未示出)，用于将施力件WW330限定在支撑轨WW340与传动件WW320之间，防止施力件WW340在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响施力件WW340的工作效果。
如图237a以及图237b所示，支撑件WW310的外侧WW311上还设有连接臂WW3211，连接臂WW3211远离支撑件WW310的一端连接有固定轴WW3212，传动件WW320安装于固定轴WW3212上。具体地，传动件WW320包括第一啮合件WW321， 第一啮合件WW321安装于支撑件WW310的固定轴3212上，第一啮合件WW321通过固定轴WW3212以及连接臂WW3211与支撑件WW310的外侧WW311固定连接。
传动件WW320还包括与第一啮合件WW321啮合连接的第二啮合件WW322，第二啮合件WW322通过第一连接件WW3221与连接臂WW3211连接，且第一连接件WW3221远离支撑件WW310的内壁WW313的一侧与端盖WW11的第二侧壁WW112抵接。
施力单元WW300还包括第二弹性件WW350。为了方便第二弹性件WW350的安装，支撑件WW310的内壁WW313设有的凸起WW312。第二弹性件WW350的一端套设于凸起WW312上，另一端固定在第二啮合件WW332的第一连接件WW3221上。
施力件WW330靠近传动件WW320的一侧设有啮合部WW331，第一啮合件WW321设置在施力件WW330与第二啮合件WW322之间，且第一啮合件WW321的两侧分别与施力件WW330的啮合部WW331及第二啮合件WW322啮合连接。
需要说明的是，第二弹性件WW350优选为弹簧，第二弹性件WW350起到缓冲力的作用，第一啮合件WW321优选为齿轮，第二啮合件WW322优选为齿条，第一啮合件和第二啮合件还可被构造为其他传动机构，用于适配不同的施力单元WW300以及处理盒1。
进一步地，将施力单元WW300安装在端盖WW110上后，第二啮合件WW322的第一侧边WW3222与端盖WW11的第一侧壁WW112的端部抵接，第二啮合件WW322的第二侧边WW3223与支撑件WW310的内壁WW313不接触，且间隔一定距离。同时施力件WW330位于邻近端盖WW11的台阶部WW113的位置处。
如图235a及图238-图241所示，当用户将处理盒1通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的轨道GG50沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部的过程中，支撑件WW310首先与电子成像装置100中设有的限位部WW20进行预接触，动力接收单元21插入到驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081设有连接腔GG33中，施力件WW330通过所述驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081下方设有的开口GG31(如图235c所示)插入至驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081中，此时动力接收单元21未与驱动单元1080接触，支撑件WW310也未与驱动单元顶推件1090接触，驱动单元1080由于受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑，仍相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向仍保持倾斜状态。
用户继续沿处理盒1安装方向对处理盒1施加推力，使处理盒1继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，限位部WW20向支撑件WW310施加沿处理盒1安装反方向的支撑力，端盖WW11的第二侧壁WW112由于与第一连接件WW3221抵接，故向第一连接件WW3221施加朝向处理盒1安装方向的推力，第二弹性件WW350由于受到挤压而发生形变，同时第一连接件WW3221带动第二啮合件WW322朝向处理盒1安装方向运动，第二啮合件WW322带动第一啮合件WW321朝向处理盒1安装反方向运动，同时驱动施力件WW330沿驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的内壁朝向处理盒1安装相反方向运动至与驱动单元顶推件1090预接触。
当第一啮合件WW321驱动施力件WW330继续沿驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的内壁朝向处理盒1安装反方向运动至啮合部WW331与台阶部WW113抵接时，啮合 部WW331因受到台阶部WW113施加的朝向远离端盖WW110方向的挤压力，而迫使施力件WW330靠近驱动单元顶推件1090移动，施力件WW330逐渐向驱动单元顶推件1090施加向下的压力，并将驱动单元顶推件1090下压，此时驱动单元1080由于失去支撑沿重力方向下落，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整至摆正状态，即从相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向倾斜状态移动到大致同轴状态，与动力接收单元21接触及啮合。
进一步地，为确保动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080能够精准啮合，如图241所示，处理盒还包括锁定件WW600，锁定件WW600设置于靠近盒体10靠近所述感光鼓20的位置，锁定件WW600上设有弯曲部WW610，当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完成连接后，锁定件WW600驱动装置(图中未示出)驱动锁定件WW600朝向驱动单元1080方向水平移动，弯曲部WW610至与驱动单元1080抵接，实现对驱动单元1080的锁定，驱动单元1080由倾斜状态调整至摆正状态，即从相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向倾斜状态移动到大致同轴状态。动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080完成啮合旋转后，同时向感光鼓20以及显影辊30齿轮施加旋转力。
如图241-图243所示，当用户需要将处理盒1从电子成像装置100中移除时，锁定件驱动装置(图未示)驱动锁定件WW600朝向远离驱动单元1080方向水平移动，此时弯曲部WW610与驱动单元1080脱离抵接，用户通过处理盒1上设有的把手WW700，沿处理盒1安装的反方向通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的轨道拉出处理盒1，此时，支撑件WW310逐渐与限位部WW20脱离接触，限位部WW20向支撑件WW310施加的挤压力逐渐减小，此时，第二弹性件WW350需要回复弹性形变，通过第一连接件WW3221带动第二啮合件WW322朝向处理盒1安装的反方向运动，迫使第一啮合件WW321朝向处理盒1安装反向运动，驱动施力件WW330沿驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的内壁朝向处理盒1安装方向运动，进而脱离于驱动单元顶推件1090的接触，故施力件WW330向驱动单元顶推件1090施加的作用力也逐渐减小，驱动单元顶推件1090在弹簧的回弹力作用下朝向驱动单元1080的径向反向运动至与驱动单元1080接触，并向驱动单元1080施加沿径向方向的支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向倾斜，实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21的脱离啮合，同时与显影辊齿轮也脱离接触，用户手持把手WW700将处理盒1从电子成像装置100中移除即可。
实施例四十九
本实施例提供的一种处理盒，未说明部分均与上述实施例的内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例四十八中不同如下：
如图244所示，处理盒1还包括施力单元XX300，施力单元XX300设置于盒体10上并与动力接收单元21位于同一端，施力单元XX300可以替换实施例5(五十)中的施力单元WW300。
如图245a及图245c所示，施力单元XX300包括支撑件XX310、传动件XX320以及施力件XX330，支撑件XX310可以通过传动件XX320给施力件XX330施加作用力，以使得施力件XX330向驱动单元顶推件1090施加的作用力，使驱动单元1080与 动力接收单元21啮合或分离。在本实施例中，驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21接触时，两者相啮合。
支撑件XX310的内壁XX312上设有卡接部XX315，卡接部XX315的端部设有弯曲部3151，弯曲部XX3151卡接在安装孔WW111中，实现支撑件XX310与端盖WW11的可拆卸连接。
沿处理盒1的长度方向，支撑件XX310还包括靠近动力接收单元21的内侧及远离动力接收单元21的外侧XX311。支撑件XX310的外侧XX311上固定设有支撑轨XX340，支撑轨XX340的上开设有导向滑槽XX341，施力件XX330的上部突出设有导向件XX331,导向件XX331上设有限位滑轨XX3311，支撑轨XX340通过导向滑槽XX341及限位滑轨XX3311与施力件XX330滑动连接。
限位滑轨XX3311上还设有限位挡板(图中未示出)，用于将施力件XX330限定在支撑轨XX340的导向滑槽XX341长度范围内(即运动范围内)，防止施力件XX330在反复运动过程中发生掉落、位置偏移等影响施力件XX330的工作效果。
如图245a及图245c所示，传动件XX320包括抵接件XX321、第一连接件XX322以及第二连接件XX323，第一连接件XX322的两端分别与抵接件XX321、第二连接件XX323连接，抵接件XX321、第一连接件XX322以及第二连接件XX323可被构造成为一体成型结构，或者，抵接件XX321、第一连接件XX322以及第二连接件XX323也可被构造为彼此之间为可拆卸结构。
支撑件XX310的内壁XX312上设有至少一个连接臂XX313，连接臂XX313的数量优选为两个，两个连接臂XX313采用相对于第一连接件XX322上下对称的方式设在内壁XX312上，上下对称的两个连接臂XX313通过第二活动件XX360与第一连接件XX322可拆卸的活动连接。
第一连接件XX322的一端与抵接件XX321连接，另一端与第二连接件XX323连接，第二连接件XX323的一端优选为以垂直于第一连接件XX322端面的方式与第一连接件XX322连接，第二连接件XX323的另一端通过第一活动件XX350与施力件XX330可拆卸的活动连接。
如图245a及图245c所示，施力单元XX300还包括第二弹性件XX370。为了方便弹性件WW370的安装，支撑件XX310的内壁XX312上还设有凸起XX314。第二弹性件XX370的一端套设在该凸起XX314上，第二弹性件XX370的另一端固定在第一连接件XX322上靠近抵接件XX321的位置处。
请一并参阅图246所示，当施力单元XX300被安装在处理盒1的端盖WW11上后，施力单元XX300与端盖WW11的第二侧壁WW112相对设置，抵接件XX321的抵接部XX3211与端盖WW11的第二侧壁WW112抵接，第一连接件XX322中与第二侧壁WW112相对的第一侧边XX3221沿显影辊30轴线方向与第二侧壁WW112互相平行且相隔一定距离，第一连接件XX322中与内壁XX312相对的第二侧边XX3222沿显影辊30轴线方向与内壁XX312互相平行且相隔一定距离。若对抵接件XX321的抵接部XX3211施加朝向垂直于显影辊30轴线方向的挤压力时，第二弹性件XX370发生形变，第一连接件XX322可相对于第二活动件XX360在上下对称设置的两个连接臂XX313之间转动，第二连接件XX323由于第一连接件XX322的转动，而受到扭 转力并朝向靠近端盖WW11第二侧壁WW112方向运动，同时推动施力件XX330朝向靠近电子成像装置100中设有的驱动单元顶推件1090方向运动。
需要说明的是，第二弹性件XX370优选为弹簧，第二弹性件XX370起到缓冲力的作用，第一活动件XX350和第二活动件XX360优选为活动销钉，第一活动件XX350和第二活动件XX360还可被构造为其他活动连接机构，传动件XX320也可被构造为其他结构，用于适配不同的调控单元以及处理盒1。
如图245a至图245c以及图247所示，当用户通过处理盒1上设有的把手WW700，将处理盒1通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的轨道GG50沿处理盒1安装方向将其安装在电子成像装置100内部的过程中，支撑件XX310首先与电子成像装置100中设有的限位部WW20(如图238所示)进行预接触，驱动头210插入到驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081设有连接腔GG33中，施力件XX330通过所述驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081下方设有的开口GG31插入至驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081中，此时动力接收单元21未与驱动单元1080接触，支撑件XX310也未与驱动单元顶推件1090接触，驱动单元1080由于受到驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑，仍相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向仍保持倾斜。
用户继续沿处理盒1安装方向对处理盒1施加推力，使处理盒1继续向电子成像装置100的指定安装位置运动的过程中，限位部WW20向支撑件XX310施加沿处理盒1安装反方向的支撑力，端盖WW11的第二侧壁WW112由于与抵接件XX321的抵接部XX3211接触，故向抵接部XX3211施加朝向处理盒1安装方向的推力，第二弹性件XX370由于受到挤压而发生形变，同时第一连接件XX322在抵接件XX321的带动下相对于第二活动件XX360在上下对称设置的两个连接臂XX313之间朝向靠近第二侧壁WW112方向发生扭转，并进一步带动第二连接件XX323沿处理盒1安装反方向朝向靠近第二侧壁WW112方向运动，同时驱动施力件XX330沿驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的内壁朝向处理盒1安装反方向运动至与驱动单元顶推件1090预接触。
当处理盒1被安装在电子成像装置100中的预定安装位置时，限位部WW20向支撑件XX310施加的沿处理盒1安装反方向的挤压力达到最大，第二弹性件XX370的形变量达到最大，第一连接件XX322相对于第二活动件XX360在上下对称设置的两个连接臂XX313之间朝向靠近第二侧壁WW112方向发生扭转的幅度达到最大，同时由于当第二连接件XX323因第一连接件XX322的扭转继续沿处理盒1安装反方向朝向靠近第二侧壁WW112方向运动至第二连接件XX323的端部与第二侧壁WW112接触的过程中，施力件XX330因继续受到第二连接件XX323施加的朝向处理盒1安装反方向的推动力，而迫使施力件XX330靠近驱动单元顶推件1090移动，并逐渐向驱动单元顶推件1090施加向下的压力，以将驱动单元顶推件1090下压，此时驱动单元1080由于失去支撑沿重力方向下落，与动力接收单元21接触及啮合，因动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080完成啮合后同时向感光鼓20和显影辊施加旋转力。
进一步地，为确保动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080能够精准啮合，如图248所示，处理盒还包括锁定件XX600，锁定件XX600设置于靠近盒体10靠近所述感光鼓20的位置，锁定件XX600上设有弯曲部XX610，当驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21完成连接后，锁定件XX600驱动装置(图中未示出)驱动锁定件XX600朝向驱动单元 1080方向水平移动，弯曲部XX610至与驱动单元1080抵接，实现对驱动单元1080的锁定。
如图250-图251所示，当需要将处理盒1从电子成像装置100中移除时，锁定件驱动装置(图中未示出)驱动锁定件XX600朝向远离驱动单元1080方向水平移动，此时弯曲部XX610与驱动单元1080脱离抵接，驱动单元1080解除锁定。
用户可以通过处理盒1上设有的把手XX700，沿处理盒1安装的反方向通过电子成像装置100内侧壁上设有的轨道GG50拉出处理盒1的过程中，支撑件XX310逐渐与限位部WW20脱离接触，限位部WW20向支撑件XX310施加的沿处理盒1安装反方向的挤压力逐渐减小，由于弹性件XX350需要恢复弹性形变，则会向第一连接件XX322施加弹力，迫使第一连接件XX322相对于第二活动件XX360在上下对称设置的两个连接臂XX313之间朝向靠近内壁XX312方向发生扭转，并带动第二连接件XX323沿处理盒1安装反方向朝向远离第二侧壁WW112而靠近内壁XX312的方向运动，使第二连接件XX323与第二侧壁WW112逐渐脱离接触，同时驱动施力件XX330沿驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的内壁朝向处理盒1安装方向运动，进而逐渐脱离与驱动单元顶推件1090的接触，故施力件XX330向驱动单元顶推件1090施加的作用力也逐渐减小，驱动单元顶推件1090在弹簧的回弹力作用下朝向驱动单元1080的径向反向运动至与驱动单元1080接触，并向驱动单元1080施加沿径向方向的支撑力，迫使驱动单元1080相对于驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的轴线方向倾斜，实现驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21的脱离啮合，同时和显影辊30齿轮也脱离接触。
当支撑件XX310与限位部WW20完全脱离接触后，第二弹性件XX370完全恢复形变，并迫使第一连接件XX322中与第二侧壁WW112相对的第一侧边XX3221沿显影辊30的轴线方向与第二侧壁WW112彼此平行且相隔一定距离，第一连接件XX322中与端盖WW11的内壁相对的第二侧边沿显影辊30的轴线方向与内壁彼此平行且间隔一定距离。用户手持把手WW700将处理盒1从电子成像装置100中完全移除。
实施例五十和实施例五十一提供的技术方案能够使打印机中设有的打印机传动头与处理盒上设有的感光鼓动力接收头精准及快速啮合并传递动力，有效提高处理盒的工作效率。
实施例五十
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未说明部分均与上述实施例内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例不同之处在于：
如图161a和图252所示，处理盒1的动力接收单元21与电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080接触啮合过程，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置100中的驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于倾斜状态。
如图252所示，本申请提供的处理盒1中，感光鼓20的端部设有凹槽20a，动力接收单元21设置于感光鼓20的端部凹槽20a内。
处理盒1的端部设有迫压件40，迫压件40被构造成通过控制机构沿感光鼓20的轴向移动。本实施例中的迫压件40可以作为施力单元，迫压件40(施力单元)可以是弯折的拨片，例如可以是金属拨片、塑料拨片等，在此不做限定。
在本实施例中，迫压件40为Z字型的拨片，迫压件40具有第一抵接端40a，第一抵接端40a用于抵接驱动单元顶推件1090。
处理盒1还包括一控制机构(图中未示出)，该控制机构一端固定在处理盒1上，另一端与迫压件40远离第一抵接端40a的一端连接。
如图252至图253所示，当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置100中后，随着电子成像装置100的门盖的关闭，控制机构触碰到电子成像装置100中相应部件而沿着感光鼓20的轴向方向移动，从而带动与控制机构连接的迫压件40也沿感光鼓20的轴向方向朝着驱动单元1080移动，此时，迫压件40的第一抵接端40a运动到驱动单元1080和驱动单元顶推件1090之间，同时给予驱动单元顶推件1090一个作用力，使其克服弹簧1060的弹性力朝着弹簧1060的方向向下运动，这时驱动单元1080不再被驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑，在驱动单元1080受到重力的作用从倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，即驱动单元1080的轴线与感光鼓20的轴线同轴设置，从而使得驱动单元1080与动力接收单元21顺利啮合。
实施例五十一
本实施例中提供另一种处理盒，未说明部分均与上述实施例内容相同，为简便而言不再赘述。本实施例与上述实施例不同之处在于：
如图254及图255所示，处理盒1的动力接收单元21与电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080接触啮合过程，驱动单元1080被电子成像装置100中的驱动单元顶推件1090所支撑并处于倾斜状态。其中，驱动单元顶推件1090的一端与驱动单元1080抵接，另一端与弹簧1060抵接。
沿驱动单元1080的外圆周还设有一个驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081，用于限制驱动单元1080的运动范围。感光鼓20的端部设有凹槽20a，动力接收单元21设置于感光鼓20的端部凹槽20a内。
处理盒还包括迫压件40及控制机构(图未示)，迫压件40设置于处理盒1的端部，迫压件40被构造成通过控制机构沿感光鼓20的轴向移动。具体地，本实施例中的迫压件40可以作为施力单元，迫压件40(施力单元)可以是弯折的拨片，例如可以是金属拨片、塑料拨片等，在此不做限定。
进一步的，如图257所示，控制机构包括第一控制件VV51和第二控制件VV52，迫压件40与第一控制件VV51和第二控制件VV52连接。
如图255及图256所示，当处理盒1安装到电子成像装置100中后，第一控制件VV51接触到电子成像装置100内的底板后会受到一个向上的作用力F1，从而使其沿着与处理盒1长度方向垂直的方向移动并接近感光鼓20，进而带动迫压件40沿着处理盒1的长度方向移动并接近驱动单元1080，这时迫压件40穿过驱动单元保护罩(挡壁)1081的开口1071与驱动单元顶推件1090抵接或重合，此时迫压件40处于第二位置(详见图238所示)。
如图257及图260所示，当迫压件40沿感光鼓的轴向从初始位置移动到与驱动单元顶推件1090抵接或重合的第二位置时，随着电子成像装置100的门盖VV13的关闭，与门盖VV13联动连接的第二控制件VV52带动迫压件40相对于驱动单元顶推件1090 的轴线进行旋转摆动，此时迫压件40的一端沿与处理盒1长度方向基本垂直的方向向前移动(处理盒1的安装方向)并施加推力于驱动单元顶推件1090，使其克服弹簧1060的弹性力朝着弹簧1060的方向向下运动(下压驱动单元顶推件1090)，此时迫压件40处于第三位置，驱动单元1080失去驱动单元顶推件1090的支撑后在转动时即可从倾斜状态移动到其轴线与感光鼓20的轴线基本平行或同轴的位置，从而动力接收单元21与驱动单元1080顺利啮合。
实施例五十二
如图261至图262所示，本申请提供一种电子成像装置100，电子成像装置100包括处理盒1、可容纳处理盒1的主组件YY101和驱动单元1080。
电子成像装置可以是打印机、复印机、扫描复印一体机等，在此不做限定。以下以打印机为例进行方案的说明。
如图262及图263所示，主组件YY101设有用于安装处理盒1的安装腔，主组件YY101在处理盒1的长度方向Y设置有左侧壁(图中未示出)和右侧壁YY102，左侧壁和右侧壁YY102均设置有用于引导处理盒1安装的导轨。以右侧壁YY102为例，右侧壁YY102上设置有第一导轨YY105、第二导轨YY107和第三导轨YY108，第一导轨YY105、第二导轨YY107和第三导轨YY108从上至下依次排布。
在处理盒1的安装方向X上，驱动单元1080设置在第一导轨YY105、第二导轨YY107和第三导轨YY108的下侧，以在处理盒1安装到位的状态下向处理盒1传递驱动力。
在本实施例中，驱动单元1080可以是打印机传动头，驱动单元1080的外侧还设有驱动单元保护罩1081，驱动单元保护罩1081罩设于驱动单元(打印机传动头)的外侧，以避免驱动单元1080受到不必要的碰撞。
进一步地，为了防止与电子成像装置不兼容的处理盒1误装进电子成像装置内，电子成像装置还包括识别机构，识别机构用于识别不兼容的处理盒1。
请继续参阅图264，识别机构包括第一可动部件YY103和第二可动部件YY104，第一可动部件YY103设置于主组件YY101的侧壁上，第一可动部件YY103具有限制所述处理盒1安装的第一位置与允许所述处理盒1安装的第二位置，且第一可动部件YY103能够在第一位置与第二位置之间移动。
具体地，第一可动部件YY103被设置在主组件YY101的右侧壁YY102上。如图264所示，第一可动部件YY103包括转轴L1及与转轴L1连接的阻挡部YY1030，转轴L1的转动方向可与处理盒1的安装方向X平行，阻挡部YY1030可限制处理盒1安装进入电子成像装置100的安装腔内。在一些实施例中，阻挡部YY1030可以自转轴L1的侧壁凸出形成，且阻挡部YY1030相对于右侧壁YY102凸出设置，阻挡部YY1030随转轴L1转动发生转动。可选择的，第一可动部件YY103的运动方式不限于转动的方式，也可以是沿着处理盒1的长度方向直线移动，或者是以旋转的方式移动。
第一可动部件YY103在第一位置时突出右侧壁YY102以能够与安装于主组件YY101的处理盒1发生干涉并限制处理盒安装，在此位置，处理盒会受到第一可动部 件YY103的阻挡部YY1030的阻挡而无法安装到位，无法从电子成像装置接收驱动力。第一可动部件YY103在第二位置时相对于第一位置缩回，即，第一可动部件YY103的转轴L1发生偏转得阻挡部YY1030更靠近右侧壁YY102，在该位置处理盒1能够安装到位，可从电子成像装置接收驱动力并进行正常的打印作业。此处所指的安装到位是指处理盒安装后能够正常接收驱动力进行打印作业。
参考图264，在处理盒1的安装方向X上，阻挡部YY1030包括位于第一可动部件YY103前侧的第一面YY1031、位于第一可动部件YY103后侧的第二面YY1032以及与第一面YY1031和第二面YY1032相交的第三面YY1033，第一面YY1031和第二面YY1032构造成与转轴L1垂直的面，第三面YY1033构造成与第一面YY1031和第二面YY1032相交的斜面。优选的，第三面YY1033倾斜朝向上方侧且面向远离右侧壁YY102的另一侧。
可选的，第三面YY1033还可以是曲面或与第一面YY1031和第二面YY1032垂直的直面。在第一可动部件YY103处于第一位置时，第一面YY1031、第二面YY1032以及第三面YY1033均远离右侧壁YY102，即暴露于外侧，从而能够阻挡非兼容的处理盒的安装。
在第一可动部件YY103的一侧还设置有偏压部件，偏压部件用于保持第一可动部件YY103所处的位置。示例性地，偏压部件可以是扭簧，扭簧的自由端抵压在第一可动部件YY103的阻挡部YY1030的后侧，例如抵接在第二面YY1032上，以使第一可动部件YY103在不受外力时保持在第一位置。
需要说明的是，在本实施例中，沿着处理盒1的安装方向X，前侧是指处理盒安装进入电子成像装置的处理盒安装腔时，先进入安装腔的一侧，后侧是指处理盒后进入安装腔的一侧。相对于电子成像装置而言，与处理盒1先接触的一侧为前侧，与处理盒1后接触的一侧为后侧。
接下来结合图265至图269介绍处理盒1的具体结构。
图265为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的结构示意图，如图265所示，处理盒1包括粉盒11、废粉盒12、感光鼓20、位于废粉盒12一侧的动力接收单元21、设置在废粉盒12另一侧的导电单元YY22以及显影辊(图未示出)。
在处理盒1的安装方向X上，感光鼓20可旋转地安装在废粉盒12上并位于处理盒1的前侧。动力接收单元21设置在感光鼓20的一端。动力接收单元21用于接收电子成像装置(图中未示出)的驱动单元(即打印机传动头)1080的驱动力。
粉盒11与废粉盒12连接，在处理盒1的安装方向X上，显影辊可旋转地设置在粉盒11上并位于处理盒1的前侧，显影辊面对感光鼓20，以向感光鼓20传递显影剂。
处理盒1还包括在其长度方向相对设置的第一端盖YY11和第二端盖YY12，第一端盖YY11位于处理盒1的驱动端(即处理盒1具有动力接收单元21的一端)，第二端盖YY12位于处理盒1的导电端(即处理盒1具有导电单元YY22的一端)。在具体实施方式中，第一端盖YY11和第二端盖YY12可以与废粉盒12一体设置或一体成型，也可分体设置。
在处理盒1的长度方向上，位于处理盒1端部的第一端盖YY11设有凹入部分YY15及突出部分YY14。动力接收单元21位于凹入部分YY15内，凹入部分YY15 的设置可以避免动力接收单元21与驱动单元保护罩1081干涉。动力接收单元21能够在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的主组件YY101内时与驱动单元1080啮合并接收驱动力，动力接收单元21通过接收驱动力以驱动感光鼓20旋转。
第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14相对凹入部分YY15突出设置。在本实施例中，第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14设置有多个被引导部YY16，被引导部YY16能够嵌入主组件YY101的侧壁上的导轨中，使得处理盒1能够沿导轨移动。
如图265-图267所示，处理盒1还包括施力部件YY5，所述施力部件YY5设置于所述处理盒1沿感光鼓轴线方向L2的端部且位于靠近所述动力接收单元21的一侧；施力部件YY5能够向所述第一可动部件施加作用力，以使所述第一可动部件YY103从所述第一位置移动到所述第二位置。
沿所述感光鼓的轴向进行投影，所述施力部件YY5可位于所述感光鼓20的圆周外侧。
施力部件YY5自凹入部分YY15沿感光鼓20的轴向L2倾斜延伸至突出部分YY14的端面。在一些实施例中，施力部件YY5设置在第一端盖YY11或支撑感光鼓20的框架上，以施力部件YY5设置于第一端盖YY11上为例，施力部件YY5与第一端盖YY11固定连接。施力部件YY5设置在是突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一侧。并且，施力部件YY5设置于感光鼓20的上方。
图266为本申请实施例提供的处理盒的第一端盖的结构示意图，如图266所示，施力部件YY5包括第一施力部YY51和第二施力部YY52。在处理盒1的安装方向X上，至少部分的第一施力部YY51位于第二施力部YY52的前侧，以能够在安装的过程中第一施力部YY51相比于第二施力部YY52与第一可动部件YY103先接触。
如图267所示，第一施力部YY51设置于第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一端，第一施力部YY51包括第一迫压面YY511，所述第一迫压面YY511自凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁沿感光鼓20的轴向L2向靠近突出部分YY14的端面方向倾斜延伸，第一迫压面YY511用于向第一可动部件YY103施加作用力。
具体地，第一施力部YY51还包括第一前端面YY512，其平行或近似平行于感光鼓20的轴向L2；第一迫压面YY511为连接第一端盖YY11的端面YY13与第一前端面YY512的斜面。在本实施例中，第一迫压面YY511面向电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080一侧。优选的，第一端盖YY11沿感光鼓20轴向L2进行投影，第一施力部YY51位于感光鼓20的圆周外侧且位于其上方侧。
第二施力部YY52设置于第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一端，第二施力部YY52包括第二迫压面YY521，第二迫压面YY521自所述凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁沿感光鼓20的轴向L2向靠近所述突出部分YY14的端面方向倾斜延伸。
具体地，第二施力部YY52还包括第二前端面YY522，其平行或近似平行于感光鼓20的轴向L2，第二迫压面YY521为连接端面YY13与第二前端面YY522的斜面。且第二迫压面YY521面向电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080一侧。优选的，第一端盖YY11沿感光鼓20轴向L2进行投影，第二迫压面YY521位于感光鼓20的圆周外侧且位于其上方侧。
沿处理盒1的安装方向X，第二迫压面YY521与第一迫压面YY511相比，至少部分的第一迫压面YY511位于第二迫压面YY521位于的前侧。
在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的安装腔内时，第二施力部YY52位于第一施力部YY51的下方，第一施力部YY51至少有一部分位于第二施力部YY52的前侧，以能够在安装的过程中第一施力部YY51相比于第二施力部YY52与第一可动部件YY103先接触。
进一步地，第一施力部YY51和第二施力部YY52之间还设置有避让部YY53，避让部YY53用于在处理盒安装过程中避让电子成像装置的主组件YY101上的部件。可以理解地，避让部YY53的设计有利于处理盒1安装到位，避免与主组件YY101上的部件发生干涉。
在一些实施方式中，避让部YY53自第二施力部YY52靠近感光鼓20的圆周外侧的一端凹陷形成。具体地，避让部YY53可以是形成于第二施力部YY52上表面的避让面。避让部YY53相对于第一施力部YY51、第二施力部YY52凹陷。
在本实施例中，在将处理盒1安装至电子成像装置的主组件YY101内时，处理盒上设有的避让部YY53，能够在安装过程中避开与驱动单元保护罩1081干涉，也即能够避免与驱动单元保护罩1081的圆周外侧壁触碰而导致干涉，有利于处理盒1安装到位。
接下来结合图263、图264、图268和图269介绍处理盒1的安装过程。
如图263所示，处理盒1沿着安装方向X插入电子成像装置100的主组件YY101中，使处理盒1的被引导部YY16嵌入主组件YY101的侧壁上的第二导轨YY107和第三导轨YY108中；随着处理盒1沿着导轨往前移动，第一施力部YY51的前侧率先抵接在第一可动部件YY103的第三面YY1033上，随着处理盒1沿着导轨的移动，第一可动部件YY103在第一施力部YY51的迫压下绕转轴转动，第一施力部YY51具有一定的导向作用，在第一施力部YY51的配合作用下，第一可动部件YY103从第一位置抵抗偏压部件的力往第二位置方向转动。
随着处理盒1沿着导轨的移动，避让部YY53避开第一可动部件YY103，第二施力部YY52具有一定的导向作用，第二施力部YY52抵压在第一可动部件YY103的第三面YY1033上以进一步推动第一可动部件YY103往第二位置转动，将第一可动部件YY103由第一位置转动到第二位置，第一端盖YY11的端面YY13与第一可动部件YY103抵接，从而避免了第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14或废粉盒12的突出部分YY14与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉，第一可动部件YY103被引导向至处理盒1的端面YY13，处理盒1安装到位。处理盒1的拆卸过程可以是与上述处理盒1的安装过程相反，第一可动部件YY103在偏压部件的弹性形变力的作用下由第二位置返回第一位置。
可选择的，根据适当调整，第一迫压面YY51和第二迫压面YY52可以设置成曲面。可选择的，施力部件YY5可以是与第一端盖YY11或废粉盒12一体成型的，也可以是与废粉盒12分体设置的。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十三
本申请实施例提供的处理盒1，处理盒1包括粉盒11、废粉盒12、感光鼓20、位于废粉盒12一侧的动力接收单元21、设置在废粉盒12另一侧的导电单元YY22以及显影辊(未示出)。
其中，上述各个构建与实施例1中的结构基本相同，在此不再赘述。
与实施例五十二的处理盒1的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例与实施例五十二的主要不同之处在于施力部件的形状结构不同。
为了使结构更加简单，如图270-图272所示，本实施例提供的处理盒1包括施力部件YY5，施力部件YY5设置于第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一端。施力部件YY5包括第三迫压面ZZ54，第三迫压面ZZ54自凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁沿感光鼓20的轴向L2向靠近突出部分YY14的端面方向倾斜延伸。第三迫压面ZZ54可以为斜面。且第三迫压面ZZ54面向电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080一侧。优选的，第一端盖YY11沿感光鼓20轴向L2进行投影，施力部件YY5位于感光鼓20的圆周外侧且位于其上方侧。
与实施例1中的第一迫压面YY52相比，第三迫压面ZZ54延伸得更长且是往处理盒1的安装方向X的后侧延伸的，第三迫压面ZZ54延伸至第一端盖YY11的端面YY13，以能够仅通过第三迫压面ZZ54向第一可动部件YY103施加作用力，使得第一可动部件YY103从第一位置移动到第二位置，并被引导向至端面YY13，避免突出部分YY14与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉。
具体的，在处理盒YY20安装至电子成像装置100的过程中，第三迫压面ZZ54的前端ZZ541率先与第一可动部件YY103的第三面YY1033抵接，从而迫使第一可动部件YY103向第二位置转动，并使得第一可动部件YY103被引导向至端面ZZ2013，处理盒YY20能够顺利安装。可选择的，第三迫压面ZZ54可以用曲面代替，或者曲面与斜面结合。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十四
本实施例的处理盒与实施例五十二的处理盒1的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例与实施例五十二的主要不同之处在于施力部件的形状结构不同。为了使结构更加简单，本实施例与实施例五十二相比取消了实施例五十二中的第一迫压面YY51。
如图273-图274所示，本实施例的处理盒1的施力部件YY5设置于第一端盖YY11的突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一端，施力部件YY5设有第四迫压面AB55，第四迫压面AB55自凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁沿感光鼓20的轴向L2向靠近突出部分YY14的端面方向倾斜延伸。第四迫压面AB55可以为斜面。且第四迫压面AB55 面向电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080一侧。优选的，第一端盖YY11沿感光鼓20轴向L2进行投影，施力部件YY5位于感光鼓20的圆周外侧且位于其上方侧。
第四迫压面AB55与上述实施例中的第二迫压面YY52相比，第四迫压面AB55往处理盒1的安装方向X的前侧以及上方侧延伸得更长，第四迫压面AB55延伸至第一端盖YY11的端面YY13，第四迫压面AB55是连续的表面，第四迫压面AB55能够起到导向作用。
在处理盒1安装的过程中，第四迫压面AB55能够率先与第一可动部件YY103抵接并且推动第一可动部件YY103从第一位置移动至第二位置，并使得突出部分YY14远离端面YY13，避免突出部分YY14与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉。
具体的，在处理盒AB30安装至电子成像装置100的过程中，第四迫压面AB55的前端率先与第一可动部件YY103的第三面YY1033抵接，从而迫使第一可动部件YY103向第二位置转动，其结果是，第一可动部件YY103被引导向至第一端盖YY11的端面YY13，处理盒1能够顺利安装。可选择的，第四迫压面AB55可以用曲面代替，或者曲面与斜面结合。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十五
本实施例的处理盒1与实施例五十二的处理盒1的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例与实施例五十二的主要不同之处在于施力部件的形状结构不同。
如图275和图276所示，本实施例的施力部件YY5为从处理盒1的端部凸出的弹性件，弹性件自凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁沿感光鼓20的轴向L2向靠近突出部分YY14的端面方向倾斜延伸。弹性件可以是具有弹性的线材、管材、注塑件本身、钢丝、橡胶、硅胶等。具体的，施力部件YY5(弹性件)设置于突出部分YY14靠近凹入部分YY15的一端。具体地，施力部件YY5(弹性件)的一端与所述凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁倾斜连接，另一端能够与所述突出部分YY14的端面YY13抵接。弹性件YY5整体设置在处理盒1的前侧。优选的，施力部件YY5(弹性件)设置在感光鼓20后侧且位于感光鼓的上方侧。
可选的，弹性件可以是设置在处理盒1的其它位置，例如废粉盒12或显影框架，并从处理盒1的驱动端凸出。
接下来结合图275和图276描述本实施例的处理盒1安装至电子成像装置100的过程。
本实施例的处理盒1在装入电子成像装置100的主组件YY101过程中，施力部件YY5首先与电子成像装置100的侧壁发生干涉，并往处理盒1的后侧弯曲(如图278所示)并抵接在第一端盖YY11的端面YY13上，施力部件YY5(弹性件)倾斜后其外周表面形成一迫压面AC51，迫压面AC51倾斜方向类似于上述实施例中的第三迫压面ZZ54，施力部件YY5(弹性件)的自由端抵压在突出部分YY14的端面YY13上。随着处理盒1的沿着导轨的继续移动，施力部件YY5(弹性件)的连接突出部分YY14 的后端相比于施力部件YY5(弹性件)靠近凹入部分YY15的一端先与第一可动部件YY103抵接，并随着处理盒1的移动而将第一可动部件YY103从第一位置推压到第二位置，第一可动部件YY103被引导向至端面YY13，进而实现处理盒1的安装。
在处理盒1的安装过程中，弹性件可发生弹性形变，此种结构设置能够避免与第一可动部件YY103发生不必要的干涉，其配合效果更佳；此外，在处理盒1安装到位时还能够避免与驱动单元保护罩1081发生干涉，灵活性较强。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十六
如图277所示，本实施例的处理盒1与实施例五十五的处理盒1的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例的施力部件与实施例五十五的施力部件相比，所形成的迫压面AD51的宽度更大，在装入成像设备的过程中，施力部件YY5(弹性件)弯曲，其沿感光鼓20的轴向L2倾斜延伸形成一倾斜迫压面AD51，该迫压面AD51类似于实施例5中的迫压面AD51，此处不再赘述。
由于配置成弹性件，在处理盒的安装过程中，施力部件YY5(弹性件)可发生弹性形变，此种结构设置能够避免与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉，其配合效果更佳；此外，在处理盒1安装到位时还能够避免与驱动单元保护罩1081发生干涉，灵活性较强。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十七
如图278和图279所示，本实施例的处理盒1与实施例五十五的处理盒1的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例与实施例五十五的主要不同之处在于本实施例的突出部分YY14的端面YY13设有接合部AE8，施力部件YY5的一端与凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁倾斜连接，，另一端与处理盒1的接合部AE8连接以使得施力部件呈弯曲状态，施力部件YY5的外侧壁构造成倾斜的迫压面，该倾斜迫压面类似于实施例4(五十五)中的迫压面AC51，施力部件YY5的外侧壁构造成倾斜的迫压面AE51，并延伸至第一端盖YY11的端面YY13。
本实施例的接合部AE8位于处理盒1的前侧且位于施力部件YY5的下侧；可选择的，施力部件YY5一端可以通过粘贴或者焊接的方式进行固定。可选择的，施力部件YY5优选的如线材、管材、注塑件本身、钢丝、橡胶、硅胶等。
接下来描述本实施例的处理盒1安装至电子成像装置100的过程。
本实施例的处理盒1在装入电子成像装置100的主组件YY101过程中，施力部件YY5的靠近感光鼓20的一端率先与第一可动部件YY103抵接，并随着处理盒1的移动而将第一可动部件YY103从第一位置推压到第二位置，进而实现处理盒1的安装。 在处理盒1的安装过程中，施力部件YY5可发生弹性形变，此种结构设置能够避免与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉，其配合效果更佳；此外，在处理盒1安装到位时还能够避免与驱动单元保护罩1081发生干涉，灵活性较强。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
实施例五十八
如图280和图281所示，本实施例的处理盒1与实施例五十二的处理盒的形状结构基本相同，其相同之处不再赘述，以下介绍其主要不同之处。
本实施例与实施例五十二的主要不同之处在于施力部件的形状结构不同。
如图280、图281所示，本实施例的施力部件YY5包括主体部AF56及与主体部AF56连接的轴部AF57，具体地，所述主体部AF56具有第五迫压面AF561，所述第五迫压面AF561自所述凹入部分YY15沿感光鼓20的轴向L2倾斜延伸至所述突出部分YY14的端面。
所述轴部AF57设置于所述凹入部分YY15的侧壁或底壁上；所述主体部AF56可围绕所述轴部AF57旋转。在一些实施方式中，处理盒1还包括偏转件AF58，所述偏转件AF58与所述施力部件YY5可拆卸连接，所述偏转件AF58用于带动所述施力部件YY5复位。
具体地，偏转件AF58套设于轴部AF57上。偏转件AF58例如可以是扭簧AF58，扭簧AF58的一自由端抵压在施力部件YY5的主体部AF56的上侧，另一自由端抵压在第一端盖YY11上或废粉盒12上，以迫使施力部件YY5恢复至初始位置。在初始位置，本实施例施力部件YY5的第五迫压面AF561面向电子成像装置100的驱动单元1080一侧。优选的，第一端盖YY11沿感光鼓20轴向L2进行投影，施力部件YY5位于感光鼓20的圆周外侧且位于其上方侧。
与第一迫压面相比，第五迫压面AF561延伸得更长且是往处理盒1的安装方向X的后侧延伸的，第五迫压面AF561延伸至接近端面YY13以能够将第一可动部件YY103导向端面YY13，第五迫压面AF561能够向第一可动部件YY103施加作用力，使得第一可动部件YY103从第一位置移动到第二位置。
具体的，在处理盒1安装至电子成像装置100的过程中，在处理盒1的安装方向X上，第五迫压面AF561的前端率先与第一可动部件YY103的第三面YY1033抵接，从而迫使第一可动部件YY103向第二位置转动，并将第一可动部件YY103被引导向端面YY13，处理盒1能够顺利安装。
本实施例的处理盒1在安装的过程中，第五迫压面AF561在抵压第一可动部件YY103的过程中能够发生一定程度的偏转，可以实现角度调整，从而能够避免与第一可动部件YY103发生干涉而导致处理盒1无法安装到位。
此种结构的设置，其迫压面的形状结构可以灵活设计。当处理盒1取出过程中，当第五迫压面AF561与第一可动部件YY103脱离接触时，其在扭簧的弹性恢复力作用下恢复至初始位置。可选择的，第五迫压面AF561可以是曲面，或者曲面与斜面结合。
通过设置与第一可动部件配合的施力部件，能够使得本申请的处理盒能够适用于多种电子成像装置，有利于处理盒的通用化。
本申请的处理盒能够实现通用化，也即在此类设置有识别机构的成像设备中，除了使用前述实施例所描述的电子照相成像装置外，还适用于此类电子成像装置的其它变形例，本申请的处理盒无需设置与识别机构的配合部YY106配合的推压部件或位于端部的侧凸起，因此可取消与识别机构的配合部YY106配合的部件，如侧凸起，因此虽然不同电子成像装置的识别机构的配合部YY106的设置的位置高度不同，但本申请的处理盒的结构则不会受配合部YY106位置的限制，本申请的处理盒直接作用于第一可动部件上，即起到阻挡作用的部件上，可以实现处理盒的通用。
本申请的处理盒还可以取消处理盒驱动端的两个被引导部或其中一个，不影响处理盒的正常安装。
以上所述，仅为本申请较佳的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应该以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种处理盒，所述处理盒可拆卸地安装在电子成像装置中，其特征在于，包括：
    盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置于所述盒体的一端，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合，以接收所述驱动单元输出的驱动力；
    迫压件，所述迫压件固定设置于所述盒体并与所述动力接收单元位于所述盒体的同一端，用于对所述驱动单元进行迫压，以使所述驱动单元摆正位置，并且在所述动力接收单元与所述驱动单元啮合的过程中，所述迫压件相对于所述感光鼓的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的处理盒，其特征在于，所述盒体包括支架，所述迫压件固定安装于所述支架上。
  3. 一种处理盒，其特征在于，包括：
    盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置于所述盒体的一端，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合，以接收所述驱动单元输出的驱动力；
    迫压件，所述迫压件固定设置于所述盒体并与所述动力接收单元位于所述盒体的同一端，且所述迫压件包括引导迫压面，所述引导迫压面用于在所述处理盒的安装过程中引导迫压所述驱动单元，以使所述驱动单元摆正位置。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的处理盒，其特征在于，在垂直于所述感光鼓轴向的平面上，所述迫压件的投影位于所述感光鼓的投影范围外。
  5. 一种处理盒，其特征在于，包括：
    盒体；
    显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置于所述盒体的一端，用于与电子成像装置的驱动单元啮合，以接收所述驱动单元输出的驱动力；
    迫压件，所述迫压件固定设置于所述盒体并与所述动力接收单元位于所述盒体的同一端,且所述迫压件包括悬臂，所述悬臂用于对所述驱动单元施加作用力，以摆正所述驱动单元的位置。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的处理盒，其特征在于，在垂直于所述感光鼓轴向的平面上，所述悬臂的投影至少部分与所述感光鼓的投影重合。
  7. 一种处理盒，其特征在于，包括：
    盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置于所述盒体的一端；
    迫压件，所述迫压件设置于所述盒体并与所述动力接收单元位于所述盒体的同一端，所述迫压件能够相对于所述盒体产生位移，以摆正电子成像装置的驱动单元的位置，使所述驱动单元与所述动力接收单元能够啮合，以将所述驱动单元输出的驱动力传递至所述感光鼓、所述显影辊。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的处理盒，其特征在于，所述迫压件相对于所述感光鼓的轴线的距离不发生位移变化。
  9. 一种处理盒，其特征在于，包括：
    盒体；
    显影辊，所述显影辊可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体；
    在所述处理盒安装至电子成像装置时，所述显影辊经第一齿轮与所述电子成像装置的驱动单元的齿轮部啮合，其中，在所述显影辊的轴向上，所述第一齿轮至少一部分凸出于所述感光鼓的端部。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的处理盒，其特征在于，所述处理盒还包括第二齿轮和第三齿轮，所述第二齿轮设置于所述显影辊的一端，所述第三齿轮设置于所述感光鼓的一端，且所述第三齿轮与所述第二齿轮啮合；
    在所述处理盒安装至所述电子成像装置时，所述第一齿轮与所述驱动单元的齿轮部啮合，以使所述感光鼓和所述显影辊能够接收由所述驱动单元输出的驱动力。
  11. 一种应用于电子成像装置的迫压件，与处理盒配合使用；所述电子成像装置包括驱动单元及驱动单元保护罩，所述驱动单元保护罩罩设于所述驱动单元外；其特征在于，
    所述迫压件可独立拆卸地安装于所述驱动单元保护罩上；所述迫压件包括第一主体部、与所述第一主体部连接的可形变部，所述可形变部连接有迫压部；
    当所述迫压部与所述驱动单元抵接时，带动所述驱动单元由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
  12. 一种应用于电子成像装置的迫压组件，与处理盒配合使用；所述电子成像装置包括驱动单元及驱动单元保护罩，所述驱动单元保护罩罩设于所述驱动单元外；其特征在于，
    所述迫压组件可独立拆卸地安装于所述驱动单元保护罩上；
    所述迫压组件包括第二主体部、安装于所述第二主体部上的迫压件以及可形变件，所述迫压件通过所述可形变件与所述第二主体部相连接；
    当所述迫压件与所述驱动单元抵接时，带动所述驱动单元由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
  13. 一种应用于电子成像装置的迫压组件，与处理盒配合使用；所述电子成像装置包括驱动单元及驱动单元保护罩，所述驱动单元保护罩罩设于所述驱动单元外；其特征在于，
    所述迫压组件可独立拆卸地安装于所述驱动单元保护罩上；
    所述迫压组件包括第二主体部、安装于所述第二主体部上的迫压件以及可形变件，所述迫压件通过所述可形变件与所述第二主体部相连接；
    当所述迫压件与所述驱动单元抵接时，带动所述驱动单元由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
  14. 一种粉盒，可拆卸地安装至电子成像装置内，所述电子成像装置设有驱动单元，其特征在于，所述粉盒包括：
    显影辊；
    用于接收所述驱动单元的驱动力的显影辊齿轮；及
    迫压单元，所述迫压单元可拆卸连接于所述粉盒的端部，所述迫压单元用于对所述驱动单元进行迫压，带动所述驱动单元由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的粉盒，其特征在于，所述迫压单元包括迫压件及可形变件；
    所述迫压件包括迫压部及与所述迫压部连接的连接部，所述连接部与所述粉盒靠近所述显影辊齿轮的端部可拆卸连接，所述可形变件套设于所述连接部上；所述迫压部对所述驱动单元进行迫压；
    所述迫压件在所述可形变件的形变作用下往复移动，带动所述驱动单元由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的粉盒，其特征在于，所述迫压部与所述连接部可独立拆卸连接。
  17. 一种处理盒，可拆卸地安装至电子成像装置内，所述电子成像装置包括驱动单元及驱动单元顶推件，所述驱动单元顶推件用于支撑所述驱动单元；其特征在于，所述处理盒包括：
    盒体；
    感光鼓，所述感光鼓可转动地设置于所述盒体上；
    动力接收单元，所述动力接收单元设置在所述感光鼓的一端，所述动力接收单元用于与所述驱动单元配合；及
    施力单元，所述施力单元设置于所述盒体上并与所述动力接收单元位于同一端，所述施力单元用于对所述驱动单元顶推件施加作用力，使得所述驱动单元失去所述驱动单元顶推件的支撑后由倾斜状态调整为摆正状态，并与所述动力接收单元啮合或分离。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的处理盒，其特征在于，所述施力单元包括
    支撑件、传动件及施力件，所述支撑件可拆卸安装于所述处理盒的端盖或支架上；
    所述传动件与所述支撑件可拆卸连接，所述施力件与所述支撑件滑动连接；
    所述支撑件通过所述传动件给所述施力件施加作用力，以使得所述施力件向所述驱动单元顶推件施加的作用力。
  19. 一种处理盒，可拆卸地安装至电子成像装置内，其特征在于，所述电子成像装置包括第一可动部件，所述第一可动部件具有限制所述处理盒安装的第一位置和允许所述处理盒安装的第二位置；
    所述处理盒包括粉仓单元和废粉仓单元，所述粉仓单元包括显影辊、显影剂、出 粉刀、送粉辊和搅拌架；所述废粉仓单元包括感光鼓、充电辊和清洁刮刀；所述处理盒还包括动力接收单元及施力部件，其中，所述动力接收单元包括设置于感光鼓一端的驱动头及驱动齿轮；
    施力部件，所述施力部件设置于所述处理盒沿感光鼓轴线方向的端部且位于靠近所述动力接收单元的一侧；
    在所述处理盒安装至所述电子成像装置内时，所述施力部件能够向所述第一可动部件施加作用力，以使所述第一可动部件从所述第一位置移动到所述第二位置。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的处理盒，其特征在于，所述处理盒的端部设有突出部分及凹入部分，所述动力接收单元位于所述凹入部分内，所述施力部件自所述凹入部分沿所述感光鼓的轴向倾斜延伸至所述突出部分。
PCT/CN2021/130424 2020-11-12 2021-11-12 处理盒 WO2022100705A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21891225.1A EP4235313A4 (en) 2020-11-12 2021-11-12 TREATMENT CARTRIDGE
US18/316,903 US20230350341A1 (en) 2020-11-12 2023-05-12 Process cartridge

Applications Claiming Priority (80)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202022615130 2020-11-12
CN202022615130.X 2020-11-12
CN202022697235 2020-11-20
CN202022697235.4 2020-11-20
CN202022795896 2020-11-27
CN202022795896.0 2020-11-27
CN202022831053 2020-11-30
CN202022831053.1 2020-11-30
CN202022959348.7 2020-12-09
CN202022959348 2020-12-09
CN202022969906.8 2020-12-11
CN202022969906 2020-12-11
CN202120018284.2 2021-01-06
CN202120018284 2021-01-06
CN202120212356.7 2021-01-26
CN202120212356 2021-01-26
CN202120353465 2021-02-08
CN202120353465.0 2021-02-08
CN202120476955.X 2021-03-05
CN202120476955 2021-03-05
CN202120520087 2021-03-12
CN202120520087.0 2021-03-12
CN202120560441.2 2021-03-18
CN202120560441 2021-03-18
CN202120583894.7 2021-03-22
CN202120583894 2021-03-22
CN202120585526 2021-03-23
CN202120588393 2021-03-23
CN202120588393.8 2021-03-23
CN202120585526.6 2021-03-23
CN202120606883.6 2021-03-25
CN202120606883 2021-03-25
CN202120671583 2021-04-01
CN202120671583.6 2021-04-01
CN202120686054.3 2021-04-02
CN202110362897.2 2021-04-02
CN202110362897 2021-04-02
CN202120686054 2021-04-02
CN202120706549.8 2021-04-07
CN202120706549 2021-04-07
CN202120745366 2021-04-13
CN202120745366.7 2021-04-13
CN202120829983.5 2021-04-21
CN202120827432 2021-04-21
CN202120829983 2021-04-21
CN202120827432.5 2021-04-21
CN202120948889.1 2021-05-06
CN202120948889 2021-05-06
CN202110519128.9 2021-05-12
CN202121011777.X 2021-05-12
CN202121015944 2021-05-12
CN202121011413.1 2021-05-12
CN202121011766.1 2021-05-12
CN202121018084.3 2021-05-12
CN202110519128.9A CN115480470A (zh) 2021-04-21 2021-05-12 一种处理盒以及处理盒安装方法
CN202121011766.1U CN214846251U (zh) 2021-04-21 2021-05-12 一种具有迫压单元的处理盒
CN202121011777.XU CN218068582U (zh) 2021-04-21 2021-05-12 一种处理盒
CN202121018084 2021-05-12
CN202121015944.8 2021-05-12
CN202121011413 2021-05-12
CN202121049589 2021-05-17
CN202121049589.6 2021-05-17
CN202121097217 2021-05-20
CN202121097217.0 2021-05-20
CN202110620356.5 2021-06-03
CN202110620356 2021-06-03
CN202110670464.3 2021-06-17
CN202110670464 2021-06-17
CN202121759325.X 2021-07-30
CN202121759325 2021-07-30
CN202121807141 2021-08-04
CN202121806586 2021-08-04
CN202110891479.2 2021-08-04
CN202121806586.2 2021-08-04
CN202121807440.X 2021-08-04
CN202121806788.7 2021-08-04
CN202121806788 2021-08-04
CN202121807440 2021-08-04
CN202121807141.6 2021-08-04
CN202110891479 2021-08-04

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/316,903 Continuation US20230350341A1 (en) 2020-11-12 2023-05-12 Process cartridge

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022100705A1 true WO2022100705A1 (zh) 2022-05-19

Family

ID=81600782

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/130424 WO2022100705A1 (zh) 2020-11-12 2021-11-12 处理盒

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US20230350341A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4235313A4 (zh)
WO (1) WO2022100705A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110280621A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2011-11-17 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Process cartridge and electrophotographic image forming apparatus
CN105093889A (zh) * 2014-04-16 2015-11-25 珠海艾派克科技股份有限公司 一种处理盒
CN107918267A (zh) * 2016-10-09 2018-04-17 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种处理盒
CN108227448A (zh) * 2018-01-26 2018-06-29 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 处理盒及其装机方法和拆卸方法以及电子照相成像设备
CN211015028U (zh) * 2019-07-31 2020-07-14 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种处理盒
CN211236566U (zh) * 2020-01-18 2020-08-11 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种显影盒

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3478797B2 (ja) * 1999-12-28 2003-12-15 キヤノン株式会社 プロセスカートリッジ及び電子写真画像形成装置
JP4467874B2 (ja) * 2002-09-30 2010-05-26 キヤノン株式会社 画像形成装置
JP4378299B2 (ja) * 2004-02-20 2009-12-02 キヤノン株式会社 プロセスカートリッジ及び電子写真画像形成装置
JP4241865B2 (ja) * 2006-12-08 2009-03-18 キヤノン株式会社 プロセスカートリッジ及び電子写真画像形成装置
JP4444999B2 (ja) * 2006-12-11 2010-03-31 キヤノン株式会社 現像装置、プロセスカートリッジ及び電子写真画像形成装置
BR122018074174B1 (pt) * 2014-11-28 2023-12-19 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Cartucho montável a um conjunto principal de aparelho de um aparelho formador de imagem
CN106610572B (zh) * 2015-11-21 2019-04-02 江西镭博钛电子科技有限公司 一种感光鼓驱动组件
CN116300352A (zh) * 2017-12-13 2023-06-23 佳能株式会社 盒与图像形成装置
TWM562227U (zh) * 2018-03-13 2018-06-21 General Plastic Industrial Co Ltd 碳粉匣的側蓋

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110280621A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2011-11-17 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Process cartridge and electrophotographic image forming apparatus
CN105093889A (zh) * 2014-04-16 2015-11-25 珠海艾派克科技股份有限公司 一种处理盒
CN107918267A (zh) * 2016-10-09 2018-04-17 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种处理盒
CN108227448A (zh) * 2018-01-26 2018-06-29 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 处理盒及其装机方法和拆卸方法以及电子照相成像设备
CN211015028U (zh) * 2019-07-31 2020-07-14 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种处理盒
CN211236566U (zh) * 2020-01-18 2020-08-11 江西亿铂电子科技有限公司 一种显影盒

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4235313A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230350341A1 (en) 2023-11-02
EP4235313A4 (en) 2024-07-24
EP4235313A1 (en) 2023-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11314199B2 (en) Cartridge, member constituting cartridge, and image forming apparatus
CN216595908U (zh) 处理盒
US7298990B2 (en) Process cartridge and image forming apparatus
CN114488735B (zh) 粉盒
EP2288966B1 (en) Cartridge, and electrophotographic image forming apparatus which uses cartridge
CN107918259B (zh) 一种控制机构以及显影盒
US20240111245A1 (en) Processing cartridge
WO2022100705A1 (zh) 处理盒
US9946193B2 (en) Developer supply container and developer supplying system
CN114488739A (zh) 处理盒
WO2017152884A1 (zh) 粉盒及图像形成装置
CN220855457U (zh) 一种处理盒
CN218068582U (zh) 一种处理盒
CN220913501U (zh) 一种显影盒
CN220584559U (zh) 一种处理盒
CN220208100U (zh) 显影盒、处理盒及其图像形成装置
US20220350291A1 (en) Processing cartridge
WO2017202352A1 (zh) 驱动头、驱动组件及处理盒
WO2003069414A1 (fr) Cartouche de revelateur

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21891225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021891225

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230524

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE